diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm')
160 files changed, 49520 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c8f825e25b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: Module to implement OS specific services to measure the +* CPU frequency. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <OS.h> + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Increase the thread priority to maximum, if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +static int SetMaxThreadPriority(void) +{ + thread_id thid = find_thread(NULL); + thread_info tinfo; + get_thread_info(thid, &tinfo); + set_thread_priority(thid, B_REAL_TIME_PRIORITY); + return tinfo.priority; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original thread priority. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreThreadPriority( + int priority) +{ + thread_id thid = find_thread(NULL); + set_thread_priority(thid, priority); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + // TODO: Return the frequency of the counter in here. You should try to + // normalise this value to be around 100,000 ticks per second. + freq->low = 1000000; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. + +TODO: Implement this to read the counter. It should be done as a macro + for accuracy. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) { *((bigtime_t*) t) = system_time(); } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c32ce7434 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: BeOS +* +* Description: BeOS implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under non-DOS systems */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for your OS! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the application message queue into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + // TODO: The purpose of this function is to read all keyboard and mouse + // events from the OS specific event queue, translate them and post + // them into the SciTech event queue. + // + // NOTE: There are a couple of important things that this function must + // take care of: + // + // 1. Support for KEYDOWN, KEYREPEAT and KEYUP is required. + // + // 2. Support for reading hardware scan code as well as ASCII + // translated values is required. Games use the scan codes rather + // than ASCII values. Scan codes go into the high order byte of the + // keyboard message field. + // + // 3. Support for at least reading mouse motion data (mickeys) from the + // mouse is required. Using the mickey values, we can then translate + // to mouse cursor coordinates scaled to the range of the current + // graphics display mode. Mouse values are scaled based on the + // global 'rangeX' and 'rangeY'. + // + // 4. Support for a timestamp for the events is required, which is + // defined as the number of milliseconds since some event (usually + // system startup). This is the timestamp when the event occurred + // (ie: at interrupt time) not when it was stuff into the SciTech + // event queue. + // + // 5. Support for mouse double click events. If the OS has a native + // mechanism to determine this, it should be used. Otherwise the + // time stamp information will be used by the generic event code + // to generate double click events. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + /* Initialise the event queue */ + _mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + // TODO: Do any OS specific initialisation here + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + // TODO: Do any OS specific cleanup in here +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab423d4be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: BeOS +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +// This is where you include OS specific headers for the event handling +// library. diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c57d82ab68 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,539 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: BeOS +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +// TODO: Include any BeOS specific headers here! + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + // TODO: Do any initialisation in here. This includes getting IOPL + // access for the process calling PM_init. This will get called + // more than once. + + // TODO: If you support the supplied MTRR register stuff (you need to + // be at ring 0 for this!), you should initialise it in here. + +/* MTRR_init(); */ +} + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_BEOS; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '/') { + s[pos] = '/'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + // TODO: If you are running in a GUI environment without a console, + // this needs to be changed to bring up a fatal error message + // box and terminate the program. + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf(uint *len,uint *rseg,uint *roff) +{ + // No BIOS access for the BeOS + return NULL; +} + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + // TODO: This function checks if a key is available to be read. This + // should be implemented, but is mostly used by the test programs + // these days. + return true; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + // TODO: This returns the ASCII code of the key pressed. This + // should be implemented, but is mostly used by the test programs + // these days. + return 0xD; +} + +int PMAPI PM_openConsole(void) +{ + // TODO: Opens up a fullscreen console for graphics output. If your + // console does not have graphics/text modes, this can be left + // empty. The main purpose of this is to disable console switching + // when in graphics modes if you can switch away from fullscreen + // consoles (if you want to allow switching, this can be done + // elsewhere with a full save/restore state of the graphics mode). + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + // TODO: Returns the size of the console state buffer used to save the + // state of the console before going into graphics mode. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Saves the state of the console into the state buffer. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + // We will always restore 80x25 text mode after being in graphics + // mode, so if restoring text mode is all you need to do this can + // be left empty. +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Restore the state of the console from the state buffer. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + // We will always restore 80x25 text mode after being in graphics + // mode, so if restoring text mode is all you need to do this can + // be left empty. +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Close the console when we are done, going back to text mode. +} + +void PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + // TODO: Set the OS console cursor location to the new value. This is + // generally used for new OS ports (used mostly for DOS). +} + +void PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ + // TODO: Set the OS console screen width. This is generally unused for + // new OS ports. +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler ih, int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Install a real time clock interrupt handler. Normally this + // will not be supported from most OS'es in user land, so an + // alternative mechanism is needed to enable software stereo. + // Hence leave this unimplemented unless you have a high priority + // mechanism to call the 32-bit callback when the real time clock + // interrupt fires. + return false; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Set the real time clock interrupt frequency. Used for stereo + // LC shutter glasses when doing software stereo. Usually sets + // the frequency to around 2048 Hz. +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + // TODO: Restores the real time clock handler. +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return '/'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return PM_getNucleusConfigPath(); } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + char *env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH"); + return env ? env : "/usr/lib/nucleus"; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + // TODO: Return a unique ID for the machine. If a unique ID is not + // available, return the machine name. + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + // TODO: Return the network machine name for the machine. + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + static void *bankPtr; + if (!bankPtr) + bankPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); + return bankPtr; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + // TODO: This function maps a physical memory address to a linear + // address in the address space of the calling process. + + // NOTE: This function *must* be able to handle any phsyical base + // address, and hence you will have to handle rounding of + // the physical base address to a page boundary (ie: 4Kb on + // x86 CPU's) to be able to properly map in the memory + // region. + + // NOTE: If possible the isCached bit should be used to ensure that + // the PCD (Page Cache Disable) and PWT (Page Write Through) + // bits are set to disable caching for a memory mapping used + // for MMIO register access. We also disable caching using + // the MTRR registers for Pentium Pro and later chipsets so if + // MTRR support is enabled for your OS then you can safely ignore + // the isCached flag and always enable caching in the page + // tables. + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + // TODO: This function will free a physical memory mapping previously + // allocated with PM_mapPhysicalAddr() if at all possible. If + // you can't free physical memory mappings, simply do nothing. +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + // TODO: Put the process to sleep for milliseconds +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + // TODO: This is used to allocate memory that is shared between process + // that all access the common Nucleus drivers via a common display + // driver DLL. If your OS does not support shared memory (or if + // the display driver does not need to allocate shared memory + // for each process address space), this should just call PM_malloc. + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *ptr) +{ + // TODO: Free the shared memory block. This will be called in the context + // of the original calling process that allocated the shared + // memory with PM_mallocShared. Simply call free if you do not + // need this. + PM_free(ptr); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ + // TODO: This function is used to map a physical memory mapping + // previously allocated with PM_mapPhysicalAddr into the + // address space of the calling process. If the memory mapping + // allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr is global to all processes, + // simply return the pointer. + return base; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS + return 0; +} + +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode(uint seg,uint off, RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + // TODO: Report the amount of available memory, both the amount of + // physical memory left and the amount of virtual memory left. + // If the OS does not provide these services, report 0's. + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem(uint size,ulong *physAddr,ibool contiguous,ibool below16Meg) +{ + // TODO: Allocate a block of locked, physical memory of the specified + // size. This is used for bus master operations. If this is not + // supported by the OS, return NULL and bus mastering will not + // be used. + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem(void *p,uint size,ibool contiguous) +{ + // TODO: Free a memory block allocated with PM_allocLockedMem. +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankA(int bank) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB(int bank) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +{ + // No BIOS access on the BeOS +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine(ulong base,ulong length,uint type) +{ + // TODO: This function should enable Pentium Pro and Pentium II MTRR + // write combining for the passed in physical memory base address + // and length. Normally this is done via calls to an OS specific + // device driver as this can only be done at ring 0. + // + // NOTE: This is a *very* important function to implement! If you do + // not implement, graphics performance on the latest Intel chips + // will be severly impaired. For sample code that can be used + // directly in a ring 0 device driver, see the MSDOS implementation + // which includes assembler code to do this directly (if the + // program is running at ring 0). + return false; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST(ushort axVal,ulong BIOSPhysAddr,void *mappedBIOS) +{ + // TODO: This function is used to run the BIOS POST code on a secondary + // controller to initialise it for use. This is not necessary + // for multi-controller operation, but it will make it a lot + // more convenicent for end users (otherwise they have to boot + // the system once with the secondary controller as primary, and + // then boot with both controllers installed). + // + // Even if you don't support full BIOS access, it would be + // adviseable to be able to POST the secondary controllers in the + // system using this function as a minimum requirement. Some + // graphics hardware has registers that contain values that only + // the BIOS knows about, which makes bring up a card from cold + // reset difficult if the BIOS has not POST'ed it. + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + ulong handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + ulong handle) +{ + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + if (drive == 3) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + (void)drive; + getcwd(dir,len); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + // TODO: Set the file attributes for a file + (void)filename; + (void)attrib; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5637a5ecf --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/beos/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ZTimerInit(void) +{ + // TODO: Do any specific internal initialisation in here +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _LZTimerOn( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Start the Zen Timer counting. This should be a macro if + // possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong _LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Compute the lap time between the current time and when the + // timer was started. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Stop the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _LZTimerOff( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Stop the timer counting. Should be a macro if possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time in microseconds between start and end timings. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong _LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Compute the elapsed time and return it. Always microseconds. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer from the OS +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong _ULZReadTime(void) +{ + // TODO: Read the long period timer from the OS. The resolution of this + // timer should be around 1/20 of a second for timing long + // periods if possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/codepage/us_eng.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/codepage/us_eng.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9aa871423e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/codepage/us_eng.c @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Keyboard translation code pages for US English keyboards. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "event.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +/* This table is used for all normal key translations, and is the fallback + * table if the key is not found in any of the other translation tables. + * If the code is not found in this table, the ASCII code is set to 0 to + * indicate that there is no ASCII code equivalent for this key. + */ +static codepage_entry_t US_normal[] = { + {0x01, 0x1B}, + {0x02, '1'}, + {0x03, '2'}, + {0x04, '3'}, + {0x05, '4'}, + {0x06, '5'}, + {0x07, '6'}, + {0x08, '7'}, + {0x09, '8'}, + {0x0A, '9'}, + {0x0B, '0'}, + {0x0C, '-'}, + {0x0D, '='}, + {0x0E, 0x08}, + {0x0F, 0x09}, + {0x10, 'q'}, + {0x11, 'w'}, + {0x12, 'e'}, + {0x13, 'r'}, + {0x14, 't'}, + {0x15, 'y'}, + {0x16, 'u'}, + {0x17, 'i'}, + {0x18, 'o'}, + {0x19, 'p'}, + {0x1A, '['}, + {0x1B, ']'}, + {0x1C, 0x0D}, + {0x1E, 'a'}, + {0x1F, 's'}, + {0x20, 'd'}, + {0x21, 'f'}, + {0x22, 'g'}, + {0x23, 'h'}, + {0x24, 'j'}, + {0x25, 'k'}, + {0x26, 'l'}, + {0x27, ';'}, + {0x28, '\''}, + {0x29, '`'}, + {0x2B, '\\'}, + {0x2C, 'z'}, + {0x2D, 'x'}, + {0x2E, 'c'}, + {0x2F, 'v'}, + {0x30, 'b'}, + {0x31, 'n'}, + {0x32, 'm'}, + {0x33, ','}, + {0x34, '.'}, + {0x35, '/'}, + {0x37, '*'}, /* Keypad */ + {0x39, ' '}, + {0x4A, '-'}, /* Keypad */ + {0x4E, '+'}, /* Keypad */ + {0x60, 0x0D}, /* Keypad */ + {0x61, '/'}, /* Keypad */ + }; + +/* This table is used for when CAPSLOCK is active and the shift or ctrl + * keys are not down. If the code is not found in this table, the normal + * table above is then searched. + */ +static codepage_entry_t US_caps[] = { + {0x10, 'Q'}, + {0x11, 'W'}, + {0x12, 'E'}, + {0x13, 'R'}, + {0x14, 'T'}, + {0x15, 'Y'}, + {0x16, 'U'}, + {0x17, 'I'}, + {0x18, 'O'}, + {0x19, 'P'}, + {0x1E, 'A'}, + {0x1F, 'S'}, + {0x20, 'D'}, + {0x21, 'F'}, + {0x22, 'G'}, + {0x23, 'H'}, + {0x24, 'J'}, + {0x25, 'K'}, + {0x26, 'L'}, + {0x2C, 'Z'}, + {0x2D, 'X'}, + {0x2E, 'C'}, + {0x2F, 'V'}, + {0x30, 'B'}, + {0x31, 'N'}, + {0x32, 'M'}, + }; + +/* This table is used for when shift key is down, but the ctrl key is not + * down and CAPSLOCK is not active. If the code is not found in this table, + * the normal table above is then searched. + */ +static codepage_entry_t US_shift[] = { + {0x02, '!'}, + {0x03, '@'}, + {0x04, '#'}, + {0x05, '$'}, + {0x06, '%'}, + {0x07, '^'}, + {0x08, '&'}, + {0x09, '*'}, + {0x0A, '('}, + {0x0B, ')'}, + {0x0C, '_'}, + {0x0D, '+'}, + {0x10, 'Q'}, + {0x11, 'W'}, + {0x12, 'E'}, + {0x13, 'R'}, + {0x14, 'T'}, + {0x15, 'Y'}, + {0x16, 'U'}, + {0x17, 'I'}, + {0x18, 'O'}, + {0x19, 'P'}, + {0x1A, '{'}, + {0x1B, '}'}, + {0x1E, 'A'}, + {0x1F, 'S'}, + {0x20, 'D'}, + {0x21, 'F'}, + {0x22, 'G'}, + {0x23, 'H'}, + {0x24, 'J'}, + {0x25, 'K'}, + {0x26, 'L'}, + {0x27, ':'}, + {0x28, '"'}, + {0x29, '~'}, + {0x2B, '|'}, + {0x2C, 'Z'}, + {0x2D, 'X'}, + {0x2E, 'C'}, + {0x2F, 'V'}, + {0x30, 'B'}, + {0x31, 'N'}, + {0x32, 'M'}, + {0x33, '<'}, + {0x34, '>'}, + {0x35, '?'}, + }; + +/* This table is used for when CAPSLOCK is active and the shift key is + * down, but the ctrl key is not. If the code is not found in this table, + * the shift table above is then searched. + */ +static codepage_entry_t US_shiftCaps[] = { + {0x10, 'q'}, + {0x11, 'w'}, + {0x12, 'e'}, + {0x13, 'r'}, + {0x14, 't'}, + {0x15, 'y'}, + {0x16, 'u'}, + {0x17, 'i'}, + {0x18, 'o'}, + {0x19, 'p'}, + {0x1E, 'a'}, + {0x1F, 's'}, + {0x20, 'd'}, + {0x21, 'f'}, + {0x22, 'g'}, + {0x23, 'h'}, + {0x24, 'j'}, + {0x25, 'k'}, + {0x26, 'l'}, + {0x2C, 'z'}, + {0x2D, 'x'}, + {0x2E, 'c'}, + {0x2F, 'v'}, + {0x30, 'b'}, + {0x31, 'n'}, + {0x32, 'm'}, + }; + +/* This table is used for all key translations when the ctrl key is down, + * regardless of the state of the shift key and CAPSLOCK. If the code is + * not found in this table, the ASCII code is set to 0 to indicate that + * there is no ASCII code equivalent for this key. + */ +static codepage_entry_t US_ctrl[] = { + {0x01, 0x1B}, + {0x06, 0x1E}, + {0x0C, 0x1F}, + {0x0E, 0x7F}, + {0x10, 0x11}, + {0x11, 0x17}, + {0x12, 0x05}, + {0x13, 0x12}, + {0x14, 0x14}, + {0x15, 0x19}, + {0x16, 0x16}, + {0x17, 0x09}, + {0x18, 0x0F}, + {0x19, 0x10}, + {0x1A, 0x1B}, + {0x1B, 0x1D}, + {0x1C, 0x0A}, + {0x1E, 0x01}, + {0x1F, 0x13}, + {0x20, 0x04}, + {0x21, 0x06}, + {0x22, 0x07}, + {0x23, 0x08}, + {0x24, 0x0A}, + {0x25, 0x0B}, + {0x26, 0x0C}, + {0x2B, 0x1C}, + {0x2C, 0x1A}, + {0x2D, 0x18}, + {0x2E, 0x03}, + {0x2F, 0x16}, + {0x30, 0x02}, + {0x31, 0x0E}, + {0x32, 0x0D}, + {0x39, ' '}, + }; + +static codepage_entry_t US_numPad[] = { + {0x4C, '5'}, + {0x62, '4'}, + {0x63, '6'}, + {0x64, '8'}, + {0x65, '2'}, + {0x66, '0'}, + {0x67, '.'}, + {0x68, '7'}, + {0x69, '1'}, + {0x6A, '9'}, + {0x6B, '3'}, + }; + +codepage_t _CP_US_English = { + "US English", + US_normal, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_normal), + US_caps, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_caps), + US_shift, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_shift), + US_shiftCaps, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_shiftCaps), + US_ctrl, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_ctrl), + US_numPad, EVT_ARR_SIZE(US_numPad), + }; diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b100b8ad42 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common.c @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Module containing code common to all platforms. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#if defined(__WIN32_VXD__) || defined(__OS2_VDD__) || defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#else +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#endif + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +/* {secret} */ +long _VARAPI ___drv_os_type = _OS_UNSUPPORTED; +static char localBPDPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +path - Local path to the Nucleus BPD driver files. + +REMARKS: +This function is used by the application program to override the location +of the Nucleus driver files that are loaded. Normally the loader code +will look in the system Nucleus directories first, then in the 'drivers' +directory relative to the current working directory, and finally relative +to the MGL_ROOT environment variable. By default the local BPD path is +always set to the current directory if not initialised. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setLocalBPDPath( + const char *path) +{ + PM_init(); + strncpy(localBPDPath,path,sizeof(localBPDPath)); + localBPDPath[sizeof(localBPDPath)-1] = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +bpdpath - Place to store the actual path to the file +cachedpath - Place to store the cached BPD driver path +trypath - Path to try to find the BPD file in +subpath - Optional sub path to append to trypath +dllname - Name of the Binary Portable DLL to load + +RETURNS: +True if found, false if not. + +REMARKS: +Trys the specified path to see if the BPD file can be found or not. If so, +the path used is returned in bpdpath and cachedpath. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool TryPath( + char *bpdpath, + char *cachedpath, + const char *trypath, + const char *subpath, + const char *dllname) +{ + char filename[256]; + FILE *f; + + strcpy(bpdpath, trypath); + PM_backslash(bpdpath); + strcat(bpdpath,subpath); + PM_backslash(bpdpath); + strcpy(filename,bpdpath); + strcat(filename,dllname); + if ((f = fopen(filename,"rb")) == NULL) + return false; + if (cachedpath) + strcpy(cachedpath,bpdpath); + fclose(f); + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +True if local override enabled, false if not. + +REMARKS: +Tests to see if the local override option is enabled, and if so it will +look for the Nucleus drivers in the local application directories in +preference to the Nucleus system directories. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool GetLocalOverride(void) +{ + char filename[256]; + FILE *f; + static ibool local_override = -1; + + if (local_override == -1) { + local_override = false; + strcpy(filename,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(filename); + strcat(filename,"graphics.ini"); + if ((f = fopen(filename,"r")) != NULL) { + while (!feof(f) && fgets(filename,sizeof(filename),f)) { + if (strnicmp(filename,"uselocal",8) == 0) { + local_override = ((*(filename+9) - '0') == 1); + break; + } + } + fclose(f); + } + } + return local_override; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Sets the location of the debug log file. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +dllname - Name of the Binary Portable DLL to load +bpdpath - Place to store the actual path to the file + +RETURNS: +True if found, false if not. + +REMARKS: +Finds the location of a specific Binary Portable DLL, by searching all +the standard SciTech Nucleus driver locations. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findBPD( + const char *dllname, + char *bpdpath) +{ + static char cachedpath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; + + /* On the first call determine the path to the Nucleus drivers */ + if (cachedpath[0] == 0) { + /* First try in the global system Nucleus driver path if + * the local override setting is not enabled. + */ + PM_init(); + if (!GetLocalOverride()) { + if (TryPath(bpdpath,cachedpath,PM_getNucleusPath(),"",dllname)) + return true; + } + + /* Next try in the local application directory if available */ + if (localBPDPath[0] != 0) { + if (TryPath(bpdpath,cachedpath,localBPDPath,"",dllname)) + return true; + } + else { +#if !defined(__WIN32_VXD__) && !defined(__NT_DRIVER__) + char *mgl_root; + if ((mgl_root = getenv("MGL_ROOT")) != NULL) { + if (TryPath(bpdpath,cachedpath,mgl_root,"drivers",dllname)) + return true; + } +#endif + PM_getCurrentPath(bpdpath,PM_MAX_PATH); + if (TryPath(bpdpath,cachedpath,bpdpath,"drivers",dllname)) + return true; + } + + /* Finally try in the global system path again so that we + * will still find the drivers in the global system path if + * the local override option is on, but the application does + * not have any local override drivers. + */ + if (TryPath(bpdpath,cachedpath,PM_getNucleusPath(),"",dllname)) + return true; + + /* Whoops, we can't find the BPD file! */ + return false; + } + + /* Always try in the previously discovered path */ + return TryPath(bpdpath,NULL,cachedpath,"",dllname); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Copies a string into another, and returns dest + strlen(src). +****************************************************************************/ +static char *_stpcpy( + char *_dest, + const char *_src) +{ + if (!_dest || !_src) + return 0; + while ((*_dest++ = *_src++) != 0) + ; + return --_dest; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Copies a string into another, stopping at the maximum length. The string +is properly terminated (unlike strncpy). +****************************************************************************/ +static void safe_strncpy( + char *dst, + const char *src, + unsigned maxlen) +{ + if (dst) { + if(strlen(src) >= maxlen) { + strncpy(dst, src, maxlen); + dst[maxlen] = 0; + } + else + strcpy(dst, src); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determins if the dot separator is present in the string. +****************************************************************************/ +static int findDot( + char *p) +{ + if (*(p-1) == '.') + p--; + switch (*--p) { + case ':': + if (*(p-2) != '\0') + break; + case '/': + case '\\': + case '\0': + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Make a full pathname from split components. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +path - Place to store full path +drive - Drive component for path +dir - Directory component for path +name - Filename component for path +ext - Extension component for path + +REMARKS: +Function to make a full pathname from split components. Under Unix the +drive component will usually be empty. If the drive, dir, name, or ext +parameters are null or empty, they are not inserted in the path string. +Otherwise, if the drive doesn't end with a colon, one is inserted in the +path. If the dir doesn't end in a slash, one is inserted in the path. +If the ext doesn't start with a dot, one is inserted in the path. + +The maximum sizes for the path string is given by the constant PM_MAX_PATH, +which includes space for the null-terminator. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_splitPath +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_makepath( + char *path, + const char *drive, + const char *dir, + const char *name, + const char *ext) +{ + if (drive && *drive) { + *path++ = *drive; + *path++ = ':'; + } + if (dir && *dir) { + path = _stpcpy(path,dir); + if (*(path-1) != '\\' && *(path-1) != '/') +#ifdef __UNIX__ + *path++ = '/'; +#else + *path++ = '\\'; +#endif + } + if (name) + path = _stpcpy(path,name); + if (ext && *ext) { + if (*ext != '.') + *path++ = '.'; + path = _stpcpy(path,ext); + } + *path = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Split a full pathname into components. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +path - Full path to split +drive - Drive component for path +dir - Directory component for path +name - Filename component for path +ext - Extension component for path + +RETURNS: +Flags indicating what components were parsed. + +REMARKS: +Function to split a full pathmame into separate components in the form + + X:\DIR\SUBDIR\NAME.EXT + +and splits path into its four components. It then stores those components +in the strings pointed to by drive, dir, name and ext. (Each component is +required but can be a NULL, which means the corresponding component will be +parsed but not stored). + +The maximum sizes for these strings are given by the constants PM_MAX_DRIVE +and PM_MAX_PATH. PM_MAX_DRIVE is always 4, and PM_MAX_PATH is usually at +least 256 characters. Under Unix the dir, name and ext components may be +up to the full path in length. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_makePath +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_splitpath( + const char *path, + char *drive, + char *dir, + char *name, + char *ext) +{ + char *p; + int temp,ret; + char buf[PM_MAX_PATH+2]; + + /* Set all string to default value zero */ + ret = 0; + if (drive) *drive = 0; + if (dir) *dir = 0; + if (name) *name = 0; + if (ext) *ext = 0; + + /* Copy filename into template up to PM_MAX_PATH characters */ + p = buf; + if ((temp = strlen(path)) > PM_MAX_PATH) + temp = PM_MAX_PATH; + *p++ = 0; + strncpy(p, path, temp); + *(p += temp) = 0; + + /* Split the filename and fill corresponding nonzero pointers */ + temp = 0; + for (;;) { + switch (*--p) { + case '.': + if (!temp && (*(p+1) == '\0')) + temp = findDot(p); + if ((!temp) && ((ret & PM_HAS_EXTENSION) == 0)) { + ret |= PM_HAS_EXTENSION; + safe_strncpy(ext, p, PM_MAX_PATH - 1); + *p = 0; + } + continue; + case ':': + if (p != &buf[2]) + continue; + case '\0': + if (temp) { + if (*++p) + ret |= PM_HAS_DIRECTORY; + safe_strncpy(dir, p, PM_MAX_PATH - 1); + *p-- = 0; + break; + } + case '/': + case '\\': + if (!temp) { + temp++; + if (*++p) + ret |= PM_HAS_FILENAME; + safe_strncpy(name, p, PM_MAX_PATH - 1); + *p-- = 0; + if (*p == 0 || (*p == ':' && p == &buf[2])) + break; + } + continue; + case '*': + case '?': + if (!temp) + ret |= PM_HAS_WILDCARDS; + default: + continue; + } + break; + } + if (*p == ':') { + if (buf[1]) + ret |= PM_HAS_DRIVE; + safe_strncpy(drive, &buf[1], PM_MAX_DRIVE - 1); + } + return ret; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Block until a specific time has elapsed since the last call + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +milliseconds - Number of milliseconds for delay + +REMARKS: +This function will block the calling thread or process until the specified +number of milliseconds have passed since the /last/ call to this function. +The first time this function is called, it will return immediately. On +subsquent calls it will block until the specified time has elapsed, or it +will return immediately if the time has already elapsed. + +This function is useful to provide constant time functionality in a +program, such as a frame rate limiter for graphics applications etc. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_sleep +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_blockUntilTimeout( + ulong milliseconds) +{ + ulong microseconds = milliseconds * 1000L,msDelay; + static LZTimerObject tm; + static ibool firstTime = true; + + if (firstTime) { + firstTime = false; + LZTimerOnExt(&tm); + } + else { + if ((msDelay = (microseconds - LZTimerLapExt(&tm)) / 1000L) > 0) + PM_sleep(msDelay); + while (LZTimerLapExt(&tm) < microseconds) + ; + LZTimerOffExt(&tm); + LZTimerOnExt(&tm); + } +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_cpuinfo.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_cpuinfo.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60ebed713f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_cpuinfo.asm @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: NASM or TASM Assembler +;* Environment: Intel 32 bit Protected Mode. +;* +;* Description: Code to determine the Intel processor type. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" + +header _cpuinfo + +begdataseg _cpuinfo ; Start of data segment + +cache_id db "01234567890123456" +intel_id db "GenuineIntel" ; Intel vendor ID +cyrix_id db "CyrixInstead" ; Cyrix vendor ID +amd_id db "AuthenticAMD" ; AMD vendor ID +idt_id db "CentaurHauls" ; IDT vendor ID + +CPU_IDT EQU 01000h ; Flag for IDT processors +CPU_Cyrix EQU 02000h ; Flag for Cyrix processors +CPU_AMD EQU 04000h ; Flag for AMD processors +CPU_Intel EQU 08000h ; Flag for Intel processors + +enddataseg _cpuinfo + +begcodeseg _cpuinfo ; Start of code segment + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro mCPU_ID 0 +db 00Fh,0A2h +%endmacro +else +MACRO mCPU_ID +db 00Fh,0A2h +ENDM +endif + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro mRDTSC 0 +db 00Fh,031h +%endmacro +else +MACRO mRDTSC +db 00Fh,031h +ENDM +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; bool _CPU_check80386(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines if we have an i386 processor. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_check80386 + + enter_c + + xor edx,edx ; EDX = 0, not an 80386 + mov bx, sp +ifdef USE_NASM + and sp, ~3 +else + and sp, not 3 +endif + pushfd ; Push original EFLAGS + pop eax ; Get original EFLAGS + mov ecx, eax ; Save original EFLAGS + xor eax, 40000h ; Flip AC bit in EFLAGS + push eax ; Save new EFLAGS value on + ; stack + popfd ; Replace current EFLAGS value + pushfd ; Get new EFLAGS + pop eax ; Store new EFLAGS in EAX + xor eax, ecx ; Can't toggle AC bit, + ; processor=80386 + jnz @@Done ; Jump if not an 80386 processor + inc edx ; We have an 80386 + +@@Done: push ecx + popfd + mov sp, bx + mov eax, edx + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; bool _CPU_check80486(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines if we have an i486 processor. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_check80486 + + enter_c + +; Distinguish between the i486 and Pentium by the ability to set the ID flag +; in the EFLAGS register. If the ID flag is set, then we can use the CPUID +; instruction to determine the final version of the chip. Otherwise we +; simply have an 80486. + +; Distinguish between the i486 and Pentium by the ability to set the ID flag +; in the EFLAGS register. If the ID flag is set, then we can use the CPUID +; instruction to determine the final version of the chip. Otherwise we +; simply have an 80486. + + pushfd ; Get original EFLAGS + pop eax + mov ecx, eax + xor eax, 200000h ; Flip ID bit in EFLAGS + push eax ; Save new EFLAGS value on stack + popfd ; Replace current EFLAGS value + pushfd ; Get new EFLAGS + pop eax ; Store new EFLAGS in EAX + xor eax, ecx ; Can not toggle ID bit, + jnz @@1 ; Processor=80486 + mov eax,1 ; We dont have a Pentium + jmp @@Done +@@1: mov eax,0 ; We have Pentium or later +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; bool _CPU_checkClone(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Checks if the i386 or i486 processor is a clone or genuine Intel. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_checkClone + + enter_c + + mov ax,5555h ; Check to make sure this is a 32-bit processor + xor dx,dx + mov cx,2h + div cx ; Perform Division + clc + jnz @@NoClone + jmp @@Clone +@@NoClone: + stc +@@Clone: + pushfd + pop eax ; Get the flags + and eax,1 + xor eax,1 ; EAX=0 is probably Intel, EAX=1 is a Clone + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; bool _CPU_haveCPUID(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines if we have support for the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_haveCPUID + + enter_c + +ifdef flatmodel + pushfd ; Get original EFLAGS + pop eax + mov ecx, eax + xor eax, 200000h ; Flip ID bit in EFLAGS + push eax ; Save new EFLAGS value on stack + popfd ; Replace current EFLAGS value + pushfd ; Get new EFLAGS + pop eax ; Store new EFLAGS in EAX + xor eax, ecx ; Can not toggle ID bit, + jnz @@1 ; Processor=80486 + mov eax,0 ; We dont have CPUID support + jmp @@Done +@@1: mov eax,1 ; We have CPUID support +else + mov eax,0 ; CPUID requires 32-bit pmode +endif +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_checkCPUID(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU type using the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_checkCPUID + + enter_c + + xor eax, eax ; Set up for CPUID instruction + mCPU_ID ; Get and save vendor ID + cmp eax, 1 ; Make sure 1 is valid input for CPUID + jl @@Fail ; We dont have the CPUID instruction + xor eax,eax ; Assume vendor is unknown + +; Check for GenuineIntel processors + + LEA_L esi,intel_id + cmp [DWORD esi], ebx + jne @@NotIntel + cmp [DWORD esi+4], edx + jne @@NotIntel + cmp [DWORD esi+8], ecx + jne @@NotIntel + mov eax,CPU_Intel ; Flag that we have GenuineIntel + jmp @@FoundVendor + +; Check for CyrixInstead processors + +@@NotIntel: + LEA_L esi,cyrix_id + cmp [DWORD esi], ebx + jne @@NotCyrix + cmp [DWORD esi+4], edx + jne @@NotCyrix + cmp [DWORD esi+8], ecx + jne @@NotCyrix + mov eax,CPU_Cyrix ; Flag that we have CyrixInstead + jmp @@FoundVendor + +; Check for AuthenticAMD processors + +@@NotCyrix: + LEA_L esi,amd_id + cmp [DWORD esi], ebx + jne @@NotAMD + cmp [DWORD esi+4], edx + jne @@NotAMD + cmp [DWORD esi+8], ecx + jne @@NotAMD + mov eax,CPU_AMD ; Flag that we have AuthenticAMD + jmp @@FoundVendor + +; Check for CentaurHauls processors + +@@NotAMD: + LEA_L esi,idt_id + cmp [DWORD esi], ebx + jne @@NotIDT + cmp [DWORD esi+4], edx + jne @@NotIDT + cmp [DWORD esi+8], ecx + jne @@NotIDT + mov eax,CPU_IDT ; Flag that we have AuthenticIDT + jmp @@FoundVendor + +@@NotIDT: + +@@FoundVendor: + push eax + xor eax, eax + inc eax + mCPU_ID ; Get family/model/stepping/features + and eax, 0F00h + shr eax, 8 ; Isolate family + and eax, 0Fh + pop ecx + or eax,ecx ; Combine in the clone flag +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_getCPUIDModel(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU type using the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_getCPUIDModel + + enter_c + + xor eax, eax ; Set up for CPUID instruction + mCPU_ID ; Get and save vendor ID + cmp eax, 1 ; Make sure 1 is valid input for CPUID + jl @@Fail ; We dont have the CPUID instruction + xor eax, eax + inc eax + mCPU_ID ; Get family/model/stepping/features + and eax, 0F0h + shr eax, 4 ; Isolate model +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_getCPUIDStepping(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU type using the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_getCPUIDStepping + + enter_c + + xor eax, eax ; Set up for CPUID instruction + mCPU_ID ; Get and save vendor ID + cmp eax, 1 ; Make sure 1 is valid input for CPUID + jl @@Fail ; We dont have the CPUID instruction + xor eax, eax + inc eax + mCPU_ID ; Get family/model/stepping/features + and eax, 00Fh ; Isolate stepping +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_getCPUIDFeatures(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU type using the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_getCPUIDFeatures + + enter_c + + xor eax, eax ; Set up for CPUID instruction + mCPU_ID ; Get and save vendor ID + cmp eax, 1 ; Make sure 1 is valid input for CPUID + jl @@Fail ; We dont have the CPUID instruction + xor eax, eax + inc eax + mCPU_ID ; Get family/model/stepping/features + mov eax, edx +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_getCacheSize(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU cache size for Intel processors +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_getCacheSize + + enter_c + xor eax, eax ; Set up for CPUID instruction + mCPU_ID ; Get and save vendor ID + cmp eax,2 ; Make sure 2 is valid input for CPUID + jl @@Fail ; We dont have the CPUID instruction + mov eax,2 + mCPU_ID ; Get cache descriptors + LEA_L esi,cache_id ; Get address of cache ID (-fPIC aware) + shr eax,8 + mov [esi+0],eax + mov [esi+3],ebx + mov [esi+7],ecx + mov [esi+11],edx + xor eax,eax + LEA_L esi,cache_id ; Get address of cache ID (-fPIC aware) + mov edi,15 +@@ScanLoop: + cmp [BYTE esi],41h + mov eax,128 + je @@Done + cmp [BYTE esi],42h + mov eax,256 + je @@Done + cmp [BYTE esi],43h + mov eax,512 + je @@Done + cmp [BYTE esi],44h + mov eax,1024 + je @@Done + cmp [BYTE esi],45h + mov eax,2048 + je @@Done + inc esi + dec edi + jnz @@ScanLoop + +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uint _CPU_have3DNow(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Determines the CPU type using the CPUID instruction. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_have3DNow + + enter_c + + mov eax,80000000h ; Query for extended functions + mCPU_ID ; Get extended function limit + cmp eax,80000001h + jbe @@Fail ; Nope, we dont have function 800000001h + mov eax,80000001h ; Setup extended function 800000001h + mCPU_ID ; and get the information + test edx,80000000h ; Bit 31 is set if 3DNow! present + jz @@Fail ; Nope, we dont have 3DNow support + mov eax,1 ; Yep, we have 3DNow! support! +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + jmp @@Done + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _CPU_quickRDTSC(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads the time stamp counter and returns the low order 32-bits +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_quickRDTSC + + mRDTSC + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _CPU_runBSFLoop(ulong interations) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Runs a loop of BSF instructions for the specified number of iterations +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_runBSFLoop + + ARG iterations:ULONG + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + push _bx + + mov edx,[iterations] + mov eax,80000000h + mov ebx,edx + + ALIGN 4 + +@@loop: bsf ecx,eax + dec ebx + jnz @@loop + + pop _bx + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _CPU_readTimeStamp(CPU_largeInteger *time); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads the time stamp counter and returns the 64-bit result. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_readTimeStamp + + mRDTSC + mov ecx,[esp+4] ; Access directly without stack frame + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _CPU_diffTime64(CPU_largeInteger *t1,CPU_largeInteger *t2,CPU_largeInteger *t) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Computes the difference between two 64-bit numbers. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_diffTime64 + + ARG t1:DPTR, t2:DPTR, t:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov ecx,[t2] + mov eax,[ecx] ; EAX := t2.low + mov ecx,[t1] + sub eax,[ecx] + mov edx,eax ; EDX := low difference + mov ecx,[t2] + mov eax,[ecx+4] ; ECX := t2.high + mov ecx,[t1] + sbb eax,[ecx+4] ; EAX := high difference + + mov ebx,[t] ; Store the result + mov [ebx],edx ; Store low part + mov [ebx+4],eax ; Store high part + mov eax,edx ; Return low part +ifndef flatmodel + shld edx,eax,16 ; Return in DX:AX +endif + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _CPU_calcMicroSec(CPU_largeInteger *count,ulong freq); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Computes the value in microseconds for the elapsed time with maximum +; precision. The formula we use is: +; +; us = (((diff * 0x100000) / freq) * 1000000) / 0x100000) +; +; The power of two multiple before the first divide allows us to scale the +; 64-bit difference using simple shifts, and then the divide brings the +; final result into the range to fit into a 32-bit integer. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_calcMicroSec + + ARG count:DPTR, freq:ULONG + + enter_c + + mov ecx,[count] + mov eax,[ecx] ; EAX := low part + mov edx,[ecx+4] ; EDX := high part + shld edx,eax,20 + shl eax,20 ; diff * 0x100000 + div [DWORD freq] ; (diff * 0x100000) / freq + mov ecx,1000000 + xor edx,edx + mul ecx ; ((diff * 0x100000) / freq) * 1000000) + shrd eax,edx,20 ; ((diff * 0x100000) / freq) * 1000000) / 0x100000 +ifndef flatmodel + shld edx,eax,16 ; Return in DX:AX +endif + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _CPU_mulDiv(ulong a,ulong b,ulong c); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Computes the following with 64-bit integer precision: +; +; result = (a * b) / c +; +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _CPU_mulDiv + + ARG a:ULONG, b:ULONG, c:ULONG + + enter_c + mov eax,[a] + imul [ULONG b] + idiv [ULONG c] +ifndef flatmodel + shld edx,eax,16 ; Return in DX:AX +endif + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _cpuinfo + + END diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_dma.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_dma.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b6e1e8b56 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_dma.asm @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 16/32 bit Ring 0 device driver +;* +;* Description: Assembler support routines for ISA DMA controller. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _dma ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _dma ; Start of data segment + +cpublic _PM_DMADataStart + +; DMA register I/O addresses for channels 0-7 (except 4) + +DMAC_page db 087h,083h,081h,082h, -1,08Bh,089h,08Ah +DMAC_addr db 000h,002h,004h,006h, -1,0C4h,0C8h,0CCh +DMAC_cnt db 001h,003h,005h,007h, -1,0C6h,0CAh,0CEh +DMAC_mask db 00Ah,00Ah,00Ah,00Ah, -1,0D4h,0D4h,0D4h +DMAC_mode db 00Bh,00Bh,00Bh,00Bh, -1,0D6h,0D6h,0D6h +DMAC_FF db 00Ch,00Ch,00Ch,00Ch, -1,0D8h,0D8h,0D8h + +cpublic _PM_DMADataEnd + +enddataseg _dma + +begcodeseg _dma ; Start of code segment + +ifdef flatmodel + +cpublic _PM_DMACodeStart + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_DMACDisable(int channel); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Masks DMA channel, inhibiting DMA transfers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_DMACDisable + + ARG channel:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov ecx,[channel] ; ECX indexes DMAC register tables + mov dh,0 ; DH = 0 for DMAC register port access + mov al,cl + and al,11b + or al,100b ; AL = (channel & 3) | "set mask bit" + mov dl,[DMAC_mask+ecx] + out dx,al + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_DMACEnable(int channel); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Unmasks DMA channel, enabling DMA transfers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_DMACEnable + + ARG channel:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov ecx,[channel] ; ECX indexes DMAC register tables + mov dh,0 ; DH = 0 for DMAC register port access + mov al,cl + and al,11b ; AL = (channel & 3), "set mask bit"=0 + mov dl,[DMAC_mask+ecx] + out dx,al + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_DMACProgram(int channel,int mode,ulong bufferPhys,int count); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Purpose: Program DMA controller to perform transfer from first 16MB +; based on previously selected mode and channel. DMA transfer may be enabled +; by subsequent call to PM_DMACEnable. +; +; Entry: channel - DMA channel in use (0-7) +; mode - Selected DMAMODE type for transfer +; buffer - 32-bit physical address of DMA buffer +; count - DMA byte count (1-65536 bytes) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_DMACProgram + + ARG channel:UINT, mode:UINT, bufferPhys:ULONG, count:UINT + + enter_c + pushfd + cli ; Disable interrupts + +; Mask DMA channel to disable it + + mov ebx,[channel] ; EBX indexes DMAC register tables + mov dh,0 ; DH = 0 for DMAC register port access + mov al,bl + and al,11b + or al,100b ; AL = (channel & 3) | "set mask bit" + mov dl,[DMAC_mask+ebx] + out dx,al + +; Generate IOW to clear FF toggle state + + mov al,0 + mov dl,[DMAC_FF+ebx] + out dx,al + +; Compute buffer address to program + + mov eax,[bufferPhys] ; AX := DMA address offset + mov ecx,eax + shr ecx,16 ; CL := bufferPhys >> 16 (DMA page) + mov esi,[count] ; ESI = # of bytes to transfer + cmp ebx,4 ; 16-bit channel? + jb @@WriteDMAC ; No, program DMAC + shr eax,1 ; Yes, convert address and count + shr esi,1 ; to 16-bit, 128K/page format + +; Set the DMA address word (bits 0-15) + +@@WriteDMAC: + mov dl,[DMAC_addr+ebx] + out dx,al + mov al,ah + out dx,al + +; Set DMA transfer count + + mov eax,esi + dec eax ; ESI = # of bytes to transfer - 1 + mov dl,[DMAC_cnt+ebx] + out dx,al + mov al,ah + out dx,al + +; Set DMA page byte (bits 16-23) + + mov al,cl + mov dl,[DMAC_page+ebx] + out dx,al + +; Set the DMA channel mode + + mov al,bl + and al,11b + or al,[BYTE mode] ; EAX = (channel & 3) | mode + mov dl,[DMAC_mode+ebx] + out dx,al + + pop eax ; SMP safe interrupt state restore! + test eax,200h + jz @@1 + sti +@@1: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong PMAPI PM_DMACPosition(int channel); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current position in a dma transfer. Interrupts should be +; disabled before calling this function. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_DMACPosition + + ARG channel:UINT + + enter_c + mov ecx,[channel] ; ECX indexes DMAC register tables + mov dh,0 ; DH = 0 for DMAC register port access + +; Generate IOW to clear FF toggle state + + mov al,0 + mov dl,[DMAC_FF+ebx] + out dx,al + xor eax,eax + xor ecx,ecx + +; Now read the current position for the channel + +@@ReadLoop: + mov dl,[DMAC_cnt+ebx] + out dx,al + in al,dx + mov cl,al + in al,dx + mov ch,al ; ECX := first count read + in al,dx + mov ah,al + in al,dx + xchg al,ah ; EAX := second count read + sub ecx,eax + cmp ecx,40h + jg @@ReadLoop + cmp ebx,4 ; 16-bit channel? + jb @@Exit ; No, we are done + shl eax,1 ; Yes, adjust to byte address + +@@Exit: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + + +cpublic _PM_DMACodeEnd + +endif + +endcodeseg _dma + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_int64.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_int64.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdec1b58d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_int64.asm @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: NASM or TASM Assembler +;* Environment: Intel 32 bit Protected Mode. +;* +;* Description: Code for 64-bit arhithmetic +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" + +header _int64 + +begcodeseg _int64 ; Start of code segment + +a_low EQU 04h ; Access a_low directly on stack +a_high EQU 08h ; Access a_high directly on stack +b_low EQU 0Ch ; Access b_low directly on stack +shift EQU 0Ch ; Access shift directly on stack +result_2 EQU 0Ch ; Access result directly on stack +b_high EQU 10h ; Access b_high directly on stack +result_3 EQU 10h ; Access result directly on stack +result_4 EQU 14h ; Access result directly on stack + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_add64(u32 a_low,u32 a_high,u32 b_low,u32 b_high,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Adds two 64-bit numbers. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_add64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + add eax,[esp+b_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + adc edx,[esp+b_high] + mov ecx,[esp+result_4] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_sub64(u32 a_low,u32 a_high,u32 b_low,u32 b_high,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Subtracts two 64-bit numbers. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_sub64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + sub eax,[esp+b_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + sbb edx,[esp+b_high] + mov ecx,[esp+result_4] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_mul64(u32 a_high,u32 a_low,u32 b_high,u32 b_low,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Multiples two 64-bit numbers. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_mul64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_high] + mov ecx,[esp+b_high] + or ecx,eax + mov ecx,[esp+b_low] + jnz @@FullMultiply + mov eax,[esp+a_low] ; EDX:EAX = b.low * a.low + mul ecx + mov ecx,[esp+result_4] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +@@FullMultiply: + push ebx + mul ecx ; EDX:EAX = a.high * b.low + mov ebx,eax + mov eax,[esp+a_low+4] + mul [DWORD esp+b_high+4] ; EDX:EAX = b.high * a.low + add ebx,eax + mov eax,[esp+a_low+4] + mul ecx ; EDX:EAX = a.low * b.low + add edx,ebx + pop ebx + mov ecx,[esp+result_4] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_div64(u32 a_low,u32 a_high,u32 b_low,u32 b_high,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Divides two 64-bit numbers. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_div64 + + push edi + push esi + push ebx + xor edi,edi + mov eax,[esp+a_high+0Ch] + or eax,eax + jns @@ANotNeg + +; Dividend is negative, so negate it and save result for later + + inc edi + mov edx,[esp+a_low+0Ch] + neg eax + neg edx + sbb eax,0 + mov [esp+a_high+0Ch],eax + mov [esp+a_low+0Ch],edx + +@@ANotNeg: + mov eax,[esp+b_high+0Ch] + or eax,eax + jns @@BNotNeg + +; Divisor is negative, so negate it and save result for later + + inc edi + mov edx,[esp+b_low+0Ch] + neg eax + neg edx + sbb eax,0 + mov [esp+b_high+0Ch],eax + mov [esp+b_low+0Ch],edx + +@@BNotNeg: + or eax,eax + jnz @@BHighNotZero + +; b.high is zero, so handle this faster + + mov ecx,[esp+b_low+0Ch] + mov eax,[esp+a_high+0Ch] + xor edx,edx + div ecx + mov ebx,eax + mov eax,[esp+a_low+0Ch] + div ecx + mov edx,ebx + jmp @@BHighZero + +@@BHighNotZero: + mov ebx,eax + mov ecx,[esp+b_low+0Ch] + mov edx,[esp+a_high+0Ch] + mov eax,[esp+a_low+0Ch] + +; Shift values right until b.high becomes zero + +@@ShiftLoop: + shr ebx,1 + rcr ecx,1 + shr edx,1 + rcr eax,1 + or ebx,ebx + jnz @@ShiftLoop + +; Now complete the divide process + + div ecx + mov esi,eax + mul [DWORD esp+b_high+0Ch] + mov ecx,eax + mov eax,[esp+b_low+0Ch] + mul esi + add edx,ecx + jb @@8 + cmp edx,[esp+a_high+0Ch] + ja @@8 + jb @@9 + cmp eax,[esp+a_low+0Ch] + jbe @@9 +@@8: dec esi +@@9: xor edx,edx + mov eax,esi + +@@BHighZero: + dec edi + jnz @@Done + +; The result needs to be negated as either a or b was negative + + neg edx + neg eax + sbb edx,0 + +@@Done: pop ebx + pop esi + pop edi + mov ecx,[esp+result_4] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; __i64 _PM_shr64(u32 a_low,s32 a_high,s32 shift,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Shift a 64-bit number right +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_shr64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + mov cl,[esp+shift] + shrd edx,eax,cl + mov ecx,[esp+result_3] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; __i64 _PM_sar64(u32 a_low,s32 a_high,s32 shift,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Shift a 64-bit number right (signed) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_sar64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + mov cl,[esp+shift] + sar edx,cl + rcr eax,cl + mov ecx,[esp+result_3] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; __i64 _PM_shl64(u32 a_low,s32 a_high,s32 shift,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Shift a 64-bit number left +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_shl64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + mov cl,[esp+shift] + shld edx,eax,cl + mov ecx,[esp+result_3] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; __i64 _PM_neg64(u32 a_low,s32 a_high,__u64 *result); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Shift a 64-bit number left +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_neg64 + + mov eax,[esp+a_low] + mov edx,[esp+a_high] + neg eax + neg edx + sbb eax,0 + mov ecx,[esp+result_2] + mov [ecx],eax + mov [ecx+4],edx + ret + +cprocend + + +endcodeseg _int64 + + END diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_joy.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_joy.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ff1ecf55d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_joy.asm @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler +;* Environment: Intel x86, any OS +;* +;* Description: Assembly language support routines for reading analogue +;* joysticks. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + ideal + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +ifdef flatmodel + +header _joy ; Set up memory model + +begcodeseg _joy ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; initTimer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Sets up 8253 timer 2 (PC speaker) to start timing, but not produce output. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic initTimer + +; Start timer 2 counting + + in al,61h + and al,0FDh ; Disable speaker output (just in case) + or al,1 + out 61h,al + +; Set the timer 2 count to 0 again to start the timing interval. + + mov al,10110100b ; set up to load initial (timer 2) + out 43h,al ; timer count + sub al,al + out 42h,al ; load count lsb + out 42h,al ; load count msb + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; readTimer2 +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads the number of ticks from the 8253 timer chip using channel 2 (PC +; speaker). This is non-destructive and does not screw up other libraries. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic readTimer + + xor al,al ; Latch timer 0 command + out 43h,al ; Latch timer + in al,42h ; least significant byte + mov ah,al + in al,42h ; most significant byte + xchg ah,al + and eax,0FFFFh + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; exitTimer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Stops the 8253 timer 2 (PC speaker) counting +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic exitTimer + +; Stop timer 2 from counting + + push eax + in al,61h + and al,0FEh + out 61h,al + +; Some programs have a problem if we change the control port; better change it +; to something they expect (mode 3 - square wave generator)... + mov al,0B6h + out 43h,al + + pop eax + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_readJoyAxis(int jmask,int *axis); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Function to poll the joystick to read the current axis positions. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_readJoyAxis + + ARG jmask:UINT, axis:DPTR + + LOCAL firstTick:UINT, lastTick:UINT, totalTicks:UINT = LocalSize + + enter_c + + mov ebx,[jmask] + mov edi,[axis] + mov ecx,(1193180/100) + and ebx,01111b ; Mask out supported axes + mov dx,201h ; DX := joystick I/O port + call initTimer ; Start timer 2 counting + call readTimer ; Returns counter in EAX + mov [lastTick],eax + +@@WaitStable: + in al,dx + and al,bl ; Wait for the axes in question to be + jz @@Stable ; done reading... + call readTimer ; Returns counter in EAX + xchg eax,[lastTick] + cmp eax,[lastTick] + jb @@1 + sub eax,[lastTick] +@@1: add [totalTicks],eax + cmp [totalTicks],ecx ; Check for timeout + jae @@Stable + jmp @@WaitStable + +@@Stable: + mov al,0FFh + out dx,al ; Start joystick reading + call initTimer ; Start timer 2 counting + call readTimer ; Returns counter in EAX + mov [firstTick],eax ; Store initial count + mov [lastTick],eax + mov [DWORD totalTicks],0 + cli + +@@PollLoop: + in al,dx ; Read Joystick port + not al + and al,bl ; Mask off channels we don't want to read + jnz @@AxisFlipped ; See if any of the channels flipped + call readTimer ; Returns counter in EAX + xchg eax,[lastTick] + cmp eax,[lastTick] + jb @@2 + sub eax,[lastTick] +@@2: add [totalTicks],eax + cmp [totalTicks],ecx ; Check for timeout + jae @@TimedOut + jmp @@PollLoop + +@@AxisFlipped: + xor esi,esi + mov ah,1 + test al,ah + jnz @@StoreCount ; Joystick 1, X axis flipped + add esi,4 + mov ah,2 + test al,ah + jnz @@StoreCount ; Joystick 1, Y axis flipped + add esi,4 + mov ah,4 + test al,ah + jnz @@StoreCount ; Joystick 2, X axis flipped + add esi,4 ; Joystick 2, Y axis flipped + mov ah,8 + +@@StoreCount: + or bh,ah ; Indicate this axis is active + xor bl,ah ; Unmark the channels that just tripped + call readTimer ; Returns counter in EAX + xchg eax,[lastTick] + cmp eax,[lastTick] + jb @@3 + sub eax,[lastTick] +@@3: add [totalTicks],eax + mov eax,[totalTicks] + mov [edi+esi],eax ; Record the time this channel flipped + cmp bl,0 ; If there are more channels to read, + jne @@PollLoop ; keep looping + +@@TimedOut: + sti + call exitTimer ; Stop timer 2 counting + movzx eax,bh ; Return the mask of working axes + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_readJoyButtons(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Function to poll the current joystick buttons +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_readJoyButtons + + mov dx,0201h + in al,dx + shr al,4 + not al + and eax,0Fh + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _joy + +endif + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_mtrr.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_mtrr.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e0a6966ce --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_mtrr.asm @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 16/32 bit Ring 0 device driver +;* +;* Description: Assembler support routines for the Memory Type Range Register +;* (MTRR) module. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _mtrr ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _mtrr + +ifdef DOS4GW + cextern _PM_haveCauseWay,UINT +endif + +enddataseg _mtrr + +begcodeseg _mtrr ; Start of code segment + +P586 + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ibool _MTRR_isRing0(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Checks to see if we are running at ring 0. This check is only relevant +; for 32-bit DOS4GW and compatible programs. If we are not running under +; DOS4GW, then we simply assume we are a ring 0 device driver. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _MTRR_isRing0 + +; Are we running under CauseWay? + +ifdef DOS4GW + enter_c + mov ax,cs + and eax,3 + xor eax,3 + jnz @@Exit + +; CauseWay runs the apps at ring 3, but implements support for specific +; ring 0 instructions that we need to get stuff done under real DOS. + + mov eax,1 + cmp [UINT _PM_haveCauseWay],0 + jnz @@Exit +@@Fail: xor eax,eax +@@Exit: leave_c + ret +else +ifdef __SMX32__ + mov eax,1 ; SMX is ring 0! + ret +else +ifdef __VXD__ + mov eax,1 ; VxD is ring 0! + ret +else +ifdef __NT_DRIVER__ + mov eax,1 ; NT/W2K is ring 0! + ret +else +else + xor eax,eax ; Assume ring 3 for 32-bit DOS + ret +endif +endif +endif +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _MTRR_disableInt(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Return processor interrupt status and disable interrupts. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_disableInt + + pushfd ; Put flag word on stack + cli ; Disable interrupts! + pop eax ; deposit flag word in return register + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_restoreInt(ulong ps); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Restore processor interrupt status. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_restoreInt + + ARG ps:ULONG + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp ; Set up stack frame + mov ecx,[ps] + test ecx,200h ; SMP safe interrupt flag restore! + jz @@1 + sti +@@1: pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _MTRR_saveCR4(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Save the value of CR4 and clear the Page Global Enable (bit 7). We also +; disable and flush the caches. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_saveCR4 + + enter_c + +; Save value of CR4 and clear Page Global Enable (bit 7) + + mov ebx,cr4 + mov eax,ebx + and al,7Fh + mov cr4,eax + +; Disable and flush caches + + mov eax,cr0 + or eax,40000000h + wbinvd + mov cr0,eax + wbinvd + +; Return value from CR4 + + mov eax,ebx + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_restoreCR4(ulong cr4Val) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Save the value of CR4 and clear the Page Global Enable (bit 7). We also +; disable and flush the caches. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_restoreCR4 + + ARG cr4Val:ULONG + + enter_c + +; Enable caches + + mov eax,cr0 + and eax,0BFFFFFFFh + mov cr0,eax + mov eax,[cr4Val] + mov cr4,eax + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_getCx86(uchar reg); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_getCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + in al,23h + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_setCx86(uchar reg,uchar val); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_setCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR, val:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + mov al,[val] + out 23h,al + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_readMSR(uong reg, ulong FAR *eax, ulong FAR *edx); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Writes the specific Machine Status Register used on the newer Intel +; Pentium Pro and Pentium II motherboards. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _MTRR_readMSR + + ARG reg:ULONG, v_eax:DPTR, v_edx:DPTR + + enter_c + mov ecx,[reg] + rdmsr + mov ebx,[v_eax] + mov [ebx],eax + mov ebx,[v_edx] + mov [ebx],edx + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_writeMSR(uong reg, ulong eax, ulong edx); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Writes the specific Machine Status Register used on the newer Intel +; Pentium Pro and Pentium II motherboards. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _MTRR_writeMSR + + ARG reg:ULONG, v_eax:ULONG, v_edx:ULONG + + enter_c + mov ecx,[reg] + mov eax,[v_eax] + mov edx,[v_edx] + wrmsr + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _mtrr + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_pcihelp.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_pcihelp.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b8dbcc73a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/_pcihelp.asm @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: Any +;* +;* Description: Helper assembler functions for PCI access module. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pcilib + +begcodeseg _pcilib + +ifdef flatmodel + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _ASMAPI _BIOS32_service( +; ulong service, +; ulong func, +; ulong *physBase, +; ulong *length, +; ulong *serviceOffset, +; PCIBIOS_entry entry); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Call the BIOS32 services directory +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _BIOS32_service + + ARG service:ULONG, func:ULONG, physBase:DPTR, len:DPTR, off:DPTR, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,[service] + mov ebx,[func] +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif + mov esi,[physBase] + mov [esi],ebx + mov esi,[len] + mov [esi],ecx + mov esi,[off] + mov [esi],edx + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ushort _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_isPresent(ulong i_eax,ulong *o_edx,ushort *oeax, +; uchar *o_cl,PCIBIOS_entry entry) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Call the PCI BIOS to determine if it is present. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCIBIOS_isPresent + + ARG i_eax:ULONG, o_edx:DPTR, oeax:DPTR, o_cl:DPTR, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,[i_eax] +ifdef flatmodel +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif +else + int 1Ah +endif + _les _si,[o_edx] + mov [_ES _si],edx + _les _si,[oeax] + mov [_ES _si],ax + _les _si,[o_cl] + mov [_ES _si],cl + mov ax,bx + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _PCIBIOS_service(ulong r_eax,ulong r_ebx,ulong r_edi,ulong r_ecx, +; PCIBIOS_entry entry) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Call the PCI BIOS services, either via the 32-bit protected mode entry +; point or via the Int 1Ah 16-bit interrupt. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCIBIOS_service + + ARG r_eax:ULONG, r_ebx:ULONG, r_edi:ULONG, r_ecx:ULONG, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,[r_eax] + mov ebx,[r_ebx] + mov edi,[r_edi] + mov ecx,[r_ecx] +ifdef flatmodel +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif +else + int 1Ah +endif + mov eax,ecx +ifndef flatmodel + shld edx,eax,16 ; Return result in DX:AX +endif + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _PCIBIOS_getRouting(PCIRoutingOptionsBuffer *buf,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Get the routing options for PCI devices +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCIBIOS_getRouting + + ARG buf:DPTR, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,0B10Eh + mov bx,0 + _les _di,[buf] +ifdef flatmodel +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif +else + int 1Ah +endif + movzx eax,ah + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ibool _PCIBIOS_setIRQ(int busDev,int intPin,int IRQ,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Change the IRQ routing for the PCI device +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCIBIOS_setIRQ + + ARG busDev:UINT, intPin:UINT, IRQ:UINT, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,0B10Fh + mov bx,[USHORT busDev] + mov cl,[BYTE intPin] + mov ch,[BYTE IRQ] +ifdef flatmodel +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif +else + int 1Ah +endif + mov eax,1 + jnc @@1 + xor eax,eax ; Function failed! +@@1: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _PCIBIOS_specialCycle(int bus,ulong data,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Generate a special cycle via the PCI BIOS. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCIBIOS_specialCycle + + ARG bus:UINT, data:ULONG, entry:QWORD + + enter_c + mov eax,0B106h + mov bh,[BYTE bus] + mov ecx,[data] +ifdef flatmodel +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [entry] +else + call [FWORD entry] +endif +else + int 1Ah +endif + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ushort _PCI_getCS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PCI_getCS + + mov ax,cs + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_inpb(int port) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads a byte from the specified port +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_inpb + + ARG port:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + xor _ax,_ax + mov _dx,[port] + in al,dx + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_inpw(int port) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads a word from the specified port +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_inpw + + ARG port:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + xor _ax,_ax + mov _dx,[port] + in ax,dx + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong PM_inpd(int port) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads a word from the specified port +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_inpd + + ARG port:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + mov _dx,[port] + in eax,dx +ifndef flatmodel + shld edx,eax,16 ; DX:AX = result +endif + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_outpb(int port,int value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a byte to the specified port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_outpb + + ARG port:UINT, value:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + mov _dx,[port] + mov _ax,[value] + out dx,al + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_outpw(int port,int value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a word to the specified port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_outpw + + ARG port:UINT, value:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + mov _dx,[port] + mov _ax,[value] + out dx,ax + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_outpd(int port,ulong value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a word to the specified port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_outpd + + ARG port:UINT, value:ULONG + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + mov _dx,[port] + mov eax,[value] + out dx,eax + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pcilib + + END diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/agp.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/agp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23f7e1e145 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/agp.c @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Ring 0 device driver +* +* Description: Generic module to implement AGP support functions using the +* SciTech Nucleus AGP support drivers. If the OS provides +* native AGP support, this module should *NOT* be used. Instead +* wrappers should be placed around the OS support functions +* to implement this functionality. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#ifndef REALMODE +#include "nucleus/agp.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static AGP_devCtx *agp; +static AGP_driverFuncs driver; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +Size of AGP aperture in MB on success, 0 on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function initialises the AGP driver in the system and returns the +size of the available AGP aperture in megabytes. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_agpInit(void) +{ + if ((agp = AGP_loadDriver(0)) == NULL) + return 0; + driver.dwSize = sizeof(driver); + if (!agp->QueryFunctions(AGP_GET_DRIVERFUNCS,&driver)) + return 0; + switch (driver.GetApertureSize()) { + case agpSize4MB: return 4; + case agpSize8MB: return 8; + case agpSize16MB: return 16; + case agpSize32MB: return 32; + case agpSize64MB: return 64; + case agpSize128MB: return 128; + case agpSize256MB: return 256; + case agpSize512MB: return 512; + case agpSize1GB: return 1024; + case agpSize2GB: return 2048; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function closes down the loaded AGP driver. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_agpExit(void) +{ + AGP_unloadDriver(agp); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +numPages - Number of memory pages that should be reserved +type - Type of memory to allocate +physContext - Returns the physical context handle for the mapping +physAddr - Returns the physical address for the mapping + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function reserves a range of physical memory addresses on the system +bus which the AGP controller will respond to. If this function succeeds, +the AGP controller can respond to the reserved physical address range on +the bus. However you must first call AGP_commitPhysical to cause this memory +to actually be committed for use before it can be accessed. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_agpReservePhysical( + ulong numPages, + int type, + void **physContext, + PM_physAddr *physAddr) +{ + switch (type) { + case PM_agpUncached: + type = agpUncached; + break; + case PM_agpWriteCombine: + type = agpWriteCombine; + break; + case PM_agpIntelDCACHE: + type = agpIntelDCACHE; + break; + default: + return false; + } + return driver.ReservePhysical(numPages,type,physContext,physAddr) == nOK; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +physContext - Physical AGP context to release + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function releases a range of physical memory addresses on the system +bus which the AGP controller will respond to. All committed memory for +the physical address range covered by the context will be released. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_agpReleasePhysical( + void *physContext) +{ + return driver.ReleasePhysical(physContext) == nOK; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +physContext - Physical AGP context to commit memory for +numPages - Number of pages to be committed +startOffset - Offset in pages into the reserved physical context +physAddr - Returns the physical address of the committed memory + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function commits into the specified physical context that was previously +reserved by a call to ReservePhysical. You can use the startOffset and +numPages parameters to only commit portions of the reserved memory range at +a time. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_agpCommitPhysical( + void *physContext, + ulong numPages, + ulong startOffset, + PM_physAddr *physAddr) +{ + return driver.CommitPhysical(physContext,numPages,startOffset,physAddr) == nOK; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +physContext - Physical AGP context to free memory for +numPages - Number of pages to be freed +startOffset - Offset in pages into the reserved physical context + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function frees memory previously committed by the CommitPhysical +function. Note that you can free a portion of a memory range that was +previously committed if you wish. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_agpFreePhysical( + void *physContext, + ulong numPages, + ulong startOffset) +{ + return driver.FreePhysical(physContext,numPages,startOffset) == nOK; +} + +#endif /* !REALMODE */ + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/keyboard.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/keyboard.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79b4040ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/keyboard.c @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Direct keyboard event handling module. This module contains +* code to process raw scan code information, convert it to +* virtual scan codes and do code page translation to ASCII +* for different international keyboard layouts. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Keyboard scan code to translate +table - Code page table to search +count - Number of entries in the code page table + +REMARKS: +This function translates the scan codes from keyboard scan codes to ASCII +codes using a binary search on the code page table. +****************************************************************************/ +static uchar translateScan( + uchar scanCode, + codepage_entry_t *table, + int count) +{ + codepage_entry_t *test; + int n,pivot,val; + + for (n = count; n > 0; ) { + pivot = n >> 1; + test = table + pivot; + val = scanCode - test->scanCode; + if (val < 0) + n = pivot; + else if (val == 0) + return test->asciiCode; + else { + table = test + 1; + n -= pivot + 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +{secret} +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_maskKeyCode( + event_t *evt) +{ + int ascii,scan = EVT_scanCode(evt->message); + + evt->message &= ~0xFF; + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_NUMLOCK) { + if ((ascii = translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->numPad,EVT.codePage->numPadLen)) != 0) { + evt->message |= ascii; + return; + } + } + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_CTRLSTATE) { + evt->message |= translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->ctrl,EVT.codePage->ctrlLen); + return; + } + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_CAPSLOCK) { + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) { + if ((ascii = translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->shiftCaps,EVT.codePage->shiftCapsLen)) != 0) { + evt->message |= ascii; + return; + } + } + else { + if ((ascii = translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->caps,EVT.codePage->capsLen)) != 0) { + evt->message |= ascii; + return; + } + } + } + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) { + if ((ascii = translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->shift,EVT.codePage->shiftLen)) != 0) { + evt->message |= ascii; + return; + } + } + evt->message |= translateScan(scan,EVT.codePage->normal,EVT.codePage->normalLen); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns true if the key with the specified scan code is being held down. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool _EVT_isKeyDown( + uchar scanCode) +{ + if (scanCode > 0x7F) + return false; + else + return EVT.keyTable[scanCode] != 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +what - Event code +message - Event message (ASCII code and scan code) + +REMARKS: +Adds a new keyboard event to the event queue. This routine is called from +within the keyboard interrupt subroutine! + +NOTE: Interrupts are OFF when this routine is called by the keyboard ISR, + and we leave them OFF the entire time. +****************************************************************************/ +static void addKeyEvent( + uint what, + uint message) +{ + event_t evt; + + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Save information in event record */ + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + evt.what = what; + evt.message = message | 0x10000UL; + evt.where_x = 0; + evt.where_y = 0; + evt.relative_x = 0; + evt.relative_y = 0; + evt.modifiers = EVT.keyModifiers; + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYREPEAT) { + if (EVT.oldKey != -1) + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldKey].message += 0x10000UL; + else { + EVT.oldKey = EVT.freeHead; + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + } + } + else { +#ifdef __QNX__ + _EVT_maskKeyCode(&evt); +#endif + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + } + EVT.oldMove = -1; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function waits for the keyboard controller to set the ready-for-write +bit. +****************************************************************************/ +static int kbWaitForWriteReady(void) +{ + int timeout = 8192; + while ((timeout > 0) && (PM_inpb(0x64) & 0x02)) + timeout--; + return (timeout > 0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function waits for the keyboard controller to set the ready-for-read +bit. +****************************************************************************/ +static int kbWaitForReadReady(void) +{ + int timeout = 8192; + while ((timeout > 0) && (!(PM_inpb(0x64) & 0x01))) + timeout--; + return (timeout > 0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +data - Data to send to the keyboard + +REMARKS: +This function sends a data byte to the keyboard controller. +****************************************************************************/ +static int kbSendData( + uchar data) +{ + int resends = 4; + int timeout, temp; + + do { + if (!kbWaitForWriteReady()) + return 0; + PM_outpb(0x60,data); + timeout = 8192; + while (--timeout > 0) { + if (!kbWaitForReadReady()) + return 0; + temp = PM_inpb(0x60); + if (temp == 0xFA) + return 1; + if (temp == 0xFE) + break; + } + } while ((resends-- > 0) && (timeout > 0)); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +modifiers - Keyboard modifier flags + +REMARKS: +This function re-programs the LED's on the keyboard to the values stored +in the passed in modifier flags. If the 'allowLEDS' flag is false, this +function does nothing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void setLEDS( + uint modifiers) +{ + if (EVT.allowLEDS) { + if (!kbSendData(0xED) || !kbSendData((modifiers>>9) & 7)) { + kbSendData(0xF4); + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to process raw scan codes read from the keyboard controller. + +NOTE: Interrupts are OFF when this routine is called by the keyboard ISR, + and we leave them OFF the entire time. +{secret} +****************************************************************************/ +void processRawScanCode( + int scan) +{ + static int pauseLoop = 0; + static int extended = 0; + int what; + + if (pauseLoop) { + /* Skip scan codes until the pause key sequence has been read */ + pauseLoop--; + } + else if (scan == 0xE0) { + /* This signals the start of an extended scan code sequence */ + extended = 1; + } + else if (scan == 0xE1) { + /* The Pause key sends a strange scan code sequence, which is: + * + * E1 1D 52 E1 9D D2 + * + * However there is never any release code nor any auto-repeat for + * this key. For this reason we simply ignore the key and skip the + * next 5 scan codes read from the keyboard. + */ + pauseLoop = 5; + } + else { + /* Process the scan code normally (it may be an extended code + * however!). Bit 7 means key was released, and bits 0-6 are the + * scan code. + */ + what = (scan & 0x80) ? EVT_KEYUP : EVT_KEYDOWN; + scan &= 0x7F; + if (extended) { + extended = 0; + if (scan == 0x2A || scan == 0x36) { + /* Ignore these extended scan code sequences. These are + * used by the keyboard controller to wrap around certain + * key sequences for the keypad (and when NUMLOCK is down + * internally). + */ + return; + } + + /* Convert extended codes for key sequences that we map to + * virtual scan codes so the user can detect them in their + * code. + */ + switch (scan) { + case KB_leftCtrl: scan = KB_rightCtrl; break; + case KB_leftAlt: scan = KB_rightAlt; break; + case KB_divide: scan = KB_padDivide; break; + case KB_enter: scan = KB_padEnter; break; + case KB_padTimes: scan = KB_sysReq; break; + } + } + else { + /* Convert regular scan codes for key sequences that we map to + * virtual scan codes so the user can detect them in their + * code. + */ + switch (scan) { + case KB_left: scan = KB_padLeft; break; + case KB_right: scan = KB_padRight; break; + case KB_up: scan = KB_padUp; break; + case KB_down: scan = KB_padDown; break; + case KB_insert: scan = KB_padInsert; break; + case KB_delete: scan = KB_padDelete; break; + case KB_home: scan = KB_padHome; break; + case KB_end: scan = KB_padEnd; break; + case KB_pageUp: scan = KB_padPageUp; break; + case KB_pageDown: scan = KB_padPageDown; break; + } + } + + /* Determine if the key is an UP, DOWN or REPEAT and maintain the + * up/down status of all keys in our global key array. + */ + if (what == EVT_KEYDOWN) { + if (EVT.keyTable[scan]) + what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + else + EVT.keyTable[scan] = scan; + } + else { + EVT.keyTable[scan] = 0; + } + + /* Handle shift key modifiers */ + if (what != EVT_KEYREPEAT) { + switch (scan) { + case KB_capsLock: + if (what == EVT_KEYDOWN) + EVT.keyModifiers ^= EVT_CAPSLOCK; + setLEDS(EVT.keyModifiers); + break; + case KB_numLock: + if (what == EVT_KEYDOWN) + EVT.keyModifiers ^= EVT_NUMLOCK; + setLEDS(EVT.keyModifiers); + break; + case KB_scrollLock: + if (what == EVT_KEYDOWN) + EVT.keyModifiers ^= EVT_SCROLLLOCK; + setLEDS(EVT.keyModifiers); + break; + case KB_leftShift: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + break; + case KB_rightShift: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + break; + case KB_leftCtrl: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_LEFTCTRL; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_LEFTCTRL; + break; + case KB_rightCtrl: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_RIGHTCTRL; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_RIGHTCTRL; + break; + case KB_leftAlt: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_LEFTALT; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_LEFTALT; + break; + case KB_rightAlt: + if (what == EVT_KEYUP) + EVT.keyModifiers &= ~EVT_RIGHTALT; + else + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_RIGHTALT; + break; +#ifdef SUPPORT_CTRL_ALT_DEL + case KB_delete: + if ((EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_CTRLSTATE) && (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_ALTSTATE)) + Reboot(); + break; +#endif + } + } + + /* Add the untranslated key code to the event queue. All + * translation to ASCII from the key codes occurs when the key + * is extracted from the queue, saving time in the low level + * interrupt handler. + */ + addKeyEvent(what,scan << 8); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Enables/disables the update of the keyboard LED status indicators. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +enable - True to enable, false to disable + +REMARKS: +Enables the update of the keyboard LED status indicators. Sometimes it may +be convenient in the application to turn off the updating of the LED +status indicators (such as if a game is using the CAPSLOCK key for some +function). Passing in a value of FALSE to this function will turn off all +the LEDS, and stop updating them when the internal status changes (note +however that internally we still keep track of the toggle key status!). +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_allowLEDS( + ibool enable) +{ + EVT.allowLEDS = true; + if (enable) + setLEDS(EVT.keyModifiers); + else + setLEDS(0); + EVT.allowLEDS = enable; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/malloc.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/malloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83ef22113c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/malloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Module for implementing the PM library overrideable memory +* allocator functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +void * (*__PM_malloc)(size_t size) = malloc; +void * (*__PM_calloc)(size_t nelem,size_t size) = calloc; +void * (*__PM_realloc)(void *ptr,size_t size) = realloc; +void (*__PM_free)(void *p) = free; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Use local memory allocation routines. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +malloc - Pointer to new malloc routine to use +calloc - Pointer to new caalloc routine to use +realloc - Pointer to new realloc routine to use +free - Pointer to new free routine to use + +REMARKS: +Tells the PM library to use a set of user specified memory allocation +routines instead of using the normal malloc/calloc/realloc/free standard +C library functions. This is useful if you wish to use a third party +debugging malloc library or perhaps a set of faster memory allocation +functions with the PM library, or any apps that use the PM library (such as +the MGL). Once you have registered your memory allocation routines, all +calls to PM_malloc, PM_calloc, PM_realloc and PM_free will be revectored to +your local memory allocation routines. + +This is also useful if you need to keep track of just how much physical +memory your program has been using. You can use the PM_availableMemory +function to find out how much physical memory is available when the program +starts, and then you can use your own local memory allocation routines to +keep track of how much memory has been used and freed. + +NOTE: This function should be called right at the start of your application, + before you initialise any other components or libraries. + +NOTE: Code compiled into Binary Portable DLL's and Drivers automatically + end up calling these functions via the BPD C runtime library. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_malloc, PM_calloc, PM_realloc, PM_free, PM_availableMemory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_useLocalMalloc( + void * (*malloc)(size_t size), + void * (*calloc)(size_t nelem,size_t size), + void * (*realloc)(void *ptr,size_t size), + void (*free)(void *p)) +{ + __PM_malloc = malloc; + __PM_calloc = calloc; + __PM_realloc = realloc; + __PM_free = free; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Allocate a block of memory. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +size - Size of block to allocate in bytes + +RETURNS: +Pointer to allocated block, or NULL if out of memory. + +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of memory of length size. If you have changed the memory +allocation routines with the PM_useLocalMalloc function, then calls to this +function will actually make calls to the local memory allocation routines +that you have registered. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_calloc, PM_realloc, PM_free, PM_useLocalMalloc +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_malloc( + size_t size) +{ + return __PM_malloc(size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Allocate and clear a large memory block. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +nelem - number of contiguous size-byte units to allocate +size - size of unit in bytes + +RETURNS: +Pointer to allocated memory if successful, NULL if out of memory. + +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of memory of length (size * nelem), and clears the +allocated area with zeros (0). If you have changed the memory allocation +routines with the PM_useLocalMalloc function, then calls to this function +will actually make calls to the local memory allocation routines that you +have registered. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_malloc, PM_realloc, PM_free, PM_useLocalMalloc +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_calloc( + size_t nelem, + size_t size) +{ + return __PM_calloc(nelem,size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Re-allocate a block of memory + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +ptr - Pointer to block to resize +size - size of unit in bytes + +RETURNS: +Pointer to allocated memory if successful, NULL if out of memory. + +REMARKS: +This function reallocates a block of memory that has been previously been +allocated to the new of size. The new size may be smaller or larger than +the original block of memory. If you have changed the memory allocation +routines with the PM_useLocalMalloc function, then calls to this function +will actually make calls to the local memory allocation routines that you +have registered. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_malloc, PM_calloc, PM_free, PM_useLocalMalloc +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_realloc( + void *ptr, + size_t size) +{ + return __PM_realloc(ptr,size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Frees a block of memory. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +p - Pointer to memory block to free + +REMARKS: +Frees a block of memory previously allocated with either PM_malloc, +PM_calloc or PM_realloc. + +SEE ALSO: +PM_malloc, PM_calloc, PM_realloc, PM_useLocalMalloc +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_free( + void *p) +{ + __PM_free(p); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/mtrr.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/mtrr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6ced6eadc --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/mtrr.c @@ -0,0 +1,867 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Heavily based on code copyright (C) Richard Gooch +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Ring 0 device driver +* +* Description: Generic Memory Type Range Register (MTRR) functions to +* manipulate the MTRR registers on supported CPU's. This code +* *must* run at ring 0, so you can't normally include this +* code directly in normal applications (the except is DOS4GW +* apps which run at ring 0 under real DOS). Thus this code +* will normally be compiled into a ring 0 device driver for +* the target operating system. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "ztimerc.h" +#include "mtrr.h" + +#ifndef REALMODE + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +/* Intel pre-defined MTRR registers */ + +#define NUM_FIXED_RANGES 88 +#define INTEL_cap_MSR 0x0FE +#define INTEL_defType_MSR 0x2FF +#define INTEL_fix64K_00000_MSR 0x250 +#define INTEL_fix16K_80000_MSR 0x258 +#define INTEL_fix16K_A0000_MSR 0x259 +#define INTEL_fix4K_C0000_MSR 0x268 +#define INTEL_fix4K_C8000_MSR 0x269 +#define INTEL_fix4K_D0000_MSR 0x26A +#define INTEL_fix4K_D8000_MSR 0x26B +#define INTEL_fix4K_E0000_MSR 0x26C +#define INTEL_fix4K_E8000_MSR 0x26D +#define INTEL_fix4K_F0000_MSR 0x26E +#define INTEL_fix4K_F8000_MSR 0x26F + +/* Macros to find the address of a paricular MSR register */ + +#define INTEL_physBase_MSR(reg) (0x200 + 2 * (reg)) +#define INTEL_physMask_MSR(reg) (0x200 + 2 * (reg) + 1) + +/* Cyrix CPU configuration register indexes */ +#define CX86_CCR0 0xC0 +#define CX86_CCR1 0xC1 +#define CX86_CCR2 0xC2 +#define CX86_CCR3 0xC3 +#define CX86_CCR4 0xE8 +#define CX86_CCR5 0xE9 +#define CX86_CCR6 0xEA +#define CX86_DIR0 0xFE +#define CX86_DIR1 0xFF +#define CX86_ARR_BASE 0xC4 +#define CX86_RCR_BASE 0xDC + +/* Structure to maintain machine state while updating MTRR registers */ + +typedef struct { + ulong flags; + ulong defTypeLo; + ulong defTypeHi; + ulong cr4Val; + ulong ccr3; + } MTRRContext; + +static int numMTRR = -1; +static int cpuFamily,cpuType,cpuStepping; +static void (*getMTRR)(uint reg,ulong *base,ulong *size,int *type) = NULL; +static void (*setMTRR)(uint reg,ulong base,ulong size,int type) = NULL; +static int (*getFreeRegion)(ulong base,ulong size) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +Returns non-zero if we have the write-combining memory type +****************************************************************************/ +static int MTRR_haveWriteCombine(void) +{ + ulong config,dummy; + + switch (cpuFamily) { + case CPU_AMD: + if (cpuType < CPU_AMDAthlon) { + /* AMD K6-2 stepping 8 and later support the MTRR registers. + * The earlier K6-2 steppings (300Mhz models) do not + * support MTRR's. + */ + if ((cpuType < CPU_AMDK6_2) || (cpuType == CPU_AMDK6_2 && cpuStepping < 8)) + return 0; + return 1; + } + /* Fall through for AMD Athlon which uses P6 style MTRR's */ + case CPU_Intel: + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_cap_MSR,&config,&dummy); + return (config & (1 << 10)); + case CPU_Cyrix: + /* Cyrix 6x86 and later support the MTRR registers */ + if (cpuType < CPU_Cyrix6x86) + return 0; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region + +RETURNS: +The index of the region on success, else -1 on error. + +REMARKS: +Generic function to find the location of a free MTRR register to be used +for creating a new mapping. +****************************************************************************/ +static int GENERIC_getFreeRegion( + ulong base, + ulong size) +{ + int i,ltype; + ulong lbase,lsize; + + for (i = 0; i < numMTRR; i++) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lsize < 1) + return i; + } + (void)base; + (void)size; + return -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region + +RETURNS: +The index of the region on success, else -1 on error. + +REMARKS: +Generic function to find the location of a free MTRR register to be used +for creating a new mapping. +****************************************************************************/ +static int AMDK6_getFreeRegion( + ulong base, + ulong size) +{ + int i,ltype; + ulong lbase,lsize; + + for (i = 0; i < numMTRR; i++) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lsize < 1) + return i; + } + (void)base; + (void)size; + return -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region + +RETURNS: +The index of the region on success, else -1 on error. + +REMARKS: +Cyrix specific function to find the location of a free MTRR register to be +used for creating a new mapping. +****************************************************************************/ +static int CYRIX_getFreeRegion( + ulong base, + ulong size) +{ + int i,ltype; + ulong lbase, lsize; + + if (size > 0x2000000UL) { + /* If we are to set up a region >32M then look at ARR7 immediately */ + getMTRR(7,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lsize < 1) + return 7; + } + else { + /* Check ARR0-6 registers */ + for (i = 0; i < 7; i++) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lsize < 1) + return i; + } + /* Try ARR7 but its size must be at least 256K */ + getMTRR(7,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if ((lsize < 1) && (size >= 0x40000)) + return i; + } + (void)base; + return -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +c - Place to store the machine context across the call + +REMARKS: +Puts the processor into a state where MTRRs can be safely updated +****************************************************************************/ +static void MTRR_beginUpdate( + MTRRContext *c) +{ + c->flags = _MTRR_disableInt(); + if (cpuFamily != CPU_AMD || (cpuFamily == CPU_AMD && cpuType >= CPU_AMDAthlon)) { + switch (cpuFamily) { + case CPU_Intel: + case CPU_AMD: + /* Disable MTRRs, and set the default type to uncached */ + c->cr4Val = _MTRR_saveCR4(); + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_defType_MSR,&c->defTypeLo,&c->defTypeHi); + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_defType_MSR,c->defTypeLo & 0xF300UL,c->defTypeHi); + break; + case CPU_Cyrix: + c->ccr3 = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR3); + _MTRR_setCx86(CX86_CCR3, (uchar)((c->ccr3 & 0x0F) | 0x10)); + break; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +c - Place to restore the machine context from + +REMARKS: +Restores the processor after updating any of the registers +****************************************************************************/ +static void MTRR_endUpdate( + MTRRContext *c) +{ + if (cpuFamily != CPU_AMD || (cpuFamily == CPU_AMD && cpuType >= CPU_AMDAthlon)) { + PM_flushTLB(); + switch (cpuFamily) { + case CPU_Intel: + case CPU_AMD: + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_defType_MSR,c->defTypeLo,c->defTypeHi); + _MTRR_restoreCR4(c->cr4Val); + break; + case CPU_Cyrix: + _MTRR_setCx86(CX86_CCR3,(uchar)c->ccr3); + break; + } + } + + /* Re-enable interrupts (if enabled previously) */ + _MTRR_restoreInt(c->flags); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to read +base - Place to store the starting physical base address of the region +size - Place to store the size in bytes of the region +type - Place to store the type of the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to read the value of a specific MTRR register. +****************************************************************************/ +static void INTEL_getMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong *base, + ulong *size, + int *type) +{ + ulong hi,maskLo,baseLo; + + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_physMask_MSR(reg),&maskLo,&hi); + if ((maskLo & 0x800) == 0) { + /* MTRR is disabled, so it is free */ + *base = 0; + *size = 0; + *type = 0; + return; + } + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_physBase_MSR(reg),&baseLo,&hi); + maskLo = (maskLo & 0xFFFFF000UL); + *size = ~(maskLo - 1); + *base = (baseLo & 0xFFFFF000UL); + *type = (baseLo & 0xFF); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to set +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to set the value of a specific MTRR register to +the passed in base, size and type. +****************************************************************************/ +static void INTEL_setMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong base, + ulong size, + int type) +{ + MTRRContext c; + + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + if (size == 0) { + /* The invalid bit is kept in the mask, so we simply clear the + * relevant mask register to disable a range. + */ + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_physMask_MSR(reg),0,0); + } + else { + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_physBase_MSR(reg),base | type,0); + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_physMask_MSR(reg),~(size - 1) | 0x800,0); + } + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Disabled banked write combing for Intel processors. We always disable this +because it invariably causes problems with older hardware. +****************************************************************************/ +static void INTEL_disableBankedWriteCombine(void) +{ + MTRRContext c; + + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + _MTRR_writeMSR(INTEL_fix16K_A0000_MSR,0,0); + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to set +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to set the value of a specific MTRR register to +the passed in base, size and type. +****************************************************************************/ +static void AMD_getMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong *base, + ulong *size, + int *type) +{ + ulong low,high; + + /* Upper dword is region 1, lower is region 0 */ + _MTRR_readMSR(0xC0000085, &low, &high); + if (reg == 1) + low = high; + + /* Find the base and type for the region */ + *base = low & 0xFFFE0000; + *type = 0; + if (low & 1) + *type = PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE; + if (low & 2) + *type = PM_MTRR_WRCOMB; + if ((low & 3) == 0) { + *size = 0; + return; + } + + /* This needs a little explaining. The size is stored as an + * inverted mask of bits of 128K granularity 15 bits long offset + * 2 bits + * + * So to get a size we do invert the mask and add 1 to the lowest + * mask bit (4 as its 2 bits in). This gives us a size we then shift + * to turn into 128K blocks + * + * eg 111 1111 1111 1100 is 512K + * + * invert 000 0000 0000 0011 + * +1 000 0000 0000 0100 + * *128K ... + */ + low = (~low) & 0x0FFFC; + *size = (low + 4) << 15; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to set +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to set the value of a specific MTRR register to +the passed in base, size and type. +****************************************************************************/ +static void AMD_setMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong base, + ulong size, + int type) +{ + ulong low,high,newVal; + MTRRContext c; + + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + _MTRR_readMSR(0xC0000085, &low, &high); + if (size == 0) { + /* Clear register to disable */ + if (reg) + high = 0; + else + low = 0; + } + else { + /* Set the register to the base (already shifted for us), the + * type (off by one) and an inverted bitmask of the size + * The size is the only odd bit. We are fed say 512K + * We invert this and we get 111 1111 1111 1011 but + * if you subtract one and invert you get the desired + * 111 1111 1111 1100 mask + */ + newVal = (((~(size-1)) >> 15) & 0x0001FFFC) | base | (type+1); + if (reg) + high = newVal; + else + low = newVal; + } + + /* The writeback rule is quite specific. See the manual. Its + * disable local interrupts, write back the cache, set the MTRR + */ + PM_flushTLB(); + _MTRR_writeMSR(0xC0000085, low, high); + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to set +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to set the value of a specific MTRR register to +the passed in base, size and type. +****************************************************************************/ +static void CYRIX_getMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong *base, + ulong *size, + int *type) +{ + MTRRContext c; + uchar arr = CX86_ARR_BASE + reg*3; + uchar rcr,shift; + + /* Save flags and disable interrupts */ + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + ((uchar*)base)[3] = _MTRR_getCx86(arr); + ((uchar*)base)[2] = _MTRR_getCx86((uchar)(arr+1)); + ((uchar*)base)[1] = _MTRR_getCx86((uchar)(arr+2)); + rcr = _MTRR_getCx86((uchar)(CX86_RCR_BASE + reg)); + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); + + /* Enable interrupts if it was enabled previously */ + shift = ((uchar*)base)[1] & 0x0f; + *base &= 0xFFFFF000UL; + + /* Power of two, at least 4K on ARR0-ARR6, 256K on ARR7 + * Note: shift==0xF means 4G, this is unsupported. + */ + if (shift) + *size = (reg < 7 ? 0x800UL : 0x20000UL) << shift; + else + *size = 0; + + /* Bit 0 is Cache Enable on ARR7, Cache Disable on ARR0-ARR6 */ + if (reg < 7) { + switch (rcr) { + case 1: *type = PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE; break; + case 8: *type = PM_MTRR_WRBACK; break; + case 9: *type = PM_MTRR_WRCOMB; break; + case 24: + default: *type = PM_MTRR_WRTHROUGH; break; + } + } + else { + switch (rcr) { + case 0: *type = PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE; break; + case 8: *type = PM_MTRR_WRCOMB; break; + case 9: *type = PM_MTRR_WRBACK; break; + case 25: + default: *type = PM_MTRR_WRTHROUGH; break; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +reg - MTRR register to set +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +REMARKS: +Intel specific function to set the value of a specific MTRR register to +the passed in base, size and type. +****************************************************************************/ +static void CYRIX_setMTRR( + uint reg, + ulong base, + ulong size, + int type) +{ + MTRRContext c; + uchar arr = CX86_ARR_BASE + reg*3; + uchar arr_type,arr_size; + + /* Count down from 32M (ARR0-ARR6) or from 2G (ARR7) */ + size >>= (reg < 7 ? 12 : 18); + size &= 0x7FFF; /* Make sure arr_size <= 14 */ + for (arr_size = 0; size; arr_size++, size >>= 1) + ; + if (reg < 7) { + switch (type) { + case PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE: arr_type = 1; break; + case PM_MTRR_WRCOMB: arr_type = 9; break; + case PM_MTRR_WRTHROUGH: arr_type = 24; break; + default: arr_type = 8; break; + } + } + else { + switch (type) { + case PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE: arr_type = 0; break; + case PM_MTRR_WRCOMB: arr_type = 8; break; + case PM_MTRR_WRTHROUGH: arr_type = 25; break; + default: arr_type = 9; break; + } + } + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + _MTRR_setCx86((uchar)arr, ((uchar*)&base)[3]); + _MTRR_setCx86((uchar)(arr+1), ((uchar*)&base)[2]); + _MTRR_setCx86((uchar)(arr+2), (uchar)((((uchar*)&base)[1]) | arr_size)); + _MTRR_setCx86((uchar)(CX86_RCR_BASE + reg), (uchar)arr_type); + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +On Cyrix 6x86(MX) and MII the ARR3 is special: it has connection +with the SMM (System Management Mode) mode. So we need the following: +Check whether SMI_LOCK (CCR3 bit 0) is set + if it is set, ARR3 cannot be changed (it cannot be changed until the + next processor reset) + if it is reset, then we can change it, set all the needed bits: + - disable access to SMM memory through ARR3 range (CCR1 bit 7 reset) + - disable access to SMM memory (CCR1 bit 2 reset) + - disable SMM mode (CCR1 bit 1 reset) + - disable write protection of ARR3 (CCR6 bit 1 reset) + - (maybe) disable ARR3 +Just to be sure, we enable ARR usage by the processor (CCR5 bit 5 set) +****************************************************************************/ +static void CYRIX_initARR(void) +{ + MTRRContext c; + uchar ccr[7]; + int ccrc[7] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + + /* Begin updating */ + MTRR_beginUpdate(&c); + + /* Save all CCRs locally */ + ccr[0] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR0); + ccr[1] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR1); + ccr[2] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR2); + ccr[3] = (uchar)c.ccr3; + ccr[4] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR4); + ccr[5] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR5); + ccr[6] = _MTRR_getCx86(CX86_CCR6); + if (ccr[3] & 1) + ccrc[3] = 1; + else { + /* Disable SMM mode (bit 1), access to SMM memory (bit 2) and + * access to SMM memory through ARR3 (bit 7). + */ + if (ccr[6] & 0x02) { + ccr[6] &= 0xFD; + ccrc[6] = 1; /* Disable write protection of ARR3. */ + _MTRR_setCx86(CX86_CCR6,ccr[6]); + } + } + + /* If we changed CCR1 in memory, change it in the processor, too. */ + if (ccrc[1]) + _MTRR_setCx86(CX86_CCR1,ccr[1]); + + /* Enable ARR usage by the processor */ + if (!(ccr[5] & 0x20)) { + ccr[5] |= 0x20; + ccrc[5] = 1; + _MTRR_setCx86(CX86_CCR5,ccr[5]); + } + + /* We are finished updating */ + MTRR_endUpdate(&c); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the MTRR module, by detecting the processor type and determining +if the processor supports the MTRR functionality. +****************************************************************************/ +void MTRR_init(void) +{ + int i,cpu,ltype; + ulong eax,edx,lbase,lsize; + + /* Check that we have a compatible CPU */ + if (numMTRR == -1) { + numMTRR = 0; + if (!_MTRR_isRing0()) + return; + cpu = CPU_getProcessorType(); + cpuFamily = cpu & CPU_familyMask; + cpuType = cpu & CPU_mask; + cpuStepping = (cpu & CPU_steppingMask) >> CPU_steppingShift; + switch (cpuFamily) { + case CPU_Intel: + /* Intel Pentium Pro and later support the MTRR registers */ + if (cpuType < CPU_PentiumPro) + return; + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_cap_MSR,&eax,&edx); + numMTRR = eax & 0xFF; + getMTRR = INTEL_getMTRR; + setMTRR = INTEL_setMTRR; + getFreeRegion = GENERIC_getFreeRegion; + INTEL_disableBankedWriteCombine(); + break; + case CPU_AMD: + /* AMD K6-2 and later support the MTRR registers */ + if ((cpuType < CPU_AMDK6_2) || (cpuType == CPU_AMDK6_2 && cpuStepping < 8)) + return; + if (cpuType < CPU_AMDAthlon) { + numMTRR = 2; /* AMD CPU's have 2 MTRR's */ + getMTRR = AMD_getMTRR; + setMTRR = AMD_setMTRR; + getFreeRegion = AMDK6_getFreeRegion; + + /* For some reason some IBM systems with K6-2 processors + * have write combined enabled for the system BIOS + * region from 0xE0000 to 0xFFFFFF. We need *both* MTRR's + * for our own graphics drivers, so if we detect any + * regions below the 1Meg boundary, we remove them + * so we can use this MTRR register ourselves. + */ + for (i = 0; i < numMTRR; i++) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lbase < 0x100000) + setMTRR(i,0,0,0); + } + } + else { + /* AMD Athlon uses P6 style MTRR's */ + _MTRR_readMSR(INTEL_cap_MSR,&eax,&edx); + numMTRR = eax & 0xFF; + getMTRR = INTEL_getMTRR; + setMTRR = INTEL_setMTRR; + getFreeRegion = GENERIC_getFreeRegion; + INTEL_disableBankedWriteCombine(); + } + break; + case CPU_Cyrix: + /* Cyrix 6x86 and later support the MTRR registers */ + if (cpuType < CPU_Cyrix6x86 || cpuType >= CPU_CyrixMediaGX) + return; + numMTRR = 8; /* Cyrix CPU's have 8 ARR's */ + getMTRR = CYRIX_getMTRR; + setMTRR = CYRIX_setMTRR; + getFreeRegion = CYRIX_getFreeRegion; + CYRIX_initARR(); + break; + default: + return; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int MTRR_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ + int i; + int ltype; + ulong lbase,lsize,last; + + /* Check that we have a CPU that supports MTRR's and type is valid */ + if (numMTRR <= 0) { + if (!_MTRR_isRing0()) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + if (type >= PM_MTRR_MAX) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_PARAMS; + + /* If the type is WC, check that this processor supports it */ + if (!MTRR_haveWriteCombine()) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NOWRCOMB; + + /* Adjust the boundaries depending on the CPU type */ + switch (cpuFamily) { + case CPU_AMD: + if (cpuType < CPU_AMDAthlon) { + /* Apply the K6 block alignment and size rules. In order: + * o Uncached or gathering only + * o 128K or bigger block + * o Power of 2 block + * o base suitably aligned to the power + */ + if (type > PM_MTRR_WRCOMB && (size < (1 << 17) || (size & ~(size-1))-size || (base & (size-1)))) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NOT_ALIGNED; + break; + } + /* Fall through for AMD Athlon which uses P6 style MTRR's */ + case CPU_Intel: + case CPU_Cyrix: + if ((base & 0xFFF) || (size & 0xFFF)) { + /* Base and size must be multiples of 4Kb */ + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NOT_4KB_ALIGNED; + } + if (base < 0x100000) { + /* Base must be >= 1Mb */ + return PM_MTRR_ERR_BELOW_1MB; + } + + /* Check upper bits of base and last are equal and lower bits + * are 0 for base and 1 for last + */ + last = base + size - 1; + for (lbase = base; !(lbase & 1) && (last & 1); lbase = lbase >> 1, last = last >> 1) + ; + if (lbase != last) { + /* Base is not aligned on the correct boundary */ + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NOT_ALIGNED; + } + break; + default: + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + + /* Search for existing MTRR */ + for (i = 0; i < numMTRR; ++i) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + if (lbase == 0 && lsize == 0) + continue; + if (base > lbase + (lsize-1)) + continue; + if ((base < lbase) && (base+size-1 < lbase)) + continue; + + /* Check that we don't overlap an existing region */ + if (type != PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE) { + if ((base < lbase) || (base+size-1 > lbase+lsize-1)) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OVERLAP; + } + else if (base == lbase && size == lsize) { + /* The region already exists so leave it alone */ + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; + } + + /* New region is enclosed by an existing region, so only allow + * a new type to be created if we are setting a region to be + * uncacheable (such as MMIO registers within a framebuffer). + */ + if (ltype != (int)type) { + if (type == PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE) + continue; + return PM_MTRR_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH; + } + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; + } + + /* Search for an empty MTRR */ + if ((i = getFreeRegion(base,size)) < 0) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NONE_FREE; + setMTRR(i,base,size,type); + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +callback - Function to callback with write combine information + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all write combine regions currently enabled for the +processor. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enumWriteCombine( + PM_enumWriteCombine_t callback) +{ + int i,ltype; + ulong lbase,lsize; + + /* Check that we have a CPU that supports MTRR's and type is valid */ + if (numMTRR <= 0) { + if (!_MTRR_isRing0()) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + + /* Enumerate all existing MTRR's */ + for (i = 0; i < numMTRR; ++i) { + getMTRR(i,&lbase,&lsize,<ype); + callback(lbase,lsize,ltype); + } + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; +} +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/pcilib.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/pcilib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8dd6dd13e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/pcilib.c @@ -0,0 +1,747 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Module for interfacing to the PCI bus and configuration +* space registers. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "pcilib.h" +#if !defined(__WIN32_VXD__) && !defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include <string.h> +#endif + +/*---------------------- Macros and type definitions ----------------------*/ + +#pragma pack(1) + +/* Length of the memory mapping for the PCI BIOS */ + +#define BIOS_LIMIT (128 * 1024L - 1) + +/* Macros for accessing the PCI BIOS functions from 32-bit protected mode */ + +#define BIOS32_SIGNATURE (((ulong)'_' << 0) + ((ulong)'3' << 8) + ((ulong)'2' << 16) + ((ulong)'_' << 24)) +#define PCI_SIGNATURE (((ulong)'P' << 0) + ((ulong)'C' << 8) + ((ulong)'I' << 16) + ((ulong)' ' << 24)) +#define PCI_SERVICE (((ulong)'$' << 0) + ((ulong)'P' << 8) + ((ulong)'C' << 16) + ((ulong)'I' << 24)) +#define PCI_BIOS_PRESENT 0xB101 +#define FIND_PCI_DEVICE 0xB102 +#define FIND_PCI_CLASS 0xB103 +#define GENERATE_SPECIAL 0xB106 +#define READ_CONFIG_BYTE 0xB108 +#define READ_CONFIG_WORD 0xB109 +#define READ_CONFIG_DWORD 0xB10A +#define WRITE_CONFIG_BYTE 0xB10B +#define WRITE_CONFIG_WORD 0xB10C +#define WRITE_CONFIG_DWORD 0xB10D +#define GET_IRQ_ROUTING_OPT 0xB10E +#define SET_PCI_IRQ 0xB10F + +/* This is the standard structure used to identify the entry point to the + * BIOS32 Service Directory, as documented in PCI 2.1 BIOS Specicition. + */ + +typedef union { + struct { + ulong signature; /* _32_ */ + ulong entry; /* 32 bit physical address */ + uchar revision; /* Revision level, 0 */ + uchar length; /* Length in paragraphs should be 01 */ + uchar checksum; /* All bytes must add up to zero */ + uchar reserved[5]; /* Must be zero */ + } fields; + char chars[16]; + } PCI_bios32; + +/* Structure for a far pointer to call the PCI BIOS services with */ + +typedef struct { + ulong address; + ushort segment; + } PCIBIOS_entry; + +/* Macros to copy a structure that includes dwSize members */ + +#define COPY_STRUCTURE(d,s) memcpy(d,s,MIN((s)->dwSize,(d)->dwSize)) + +#pragma pack() + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static uchar *BIOSImage = NULL; /* BIOS image mapping */ +static int PCIBIOSVersion = -1;/* PCI BIOS version */ +static PCIBIOS_entry PCIEntry; /* PCI services entry point */ +static ulong PCIPhysEntry = 0; /* Physical address */ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler helper functions */ + +uchar _ASMAPI _BIOS32_service(ulong service,ulong function,ulong *physBase,ulong *length,ulong *serviceOffset,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +ushort _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_isPresent(ulong i_eax,ulong *o_edx,ushort *o_ax,uchar *o_cl,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +ulong _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_service(ulong r_eax,ulong r_ebx,ulong r_edi,ulong r_ecx,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +int _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_getRouting(PCIRoutingOptionsBuffer *buf,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +ibool _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_setIRQ(int busDev,int intPin,int IRQ,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +ulong _ASMAPI _PCIBIOS_specialCycle(int bus,ulong data,PCIBIOS_entry entry); +ushort _ASMAPI _PCI_getCS(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This functions returns the physical address of the PCI BIOS entry point. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ASMAPI PCIBIOS_getEntry(void) +{ return PCIPhysEntry; } + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +hwType - Place to store the PCI hardware access mechanism flags +lastBus - Place to store the index of the last PCI bus in the system + +RETURNS: +Version number of the PCI BIOS found. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the PCI BIOS is present in the system, and if +so returns the information returned by the PCI BIOS detect function. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCIBIOS_detect( + uchar *hwType, + uchar *lastBus) +{ + ulong signature; + ushort stat,version; + +#ifndef __16BIT__ + PCIBIOS_entry BIOSEntry = {0}; + uchar *BIOSEnd; + PCI_bios32 *BIOSDir; + ulong physBase,length,offset; + + /* Bail if we have already detected no BIOS is present */ + if (PCIBIOSVersion == 0) + return 0; + + /* First scan the memory from 0xE0000 to 0xFFFFF looking for the + * BIOS32 service directory, so we can determine if we can call it + * from 32-bit protected mode. + */ + if (PCIBIOSVersion == -1) { + PCIBIOSVersion = 0; + BIOSImage = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xE0000,BIOS_LIMIT,false); + if (!BIOSImage) + return 0; + BIOSEnd = BIOSImage + 0x20000; + for (BIOSDir = (PCI_bios32*)BIOSImage; BIOSDir < (PCI_bios32*)BIOSEnd; BIOSDir++) { + uchar sum; + int i,length; + + if (BIOSDir->fields.signature != BIOS32_SIGNATURE) + continue; + length = BIOSDir->fields.length * 16; + if (!length) + continue; + for (sum = i = 0; i < length ; i++) + sum += BIOSDir->chars[i]; + if (sum != 0) + continue; + BIOSEntry.address = (ulong)BIOSImage + (BIOSDir->fields.entry - 0xE0000); + BIOSEntry.segment = _PCI_getCS(); + break; + } + + /* If we found the BIOS32 directory, call it to get the address of the + * PCI services. + */ + if (BIOSEntry.address == 0) + return 0; + if (_BIOS32_service(PCI_SERVICE,0,&physBase,&length,&offset,BIOSEntry) != 0) + return 0; + PCIPhysEntry = physBase + offset; + PCIEntry.address = (ulong)BIOSImage + (PCIPhysEntry - 0xE0000); + PCIEntry.segment = _PCI_getCS(); + } +#endif + /* We found the BIOS entry, so now do the version check */ + version = _PCIBIOS_isPresent(PCI_BIOS_PRESENT,&signature,&stat,lastBus,PCIEntry); + if (version > 0 && ((stat >> 8) == 0) && signature == PCI_SIGNATURE) { + *hwType = stat & 0xFF; + return PCIBIOSVersion = version; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to check against +index - Index of the current device to check + +RETURNS: +True if the device is a duplicate, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function goes through the list of all devices preceeding the newly +found device in the info structure, and checks that the device is not a +duplicate of a previous device. Some devices incorrectly enumerate +themselves at different function addresses so we check here to exclude +those cases. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool CheckDuplicate( + PCIDeviceInfo *info, + PCIDeviceInfo *prev) +{ + /* Ignore devices with a vendor ID of 0 */ + if (info->VendorID == 0) + return true; + + /* NOTE: We only check against the current device on + * the bus to ensure that we do not exclude + * multiple controllers of the same device ID. + */ + if (info->slot.p.Bus == prev->slot.p.Bus && + info->slot.p.Device == prev->slot.p.Device && + info->DeviceID == prev->DeviceID) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to fill in +maxDevices - Maximum number of of devices to enumerate into array + +RETURNS: +Number of PCI devices found and enumerated on the PCI bus, 0 if not PCI. + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all available devices on the PCI bus into an array +of configuration information blocks. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCI_enumerateMech1( + PCIDeviceInfo info[]) +{ + int bus,device,function,i,numFound = 0; + ulong *lp,tmp; + PCIslot slot = {{0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}; + PCIDeviceInfo pci,prev = {0}; + + /* Try PCI access mechanism 1 */ + PM_outpb(0xCFB,0x01); + tmp = PM_inpd(0xCF8); + PM_outpd(0xCF8,slot.i); + if ((PM_inpd(0xCF8) == slot.i) && (PM_inpd(0xCFC) != 0xFFFFFFFFUL)) { + /* PCI access mechanism 1 - the preferred mechanism */ + for (bus = 0; bus < 8; bus++) { + slot.p.Bus = bus; + for (device = 0; device < 32; device++) { + slot.p.Device = device; + for (function = 0; function < 8; function++) { + slot.p.Function = function; + slot.p.Register = 0; + PM_outpd(0xCF8,slot.i); + if (PM_inpd(0xCFC) != 0xFFFFFFFFUL) { + memset(&pci,0,sizeof(pci)); + pci.dwSize = sizeof(pci); + pci.mech1 = 1; + pci.slot = slot; + lp = (ulong*)&(pci.VendorID); + for (i = 0; i < NUM_PCI_REG; i++, lp++) { + slot.p.Register = i; + PM_outpd(0xCF8,slot.i); + *lp = PM_inpd(0xCFC); + } + if (!CheckDuplicate(&pci,&prev)) { + if (info) + COPY_STRUCTURE(&info[numFound],&pci); + ++numFound; + } + prev = pci; + } + } + } + } + + /* Disable PCI config cycle on exit */ + PM_outpd(0xCF8,0); + return numFound; + } + PM_outpd(0xCF8,tmp); + + /* No hardware access mechanism 1 found */ + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to fill in +maxDevices - Maximum number of of devices to enumerate into array + +RETURNS: +Number of PCI devices found and enumerated on the PCI bus, 0 if not PCI. + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all available devices on the PCI bus into an array +of configuration information blocks. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCI_enumerateMech2( + PCIDeviceInfo info[]) +{ + int bus,device,function,i,numFound = 0; + ushort deviceIO; + ulong *lp; + PCIslot slot = {{0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}; + PCIDeviceInfo pci,prev = {0}; + + /* Try PCI access mechanism 2 */ + PM_outpb(0xCFB,0x00); + PM_outpb(0xCF8,0x00); + PM_outpb(0xCFA,0x00); + if (PM_inpb(0xCF8) == 0x00 && PM_inpb(0xCFB) == 0x00) { + /* PCI access mechanism 2 - the older mechanism for legacy busses */ + for (bus = 0; bus < 2; bus++) { + slot.p.Bus = bus; + PM_outpb(0xCFA,(uchar)bus); + for (device = 0; device < 16; device++) { + slot.p.Device = device; + deviceIO = 0xC000 + (device << 8); + for (function = 0; function < 8; function++) { + slot.p.Function = function; + slot.p.Register = 0; + PM_outpb(0xCF8,(uchar)((function << 1) | 0x10)); + if (PM_inpd(deviceIO) != 0xFFFFFFFFUL) { + memset(&pci,0,sizeof(pci)); + pci.dwSize = sizeof(pci); + pci.mech1 = 0; + pci.slot = slot; + lp = (ulong*)&(pci.VendorID); + for (i = 0; i < NUM_PCI_REG; i++, lp++) { + slot.p.Register = i; + *lp = PM_inpd(deviceIO + (i << 2)); + } + if (!CheckDuplicate(&pci,&prev)) { + if (info) + COPY_STRUCTURE(&info[numFound],&pci); + ++numFound; + } + prev = pci; + } + } + } + } + + /* Disable PCI config cycle on exit */ + PM_outpb(0xCF8,0); + return numFound; + } + + /* No hardware access mechanism 2 found */ + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This functions reads a configuration dword via the PCI BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong PCIBIOS_readDWORD( + int index, + ulong slot) +{ + return (ulong)_PCIBIOS_service(READ_CONFIG_DWORD,slot >> 8,index,0,PCIEntry); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to fill in +maxDevices - Maximum number of of devices to enumerate into array + +RETURNS: +Number of PCI devices found and enumerated on the PCI bus, 0 if not PCI. + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all available devices on the PCI bus into an array +of configuration information blocks. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCI_enumerateBIOS( + PCIDeviceInfo info[]) +{ + uchar hwType,lastBus; + int bus,device,function,i,numFound = 0; + ulong *lp; + PCIslot slot = {{0,0,0,0,0,0,1}}; + PCIDeviceInfo pci,prev = {0}; + + if (PCIBIOS_detect(&hwType,&lastBus)) { + /* PCI BIOS access - the ultimate fallback */ + for (bus = 0; bus <= lastBus; bus++) { + slot.p.Bus = bus; + for (device = 0; device < 32; device++) { + slot.p.Device = device; + for (function = 0; function < 8; function++) { + slot.p.Function = function; + if (PCIBIOS_readDWORD(0,slot.i) != 0xFFFFFFFFUL) { + memset(&pci,0,sizeof(pci)); + pci.dwSize = sizeof(pci); + pci.mech1 = 2; + pci.slot = slot; + lp = (ulong*)&(pci.VendorID); + for (i = 0; i < NUM_PCI_REG; i++, lp++) + *lp = PCIBIOS_readDWORD(i << 2,slot.i); + if (!CheckDuplicate(&pci,&prev)) { + if (info) + COPY_STRUCTURE(&info[numFound],&pci); + ++numFound; + } + prev = pci; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Return number of devices found */ + return numFound; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to fill in +maxDevices - Maximum number of of devices to enumerate into array + +RETURNS: +Number of PCI devices found and enumerated on the PCI bus, 0 if not PCI. + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all available devices on the PCI bus into an array +of configuration information blocks. +****************************************************************************/ +int _ASMAPI PCI_enumerate( + PCIDeviceInfo info[]) +{ + int numFound; + + /* First try via the direct access mechanisms which are faster if we + * have them (nearly always). The BIOS is used as a fallback, and for + * stuff we can't do directly. + */ + if ((numFound = PCI_enumerateMech1(info)) == 0) { + if ((numFound = PCI_enumerateMech2(info)) == 0) { + if ((numFound = PCI_enumerateBIOS(info)) == 0) + return 0; + } + } + return numFound; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - Array of PCIDeviceInfo structures to fill in +maxDevices - Maximum number of of devices to enumerate into array + +RETURNS: +Number of PCI devices found and enumerated on the PCI bus, 0 if not PCI. + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all available devices on the PCI bus into an array +of configuration information blocks. +****************************************************************************/ +int _ASMAPI PCI_getNumDevices(void) +{ + return PCI_enumerate(NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +bar - Base address to measure +pci - PCI device to access + +RETURNS: +Size of the PCI base address in bytes + +REMARKS: +This function measures the size of the PCI base address register in bytes, +by writing all F's to the register, and reading the value back. The size +of the base address is determines by the bits that are hardwired to zero's. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ASMAPI PCI_findBARSize( + int bar, + PCIDeviceInfo *pci) +{ + ulong base,size = 0; + + base = PCI_accessReg(bar,0,PCI_READ_DWORD,pci); + if (base && !(base & 0x1)) { + /* For some strange reason some devices don't properly decode + * their base address registers (Intel PCI/PCI bridges!), and + * we read completely bogus values. We check for that here + * and clear out those BAR's. + * + * We check for that here because at least the low 12 bits + * of the address range must be zeros, since the page size + * on IA32 processors is always 4Kb. + */ + if ((base & 0xFFF) == 0) { + PCI_accessReg(bar,0xFFFFFFFF,PCI_WRITE_DWORD,pci); + size = PCI_accessReg(bar,0,PCI_READ_DWORD,pci) & ~0xFF; + size = ~size+1; + PCI_accessReg(bar,base,PCI_WRITE_DWORD,pci); + } + } + pci->slot.p.Register = 0; + return size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +index - DWORD index of the register to access +value - Value to write to the register for write access +func - Function to implement + +RETURNS: +The value read from the register for read operations + +REMARKS: +The function code are defined as follows + +code - function +0 - Read BYTE +1 - Read WORD +2 - Read DWORD +3 - Write BYTE +4 - Write WORD +5 - Write DWORD +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ASMAPI PCI_accessReg( + int index, + ulong value, + int func, + PCIDeviceInfo *info) +{ + int iobase; + + if (info->mech1 == 2) { + /* Use PCI BIOS access since we dont have direct hardware access */ + switch (func) { + case PCI_READ_BYTE: + return (uchar)_PCIBIOS_service(READ_CONFIG_BYTE,info->slot.i >> 8,index,0,PCIEntry); + case PCI_READ_WORD: + return (ushort)_PCIBIOS_service(READ_CONFIG_WORD,info->slot.i >> 8,index,0,PCIEntry); + case PCI_READ_DWORD: + return (ulong)_PCIBIOS_service(READ_CONFIG_DWORD,info->slot.i >> 8,index,0,PCIEntry); + case PCI_WRITE_BYTE: + _PCIBIOS_service(WRITE_CONFIG_BYTE,info->slot.i >> 8,index,value,PCIEntry); + break; + case PCI_WRITE_WORD: + _PCIBIOS_service(WRITE_CONFIG_WORD,info->slot.i >> 8,index,value,PCIEntry); + break; + case PCI_WRITE_DWORD: + _PCIBIOS_service(WRITE_CONFIG_DWORD,info->slot.i >> 8,index,value,PCIEntry); + break; + } + } + else { + /* Use direct hardware access mechanisms */ + if (info->mech1) { + /* PCI access mechanism 1 */ + iobase = 0xCFC + (index & 3); + info->slot.p.Register = index >> 2; + PM_outpd(0xCF8,info->slot.i); + } + else { + /* PCI access mechanism 2 */ + PM_outpb(0xCF8,(uchar)((info->slot.p.Function << 1) | 0x10)); + PM_outpb(0xCFA,(uchar)info->slot.p.Bus); + iobase = 0xC000 + (info->slot.p.Device << 8) + index; + } + switch (func) { + case PCI_READ_BYTE: + case PCI_READ_WORD: + case PCI_READ_DWORD: value = PM_inpd(iobase); break; + case PCI_WRITE_BYTE: PM_outpb(iobase,(uchar)value); break; + case PCI_WRITE_WORD: PM_outpw(iobase,(ushort)value); break; + case PCI_WRITE_DWORD: PM_outpd(iobase,(ulong)value); break; + } + PM_outpd(0xCF8,0); + } + return value; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +numDevices - Number of devices to query info for + +RETURNS: +0 on success, -1 on error, number of devices to enumerate if numDevices = 0 + +REMARKS: +This function reads the PCI routing information. If you pass a value of +0 for numDevices, this function will return with the number of devices +needed in the routing buffer that will be filled in by the BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _ASMAPI PCI_getIRQRoutingOptions( + int numDevices, + PCIRouteInfo *buffer) +{ + PCIRoutingOptionsBuffer buf; + int ret; + + if (PCIPhysEntry) { + buf.BufferSize = numDevices * sizeof(PCIRouteInfo); + buf.DataBuffer = buffer; + if ((ret = _PCIBIOS_getRouting(&buf,PCIEntry)) == 0x89) + return buf.BufferSize / sizeof(PCIRouteInfo); + if (ret != 0) + return -1; + return 0; + } + + /* We currently only support this via the PCI BIOS functions */ + return -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - PCI device information for the specified device +intPin - Value to store in the PCI InterruptPin register +IRQ - New ISA IRQ to map the PCI interrupt to (0-15) + +RETURNS: +True on success, or false if this function failed. + +REMARKS: +This function changes the PCI IRQ routing for the specified device to the +desired PCI interrupt and the desired ISA bus compatible IRQ. This function +may not be supported by the PCI BIOS, in which case this function will +fail. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _ASMAPI PCI_setHardwareIRQ( + PCIDeviceInfo *info, + uint intPin, + uint IRQ) +{ + if (PCIPhysEntry) { + if (_PCIBIOS_setIRQ(info->slot.i >> 8,intPin,IRQ,PCIEntry)) { + info->u.type0.InterruptPin = intPin; + info->u.type0.InterruptLine = IRQ; + return true; + } + return false; + } + + /* We currently only support this via the PCI BIOS functions */ + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +bus - Bus number to generate the special cycle for +specialCycleData - Data to send for the special cyle + +REMARKS: +This function generates a special cycle on the specified bus using with +the specified data. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI PCI_generateSpecialCyle( + uint bus, + ulong specialCycleData) +{ + if (PCIPhysEntry) + _PCIBIOS_specialCycle(bus,specialCycleData,PCIEntry); + /* We currently only support this via the PCI BIOS functions */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - PCI device information block for device to access +index - Index of register to start reading from +dst - Place to store the values read from configuration space +count - Count of bytes to read from configuration space + +REMARKS: +This function is used to read a block of PCI configuration space registers +from the configuration space into the passed in data block. This function +will properly handle reading non-DWORD aligned data from the configuration +space correctly. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI PCI_readRegBlock( + PCIDeviceInfo *info, + int index, + void *dst, + int count) +{ + uchar *pb; + ulong *pd; + int i; + int startCount = (index & 3); + int middleCount = (count - startCount) >> 2; + int endCount = count - middleCount * 4 - startCount; + + for (i = 0,pb = dst; i < startCount; i++, index++) { + *pb++ = (uchar)PCI_accessReg(index,0,PCI_READ_BYTE,info); + } + for (i = 0,pd = (ulong*)pb; i < middleCount; i++, index += 4) { + *pd++ = (ulong)PCI_accessReg(index,0,PCI_READ_DWORD,info); + } + for (i = 0,pb = (uchar*)pd; i < endCount; i++, index++) { + *pb++ = (uchar)PCI_accessReg(index,0,PCI_READ_BYTE,info); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +info - PCI device information block for device to access +index - Index of register to start reading from +dst - Place to store the values read from configuration space +count - Count of bytes to read from configuration space + +REMARKS: +This function is used to write a block of PCI configuration space registers +to the configuration space from the passed in data block. This function +will properly handle writing non-DWORD aligned data to the configuration +space correctly. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI PCI_writeRegBlock( + PCIDeviceInfo *info, + int index, + void *src, + int count) +{ + uchar *pb; + ulong *pd; + int i; + int startCount = (index & 3); + int middleCount = (count - startCount) >> 2; + int endCount = count - middleCount * 4 - startCount; + + for (i = 0,pb = src; i < startCount; i++, index++) { + PCI_accessReg(index,*pb++,PCI_WRITE_BYTE,info); + } + for (i = 0,pd = (ulong*)pb; i < middleCount; i++, index += 4) { + PCI_accessReg(index,*pd++,PCI_WRITE_DWORD,info); + } + for (i = 0,pb = (uchar*)pd; i < endCount; i++, index++) { + PCI_accessReg(index,*pb++,PCI_WRITE_BYTE,info); + } +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/unixio.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/unixio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04aa47002b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/unixio.c @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Module containing Unix I/O functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <dirent.h> + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* {secret} */ +typedef struct { + DIR *d; + char path[PM_MAX_PATH]; + char mask[PM_MAX_PATH]; + } PM_findHandle; + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to convert the find data to the generic interface. +****************************************************************************/ +static void convertFindData( + PM_findData *findData, + struct dirent *blk, + const char *path) +{ + ulong dwSize = findData->dwSize; + struct stat st; + char filename[PM_MAX_PATH]; + + memset(findData,0,findData->dwSize); + findData->dwSize = dwSize; + strcpy(filename,path); + PM_backslash(filename); + strcat(filename,blk->d_name); + stat(filename,&st); + if (!(st.st_mode & S_IWRITE)) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (st.st_mode & S_IFDIR) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_DIRECTORY; + findData->sizeLo = st.st_size; + findData->sizeHi = 0; + strncpy(findData->name,blk->d_name,PM_MAX_PATH); + findData->name[PM_MAX_PATH-1] = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determines if a file name matches the passed in pattern. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool filematch( + char *pattern, + char *dirpath, + struct dirent *dire) +{ + struct stat st; + int i = 0,j = 0,lastchar = '\0'; + char fullpath[PM_MAX_PATH]; + + strcpy(fullpath,dirpath); + PM_backslash(fullpath); + strcat(fullpath, dire->d_name); + if (stat(fullpath, &st) != 0) + return false; + for (; i < (int)strlen(dire->d_name) && j < (int)strlen(pattern); i++, j++) { + if (pattern[j] == '*' && lastchar != '\\') { + if (pattern[j+1] == '\0') + return true; + while (dire->d_name[i++] != pattern[j+1]) { + if (dire->d_name[i] == '\0') + return false; + } + i -= 2; + } + else if (dire->d_name[i] != pattern[j] && + !(pattern[j] == '?' && lastchar != '\\')) + return false; + lastchar = pattern[i]; + } + if (j == (int)strlen(pattern) && i == (int)strlen(dire->d_name)) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + PM_findHandle *d; + struct dirent *dire; + char name[PM_MAX_PATH]; + char ext[PM_MAX_PATH]; + + if ((d = PM_malloc(sizeof(*d))) == NULL) + return PM_FILE_INVALID; + PM_splitpath(filename,NULL,d->path,name,ext); + strcpy(d->mask,name); + strcat(d->mask,ext); + if (strlen(d->path) == 0) + strcpy(d->path, "."); + if (d->path[strlen(d->path)-1] == '/') + d->path[strlen(d->path)-1] = 0; + if ((d->d = opendir(d->path)) != NULL) { + while ((dire = readdir(d->d)) != NULL) { + if (filematch(d->mask,d->path,dire)) { + convertFindData(findData,dire,d->path); + return d; + } + } + closedir(d->d); + } + PM_free(d); + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + PM_findHandle *d = handle; + struct dirent *dire; + + while ((dire = readdir(d->d)) != NULL) { + if (filematch(d->mask,d->path,dire)) { + convertFindData(findData,dire,d->path); + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + PM_findHandle *d = handle; + + closedir(d->d); + free(d); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + if (drive == 3) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + (void)drive; + getcwd(dir,len); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + struct stat st; + mode_t mode; + + stat(filename,&st); + mode = st.st_mode; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + mode &= ~S_IWRITE; + else + mode |= S_IWRITE; + chmod(filename,mode); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + struct stat st; + + stat(filename,&st); + if (st.st_mode & S_IWRITE) + return 0; + return PM_FILE_READONLY; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return mkdir(filename,0x1FF) == 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return rmdir(filename) == 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_getFileTime not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_setFileTime not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/vgastate.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/vgastate.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3be14e81eb --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/common/vgastate.c @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Portions copyright (C) Josh Vanderhoof +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Functions to save and restore the VGA hardware state. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#if defined(__WIN32_VXD__) || defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#else +#include <string.h> +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +/* VGA index register ports */ +#define CRT_I 0x3D4 /* CRT Controller Index */ +#define ATT_IW 0x3C0 /* Attribute Controller Index & Data */ +#define GRA_I 0x3CE /* Graphics Controller Index */ +#define SEQ_I 0x3C4 /* Sequencer Index */ + +/* VGA data register ports */ +#define CRT_D 0x3D5 /* CRT Controller Data Register */ +#define ATT_R 0x3C1 /* Attribute Controller Data Read Register */ +#define GRA_D 0x3CF /* Graphics Controller Data Register */ +#define SEQ_D 0x3C5 /* Sequencer Data Register */ +#define MIS_R 0x3CC /* Misc Output Read Register */ +#define MIS_W 0x3C2 /* Misc Output Write Register */ +#define IS1_R 0x3DA /* Input Status Register 1 */ +#define PEL_IW 0x3C8 /* PEL Write Index */ +#define PEL_IR 0x3C7 /* PEL Read Index */ +#define PEL_D 0x3C9 /* PEL Data Register */ + +/* standard VGA indexes max counts */ +#define CRT_C 24 /* 24 CRT Controller Registers */ +#define ATT_C 21 /* 21 Attribute Controller Registers */ +#define GRA_C 9 /* 9 Graphics Controller Registers */ +#define SEQ_C 5 /* 5 Sequencer Registers */ +#define MIS_C 1 /* 1 Misc Output Register */ +#define PAL_C 768 /* 768 Palette Registers */ +#define FONT_C 8192 /* Total size of character generator RAM */ + +/* VGA registers saving indexes */ +#define CRT 0 /* CRT Controller Registers start */ +#define ATT (CRT+CRT_C) /* Attribute Controller Registers start */ +#define GRA (ATT+ATT_C) /* Graphics Controller Registers start */ +#define SEQ (GRA+GRA_C) /* Sequencer Registers */ +#define MIS (SEQ+SEQ_C) /* General Registers */ +#define PAL (MIS+MIS_C) /* VGA Palette Registers */ +#define FONT (PAL+PAL_C) /* VGA font data */ + +/* Macros for port I/O with arguments reversed */ + +#define _port_out(v,p) PM_outpb(p,(uchar)(v)) +#define _port_in(p) PM_inpb(p) + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns the size of the VGA state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getVGAStateSize(void) +{ + return CRT_C + ATT_C + GRA_C + SEQ_C + MIS_C + PAL_C + FONT_C; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Delay for a short period of time. +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_delay(void) +{ + int i; + + /* For the loop here we program the POST register. The length of this + * delay is dependant only on ISA bus speed, but it is enough for + * what we need. + */ + for (i = 0; i <= 10; i++) + PM_outpb(0x80, 0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +port - I/O port to read value from +index - Port index to read + +RETURNS: +Byte read from 'port' register 'index'. +****************************************************************************/ +static ushort vga_rdinx( + ushort port, + ushort index) +{ + PM_outpb(port,(uchar)index); + return PM_inpb(port+1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +port - I/O port to write to +index - Port index to write +value - Byte to write to port + +REMARKS: +Writes a byte value to the 'port' register 'index'. +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_wrinx( + ushort port, + ushort index, + ushort value) +{ + PM_outpb(port,(uchar)index); + PM_outpb(port+1,(uchar)value); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the color palette values +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_savepalette( + uchar *pal) +{ + int i; + + _port_out(0, PEL_IR); + for (i = 0; i < 768; i++) { + vga_delay(); + *pal++ = _port_in(PEL_D); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the color palette values +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_restorepalette( + const uchar *pal) +{ + int i; + + /* restore saved palette */ + _port_out(0, PEL_IW); + for (i = 0; i < 768; i++) { + vga_delay(); + _port_out(*pal++, PEL_D); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the font data from the VGA character generator RAM +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_saveFont( + uchar *data) +{ + uchar *A0000Ptr = PM_getA0000Pointer(); + uchar save[7]; + + /* Enable access to character generator RAM */ + save[0] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(SEQ_I,0x00); + save[1] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(SEQ_I,0x02); + save[2] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(SEQ_I,0x04); + save[3] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(SEQ_I,0x00); + save[4] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(GRA_I,0x04); + save[5] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(GRA_I,0x05); + save[6] = (uchar)vga_rdinx(GRA_I,0x06); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,0x01); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x02,0x04); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x04,0x07); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,0x03); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x04,0x02); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x05,0x00); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x06,0x00); + + /* Copy character generator RAM */ + memcpy(data,A0000Ptr,FONT_C); + + /* Restore VGA state */ + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,save[0]); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x02,save[1]); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x04,save[2]); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,save[3]); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x04,save[4]); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x05,save[5]); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x06,save[6]); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Downloads the font data to the VGA character generator RAM +****************************************************************************/ +static void vga_restoreFont( + const uchar *data) +{ + uchar *A0000Ptr = PM_getA0000Pointer(); + + /* Enable access to character generator RAM */ + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,0x01); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x02,0x04); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x04,0x07); + vga_wrinx(SEQ_I,0x00,0x03); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x04,0x02); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x05,0x00); + vga_wrinx(GRA_I,0x06,0x00); + + /* Copy font back to character generator RAM */ + memcpy(A0000Ptr,data,FONT_C); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of all VGA compatible registers +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveVGAState( + void *stateBuf) +{ + uchar *regs = stateBuf; + int i; + + /* Save state of VGA registers */ + for (i = 0; i < CRT_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, CRT_I); + regs[CRT + i] = _port_in(CRT_D); + } + for (i = 0; i < ATT_C; i++) { + _port_in(IS1_R); + vga_delay(); + _port_out(i, ATT_IW); + vga_delay(); + regs[ATT + i] = _port_in(ATT_R); + vga_delay(); + } + for (i = 0; i < GRA_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, GRA_I); + regs[GRA + i] = _port_in(GRA_D); + } + for (i = 0; i < SEQ_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, SEQ_I); + regs[SEQ + i] = _port_in(SEQ_D); + } + regs[MIS] = _port_in(MIS_R); + + /* Save the VGA palette values */ + vga_savepalette(®s[PAL]); + + /* Save the VGA character generator RAM */ + vga_saveFont(®s[FONT]); + + /* Turn the VGA display back on */ + PM_vgaUnblankDisplay(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Retore the state of all VGA compatible registers +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreVGAState( + const void *stateBuf) +{ + const uchar *regs = stateBuf; + int i; + + /* Blank the display before we start the restore */ + PM_vgaBlankDisplay(); + + /* Restore the VGA character generator RAM */ + vga_restoreFont(®s[FONT]); + + /* Restore the VGA palette values */ + vga_restorepalette(®s[PAL]); + + /* Restore the state of the VGA compatible registers */ + _port_out(regs[MIS], MIS_W); + + /* Delay to allow clock change to settle */ + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) + vga_delay(); + + /* Synchronous reset on */ + _port_out(0x00,SEQ_I); + _port_out(0x01,SEQ_D); + + /* Write seqeuencer registers */ + _port_out(1, SEQ_I); + _port_out(regs[SEQ + 1] | 0x20, SEQ_D); + for (i = 2; i < SEQ_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, SEQ_I); + _port_out(regs[SEQ + i], SEQ_D); + } + + /* Synchronous reset off */ + _port_out(0x00,SEQ_I); + _port_out(0x03,SEQ_D); + + /* Deprotect CRT registers 0-7 and write CRTC */ + _port_out(0x11, CRT_I); + _port_out(_port_in(CRT_D) & 0x7F, CRT_D); + for (i = 0; i < CRT_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, CRT_I); + _port_out(regs[CRT + i], CRT_D); + } + for (i = 0; i < GRA_C; i++) { + _port_out(i, GRA_I); + _port_out(regs[GRA + i], GRA_D); + } + for (i = 0; i < ATT_C; i++) { + _port_in(IS1_R); /* reset flip-flop */ + vga_delay(); + _port_out(i, ATT_IW); + vga_delay(); + _port_out(regs[ATT + i], ATT_IW); + vga_delay(); + } + + /* Ensure the VGA screen is turned on */ + PM_vgaUnblankDisplay(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Disables the VGA display for screen output making it blank. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_vgaBlankDisplay(void) +{ + /* Turn screen off */ + _port_out(0x01, SEQ_I); + _port_out(_port_in(SEQ_D) | 0x20, SEQ_D); + + /* Disable video output */ + _port_in(IS1_R); + vga_delay(); + _port_out(0x00, ATT_IW); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enables the VGA display for screen output. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_vgaUnblankDisplay(void) +{ + /* Turn screen back on */ + _port_out(0x01, SEQ_I); + _port_out(_port_in(SEQ_D) & 0xDF, SEQ_D); + + /* Enable video output */ + _port_in(IS1_R); + vga_delay(); + _port_out(0x20, ATT_IW); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2446a4397 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Main module to implement the Zen Timer support functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "ztimer.h" +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "oshdr.h" +#if !defined(__WIN32_VXD__) && !defined(__OS2_VDD__) && !defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#endif + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External Intel assembler functions */ +#ifdef __INTEL__ +/* {secret} */ +ibool _ASMAPI _CPU_haveCPUID(void); +/* {secret} */ +ibool _ASMAPI _CPU_check80386(void); +/* {secret} */ +ibool _ASMAPI _CPU_check80486(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_checkCPUID(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_getCPUIDModel(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_getCPUIDStepping(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_getCPUIDFeatures(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_getCacheSize(void); +/* {secret} */ +uint _ASMAPI _CPU_have3DNow(void); +/* {secret} */ +ibool _ASMAPI _CPU_checkClone(void); +/* {secret} */ +void _ASMAPI _CPU_readTimeStamp(CPU_largeInteger *time); +/* {secret} */ +void _ASMAPI _CPU_runBSFLoop(ulong iterations); +/* {secret} */ +ulong _ASMAPI _CPU_mulDiv(ulong a,ulong b,ulong c); +/* {secret} */ +void ZTimerQuickInit(void); +#define CPU_HaveMMX 0x00800000 +#define CPU_HaveRDTSC 0x00000010 +#define CPU_HaveSSE 0x02000000 +#endif + +#if defined(__SMX32__) +#include "smx/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__RTTARGET__) +#include "rttarget/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__REALDOS__) +#include "dos/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "ntdrv/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__WIN32_VXD__) +#include "vxd/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__WINDOWS32__) +#include "win32/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__OS2_VDD__) +#include "vdd/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__OS2__) +#include "os2/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__LINUX__) +#include "linux/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__QNX__) +#include "qnx/cpuinfo.c" +#elif defined(__BEOS__) +#include "beos/cpuinfo.c" +#else +#error CPU library not ported to this platform yet! +#endif + +/*------------------------ Public interface routines ----------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read an I/O port location. +****************************************************************************/ +static uchar rdinx( + int port, + int index) +{ + PM_outpb(port,(uchar)index); + return PM_inpb(port+1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Write an I/O port location. +****************************************************************************/ +static void wrinx( + ushort port, + ushort index, + ushort value) +{ + PM_outpb(port,(uchar)index); + PM_outpb(port+1,(uchar)value); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enables the Cyrix CPUID instruction to properly detect MediaGX and 6x86 +processors. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _CPU_enableCyrixCPUID(void) +{ + uchar ccr3; + + PM_init(); + ccr3 = rdinx(0x22,0xC3); + wrinx(0x22,0xC3,(uchar)(ccr3 | 0x10)); + wrinx(0x22,0xE8,(uchar)(rdinx(0x22,0xE8) | 0x80)); + wrinx(0x22,0xC3,ccr3); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the type of processor in the system. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Numerical identifier for the installed processor + +REMARKS: +Returns the type of processor in the system. Note that if the CPU is an +unknown Pentium family processor that we don't have an enumeration for, +the return value will be greater than or equal to the value of CPU_UnkPentium +(depending on the value returned by the CPUID instruction). + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_haveMMX, CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +uint ZAPI CPU_getProcessorType(void) +{ +#if defined(__INTEL__) + uint cpu,vendor,model,cacheSize; + static ibool firstTime = true; + + if (_CPU_haveCPUID()) { + cpu = _CPU_checkCPUID(); + vendor = cpu & ~CPU_mask; + if (vendor == CPU_Intel) { + /* Check for Intel processors */ + switch (cpu & CPU_mask) { + case 4: cpu = CPU_i486; break; + case 5: cpu = CPU_Pentium; break; + case 6: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) == 1) + cpu = CPU_PentiumPro; + else if (model <= 6) { + cacheSize = _CPU_getCacheSize(); + if ((model == 5 && cacheSize == 0) || + (model == 5 && cacheSize == 256) || + (model == 6 && cacheSize == 128)) + cpu = CPU_Celeron; + else + cpu = CPU_PentiumII; + } + else if (model >= 7) { + /* Model 7 == Pentium III */ + /* Model 8 == Celeron/Pentium III Coppermine */ + cacheSize = _CPU_getCacheSize(); + if ((model == 8 && cacheSize == 128)) + cpu = CPU_Celeron; + else + cpu = CPU_PentiumIII; + } + break; + default: + cpu = CPU_UnkIntel; + } + } + else if (vendor == CPU_Cyrix) { + /* Check for Cyrix processors */ + switch (cpu & CPU_mask) { + case 4: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) == 4) + cpu = CPU_CyrixMediaGX; + else + cpu = CPU_UnkCyrix; + break; + case 5: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) == 2) + cpu = CPU_Cyrix6x86; + else if (model == 4) + cpu = CPU_CyrixMediaGXm; + else + cpu = CPU_UnkCyrix; + break; + case 6: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) <= 1) + cpu = CPU_Cyrix6x86MX; + else + cpu = CPU_UnkCyrix; + break; + default: + cpu = CPU_UnkCyrix; + } + } + else if (vendor == CPU_AMD) { + /* Check for AMD processors */ + switch (cpu & CPU_mask) { + case 4: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) == 0) + cpu = CPU_AMDAm5x86; + else + cpu = CPU_AMDAm486; + break; + case 5: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) <= 3) + cpu = CPU_AMDK5; + else if (model <= 7) + cpu = CPU_AMDK6; + else if (model == 8) + cpu = CPU_AMDK6_2; + else if (model == 9) + cpu = CPU_AMDK6_III; + else if (model == 13) { + if (_CPU_getCPUIDStepping() <= 3) + cpu = CPU_AMDK6_IIIplus; + else + cpu = CPU_AMDK6_2plus; + } + else + cpu = CPU_UnkAMD; + break; + case 6: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) == 3) + cpu = CPU_AMDDuron; + else + cpu = CPU_AMDAthlon; + break; + default: + cpu = CPU_UnkAMD; + } + } + else if (vendor == CPU_IDT) { + /* Check for IDT WinChip processors */ + switch (cpu & CPU_mask) { + case 5: + if ((model = _CPU_getCPUIDModel()) <= 4) + cpu = CPU_WinChipC6; + else if (model == 8) + cpu = CPU_WinChip2; + else + cpu = CPU_UnkIDT; + break; + default: + cpu = CPU_UnkIDT; + } + } + else { + /* Assume a Pentium compatible Intel clone */ + cpu = CPU_Pentium; + } + return cpu | vendor | (_CPU_getCPUIDStepping() << CPU_steppingShift); + } + else { + if (_CPU_check80386()) + cpu = CPU_i386; + else if (_CPU_check80486()) { + /* If we get here we may have a Cyrix processor so we can try + * enabling the CPUID instruction and trying again. + */ + if (firstTime) { + firstTime = false; + _CPU_enableCyrixCPUID(); + return CPU_getProcessorType(); + } + cpu = CPU_i486; + } + else + cpu = CPU_Pentium; + if (!_CPU_checkClone()) + return cpu | CPU_Intel; + return cpu; + } +#elif defined(__ALPHA__) + return CPU_Alpha; +#elif defined(__MIPS__) + return CPU_Mips; +#elif defined(__PPC__) + return CPU_PowerPC; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns true if the processor supports Intel MMX extensions. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +True if MMX is available, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the processor supports the Intel MMX extended +instruction set. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_have3DNow, CPU_haveSSE, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ibool ZAPI CPU_haveMMX(void) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (_CPU_haveCPUID()) + return (_CPU_getCPUIDFeatures() & CPU_HaveMMX) != 0; + return false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns true if the processor supports AMD 3DNow! extensions. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +True if 3DNow! is available, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the processor supports the AMD 3DNow! extended +instruction set. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_haveMMX, CPU_haveSSE, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ibool ZAPI CPU_have3DNow(void) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (_CPU_haveCPUID()) + return _CPU_have3DNow(); + return false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns true if the processor supports Intel KNI extensions. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +True if Intel KNI is available, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the processor supports the Intel KNI extended +instruction set. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_haveMMX, CPU_have3DNow, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ibool ZAPI CPU_haveSSE(void) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (_CPU_haveCPUID()) + return (_CPU_getCPUIDFeatures() & CPU_HaveSSE) != 0; + return false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +True if the RTSC instruction is available, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the processor supports the Intel RDTSC +instruction, for high precision timing. If the processor is not an Intel or +Intel clone CPU, this function will always return false. + +DESCRIPTION: +Returns true if the processor supports RDTSC extensions. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +True if RTSC is available, false if not. + +REMARKS: +This function determines if the processor supports the RDTSC instruction +for reading the processor time stamp counter. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_haveMMX, CPU_have3DNow, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ibool ZAPI CPU_haveRDTSC(void) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (_CPU_haveCPUID()) + return (_CPU_getCPUIDFeatures() & CPU_HaveRDTSC) != 0; + return false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +#ifdef __INTEL__ + +#define ITERATIONS 16000 +#define SAMPLINGS 2 +#define INNER_LOOPS 400 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +If processor does not support time stamp reading, but is at least a 386 or +above, utilize method of timing a loop of BSF instructions which take a +known number of cycles to run on i386(tm), i486(tm), and Pentium(R) +processors. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong GetBSFCpuSpeed( + ulong cycles) +{ + CPU_largeInteger t0,t1,count_freq; + ulong ticks; /* Microseconds elapsed during test */ + ulong current; /* Variable to store time elapsed */ + int i,j,iPriority; + ulong lowest = (ulong)-1; + + iPriority = SetMaxThreadPriority(); + GetCounterFrequency(&count_freq); + for (i = 0; i < SAMPLINGS; i++) { + GetCounter(&t0); + for (j = 0; j < INNER_LOOPS; j++) + _CPU_runBSFLoop(ITERATIONS); + GetCounter(&t1); + current = t1.low - t0.low; + if (current < lowest) + lowest = current; + } + RestoreThreadPriority(iPriority); + + /* Compute frequency */ + ticks = _CPU_mulDiv(lowest,1000000,count_freq.low); + if ((ticks % count_freq.low) > (count_freq.low/2)) + ticks++; /* Round up if necessary */ + if (ticks == 0) + return 0; + return ((cycles*INNER_LOOPS)/ticks); +} + +#define TOLERANCE 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +On processors supporting the Read Time Stamp opcode, compare elapsed +time on the High-Resolution Counter with elapsed cycles on the Time +Stamp Register. + +The inner loop runs up to 20 times oruntil the average of the previous +three calculated frequencies is within 1 MHz of each of the individual +calculated frequencies. This resampling increases the accuracy of the +results since outside factors could affect this calculation. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong GetRDTSCCpuSpeed( + ibool accurate) +{ + CPU_largeInteger t0,t1,s0,s1,count_freq; + u64 stamp0, stamp1, ticks0, ticks1; + u64 total_cycles, cycles, hz, freq; + u64 total_ticks, ticks; + int tries,iPriority; + ulong maxCount; + + PM_set64_32(total_cycles,0); + PM_set64_32(total_ticks,0); + maxCount = accurate ? 600000 : 30000; + iPriority = SetMaxThreadPriority(); + GetCounterFrequency(&count_freq); + PM_set64(freq,count_freq.high,count_freq.low); + for (tries = 0; tries < 3; tries++) { + /* Loop until 100 ticks have passed since last read of hi-res + * counter. This accounts for overhead later. + */ + GetCounter(&t0); + t1.low = t0.low; + t1.high = t0.high; + while ((t1.low - t0.low) < 100) { + GetCounter(&t1); + _CPU_readTimeStamp(&s0); + } + + /* Loop until 30000 ticks have passed since last read of hi-res counter. + * This allows for elapsed time for sampling. For a hi-res frequency + * of 1MHz, this is about 0.03 of a second. The frequency reported + * by the OS dependent code should be tuned to provide a good + * sample period depending on the accuracy of the OS timers (ie: + * if the accuracy is lower, lower the frequency to spend more time + * in the inner loop to get better accuracy). + */ + t0.low = t1.low; + t0.high = t1.high; + while ((t1.low - t0.low) < maxCount) { + GetCounter(&t1); + _CPU_readTimeStamp(&s1); + } + + /* Find the difference during the timing loop */ + PM_set64(stamp0,s0.high,s0.low); + PM_set64(stamp1,s1.high,s1.low); + PM_set64(ticks0,t0.high,t0.low); + PM_set64(ticks1,t1.high,t1.low); + PM_sub64(cycles,stamp1,stamp0); + PM_sub64(ticks,ticks1,ticks0); + + /* Sum up the results */ + PM_add64(total_ticks,total_ticks,ticks); + PM_add64(total_cycles,total_cycles,cycles); + } + RestoreThreadPriority(iPriority); + + /* Compute frequency in Hz */ + PM_mul64(hz,total_cycles,freq); + PM_div64(hz,hz,total_ticks); + return PM_64to32(hz); +} + +#endif /* __INTEL__ */ + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the speed of the processor in MHz. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +accurate - True of the speed should be measured accurately + +RETURNS: +Processor speed in MHz. + +REMARKS: +This function returns the speed of the CPU in MHz. Note that if the speed +cannot be determined, this function will return 0. + +If the accurate parameter is set to true, this function will spend longer +profiling the speed of the CPU, and will not round the CPU speed that is +reported. This is important for highly accurate timing using the Pentium +RDTSC instruction, but it does take a lot longer for the profiling to +produce accurate results. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorSpeedInHz, CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_haveMMX, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI CPU_getProcessorSpeed( + ibool accurate) +{ +#if defined(__INTEL__) + /* Number of cycles needed to execute a single BSF instruction on i386+ + * processors. + */ + ulong cpuSpeed; + uint i; + static ulong intel_cycles[] = { + 115,47,43, + }; + static ulong cyrix_cycles[] = { + 38,38,52,52, + }; + static ulong amd_cycles[] = { + 49, + }; + static ulong known_speeds[] = { + 1000,950,900,850,800,750,700,650,600,550,500,450,433,400,350, + 333,300,266,233,200,166,150,133,120,100,90,75,66,60,50,33,20,0, + }; + + if (CPU_haveRDTSC()) { + cpuSpeed = (GetRDTSCCpuSpeed(accurate) + 500000) / 1000000; + } + else { + int type = CPU_getProcessorType(); + int processor = type & CPU_mask; + int vendor = type & CPU_familyMask; + if (vendor == CPU_Intel) + cpuSpeed = GetBSFCpuSpeed(ITERATIONS * intel_cycles[processor - CPU_i386]); + else if (vendor == CPU_Cyrix) + cpuSpeed = GetBSFCpuSpeed(ITERATIONS * cyrix_cycles[processor - CPU_Cyrix6x86]); + else if (vendor == CPU_AMD) + cpuSpeed = GetBSFCpuSpeed(ITERATIONS * amd_cycles[0]); + else + return 0; + } + + /* Now normalise the results given known processors speeds, if the + * speed we measure is within 2MHz of the expected values + */ + if (!accurate) { + for (i = 0; known_speeds[i] != 0; i++) { + if (cpuSpeed >= (known_speeds[i]-3) && cpuSpeed <= (known_speeds[i]+3)) { + return known_speeds[i]; + } + } + } + return cpuSpeed; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the speed of the processor in Hz. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Accurate processor speed in Hz. + +REMARKS: +This function returns the accurate speed of the CPU in Hz. Note that if the +speed cannot be determined, this function will return 0. + +This function is similar to the CPU_getProcessorSpeed function, except that +it attempts to accurately measure the CPU speed in Hz. This is used +internally in the Zen Timer libraries to provide accurate real world timing +information. This is important for highly accurate timing using the Pentium +RDTSC instruction, but it does take a lot longer for the profiling to +produce accurate results. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorSpeed, CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_haveMMX, +CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI CPU_getProcessorSpeedInHZ( + ibool accurate) +{ +#if defined(__INTEL__) + if (CPU_haveRDTSC()) { + return GetRDTSCCpuSpeed(accurate); + } + return CPU_getProcessorSpeed(false) * 1000000; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns a string defining the speed and name of the processor. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Processor name string. + +REMARKS: +This function returns an English string describing the speed and name of the +CPU. + +SEE ALSO: +CPU_getProcessorType, CPU_haveMMX, CPU_getProcessorName +****************************************************************************/ +char * ZAPI CPU_getProcessorName(void) +{ +#if defined(__INTEL__) + static int cpu,speed = -1; + static char name[80]; + + if (speed == -1) { + cpu = CPU_getProcessorType(); + speed = CPU_getProcessorSpeed(false); + } + sprintf(name,"%d MHz ", speed); + switch (cpu & CPU_mask) { + case CPU_i386: + strcat(name,"Intel i386 processor"); + break; + case CPU_i486: + strcat(name,"Intel i486 processor"); + break; + case CPU_Pentium: + strcat(name,"Intel Pentium processor"); + break; + case CPU_PentiumPro: + strcat(name,"Intel Pentium Pro processor"); + break; + case CPU_PentiumII: + strcat(name,"Intel Pentium II processor"); + break; + case CPU_Celeron: + strcat(name,"Intel Celeron processor"); + break; + case CPU_PentiumIII: + strcat(name,"Intel Pentium III processor"); + break; + case CPU_UnkIntel: + strcat(name,"Unknown Intel processor"); + break; + case CPU_Cyrix6x86: + strcat(name,"Cyrix 6x86 processor"); + break; + case CPU_Cyrix6x86MX: + strcat(name,"Cyrix 6x86MX processor"); + break; + case CPU_CyrixMediaGX: + strcat(name,"Cyrix MediaGX processor"); + break; + case CPU_CyrixMediaGXm: + strcat(name,"Cyrix MediaGXm processor"); + break; + case CPU_UnkCyrix: + strcat(name,"Unknown Cyrix processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDAm486: + strcat(name,"AMD Am486 processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDAm5x86: + strcat(name,"AMD Am5x86 processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK5: + strcat(name,"AMD K5 processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK6: + strcat(name,"AMD K6 processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK6_2: + strcat(name,"AMD K6-2 processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK6_III: + strcat(name,"AMD K6-III processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK6_2plus: + strcat(name,"AMD K6-2+ processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDK6_IIIplus: + strcat(name,"AMD K6-III+ processor"); + break; + case CPU_UnkAMD: + strcat(name,"Unknown AMD processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDAthlon: + strcat(name,"AMD Athlon processor"); + break; + case CPU_AMDDuron: + strcat(name,"AMD Duron processor"); + break; + case CPU_WinChipC6: + strcat(name,"IDT WinChip C6 processor"); + break; + case CPU_WinChip2: + strcat(name,"IDT WinChip 2 processor"); + break; + case CPU_UnkIDT: + strcat(name,"Unknown IDT processor"); + break; + default: + strcat(name,"Unknown processor"); + } + if (CPU_haveMMX()) + strcat(name," with MMX(R)"); + if (CPU_have3DNow()) + strcat(name,", 3DNow!(R)"); + if (CPU_haveSSE()) + strcat(name,", SSE(R)"); + return name; +#else + return "Unknown"; +#endif +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/debug.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/debug.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d86e3e6a0d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/debug.c @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Main module containing debug checking features. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#ifdef __WIN32_VXD__ +#include "vxdfile.h" +#elif defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "ntdriver.h" +#elif defined(__OS2_VDD__) +#include "vddfile.h" +#else +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#endif + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +/* {secret} */ +void (*_CHK_fail)(int fatal,const char *msg,const char *cond,const char *file,int line) = _CHK_defaultFail; +static char logFile[256] = ""; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +#ifdef CHECKED +void _CHK_defaultFail( + int fatal, + const char *msg, + const char *cond, + const char *file, + int line) +{ + FILE *f; + char buf[256]; + + if (logFile[0] == 0) { + strcpy(logFile,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(logFile); + strcat(logFile,"scitech.log"); + } + if ((f = fopen(logFile,"a+")) != NULL) { +#if defined(__WIN32_VXD__) || defined(__OS2_VDD__) || defined(__NT_DRIVER__) + sprintf(buf,msg,cond,file,line); + fwrite(buf,1,strlen(buf),f); +#else + fprintf(f,msg,cond,file,line); +#endif + fclose(f); + } + if (fatal) { + sprintf(buf,"Check failed: check '%s' for details", logFile); + PM_fatalError(buf); + } +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Sets the location of the debug log file. + +HEADER: +pmapi.h + +PARAMETERS: +logFilePath - Full file and path name to debug log file. + +REMARKS: +Sets the name and location of the debug log file. The debug log file is +created and written to when runtime checks, warnings and failure conditions +are logged to disk when code is compiled in CHECKED mode. By default the +log file is called 'scitech.log' and goes into the current SciTech Nucleus +path for the application. You can use this function to set the filename +and location of the debug log file to your own application specific +directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setDebugLog( + const char *logFilePath) +{ + strcpy(logFile,logFilePath); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_event.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_event.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36dcaab67b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_event.asm @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler +;* Environment: IBM PC (MS DOS) +;* +;* Description: Assembly language support routines for the event module. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + ideal + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +ifdef flatmodel + +header _event ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _event + + cextern _EVT_biosPtr,DPTR + +ifdef USE_NASM +%define KB_HEAD WORD esi+01Ah ; Keyboard buffer head in BIOS data area +%define KB_TAIL WORD esi+01Ch ; Keyboard buffer tail in BIOS data area +%define KB_START WORD esi+080h ; Start of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +%define KB_END WORD esi+082h ; End of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +else +KB_HEAD EQU WORD esi+01Ah ; Keyboard buffer head in BIOS data area +KB_TAIL EQU WORD esi+01Ch ; Keyboard buffer tail in BIOS data area +KB_START EQU WORD esi+080h ; Start of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +KB_END EQU WORD esi+082h ; End of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +endif + +enddataseg _event + +begcodeseg _event ; Start of code segment + + cpublic _EVT_codeStart + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_getKeyCode(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the key code for the next available key by extracting it from +; the BIOS keyboard buffer. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_getKeyCode + + enter_c + + mov esi,[_EVT_biosPtr] + xor ebx,ebx + xor eax,eax + mov bx,[KB_HEAD] + cmp bx,[KB_TAIL] + jz @@Done + xor eax,eax + mov ax,[esi+ebx] ; EAX := character from keyboard buffer + inc _bx + inc _bx + cmp bx,[KB_END] ; Hit the end of the keyboard buffer? + jl @@1 + mov bx,[KB_START] +@@1: mov [KB_HEAD],bx ; Update keyboard buffer head pointer + +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; This function would normally do nothing, however due to strange bugs +; in the Windows 3.1 and OS/2 DOS boxes, we don't get any hardware keyboard +; interrupts unless we periodically call the BIOS keyboard functions. Hence +; this function gets called every time that we check for events, and works +; around this problem (in essence it tells the DOS VDM to pump the +; keyboard events to our program ;-). +; +; Note that this bug is not present under Win 9x DOS boxes. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_pumpMessages + + mov ah,11h ; Function - Check keyboard status + int 16h ; Call BIOS + + mov ax, 0Bh ; Reset Move Mouse + int 33h + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_disableInt(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Return processor interrupt status and disable interrupts. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_disableInt + + pushf ; Put flag word on stack + cli ; Disable interrupts! + pop eax ; deposit flag word in return register + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _EVT_restoreInt(int ps); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Restore processor interrupt status. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_restoreInt + + ARG ps:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp ; Set up stack frame + push [DWORD ps] + popf ; Restore processor status (and interrupts) + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int EVT_rdinx(int port,int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads an indexed register value from an I/O port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart EVT_rdinx + + ARG port:UINT, index:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov edx,[port] + mov al,[BYTE index] + out dx,al + inc dx + in al,dx + movzx eax,al + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void EVT_wrinx(int port,int index,int value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Writes an indexed register value to an I/O port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart EVT_wrinx + + ARG port:UINT, index:UINT, value:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov edx,[port] + mov al,[BYTE index] + mov ah,[BYTE value] + out dx,ax + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + + cpublic _EVT_codeEnd + +endcodeseg _event + +endif + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_lztimer.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_lztimer.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4a9c7916e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_lztimer.asm @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: NASM or TASM Assembler +;* Environment: IBM PC (MS DOS) +;* +;* Description: Uses the 8253 timer and the BIOS time-of-day count to time +;* the performance of code that takes less than an hour to +;* execute. +;* +;* The routines in this package only works with interrupts +;* enabled, and in fact will explicitly turn interrupts on +;* in order to ensure we get accurate results from the timer. +;* +;* Externally 'C' callable routines: +;* +;* LZ_timerOn: Saves the BIOS time of day count and starts the +;* long period Zen Timer. +;* +;* LZ_timerLap: Latches the current count, and keeps the timer running +;* +;* LZ_timerOff: Stops the long-period Zen Timer and saves the timer +;* count and the BIOS time of day count. +;* +;* LZ_timerCount: Returns an unsigned long representing the timed count +;* in microseconds. If more than an hour passed during +;* the timing interval, LZ_timerCount will return the +;* value 0xFFFFFFFF (an invalid count). +;* +;* Note: If either more than an hour passes between calls to LZ_timerOn +;* and LZ_timerOff, an error is reported. For timing code that takes +;* more than a few minutes to execute, use the low resolution +;* Ultra Long Period Zen Timer code, which should be accurate +;* enough for most purposes. +;* +;* Note: Each block of code being timed should ideally be run several +;* times, with at least two similar readings required to +;* establish a true measurement, in order to eliminate any +;* variability caused by interrupts. +;* +;* Note: Interrupts must not be disabled for more than 54 ms at a +;* stretch during the timing interval. Because interrupts are +;* enabled, key, mice, and other devices that generate interrupts +;* should not be used during the timing interval. +;* +;* Note: Any extra code running off the timer interrupt (such as +;* some memory resident utilities) will increase the time +;* measured by the Zen Timer. +;* +;* Note: These routines can introduce inaccuracies of up to a few +;* tenths of a second into the system clock count for each +;* code section being timed. Consequently, it's a good idea to +;* reboot at the conclusion of timing sessions. (The +;* battery-backed clock, if any, is not affected by the Zen +;* timer.) +;* +;* All registers and all flags are preserved by all routines, except +;* interrupts which are always turned on +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" + +;**************************************************************************** +; +; Equates used by long period Zen Timer +; +;**************************************************************************** + +; Base address of 8253 timer chip + +BASE_8253 equ 40h + +; The address of the timer 0 count registers in the 8253 + +TIMER_0_8253 equ BASE_8253 + 0 + +; The address of the mode register in the 8253 + +MODE_8253 equ BASE_8253 + 3 + +; The address of the BIOS timer count variable in the BIOS data area. + +TIMER_COUNT equ 6Ch + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +endif + +header _lztimer + +begdataseg _lztimer + + cextern _ZTimerBIOSPtr,DPTR + +StartBIOSCount dd 0 ; Starting BIOS count dword +EndBIOSCount dd 0 ; Ending BIOS count dword +EndTimedCount dw 0 ; Timer 0 count at the end of timing period + +enddataseg _lztimer + +begcodeseg _lztimer ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void LZ_timerOn(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Starts the Long period Zen timer counting. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart LZ_timerOn + +; Set the timer 0 of the 8253 to mode 2 (divide-by-N), to cause +; linear counting rather than count-by-two counting. Also stops +; timer 0 until the timer count is loaded, except on PS/2 computers. + + mov al,00110100b ; mode 2 + out MODE_8253,al + +; Set the timer count to 0, so we know we won't get another timer +; interrupt right away. Note: this introduces an inaccuracy of up to 54 ms +; in the system clock count each time it is executed. + + DELAY + sub al,al + out TIMER_0_8253,al ; lsb + DELAY + out TIMER_0_8253,al ; msb + +; Store the timing start BIOS count + + use_es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +else + les bx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +endif + cli ; No interrupts while we grab the count + mov eax,[_ES _bx+TIMER_COUNT] + sti + mov [StartBIOSCount],eax + unuse_es + +; Set the timer count to 0 again to start the timing interval. + + mov al,00110100b ; set up to load initial + out MODE_8253,al ; timer count + DELAY + sub al,al + out TIMER_0_8253,al ; load count lsb + DELAY + out TIMER_0_8253,al ; load count msb + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void LZ_timerOff(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Stops the long period Zen timer and saves count. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart LZ_timerOff + +; Latch the timer count. + + mov al,00000000b ; latch timer 0 + out MODE_8253,al + cli ; Stop the BIOS count + +; Read the BIOS count. (Since interrupts are disabled, the BIOS +; count won't change). + + use_es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +else + les bx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +endif + mov eax,[_ES _bx+TIMER_COUNT] + mov [EndBIOSCount],eax + unuse_es + +; Read out the count we latched earlier. + + in al,TIMER_0_8253 ; least significant byte + DELAY + mov ah,al + in al,TIMER_0_8253 ; most significant byte + xchg ah,al + neg ax ; Convert from countdown remaining + ; to elapsed count + mov [EndTimedCount],ax + sti ; Let the BIOS count continue + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; unsigned long LZ_timerLap(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Latches the current count and converts it to a microsecond timing value, +; but leaves the timer still running. We dont check for and overflow, +; where the time has gone over an hour in this routine, since we want it +; to execute as fast as possible. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart LZ_timerLap + + push ebx ; Save EBX for 32 bit code + +; Latch the timer count. + + mov al,00000000b ; latch timer 0 + out MODE_8253,al + cli ; Stop the BIOS count + +; Read the BIOS count. (Since interrupts are disabled, the BIOS +; count wont change). + + use_es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +else + les bx,[_ZTimerBIOSPtr] +endif + mov eax,[_ES _bx+TIMER_COUNT] + mov [EndBIOSCount],eax + unuse_es + +; Read out the count we latched earlier. + + in al,TIMER_0_8253 ; least significant byte + DELAY + mov ah,al + in al,TIMER_0_8253 ; most significant byte + xchg ah,al + neg ax ; Convert from countdown remaining + ; to elapsed count + mov [EndTimedCount],ax + sti ; Let the BIOS count continue + +; See if a midnight boundary has passed and adjust the finishing BIOS +; count by the number of ticks in 24 hours. We wont be able to detect +; more than 24 hours, but at least we can time across a midnight +; boundary + + mov eax,[EndBIOSCount] ; Is end < start? + cmp eax,[StartBIOSCount] + jae @@CalcBIOSTime ; No, calculate the time taken + +; Adjust the finishing time by adding the number of ticks in 24 hours +; (1573040). + + add [DWORD EndBIOSCount],1800B0h + +; Convert the BIOS time to microseconds + +@@CalcBIOSTime: + mov ax,[WORD EndBIOSCount] + sub ax,[WORD StartBIOSCount] + mov dx,54925 ; Number of microseconds each + ; BIOS count represents. + mul dx + mov bx,ax ; set aside BIOS count in + mov cx,dx ; microseconds + +; Convert timer count to microseconds + + push _si + mov ax,[EndTimedCount] + mov si,8381 + mul si + mov si,10000 + div si ; * 0.8381 = * 8381 / 10000 + pop _si + +; Add the timer and BIOS counts together to get an overall time in +; microseconds. + + add ax,bx + adc cx,0 +ifdef flatmodel + shl ecx,16 + mov cx,ax + mov eax,ecx ; EAX := timer count +else + mov dx,cx +endif + pop ebx ; Restore EBX for 32 bit code + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; unsigned long LZ_timerCount(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns an unsigned long representing the net time in microseconds. +; +; If an hour has passed while timing, we return 0xFFFFFFFF as the count +; (which is not a possible count in itself). +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart LZ_timerCount + + push ebx ; Save EBX for 32 bit code + +; See if a midnight boundary has passed and adjust the finishing BIOS +; count by the number of ticks in 24 hours. We wont be able to detect +; more than 24 hours, but at least we can time across a midnight +; boundary + + mov eax,[EndBIOSCount] ; Is end < start? + cmp eax,[StartBIOSCount] + jae @@CheckForHour ; No, check for hour passing + +; Adjust the finishing time by adding the number of ticks in 24 hours +; (1573040). + + add [DWORD EndBIOSCount],1800B0h + +; See if more than an hour passed during timing. If so, notify the user. + +@@CheckForHour: + mov ax,[WORD StartBIOSCount+2] + cmp ax,[WORD EndBIOSCount+2] + jz @@CalcBIOSTime ; Hour count didn't change, so + ; everything is fine + + inc ax + cmp ax,[WORD EndBIOSCount+2] + jnz @@TestTooLong ; Two hour boundaries passed, so the + ; results are no good + mov ax,[WORD EndBIOSCount] + cmp ax,[WORD StartBIOSCount] + jb @@CalcBIOSTime ; a single hour boundary passed. That's + ; OK, so long as the total time wasn't + ; more than an hour. + +; Over an hour elapsed passed during timing, which renders +; the results invalid. Notify the user. This misses the case where a +; multiple of 24 hours has passed, but we'll rely on the perspicacity of +; the user to detect that case :-). + +@@TestTooLong: +ifdef flatmodel + mov eax,0FFFFFFFFh +else + mov ax,0FFFFh + mov dx,0FFFFh +endif + jmp short @@Done + +; Convert the BIOS time to microseconds + +@@CalcBIOSTime: + mov ax,[WORD EndBIOSCount] + sub ax,[WORD StartBIOSCount] + mov dx,54925 ; Number of microseconds each + ; BIOS count represents. + mul dx + mov bx,ax ; set aside BIOS count in + mov cx,dx ; microseconds + +; Convert timer count to microseconds + + push _si + mov ax,[EndTimedCount] + mov si,8381 + mul si + mov si,10000 + div si ; * 0.8381 = * 8381 / 10000 + pop _si + +; Add the timer and BIOS counts together to get an overall time in +; microseconds. + + add ax,bx + adc cx,0 +ifdef flatmodel + shl ecx,16 + mov cx,ax + mov eax,ecx ; EAX := timer count +else + mov dx,cx +endif + +@@Done: pop ebx ; Restore EBX for 32 bit code + ret + +cprocend + +cprocstart LZ_disable + cli + ret +cprocend + +cprocstart LZ_enable + sti + ret +cprocend + +endcodeseg _lztimer + + END diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pm.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pm.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42b5cf3692 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pm.asm @@ -0,0 +1,656 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: IBM PC Real mode and 16/32 bit protected mode +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* MSDOS. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pmdos ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _pmdos + +ifndef flatmodel + +struc rmregs_s +ax dw ? +ax_high dw ? +bx dw ? +bx_high dw ? +cx dw ? +cx_high dw ? +dx dw ? +dx_high dw ? +si dw ? +si_high dw ? +di dw ? +di_high dw ? +cflag dw ? +cflag_high dw ? +ends rmregs_s +RMREGS = (rmregs_s PTR es:bx) + +struc rmsregs_s +es dw ? +cs dw ? +ss dw ? +ds dw ? +ends rmsregs_s +RMSREGS = (rmsregs_s PTR es:bx) + +endif ; !flatmodel + +ifdef flatmodel + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + cextern _PM_VXD_off,UINT + cextern _PM_VXD_sel,UINT +ifdef DOS4GW + cextern _PM_haveCauseWay,UINT +endif +endif +intel_id db "GenuineIntel" ; Intel vendor ID + +PMHELP_GETPDB EQU 0026h +PMHELP_FLUSHTLB EQU 0027h + +enddataseg _pmdos + +P586 + +begcodeseg _pmdos ; Start of code segment + +ifndef flatmodel + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_callRealMode(unsigned s,unsigned o, RMREGS *regs, +; RMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Calls a real mode procedure, loading the appropriate registers values +; from the passed in structures. Only the DS and ES register are loaded +; from the SREGS structure. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_callRealMode + + ARG s:WORD, o:WORD, regs:DWORD, sregs:DWORD + + LOCAL addr:DWORD, bxVal:WORD, esVal:WORD, flags:WORD = LocalSize + + enter_c + push ds + push es + + mov ax,[o] ; Build the address to call in 'addr' + mov [WORD addr],ax + mov ax,[s] + mov [WORD addr+2],ax + + les bx,[sregs] + mov ax,[RMSREGS.ds] + mov ds,ax ; DS := passed in value + mov ax,[RMSREGS.es] + mov [esVal],ax + les bx,[regs] + mov ax,[RMREGS.bx] + mov [bxVal],ax + mov ax,[RMREGS.ax] ; AX := passed in value + mov cx,[RMREGS.cx] ; CX := passed in value + mov dx,[RMREGS.dx] ; DX := passed in value + mov si,[RMREGS.si] ; SI := passed in value + mov di,[RMREGS.di] ; DI := passed in value + push bp + push [esVal] + pop es ; ES := passed in value + mov bx,[bxVal] ; BX := passed in value + + call [addr] ; Call the specified routine + + pushf ; Save flags for later + pop [flags] + + pop bp + push es + pop [esVal] + push bx + pop [bxVal] + les bx,[sregs] + push ds + pop [RMSREGS.ds] ; Save value of DS + push [esVal] + pop [RMSREGS.es] ; Save value of ES + les bx,[regs] + mov [RMREGS.ax],ax ; Save value of AX + mov [RMREGS.cx],cx ; Save value of CX + mov [RMREGS.dx],dx ; Save value of DX + mov [RMREGS.si],si ; Save value of SI + mov [RMREGS.di],di ; Save value of DI + mov ax,[flags] ; Return flags + and ax,1h ; Isolate carry flag + mov [RMREGS.cflag],ax ; Save carry flag status + mov ax,[bxVal] + mov [RMREGS.bx],ax ; Save value of BX + + pop es + pop ds + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_segread(PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the current value of all segment registers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_segread + + ARG sregs:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov ax,es + _les _si,[sregs] + mov [_ES _si],ax + mov [_ES _si+2],cs + mov [_ES _si+4],ss + mov [_ES _si+6],ds + mov [_ES _si+8],fs + mov [_ES _si+10],gs + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +; Create a table of the 256 different interrupt calls that we can jump +; into + +ifdef USE_NASM + +%assign intno 0 + +intTable: +%rep 256 + db 0CDh + db intno +%assign intno intno + 1 + ret + nop +%endrep + +else + +intno = 0 + +intTable: + REPT 256 + db 0CDh + db intno +intno = intno + 1 + ret + nop + ENDM + +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_genInt - Generate the appropriate interrupt +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _PM_genInt + + push _ax ; Save _ax + push _bx ; Save _bx +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[UINT esp+12] ; EBX := interrupt number +else + mov bx,sp ; Make sure ESP is zeroed + mov bx,[UINT ss:bx+6] ; BX := interrupt number +endif + mov _ax,offset intTable ; Point to interrupt generation table + shl _bx,2 ; _BX := index into table + add _ax,_bx ; _AX := pointer to interrupt code +ifdef flatmodel + xchg eax,[esp+4] ; Restore eax, and set for int +else + mov bx,sp + xchg ax,[ss:bx+2] ; Restore ax, and set for int +endif + pop _bx ; restore _bx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_int386x(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out,PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Issues a software interrupt in protected mode. This routine has been +; written to allow user programs to load CS and DS with different values +; other than the default. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_int386x + + ARG intno:UINT, inptr:DPTR, outptr:DPTR, sregs:DPTR + + LOCAL flags:UINT, sv_ds:UINT, sv_esi:ULONG = LocalSize + + enter_c + push ds + push es ; Save segment registers + push fs + push gs + + _lds _si,[sregs] ; DS:_SI -> Load segment registers + mov es,[_si] + mov bx,[_si+6] + mov [sv_ds],_bx ; Save value of user DS on stack + mov fs,[_si+8] + mov gs,[_si+10] + + _lds _si,[inptr] ; Load CPU registers + mov eax,[_si] + mov ebx,[_si+4] + mov ecx,[_si+8] + mov edx,[_si+12] + mov edi,[_si+20] + mov esi,[_si+16] + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push _bp ; Some interrupts trash this! + clc ; Generate the interrupt + push [UINT intno] + mov ds,[WORD sv_ds] ; Set value of user's DS selector + call _PM_genInt + pop _bp ; Pop intno from stack (flags unchanged) + pop _bp ; Restore value of stack frame pointer + pop ds ; Restore value of DS + + pushf ; Save flags for later + pop [UINT flags] + push esi ; Save ESI for later + pop [DWORD sv_esi] + push ds ; Save DS for later + pop [UINT sv_ds] + + _lds _si,[outptr] ; Save CPU registers + mov [_si],eax + mov [_si+4],ebx + mov [_si+8],ecx + mov [_si+12],edx + push [DWORD sv_esi] + pop [DWORD _si+16] + mov [_si+20],edi + + mov _bx,[flags] ; Return flags + and ebx,1h ; Isolate carry flag + mov [_si+24],ebx ; Save carry flag status + + _lds _si,[sregs] ; Save segment registers + mov [_si],es + mov _bx,[sv_ds] + mov [_si+6],bx ; Get returned DS from stack + mov [_si+8],fs + mov [_si+10],gs + + pop gs ; Restore segment registers + pop fs + pop es + pop ds + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +ifndef flatmodel +_PM_savedDS dw _DATA ; Saved value of DS +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_saveDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Save the value of DS into a section of the code segment, so that we can +; quickly load this value at a later date in the PM_loadDS() routine from +; inside interrupt handlers etc. The method to do this is different +; depending on the DOS extender being used. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_saveDS + +ifdef flatmodel + mov [_PM_savedDS],ds ; Store away in data segment +endif + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_loadDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Routine to load the DS register with the default value for the current +; DOS extender. Only the DS register is loaded, not the ES register, so +; if you wish to call C code, you will need to also load the ES register +; in 32 bit protected mode. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_loadDS + + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] ; We can access the proper DS through CS + ret + +cprocend + +ifdef flatmodel + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ibool DPMI_allocateCallback(void (*pmcode)(), void *rmregs, long *RMCB) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _DPMI_allocateCallback + + ARG pmcode:CPTR, rmregs:DPTR, RMCB:DPTR + + enter_c + push ds + push es + + push cs + pop ds + mov esi,[pmcode] ; DS:ESI -> protected mode code to call + mov edi,[rmregs] ; ES:EDI -> real mode register buffer + mov ax,303h ; AX := allocate realmode callback function + int 31h + mov eax,0 ; Return failure! + jc @@Fail + + mov eax,[RMCB] + shl ecx,16 + mov cx,dx + mov [es:eax],ecx ; Return real mode address + mov eax,1 ; Return success! + +@@Fail: pop es + pop ds + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void DPMI_freeCallback(long RMCB) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _DPMI_freeCallback + + ARG RMCB:ULONG + + enter_c + + mov cx,[WORD RMCB+2] + mov dx,[WORD RMCB] ; CX:DX := real mode callback + mov ax,304h + int 31h + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endif + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _PM_readCMOS(int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_readCMOS + + ARG index:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + mov ah,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + sti + mov al,ah ; Return value in AL + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_writeCMOS + + ARG index:UINT, value:UCHAR + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + mov al,[value] + out 71h,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + sti + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +ifdef flatmodel + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _PM_pagingEnabled(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns 1 if paging is enabled, 0 if not or -1 if not at ring 0 +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_pagingEnabled + + mov eax,-1 +ifdef DOS4GW + mov cx,cs + and ecx,3 + jz @@Ring0 + cmp [UINT _PM_haveCauseWay],0 + jnz @@Ring0 + jmp @@Exit + +@@Ring0: + mov eax,cr0 ; Load CR0 + shr eax,31 ; Isolate paging enabled bit +endif +@@Exit: ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_getPDB - Return the Page Table Directory Base address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_getPDB + +ifdef DOS4GW + mov ax,cs + and eax,3 + jz @@Ring0 + cmp [UINT _PM_haveCauseWay],0 + jnz @@Ring0 +endif + +; Call VxD if running at ring 3 in a DOS box + + cmp [WORD _PM_VXD_sel],0 + jz @@Fail + mov eax,PMHELP_GETPDB +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_VXD_off] +else + call [FCPTR _PM_VXD_off] +endif + ret + +@@Ring0: +ifdef DOS4GW + mov eax,cr3 + and eax,0FFFFF000h + ret +endif +@@Fail: xor eax,eax + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_flushTLB - Flush the Translation Lookaside buffer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_flushTLB + + mov ax,cs + and eax,3 + jz @@Ring0 +ifdef DOS4GW + cmp [UINT _PM_haveCauseWay],0 + jnz @@Ring0 +endif + +; Call VxD if running at ring 3 in a DOS box + + cmp [WORD _PM_VXD_sel],0 + jz @@Fail + mov eax,PMHELP_FLUSHTLB +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_VXD_off] +else + call [FCPTR _PM_VXD_off] +endif + ret + +@@Ring0: +ifdef DOS4GW + wbinvd ; Flush the CPU cache + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB +endif +@@Fail: ret + +cprocend + +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_VxDCall(VXD_regs far *r,uint off,uint sel); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_VxDCall + + ARG r:DPTR, off:UINT, sel:UINT + + enter_c + +; Load all registers from the registers structure + + mov ebx,[r] + mov eax,[ebx+0] + mov ecx,[ebx+8] + mov edx,[ebx+12] + mov esi,[ebx+16] + mov edi,[ebx+20] + mov ebx,[ebx+4] ; Trashes BX structure pointer! + +; Call the VxD entry point (on stack) + +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [off] +else + call [FCPTR off] +endif + +; Save all registers back in the structure + + push ebx ; Push EBX onto stack for later + mov ebx,[r] + mov [ebx+0],eax + mov [ebx+8],ecx + mov [ebx+12],edx + mov [ebx+16],esi + mov [ebx+20],edi + pop [DWORD ebx+4] ; Save value of EBX from stack + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pmdos + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pmdos.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pmdos.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c741f346c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_pmdos.asm @@ -0,0 +1,1105 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: IBM PC Real mode and 16/32 bit protected mode +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* MSDOS interrupt handling. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pmdos ; Set up memory model + +; Define the size of our local stacks. For real mode code they cant be +; that big, but for 32 bit protected mode code we can make them nice and +; large so that complex C functions can be used. + +ifdef flatmodel +MOUSE_STACK EQU 4096 +TIMER_STACK EQU 4096 +KEY_STACK EQU 1024 +INT10_STACK EQU 1024 +IRQ_STACK EQU 1024 +else +MOUSE_STACK EQU 1024 +TIMER_STACK EQU 512 +KEY_STACK EQU 256 +INT10_STACK EQU 256 +IRQ_STACK EQU 256 +endif + +ifdef USE_NASM + +; Macro to load DS and ES registers with correct value. + +%imacro LOAD_DS 0 +%ifdef flatmodel + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] +%else + push ax + mov ax,_DATA + mov ds,ax + pop ax +%endif +%endmacro + +; Note that interrupts we disable interrupts during the following stack +; %imacro for correct operation, but we do not enable them again. Normally +; these %imacros are used within interrupt handlers so interrupts should +; already be off. We turn them back on explicitly later if the user code +; needs them to be back on. + +; Macro to switch to a new local stack. + +%imacro NEWSTK 1 + cli + mov [seg_%1],ss + mov [ptr_%1],_sp + mov [TempSeg],ds + mov ss,[TempSeg] + mov _sp,offset %1 +%endmacro + +; %imacro to switch back to the old stack. + +%imacro RESTSTK 1 + cli + mov ss,[seg_%1] + mov _sp,[ptr_%1] +%endmacro + +; %imacro to swap the current stack with the one saved away. + +%imacro SWAPSTK 1 + cli + mov ax,ss + xchg ax,[seg_%1] + mov ss,ax + xchg _sp,[ptr_%1] +%endmacro + +else + +; Macro to load DS and ES registers with correct value. + +MACRO LOAD_DS +ifdef flatmodel + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] +else + push ax + mov ax,_DATA + mov ds,ax + pop ax +endif +ENDM + +; Note that interrupts we disable interrupts during the following stack +; macro for correct operation, but we do not enable them again. Normally +; these macros are used within interrupt handlers so interrupts should +; already be off. We turn them back on explicitly later if the user code +; needs them to be back on. + +; Macro to switch to a new local stack. + +MACRO NEWSTK stkname + cli + mov [seg_&stkname&],ss + mov [ptr_&stkname&],_sp + mov [TempSeg],ds + mov ss,[TempSeg] + mov _sp,offset stkname +ENDM + +; Macro to switch back to the old stack. + +MACRO RESTSTK stkname + cli + mov ss,[seg_&stkname&] + mov _sp,[ptr_&stkname&] +ENDM + +; Macro to swap the current stack with the one saved away. + +MACRO SWAPSTK stkname + cli + mov ax,ss + xchg ax,[seg_&stkname&] + mov ss,ax + xchg _sp,[ptr_&stkname&] +ENDM + +endif + +begdataseg _pmdos + +ifdef flatmodel + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT +endif + cextern _PM_critHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_breakHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_timerHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_rtcHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_keyHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_key15Handler,CPTR + cextern _PM_mouseHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_int10Handler,CPTR + + cextern _PM_ctrlCPtr,DPTR + cextern _PM_ctrlBPtr,DPTR + cextern _PM_critPtr,DPTR + + cextern _PM_prevTimer,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevRTC,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevKey,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevKey15,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevBreak,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevCtrlC,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevCritical,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevRealTimer,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealRTC,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealKey,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealKey15,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealInt10,ULONG + +cpublic _PM_pmdosDataStart + +; Allocate space for all of the local stacks that we need. These stacks +; are not very large, but should be large enough for most purposes +; (generally you want to handle these interrupts quickly, simply storing +; the information for later and then returning). If you need bigger +; stacks then change the appropriate value in here. + + ALIGN 4 + dclb MOUSE_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +MsStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_MsStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_MsStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb INT10_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +Int10Stack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_Int10Stack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_Int10Stack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb TIMER_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +TmStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_TmStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_TmStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb TIMER_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +RtcStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_RtcStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_RtcStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment +RtcInside dw 0 ; Are we still handling current interrupt + + ALIGN 4 + dclb KEY_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +KyStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_KyStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_KyStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment +KyInside dw 0 ; Are we still handling current interrupt + + ALIGN 4 + dclb KEY_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +Ky15Stack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_Ky15Stack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_Ky15Stack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + +TempSeg dw 0 ; Place to store stack segment + +cpublic _PM_pmdosDataEnd + +enddataseg _pmdos + +begcodeseg _pmdos ; Start of code segment + +cpublic _PM_pmdosCodeStart + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_mouseISR - Mouse interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Interrupt subroutine called by the mouse driver upon interrupts, to +; dispatch control to high level C based subroutines. Interrupts are on +; when we call the user code. +; +; It is _extremely_ important to save the state of the extended registers +; as these may well be trashed by the routines called from here and not +; restored correctly by the mouse interface module. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. For mouse handlers this is not a +; problem, as the mouse driver arbitrates calls to the user mouse +; handler for us. +; +; Entry: AX - Condition mask giving reason for call +; BX - Mouse button state +; CX - Horizontal cursor coordinate +; DX - Vertical cursor coordinate +; SI - Horizontal mickey value +; DI - Vertical mickey value +; +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +ifdef DJGPP +cprocstart _PM_mouseISR +else +cprocfar _PM_mouseISR +endif + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + NEWSTK MsStack ; Switch to local stack + +; Call the installed high level C code routine + + clrhi dx ; Clear out high order values + clrhi cx + clrhi bx + clrhi ax + sgnhi si + sgnhi di + + push _di + push _si + push _dx + push _cx + push _bx + push _ax + sti ; Enable interrupts + call [CPTR _PM_mouseHandler] + _add sp,12,24 + + RESTSTK MsStack ; Restore previous stack + + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + ret ; We are done!! + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_timerISR - Timer interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the timer interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible, since a timer overrun will simply hang the +; system. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_timerISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + + NEWSTK TmStack ; Switch to local stack + call [CPTR _PM_timerHandler] + RESTSTK TmStack ; Restore previous stack + + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_chainPrevTimer - Chain to previous timer interrupt and return +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Chains to the previous timer interrupt routine and returns control +; back to the high level interrupt handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_chainPrevTimer + +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealTimer] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax + ret +else + SWAPSTK TmStack ; Swap back to previous stack + pushf ; Save state of interrupt flag + pushf ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevTimer] +else + call [_PM_prevTimer] +endif + popf ; Restore state of interrupt flag + SWAPSTK TmStack ; Swap back to C stack again + ret +endif + +cprocend + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_rtcISR - Real time clock interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the timer interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible, since a timer overrun will simply hang the +; system. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_rtcISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + +; Clear priority interrupt controller and re-enable interrupts so we +; dont lock things up for long. + + mov al,20h + out 0A0h,al + out 020h,al + +; Clear real-time clock timeout + + in al,70h ; Read CMOS index register + push _ax ; and save for later + IODELAYN 3 + mov al,0Ch + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + +; Call the C interrupt handler function + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + cmp [BYTE RtcInside],1 ; Check for mutual exclusion + je @@Exit + mov [BYTE RtcInside],1 + NEWSTK RtcStack ; Switch to local stack + sti ; Re-enable interrupts + call [CPTR _PM_rtcHandler] + RESTSTK RtcStack ; Restore previous stack + mov [BYTE RtcInside],0 + +@@Exit: pop _ax + out 70h,al ; Restore CMOS index register + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +ifdef flatmodel +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_irqISRTemplate - Hardware interrupt handler IRQ template +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for any interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_irqISRTemplate + + push ebx + mov ebx,0 ; Relocation adjustment factor + jmp __IRQEntry + +; Global variables stored in the IRQ thunk code segment + +_CHandler dd 0 ; Pointer to C interrupt handler +_PrevIRQ dd 0 ; Previous IRQ handler + dd 0 +_IRQ dd 0 ; IRQ we are hooked for +ptr_IRQStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_IRQStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment +_Inside db 0 ; Mutual exclusion flag + ALIGN 4 + dclb IRQ_STACK ; Space for local stack +_IRQStack: ; Stack starts at end! + +; Check for and reject spurious IRQ 7 signals + +__IRQEntry: + cmp [BYTE cs:ebx+_IRQ],7 ; Spurious IRQs occur only on IRQ 7 + jmp @@ValidIRQ + push eax + mov al,1011b ; OCW3: read ISR + out 20h,al ; (Intel Peripheral Components, 1991, + in al,20h ; p. 3-188) + shl al,1 ; Set C = bit 7 (IRQ 7) of ISR register + pop eax + jc @@ValidIRQ + iret ; Return from interrupt + +; Save all registers for duration of IRQ handler + +@@ValidIRQ: + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + +; Send an EOI to the PIC + + mov al,20h ; Send EOI to PIC + cmp [BYTE ebx+_IRQ],8 ; Clear PIC1 first if IRQ >= 8 + jb @@1 + out 0A0h,al +@@1: out 20h,al + +; Check for mutual exclusion + + cmp [BYTE ebx+_Inside],1 + je @@ChainOldHandler + mov [BYTE ebx+_Inside],1 + +; Call the C interrupt handler function + + mov [ebx+seg_IRQStack],ss ; Switch to local stack + mov [ebx+ptr_IRQStack],esp + mov [TempSeg],ds + mov ss,[TempSeg] + lea esp,[ebx+_IRQStack] + sti ; Re-enable interrupts + push ebx + call [DWORD ebx+_CHandler] + pop ebx + cli + mov ss,[ebx+seg_IRQStack] ; Restore previous stack + mov esp,[ebx+ptr_IRQStack] + or eax,eax + jz @@ChainOldHandler ; Chain if not handled for shared IRQ + +@@Exit: mov [BYTE ebx+_Inside],0 + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + pop ebx + iret ; Return from interrupt + +@@ChainOldHandler: + cmp [DWORD ebx+_PrevIRQ],0 + jz @@Exit + mov [BYTE ebx+_Inside],0 + mov eax,[DWORD ebx+_PrevIRQ] + mov ebx,[DWORD ebx+_PrevIRQ+4] + mov [DWORD _PrevIRQ],eax + mov [DWORD _PrevIRQ+4],ebx + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + pop ebx + jmp [cs:_PrevIRQ] ; Chain to previous IRQ handler + +cprocend +cpublic _PM_irqISRTemplateEnd +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_keyISR - keyboard interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the keyboard interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. However we ensure within this routine +; mutual exclusion to the keyboard handling routine. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_keyISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + + cmp [BYTE KyInside],1 ; Check for mutual exclusion + je @@Reissued + + mov [BYTE KyInside],1 + NEWSTK KyStack ; Switch to local stack + call [CPTR _PM_keyHandler] ; Call C code + RESTSTK KyStack ; Restore previous stack + mov [BYTE KyInside],0 + +@@Exit: popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +; When the BIOS keyboard handler needs to change the SHIFT status lights +; on the keyboard, in the process of doing this the keyboard controller +; re-issues another interrupt, while the current handler is still executing. +; If we recieve another interrupt while still handling the current one, +; then simply chain directly to the previous handler. +; +; Note that for most DOS extenders, the real mode interrupt handler that we +; install takes care of this for us. + +@@Reissued: +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax +else + pushf +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey] +else + call [_PM_prevKey] +endif +endif + jmp @@Exit + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_chainPrevkey - Chain to previous key interrupt and return +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Chains to the previous key interrupt routine and returns control +; back to the high level interrupt handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_chainPrevKey + +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax + ret +else + +; YIKES! For some strange reason, when execution returns from the +; previous keyboard handler, interrupts are re-enabled!! Since we expect +; interrupts to remain off during the duration of our handler, this can +; cause havoc. However our stack macros always turn off interrupts, so they +; will be off when we exit this routine. Obviously there is a tiny weeny +; window when interrupts will be enabled, but there is nothing we can +; do about this. + + SWAPSTK KyStack ; Swap back to previous stack + pushf ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey] +else + call [_PM_prevKey] +endif + SWAPSTK KyStack ; Swap back to C stack again + ret +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_key15ISR - Int 15h keyboard interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; This routine gets called if we have been called to handle the Int 15h +; keyboard interrupt callout from real mode. +; +; Entry: AX - Hardware scan code to process +; Exit: AX - Hardware scan code to process (0 to ignore) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_key15ISR + + push ds + push es + LOAD_DS + cmp ah,4Fh + jnz @@NotOurs ; Quit if not keyboard callout + + pushad + cld ; Clear direction flag + xor ah,ah ; AX := scan code + NEWSTK Ky15Stack ; Switch to local stack + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_key15Handler] ; Call C code + _add sp,2,4 + RESTSTK Ky15Stack ; Restore previous stack + test ax,ax + jz @@1 + stc ; Set carry to process as normal + jmp @@2 +@@1: clc ; Clear carry to ignore scan code +@@2: popad + jmp @@Exit ; We are done + +@@NotOurs: +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey15] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax +else + pushf +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey15] +else + call [_PM_prevKey15] +endif +endif +@@Exit: pop es + pop ds +ifdef flatmodel + retf 4 +else + retf 2 +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_breakISR - Control Break interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the Ctrl-Break interrupt. We simply set +; the Ctrl-Break flag to a 1 and leave (note that this is accessed through +; a far pointer, as it may well be located in conventional memory). +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_breakISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] +endif + mov [UINT _ES _bx],1 + +; Run alternate break handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_breakHandler],0 + je @@Exit + + pushad + mov _ax,1 + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_breakHandler] ; Call C code + pop _ax + popad + +@@Exit: pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_ctrlBreakHit(int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the Ctrl-Break flag and possibly clears it. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_ctrlBreakHit + + ARG clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] +endif + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + mov _ax,[_ES _bx] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@Done + mov [UINT _ES _bx],0 + +@@Done: pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_ctrlCISR - Control Break interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the Ctrl-C interrupt. We simply set +; the Ctrl-C flag to a 1 and leave (note that this is accessed through +; a far pointer, as it may well be located in conventional memory). +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_ctrlCISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] +endif + mov [UINT _ES _bx],1 + +; Run alternate break handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_breakHandler],0 + je @@Exit + + pushad + mov _ax,0 + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_breakHandler] ; Call C code + pop _ax + popad + +@@Exit: pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + iretd + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_ctrlCHit(int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the Ctrl-C flag and possibly clears it. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_ctrlCHit + + ARG clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] +endif + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + mov _ax,[_ES _bx] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@Done + mov [UINT _ES _bx],0 + +@@Done: + pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_criticalISR - Control Error handler interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Interrupt handler for the MSDOS Critical Error interrupt, to dispatch +; control to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all +; registers in this routine, and switch to a local stack. We also pass +; the values of the AX and DI registers to the as pointers, so that the +; values can be modified before returning to MSDOS. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_criticalISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx ; Save register values changed + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_critPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_critPtr] +endif + mov [_ES _bx],ax + mov [_ES _bx+2],di + +; Run alternate critical handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_critHandler],0 + je @@NoAltHandler + + pushad + push _di + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_critHandler] ; Call C code + _add sp,4,8 + popad + + pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +@@NoAltHandler: + mov ax,3 ; Tell MSDOS to fail the operation + pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_criticalError(int *axVal,int *diVal,int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the critical error flags, and the values that +; MSDOS passed in the AX and DI registers to our handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_criticalError + + ARG axVal:DPTR, diVal:DPTR, clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es +ifdef flatmodel + mov ebx,[_PM_critPtr] +else + les bx,[_PM_critPtr] +endif + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + xor _ax,_ax + xor _di,_di + mov ax,[_ES _bx] + mov di,[_ES _bx+2] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@NoClear + mov [ULONG _ES _bx],0 +@@NoClear: + _les _bx,[axVal] + mov [_ES _bx],_ax + _les _bx,[diVal] + mov [_ES _bx],_di + pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_setMouseHandler + + ARG mouseMask:UINT + + enter_c + push es + + mov ax,0Ch ; AX := Function 12 - install interrupt sub + mov _cx,[mouseMask] ; CX := mouse mask + mov _dx,offset _PM_mouseISR + push cs + pop es ; ES:_DX -> mouse handler + int 33h ; Call mouse driver + + pop es + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +ifdef flatmodel + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_mousePMCB(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Mouse realmode callback routine. Upon entry to this routine, we recieve +; the following from the DPMI server: +; +; Entry: DS:_SI -> Real mode stack at time of call +; ES:_DI -> Real mode register data structure +; SS:_SP -> Locked protected mode stack to use +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_mousePMCB + + pushad + mov eax,[es:_di+1Ch] ; Load register values from real mode + mov ebx,[es:_di+10h] + mov ecx,[es:_di+18h] + mov edx,[es:_di+14h] + mov esi,[es:_di+04h] + mov edi,[es:_di] + call _PM_mouseISR ; Call the mouse handler + popad + + mov ax,[ds:_si] + mov [es:_di+2Ah],ax ; Plug in return IP address + mov ax,[ds:_si+2] + mov [es:_di+2Ch],ax ; Plug in return CS value + add [WORD es:_di+2Eh],4 ; Remove return address from stack + iret ; Go back to real mode! + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_int10PMCB(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int10 realmode callback routine. Upon entry to this routine, we recieve +; the following from the DPMI server: +; +; Entry: DS:ESI -> Real mode stack at time of call +; ES:EDI -> Real mode register data structure +; SS:ESP -> Locked protected mode stack to use +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_int10PMCB + + pushad + push ds + push es + push fs + + pushfd + pop eax + mov [es:edi+20h],ax ; Save return flag status + mov ax,[ds:esi] + mov [es:edi+2Ah],ax ; Plug in return IP address + mov ax,[ds:esi+2] + mov [es:edi+2Ch],ax ; Plug in return CS value + add [WORD es:edi+2Eh],4 ; Remove return address from stack + +; Call the install int10 handler in protected mode. This function gets called +; with DS set to the current data selector, and ES:EDI pointing the the +; real mode DPMI register structure at the time of the interrupt. The +; handle must be written in assembler to be able to extract the real mode +; register values from the structure + + push es + pop fs ; FS:EDI -> real mode registers + LOAD_DS + NEWSTK Int10Stack ; Switch to local stack + + call [_PM_int10Handler] + + RESTSTK Int10Stack ; Restore previous stack + pop fs + pop es + pop ds + popad + iret ; Go back to real mode! + +cprocend + +endif + +cpublic _PM_pmdosCodeEnd + +endcodeseg _pmdos + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_vflat.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_vflat.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34985a9d8b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/_vflat.asm @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Based on original code Copyright 1994 Otto Chrons +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or later +;* Environment: IBM PC 32 bit protected mode +;* +;* Description: Low level page fault handler for virtual linear framebuffers. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + JUMPS + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _vflat ; Set up memory model + +VFLAT_START EQU 0F0000000h +VFLAT_END EQU 0F03FFFFFh +PAGE_PRESENT EQU 1 +PAGE_NOTPRESENT EQU 0 +PAGE_READ EQU 0 +PAGE_WRITE EQU 2 + +ifdef DOS4GW + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; DOS4G/W flat linear framebuffer emulation. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +begdataseg _vflat + +; Near pointers to the page directory base and our page tables. All of +; this memory is always located in the first Mb of DOS memory. + +PDBR dd 0 ; Page directory base register (CR3) +accessPageAddr dd 0 +accessPageTable dd 0 + +; CauseWay page directory & 1st page table linear addresses. + +CauseWayDIRLinear dd 0 +CauseWay1stLinear dd 0 + +; Place to store a copy of the original Page Table Directory before we +; intialised our virtual buffer code. + +pageDirectory: resd 1024 ; Saved page table directory + +ValidCS dw 0 ; Valid CS for page faults +Ring0CS dw 0 ; Our ring 0 code selector +LastPage dd 0 ; Last page we mapped in +BankFuncBuf: resb 101 ; Place to store bank switch code +BankFuncPtr dd offset BankFuncBuf + +INT14Gate: +INT14Offset dd 0 ; eip of original vector +INT14Selector dw 0 ; cs of original vector + + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + cextern VF_haveCauseWay,BOOL + +enddataseg _vflat + +begcodeseg _vflat ; Start of code segment + + cextern VF_malloc,FPTR + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PF_handler64k - Page fault handler for 64k banks +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; The handler below is a 32 bit ring 0 page fault handler. It receives +; control immediately after any page fault or after an IRQ6 (hardware +; interrupt). This provides the fastest possible handling of page faults +; since it jump directly here. If this is a page fault, the number +; immediately on the stack will be an error code, at offset 4 will be +; the eip of the faulting instruction, at offset 8 will be the cs of the +; faulting instruction. If it is a hardware interrupt, it will not have +; the error code and the eflags will be at offset 8. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar PF_handler64k + +; Check if this is a processor exeception or a page fault + + push eax + mov ax,[cs:ValidCS] ; Use CS override to access data + cmp [ss:esp+12],ax ; Is this a page fault? + jne @@ToOldHandler ; Nope, jump to the previous handler + +; Get address of page fault and check if within our handlers range + + mov eax,cr2 ; EBX has page fault linear address + cmp eax,VFLAT_START ; Is the fault less than ours? + jb @@ToOldHandler ; Yep, go to previous handler + cmp eax,VFLAT_END ; Is the fault more than ours? + jae @@ToOldHandler ; Yep, go to previous handler + +; This is our page fault, so we need to handle it + + pushad + push ds + push es + mov ebx,eax ; EBX := page fault address + and ebx,invert 0FFFFh ; Mask to 64k bank boundary + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS]; Load segment registers + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + +; Map in the page table for our virtual framebuffer area for modification + + mov edi,[PDBR] ; EDI points to page directory + mov edx,ebx ; EDX = linear address + shr edx,22 ; EDX = offset to page directory + mov edx,[edx*4+edi] ; EDX = physical page table address + mov eax,edx + mov edx,[accessPageTable] + or eax,7 + mov [edx],eax + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + +; Mark all pages valid for the new page fault area + + mov esi,ebx ; ESI := linear address for page + shr esi,10 + and esi,0FFFh ; Offset into page table + add esi,[accessPageAddr] +ifdef USE_NASM +%assign off 0 +%rep 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0000000001h ; Enable pages +%assign off off+4 +%endrep +else +off = 0 +REPT 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0000000001h ; Enable pages +off = off+4 +ENDM +endif + +; Mark all pages invalid for the previously mapped area + + xchg esi,[LastPage] ; Save last page for next page fault + test esi,esi + jz @@DoneMapping ; Dont update if first time round +ifdef USE_NASM +%assign off 0 +%rep 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0FFFFFFFEh ; Disable pages +%assign off off+4 +%endrep +else +off = 0 +REPT 16 + and [DWORD esi+off],0FFFFFFFEh ; Disable pages +off = off+4 +ENDM +endif + +@@DoneMapping: + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + +; Now program the new SuperVGA starting bank address + + mov eax,ebx ; EAX := page fault address + shr eax,16 + and eax,0FFh ; Mask to 0-255 + call [BankFuncPtr] ; Call the bank switch function + + pop es + pop ds + popad + pop eax + add esp,4 ; Pop the error code from stack + iretd ; Return to faulting instruction + +@@ToOldHandler: + pop eax +ifdef USE_NASM + jmp far dword [cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +else + jmp [FWORD cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PF_handler4k - Page fault handler for 4k banks +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; The handler below is a 32 bit ring 0 page fault handler. It receives +; control immediately after any page fault or after an IRQ6 (hardware +; interrupt). This provides the fastest possible handling of page faults +; since it jump directly here. If this is a page fault, the number +; immediately on the stack will be an error code, at offset 4 will be +; the eip of the faulting instruction, at offset 8 will be the cs of the +; faulting instruction. If it is a hardware interrupt, it will not have +; the error code and the eflags will be at offset 8. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar PF_handler4k + +; Fill in when we have tested all the 64Kb code + +ifdef USE_NASM + jmp far dword [cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +else + jmp [FWORD cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void InstallFaultHandler(void *baseAddr,int bankSize) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Installes the page fault handler directly int the interrupt descriptor +; table for maximum performance. This of course requires ring 0 access, +; but none of this stuff will run without ring 0! +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InstallFaultHandler + + ARG baseAddr:ULONG, bankSize:UINT + + enter_c + + mov [DWORD LastPage],0 ; No pages have been mapped + mov ax,cs + mov [ValidCS],ax ; Save CS value for page faults + +; Put address of our page fault handler into the IDT directly + + sub esp,6 ; Allocate space on stack +ifdef USE_NASM + sidt [ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +else + sidt [FWORD ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +endif + pop ax ; add esp,2 + pop eax ; Absolute address of IDT + add eax,14*8 ; Point to Int #14 + +; Note that Interrupt gates do not have the high and low word of the +; offset in adjacent words in memory, there are 4 bytes separating them. + + mov ecx,[eax] ; Get cs and low 16 bits of offset + mov edx,[eax+6] ; Get high 16 bits of offset in dx + shl edx,16 + mov dx,cx ; edx has offset + mov [INT14Offset],edx ; Save offset + shr ecx,16 + mov [INT14Selector],cx ; Save original cs + mov [eax+2],cs ; Install new cs + mov edx,offset PF_handler64k + cmp [UINT bankSize],4 + jne @@1 + mov edx,offset PF_handler4k +@@1: mov [eax],dx ; Install low word of offset + shr edx,16 + mov [eax+6],dx ; Install high word of offset + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void RemoveFaultHandler(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Closes down the virtual framebuffer services and restores the previous +; page fault handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart RemoveFaultHandler + + enter_c + +; Remove page fault handler from IDT + + sub esp,6 ; Allocate space on stack +ifdef USE_NASM + sidt [ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +else + sidt [FWORD ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +endif + + pop ax ; add esp,2 + pop eax ; Absolute address of IDT + add eax,14*8 ; Point to Int #14 + mov cx,[INT14Selector] + mov [eax+2],cx ; Restore original CS + mov edx,[INT14Offset] + mov [eax],dx ; Install low word of offset + shr edx,16 + mov [eax+6],dx ; Install high word of offset + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void InstallBankFunc(int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Installs the bank switch function by relocating it into our data segment +; and making it into a callable function. We do it this way to make the +; code identical to the way that the VflatD devices work under Windows. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InstallBankFunc + + ARG codeLen:UINT, bankFunc:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov esi,[bankFunc] ; Copy the code into buffer + mov edi,offset BankFuncBuf + mov ecx,[codeLen] + rep movsb + mov [BYTE edi],0C3h ; Terminate the function with a near ret + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int InitPaging(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Initializes paging system. If paging is not enabled, builds a page table +; directory and page tables for physical memory +; +; Exit: 0 - Successful +; -1 - Couldn't initialize paging mechanism +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InitPaging + + push ebx + push ecx + push edx + push esi + push edi + +; Are we running under CauseWay? + + mov ax,0FFF9h + int 31h + jc @@NotCauseway + cmp ecx,"CAUS" + jnz @@NotCauseway + cmp edx,"EWAY" + jnz @@NotCauseway + + mov [BOOL VF_haveCauseWay],1 + mov [CauseWayDIRLinear],esi + mov [CauseWay1stLinear],edi + +; Check for DPMI + + mov ax,0ff00h + push es + int 31h + pop es + shr edi,2 + and edi,3 + cmp edi,2 + jz @@ErrExit ; Not supported under DPMI + + mov eax,[CauseWayDIRLinear] + jmp @@CopyCR3 + +@@NotCauseway: + mov ax,cs + test ax,3 ; Which ring are we running + jnz @@ErrExit ; Needs zero ring to access + ; page tables (CR3) + mov eax,cr0 ; Load CR0 + test eax,80000000h ; Is paging enabled? + jz @@ErrExit ; No, we must have paging! + + mov eax,cr3 ; Load directory address + and eax,0FFFFF000h + +@@CopyCR3: + mov [PDBR],eax ; Save it + mov esi,eax + mov edi,offset pageDirectory + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep movsd ; Copy the original page table directory + cmp [DWORD accessPageAddr],0; Check if we have allocated page + jne @@HaveRealMem ; table already (we cant free it) + + mov eax,0100h ; DPMI DOS allocate + mov ebx,8192/16 + int 31h ; Allocate 8192 bytes + and eax,0FFFFh + shl eax,4 ; EAX points to newly allocated memory + add eax,4095 + and eax,0FFFFF000h ; Page align + mov [accessPageAddr],eax + +@@HaveRealMem: + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] ; EAX -> page table in 1st Mb + shr eax,12 + and eax,3FFh ; Page table offset + shl eax,2 + cmp [BOOL VF_haveCauseWay],0 + jz @@NotCW0 + mov ebx,[CauseWay1stLinear] + jmp @@Put1st + +@@NotCW0: + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov ebx,[ebx] + and ebx,0FFFFF000h ; Page table for 1st megabyte + +@@Put1st: + add eax,ebx + mov [accessPageTable],eax + sub eax,eax ; No error + jmp @@Exit + +@@ErrExit: + mov eax,-1 + +@@Exit: pop edi + pop esi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void ClosePaging(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Closes the paging system +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart ClosePaging + + push eax + push ecx + push edx + push esi + push edi + + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] + call AccessPage ; Restore AccessPage mapping + mov edi,[PDBR] + mov esi,offset pageDirectory + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep movsd ; Restore the original page table directory + +@@Exit: pop edi + pop esi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop eax + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; long AccessPage(long phys) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Maps a known page to given physical memory +; Entry: EAX - Physical memory +; Exit: EAX - Linear memory address of mapped phys mem +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic AccessPage + + push edx + mov edx,[accessPageTable] + or eax,7 + mov [edx],eax + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] + pop edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; long GetPhysicalAddress(long linear) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the physical address of linear address +; Entry: EAX - Linear address to convert +; Exit: EAX - Physical address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic GetPhysicalAddress + + push ebx + push edx + mov edx,eax + shr edx,22 ; EDX is the directory offset + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov edx,[edx*4+ebx] ; Load page table address + push eax + mov eax,edx + call AccessPage ; Access the page table + mov edx,eax + pop eax + shr eax,12 + and eax,03FFh ; EAX offset into page table + mov eax,[edx+eax*4] ; Load physical address + and eax,0FFFFF000h + pop edx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void CreatePageTable(long pageDEntry) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Creates a page table for specific address (4MB) +; Entry: EAX - Page directory entry (top 10-bits of address) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic CreatePageTable + + push ebx + push ecx + push edx + push edi + mov ebx,eax ; Save address + mov eax,8192 + push eax + call VF_malloc ; Allocate page table directory + add esp,4 + add eax,0FFFh + and eax,0FFFFF000h ; Page align (4KB) + mov edi,eax ; Save page table linear address + sub eax,eax ; Fill with zero + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep stosd ; Clear page table + sub edi,4096 + mov eax,edi + call GetPhysicalAddress + mov edx,[PDBR] + or eax,7 ; Present/write/user bit + mov [edx+ebx*4],eax ; Save physical address into page directory + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + pop edi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void MapPhysical2Linear(ulong pAddr, ulong lAddr, int pages, int flags); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Maps physical memory into linear memory +; Entry: pAddr - Physical address +; lAddr - Linear address +; pages - Number of 4K pages to map +; flags - Page flags +; bit 0 = present +; bit 1 = Read(0)/Write(1) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart MapPhysical2Linear + + ARG pAddr:ULONG, lAddr:ULONG, pages:UINT, pflags:UINT + + enter_c + + and [ULONG pAddr],0FFFFF000h; Page boundary + and [ULONG lAddr],0FFFFF000h; Page boundary + mov ecx,[pflags] + and ecx,11b ; Just two bits + or ecx,100b ; Supervisor bit + mov [pflags],ecx + + mov edx,[lAddr] + shr edx,22 ; EDX = Directory + mov esi,[PDBR] + mov edi,[pages] ; EDI page count + mov ebx,[lAddr] + +@@CreateLoop: + mov ecx,[esi+edx*4] ; Load page table address + test ecx,1 ; Is it present? + jnz @@TableOK + mov eax,edx + call CreatePageTable ; Create a page table +@@TableOK: + mov eax,ebx + shr eax,12 + and eax,3FFh + sub eax,1024 + neg eax ; EAX = page count in this table + inc edx ; Next table + mov ebx,0 ; Next time we'll map 1K pages + sub edi,eax ; Subtract mapped pages from page count + jns @@CreateLoop ; Create more tables if necessary + + mov ecx,[pages] ; ECX = Page count + mov esi,[lAddr] + shr esi,12 ; Offset part isn't needed + mov edi,[pAddr] +@@MappingLoop: + mov eax,esi + shr eax,10 ; EAX = offset to page directory + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov eax,[eax*4+ebx] ; EAX = page table address + call AccessPage + mov ebx,esi + and ebx,3FFh ; EBX = offset to page table + mov edx,edi + add edi,4096 ; Next physical address + inc esi ; Next linear page + or edx,[pflags] ; Update flags... + mov [eax+ebx*4],edx ; Store page table entry + loop @@MappingLoop + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _vflat + +endif + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee117c78e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: DOS +* +* Description: MSDOS specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External timing function */ + +void __ZTimerInit(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for DOS because we don't have thread priorities. +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for DOS because we don't have thread priorities. +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) (void)(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + ulong resolution; + + __ZTimerInit(); + ULZTimerResolution(&resolution); + freq->low = (ulong)(10000000000.0 / resolution); + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + (t)->low = ULZReadTime() * 10000L; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12ecb298bc --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit DOS +* +* Description: 32-bit DOS implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +ibool _VARAPI _EVT_useEvents = true; /* True to use event handling */ +ibool _VARAPI _EVT_installed = 0; /* Event handers installed? */ +uchar _VARAPI *_EVT_biosPtr = NULL; /* Pointer to the BIOS data area */ +static ibool haveMouse = false; /* True if we have a mouse */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler functions */ + +void EVTAPI _EVT_pollJoystick(void); +uint EVTAPI _EVT_disableInt(void); +uint EVTAPI _EVT_restoreInt(uint flags); +void EVTAPI _EVT_codeStart(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_codeEnd(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeStart(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeEnd(void); +int EVTAPI _EVT_getKeyCode(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_pumpMessages(void); +int EVTAPI EVT_rdinx(int port,int index); +void EVTAPI EVT_wrinx(int port,int index,int value); + +#ifdef NO_KEYBOARD_INTERRUPT +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to pump all keyboard messages from the BIOS keyboard +handler into our event queue. This can be used to avoid using the +installable keyboard handler if this is causing problems. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EVTAPI _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + uint key,ps; + + /* Since the keyboard ISR has not been installed if NO_IDE_BUG has + * been defined, we first check for any pending keyboard events + * here, and if there are some insert them into the event queue to + * be picked up later - what a kludge. + */ + while ((key = _EVT_getKeyCode()) != 0) { + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + addKeyEvent(EVT_KEYDOWN, key); + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + + regs.x.ax = 0x0B; // Reset Move Mouse + PM_int86(0x33,®s,®s); +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + return (ulong)PM_getLong(_EVT_biosPtr+0x6C) * 55UL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Reboots the machine from DOS (warm boot) +****************************************************************************/ +static void Reboot(void) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + ushort *rebootType = PM_mapRealPointer(0x40,0x72); + *rebootType = 0x1234; + PM_callRealMode(0xFFFF,0x0000,®s,&sregs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Include generic raw scancode keyboard module. +****************************************************************************/ +#define SUPPORT_CTRL_ALT_DEL +#include "common/keyboard.c" + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function fools the DOS mouse driver into thinking that it is running +in graphics mode, rather than text mode so we always get virtual coordinates +correctly rather than character coordinates. +****************************************************************************/ +int _EVT_foolMouse(void) +{ + int oldmode = PM_getByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x49); + PM_setByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x49,0x10); + oldmode |= (EVT_rdinx(0x3C4,0x2) << 8); + return oldmode; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function unfools the DOS mouse driver after we have finished calling it. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_unfoolMouse( + int oldmode) +{ + PM_setByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x49,oldmode); + + /* Some mouse drivers reset the plane mask register for VGA plane 4 + * modes, which screws up the display on some VGA compatible controllers + * in SuperVGA modes. We reset the value back again in here to solve + * the problem. + */ + EVT_wrinx(0x3C4,0x2,oldmode >> 8); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determines if we have a mouse attached and functioning. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool detectMouse(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + uchar *p; + ibool retval; + + regs.x.ax = 0x3533; /* Get interrupt vector 0x33 */ + PM_int86x(0x21,®s,®s,&sregs); + + /* Check that interrupt vector 0x33 is not a zero, and that the first + * instruction in the interrupt vector is not an IRET instruction + */ + p = PM_mapRealPointer(sregs.es, regs.x.bx); + retval = ((sregs.es != 0) || (regs.x.bx != 0)) && (PM_getByte(p) != 207); + return retval; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +what - Event code +message - Event message +x,y - Mouse position at time of event +but_stat - Mouse button status at time of event + +REMARKS: +Adds a new mouse event to the event queue. This routine is called from within +the mouse interrupt subroutine, so it must be efficient. + +NOTE: Interrupts MUST be OFF while this routine is called to ensure we have + mutually exclusive access to our internal data structures for + interrupt driven systems (like under DOS). +****************************************************************************/ +static void addMouseEvent( + uint what, + uint message, + int x, + int y, + int mickeyX, + int mickeyY, + uint but_stat) +{ + event_t evt; + + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Save information in event record. */ + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + evt.what = what; + evt.message = message; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + evt.where_x = x; /* Save mouse event position */ + evt.where_y = y; + evt.relative_x = mickeyX; + evt.relative_y = mickeyY; + evt.modifiers |= EVT.keyModifiers; + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mask - Event mask +butstate - Button state +x - Mouse x coordinate +y - Mouse y coordinate + +REMARKS: +Mouse event handling routine. This gets called when a mouse event occurs, +and we call the addMouseEvent() routine to add the appropriate mouse event +to the event queue. + +Note: Interrupts are ON when this routine is called by the mouse driver code. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EVTAPI mouseISR( + uint mask, + uint butstate, + int x, + int y, + int mickeyX, + int mickeyY) +{ + uint ps; + uint buttonMask; + + if (mask & 1) { + /* Save the current mouse coordinates */ + EVT.mx = x; EVT.my = y; + + /* If the last event was a movement event, then modify the last + * event rather than post a new one, so that the queue will not + * become saturated. Before we modify the data structures, we + * MUST ensure that interrupts are off. + */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + if (EVT.oldMove != -1) { + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_x = x; /* Modify existing one */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_y = y; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_x += mickeyX; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_y += mickeyY; + } + else { + EVT.oldMove = EVT.freeHead; /* Save id of this move event */ + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEMOVE,0,x,y,mickeyX,mickeyY,butstate); + } + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + if (mask & 0x2A) { + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + buttonMask = 0; + if (mask & 2) buttonMask |= EVT_LEFTBMASK; + if (mask & 8) buttonMask |= EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + if (mask & 32) buttonMask |= EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEDOWN,buttonMask,x,y,0,0,butstate); + EVT.oldMove = -1; + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + if (mask & 0x54) { + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + buttonMask = 0; + if (mask & 2) buttonMask |= EVT_LEFTBMASK; + if (mask & 8) buttonMask |= EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + if (mask & 32) buttonMask |= EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEUP,buttonMask,x,y,0,0,butstate); + EVT.oldMove = -1; + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + EVT.oldKey = -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Keyboard interrupt handler function. + +NOTE: Interrupts are OFF when this routine is called by the keyboard ISR, + and we leave them OFF the entire time. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EVTAPI keyboardISR(void) +{ + processRawScanCode(PM_inpb(0x60)); + PM_outpb(0x20,0x20); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int i; + + PM_init(); + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + _EVT_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + EVT_resume(); + + /* Grab all characters pending in the keyboard buffer and stuff + * them into our event buffer. This allows us to pick up any keypresses + * while the program is initialising. + */ + while ((i = _EVT_getKeyCode()) != 0) + addKeyEvent(EVT_KEYDOWN,i); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_resume(void) +{ + static int locked = 0; + int stat; + uchar mods; + PM_lockHandle lh; /* Unused in DOS */ + + if (_EVT_useEvents) { + /* Initialise the event queue and enable our interrupt handlers */ + initEventQueue(); +#ifndef NO_KEYBOARD_INTERRUPT + PM_setKeyHandler(keyboardISR); +#endif +#ifndef NO_MOUSE_INTERRUPT + if ((haveMouse = detectMouse()) != 0) { + int oldmode = _EVT_foolMouse(); + PM_setMouseHandler(0xFFFF,mouseISR); + _EVT_unfoolMouse(oldmode); + } +#endif + + /* Read the keyboard modifier flags from the BIOS to get the + * correct initialisation state. The only state we care about is + * the correct toggle state flags such as SCROLLLOCK, NUMLOCK and + * CAPSLOCK. + */ + EVT.keyModifiers = 0; + mods = PM_getByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17); + if (mods & 0x10) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_SCROLLLOCK; + if (mods & 0x20) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_NUMLOCK; + if (mods & 0x40) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_CAPSLOCK; + + /* Lock all of the code and data used by our protected mode interrupt + * handling routines, so that it will continue to work correctly + * under real mode. + */ + if (!locked) { + /* It is difficult to ensure that we lock our global data, so we + * do this by taking the address of a variable locking all data + * 2Kb on either side. This should properly cover the global data + * used by the module (the other alternative is to declare the + * variables in assembler, in which case we know it will be + * correct). + */ + stat = !PM_lockDataPages(&EVT,sizeof(EVT),&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockDataPages(&_EVT_biosPtr,sizeof(_EVT_biosPtr),&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_EVT_cCodeStart,(int)_EVT_cCodeEnd-(int)_EVT_cCodeStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_EVT_codeStart,(int)_EVT_codeEnd-(int)_EVT_codeStart,&lh); + if (stat) { + PM_fatalError("Page locking services failed - interrupt handling not safe!"); + exit(1); + } + locked = 1; + } + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); + _EVT_installed = true; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (haveMouse) { + int oldmode = _EVT_foolMouse(); + PM_resetMouseDriver(1); + regs.x.ax = 7; /* Mouse function 7 - Set horizontal min and max */ + regs.x.cx = 0; + regs.x.dx = xRes; + PM_int86(0x33,®s,®s); + regs.x.ax = 8; /* Mouse function 8 - Set vertical min and max */ + regs.x.cx = 0; + regs.x.dx = yRes; + PM_int86(0x33,®s,®s); + _EVT_unfoolMouse(oldmode); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_setMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (haveMouse) { + int oldmode = _EVT_foolMouse(); + regs.x.ax = 4; /* Mouse function 4 - Set mouse position */ + regs.x.cx = *x; /* New horizontal coordinate */ + regs.x.dx = *y; /* New vertical coordinate */ + PM_int86(0x33,®s,®s); + _EVT_unfoolMouse(oldmode); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_suspend(void) +{ + uchar mods; + + if (_EVT_installed) { + /* Restore the interrupt handlers */ + PM_restoreKeyHandler(); + if (haveMouse) + PM_restoreMouseHandler(); + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + /* Set the keyboard modifier flags in the BIOS to our values */ + EVT_allowLEDS(true); + mods = PM_getByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17) & ~0x70; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_SCROLLLOCK) + mods |= 0x10; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_NUMLOCK) + mods |= 0x20; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_CAPSLOCK) + mods |= 0x40; + PM_setByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17,mods); + + /* Flag that we are no longer installed */ + _EVT_installed = false; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_exit(void) +{ + EVT_suspend(); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35e8e00f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit DOS +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..71acd6894e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,2243 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 16/32 bit DOS +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "ztimerc.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "pm_help.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <dos.h> +#include <conio.h> +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/nearptr.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#else +#include <direct.h> +#endif +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn -par +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +typedef struct { + int oldMode; + int old50Lines; + } DOS_stateBuf; + +#define MAX_RM_BLOCKS 10 + +static struct { + void *p; + uint tag; + } rmBlocks[MAX_RM_BLOCKS]; + +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL; /* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; +ushort _VARAPI _PM_savedDS = 0; +#ifdef DOS4GW +static ulong PDB = 0,*pPDB = NULL; +#endif +#ifndef REALMODE +static char VXD_name[] = PMHELP_NAME; +static char VXD_module[] = PMHELP_MODULE; +static char VXD_DDBName[] = PMHELP_DDBNAME; +static uint VXD_version = -1; +static uint VXD_loadOff = 0; +static uint VXD_loadSel = 0; +uint _VARAPI _PM_VXD_off = 0; +uint _VARAPI _PM_VXD_sel = 0; +int _VARAPI _PM_haveCauseWay = -1; + +/* Memory mapping cache */ + +#define MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS 100 +typedef struct { + ulong physical; + ulong linear; + ulong limit; + } mmapping; +static mmapping maps[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS] = {0}; +static int numMaps = 0; + +/* Page sized block cache */ + +#define PAGES_PER_BLOCK 100 +#define FREELIST_NEXT(p) (*(void**)(p)) +typedef struct pageblock { + struct pageblock *next; + struct pageblock *prev; + void *freeListStart; + void *freeList; + void *freeListEnd; + int freeCount; + } pageblock; +static pageblock *pageBlocks = NULL; +#endif + +/* Start of all page tables in CauseWay */ + +#define CW_PAGE_TABLE_START (1024UL*4096UL*1023UL) + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler functions */ + +ulong _ASMAPI _PM_getPDB(void); +int _ASMAPI _PM_pagingEnabled(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_VxDCall(VXD_regs *regs,uint off,uint sel); + +#ifndef REALMODE +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Exit function to unload the dynamically loaded VxD +****************************************************************************/ +static void UnloadVxD(void) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + VXD_regs r; + + r.eax = 2; + r.ebx = 0; + r.edx = (uint)VXD_module; + PM_segread(&sregs); +#ifdef __16BIT__ + r.ds = ((ulong)VXD_module) >> 16; +#else + r.ds = sregs.ds; +#endif + r.es = sregs.es; + _PM_VxDCall(&r,VXD_loadOff,VXD_loadSel); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +External function to call the PMHELP helper VxD. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_VxDCall( + VXD_regs *regs) +{ + if (_PM_VXD_sel != 0 || _PM_VXD_off != 0) + _PM_VxDCall(regs,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +BCD coded version number of the VxD, or 0 if not loaded (ie: 0x202 - 2.2) + +REMARKS: +This function gets the version number for the VxD that we have connected to. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PMHELP_getVersion(void) +{ + VXD_regs r; + + /* Call the helper VxD to determine the version number */ + if (_PM_VXD_sel != 0 || _PM_VXD_off != 0) { + memset(&r,0,sizeof(r)); + r.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_GETVER); + _PM_VxDCall(&r,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return VXD_version = (uint)r.eax; + } + return VXD_version = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Connects to the helper VxD and returns the version number + +RETURNS: +True if the VxD was found and loaded, false otherwise. + +REMARKS: +This function connects to the VxD (loading it if it is dynamically loadable) +and returns the version number of the VxD. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool PMHELP_connect(void) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + VXD_regs r; + + /* Bail early if we have alread connected */ + if (VXD_version != -1) + return VXD_version != 0; + + /* Get the static SDDHELP.VXD entry point if available */ + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x1684; + regs.x.bx = SDDHELP_DeviceID; + regs.x.di = 0; + sregs.es = 0; + PM_int386x(0x2F,®s,®s,&sregs); + _PM_VXD_sel = sregs.es; + _PM_VXD_off = regs.x.di; + if (_PM_VXD_sel != 0 || _PM_VXD_off != 0) { + if (PMHELP_getVersion() >= PMHELP_VERSION) + return true; + } + + /* If we get here, then either SDDHELP.VXD is not loaded, or it is an + * earlier version. In this case try to dynamically load the PMHELP.VXD + * helper VxD instead. + */ + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x1684; + regs.x.bx = VXDLDR_DeviceID; + regs.x.di = 0; + sregs.es = 0; + PM_int386x(0x2F,®s,®s,&sregs); + VXD_loadSel = sregs.es; + VXD_loadOff = regs.x.di; + if (VXD_loadSel == 0 && VXD_loadOff == 0) + return VXD_version = 0; + r.eax = 1; + r.ebx = 0; + r.edx = (uint)VXD_name; + PM_segread(&sregs); + r.ds = sregs.ds; + r.es = sregs.es; + _PM_VxDCall(&r,VXD_loadOff,VXD_loadSel); + if (r.eax != 0) + return VXD_version = 0; + + /* Get the dynamic VxD entry point so we can call it */ + atexit(UnloadVxD); + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x1684; + regs.x.bx = 0; + regs.e.edi = (uint)VXD_DDBName; + PM_int386x(0x2F,®s,®s,&sregs); + _PM_VXD_sel = sregs.es; + _PM_VXD_off = regs.x.di; + if (_PM_VXD_sel == 0 && _PM_VXD_off == 0) + return VXD_version = 0; + if (PMHELP_getVersion() >= PMHELP_VERSION) + return true; + return VXD_version = 0; +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library. First we try to connect to a static SDDHELP.VXD +helper VxD, and check that it is a version we can use. If not we try to +dynamically load the PMHELP.VXD helper VxD +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + PMREGS regs; + + /* Check if we are running under CauseWay under real DOS */ + if (_PM_haveCauseWay == -1) { + /* Check if we are running under DPMI in which case we will not be + * able to use our special ring 0 CauseWay functions. + */ + _PM_haveCauseWay = false; + regs.x.ax = 0xFF00; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + if (regs.x.cflag || !(regs.e.edi & 8)) { + /* We are not under DPMI, so now check if CauseWay is active */ + regs.x.ax = 0xFFF9; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + if (!regs.x.cflag && regs.e.ecx == 0x43415553 && regs.e.edx == 0x45574159) + _PM_haveCauseWay = true; + } + + /* Now connect to PMHELP.VXD and initialise MTRR module */ + if (!PMHELP_connect()) + MTRR_init(); + } +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + VXD_regs regs; + + if (PMHELP_connect()) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_ENABLELFBCOMB); + regs.ebx = base; + regs.ecx = size; + regs.edx = type; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return regs.eax; + } + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +#else + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; +#endif +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return true; } + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_DOS; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ +#if defined(REALMODE) + return PM_realMode; +#elif defined(PM286) + return PM_286; +#elif defined(PM386) + return PM_386; +#endif +} + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +static void ExitVBEBuf(void) +{ + if (VESABuf_ptr) + PM_freeRealSeg(VESABuf_ptr); + VESABuf_ptr = 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf(uint *len,uint *rseg,uint *roff) +{ + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + atexit(ExitVBEBuf); + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int386(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return PM_int386x(intno,in,out,&sregs); +} + +/* Routines to set and get the real mode interrupt vectors, by making + * direct real mode calls to DOS and bypassing the DOS extenders API. + * This is the safest way to handle this, as some servers try to be + * smart about changing real mode vectors. + */ + +void PMAPI _PM_getRMvect(int intno, long *realisr) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.h.ah = 0x35; + regs.h.al = intno; + PM_int86x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + *realisr = ((long)sregs.es << 16) | regs.x.bx; +} + +void PMAPI _PM_setRMvect(int intno, long realisr) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.h.ah = 0x25; + regs.h.al = intno; + sregs.ds = (int)(realisr >> 16); + regs.x.dx = (int)(realisr & 0xFFFF); + PM_int86x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); +} + +void PMAPI _PM_addRealModeBlock(void *mem,uint tag) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_RM_BLOCKS; i++) { + if (rmBlocks[i].p == NULL) { + rmBlocks[i].p = mem; + rmBlocks[i].tag = tag; + return; + } + } + PM_fatalError("To many real mode memory block allocations!"); +} + +uint PMAPI _PM_findRealModeBlock(void *mem) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_RM_BLOCKS; i++) { + if (rmBlocks[i].p == mem) + return rmBlocks[i].tag; + } + PM_fatalError("Could not find prior real mode memory block allocation!"); + return 0; +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return 'C'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return "c:\\"; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + char *env; + + if ((env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH")) != NULL) + return env; + if ((env = getenv("WINBOOTDIR")) != NULL) { + /* Running in a Windows 9x DOS box or DOS mode */ + strcpy(path,env); + strcat(path,"\\system\\nucleus"); + return path; + } + if ((env = getenv("SystemRoot")) != NULL) { + /* Running in an NT/2K DOS box */ + strcpy(path,env); + strcat(path,"\\system32\\nucleus"); + return path; + } + return "c:\\nucleus"; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ return "DOS"; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ return "DOS"; } + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + return kbhit(); +} + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + return getch(); +} + +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole(PM_HWND hwndUser,int device,int xRes,int yRes,int bpp,ibool fullScreen) +{ + /* Not used for DOS */ + (void)hwndUser; + (void)device; + (void)xRes; + (void)yRes; + (void)bpp; + (void)fullScreen; + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + return sizeof(DOS_stateBuf); +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + RMREGS regs; + DOS_stateBuf *sb = stateBuf; + + /* Save the old video mode state */ + regs.h.ah = 0x0F; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + sb->oldMode = regs.h.al & 0x7F; + sb->old50Lines = false; + if (sb->oldMode == 0x3) { + regs.x.ax = 0x1130; + regs.x.bx = 0; + regs.x.dx = 0; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + sb->old50Lines = (regs.h.dl == 42 || regs.h.dl == 49); + } + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback(int (_ASMAPIP saveState)(int flags)) +{ + /* Not used for DOS */ + (void)saveState; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + RMREGS regs; + const DOS_stateBuf *sb = stateBuf; + + /* Retore 50 line mode if set */ + if (sb->old50Lines) { + regs.x.ax = 0x1112; + regs.x.bx = 0; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + } + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Not used for DOS */ + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x50,x); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x51,y); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x4A,width); + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x4C,width*2); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x84,height-1); + if (height > 25) { + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x60,0x0607); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x85,0x08); + } + else { + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x60,0x0D0E); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x85,0x016); + } +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *ptr) +{ + PM_free(ptr); +} + +#define GetRMVect(intno,isr) *(isr) = ((ulong*)rmZeroPtr)[intno] +#define SetRMVect(intno,isr) ((ulong*)rmZeroPtr)[intno] = (isr) + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + static int firstTime = true; + static uchar *rmZeroPtr; + long Current10,Current6D,Current42; + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + /* Create a zero memory mapping for us to use */ + if (firstTime) { + rmZeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0x7FFF,true); + firstTime = false; + } + + /* Remap the secondary BIOS to 0xC0000 physical */ + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000L || BIOSLen > 32768) { + /* DOS cannot virtually remap the BIOS, so we can only work if all + * the secondary controllers are identical, and we then use the + * BIOS on the first controller for all the remaining controllers. + * + * For OS'es that do virtual memory, and remapping of 0xC0000 + * physical (perhaps a copy on write mapping) should be all that + * is needed. + */ + return false; + } + + /* Save current handlers of int 10h and 6Dh */ + GetRMVect(0x10,&Current10); + GetRMVect(0x6D,&Current6D); + + /* POST the secondary BIOS */ + GetRMVect(0x42,&Current42); + SetRMVect(0x10,Current42); /* Restore int 10h to STD-BIOS */ + regs.x.ax = axVal; + PM_callRealMode(0xC000,0x0003,®s,&sregs); + + /* Restore current handlers */ + SetRMVect(0x10,Current10); + SetRMVect(0x6D,Current6D); + + /* Second the primary BIOS mappin 1:1 for 0xC0000 physical */ + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000L) { + /* DOS does not support this */ + (void)mappedBIOS; + } + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + ulong microseconds = milliseconds * 1000L; + LZTimerObject tm; + + LZTimerOnExt(&tm); + while (LZTimerLapExt(&tm) < microseconds) + ; + LZTimerOffExt(&tm); +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + (void)hModule; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int level) +{ + return level; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to convert the find data to the generic interface. +****************************************************************************/ +static void convertFindData( + PM_findData *findData, + struct find_t *blk) +{ + ulong dwSize = findData->dwSize; + + memset(findData,0,findData->dwSize); + findData->dwSize = dwSize; + if (blk->attrib & _A_RDONLY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (blk->attrib & _A_SUBDIR) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_DIRECTORY; + if (blk->attrib & _A_ARCH) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (blk->attrib & _A_HIDDEN) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (blk->attrib & _A_SYSTEM) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + findData->sizeLo = blk->size; + strncpy(findData->name,blk->name,PM_MAX_PATH); + findData->name[PM_MAX_PATH-1] = 0; +} + +#define FIND_MASK (_A_RDONLY | _A_ARCH | _A_SUBDIR | _A_HIDDEN | _A_SYSTEM) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + struct find_t *blk; + + if ((blk = PM_malloc(sizeof(*blk))) == NULL) + return PM_FILE_INVALID; + if (_dos_findfirst((char*)filename,FIND_MASK,blk) == 0) { + convertFindData(findData,blk); + return blk; + } + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + struct find_t *blk = handle; + + if (_dos_findnext(blk) == 0) { + convertFindData(findData,blk); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + PM_free(handle); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + RMREGS regs; + regs.h.dl = (uchar)(drive - 'A' + 1); + regs.h.ah = 0x36; // Get disk information service + PM_int86(0x21,®s,®s); + return regs.x.ax != 0xFFFF; // AX = 0xFFFF if disk is invalid +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + uint oldDrive,maxDrives; + _dos_getdrive(&oldDrive); + _dos_setdrive(drive,&maxDrives); + getcwd(dir,len); + _dos_setdrive(oldDrive,&maxDrives); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ +#if defined(TNT) && defined(_MSC_VER) + DWORD attr = 0; + + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM; + SetFileAttributes((LPSTR)filename, attr); +#else + uint attr = 0; + + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + attr |= _A_RDONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + attr |= _A_ARCH; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + attr |= _A_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + attr |= _A_SYSTEM; + _dos_setfileattr(filename,attr); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return mkdir(filename,S_IRUSR) == 0; +#else + return mkdir(filename) == 0; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return rmdir(filename) == 0; +} + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Generic DPMI routines common to 16/32 bit code */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifndef REALMODE +ulong PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(ulong physAddr,ulong limit) +{ + PMREGS r; + int i; + ulong baseAddr,baseOfs,roundedLimit; + + /* We can't map memory below 1Mb, but the linear address are already + * mapped 1:1 for this memory anyway so we just return the base address. + */ + if (physAddr < 0x100000L) + return physAddr; + + /* Search table of existing mappings to see if we have already mapped + * a region of memory that will serve this purpose. We do this because + * DPMI 0.9 does not allow us to free physical memory mappings, and if + * the mappings get re-used in the program we want to avoid allocating + * more mappings than necessary. + */ + for (i = 0; i < numMaps; i++) { + if (maps[i].physical == physAddr && maps[i].limit == limit) + return maps[i].linear; + } + + /* Find a free slot in our physical memory mapping table */ + for (i = 0; i < numMaps; i++) { + if (maps[i].limit == 0) + break; + } + if (i == numMaps) { + i = numMaps++; + if (i == MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS) + return NULL; + } + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to DPMI as some extenders + * will fail the calls unless this is the case. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + baseOfs = physAddr & 4095; + baseAddr = physAddr & ~4095; + roundedLimit = ((limit+baseOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + r.x.ax = 0x800; + r.x.bx = baseAddr >> 16; + r.x.cx = baseAddr & 0xFFFF; + r.x.si = roundedLimit >> 16; + r.x.di = roundedLimit & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; + maps[i].physical = physAddr; + maps[i].limit = limit; + maps[i].linear = ((ulong)r.x.bx << 16) + r.x.cx + baseOfs; + return maps[i].linear; +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorBase(ushort sel,ulong linAddr) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 7; /* DPMI set selector base address */ + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = linAddr >> 16; + r.x.dx = linAddr & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +ulong PMAPI DPMI_getSelectorBase(ushort sel) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 6; /* DPMI get selector base address */ + r.x.bx = sel; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return ((ulong)r.x.cx << 16) + r.x.dx; +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorLimit(ushort sel,ulong limit) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 8; /* DPMI set selector limit */ + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = limit >> 16; + r.x.dx = limit & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +uint PMAPI DPMI_createSelector(ulong base,ulong limit) +{ + uint sel; + PMREGS r; + + /* Allocate 1 descriptor */ + r.x.ax = 0; + r.x.cx = 1; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) return 0; + sel = r.x.ax; + + /* Set the descriptor access rights (for a 32 bit page granular + * segment). + */ + if (limit >= 0x10000L) { + r.x.ax = 9; + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = 0x40F3; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + } + + /* Map physical memory and create selector */ + if ((base = DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit)) == 0xFFFFFFFFUL) + return 0; + if (!DPMI_setSelectorBase(sel,base)) + return 0; + if (!DPMI_setSelectorLimit(sel,limit)) + return 0; + return sel; +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_freeSelector(uint sel) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 1; + r.x.bx = sel; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_lockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x600; /* DPMI Lock Linear Region */ + r.x.bx = (linear >> 16); /* Linear address in BX:CX */ + r.x.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF); + r.x.si = (len >> 16); /* Length in SI:DI */ + r.x.di = (len & 0xFFFF); + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return (!r.x.cflag); +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_unlockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x601; /* DPMI Unlock Linear Region */ + r.x.bx = (linear >> 16); /* Linear address in BX:CX */ + r.x.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF); + r.x.si = (len >> 16); /* Length in SI:DI */ + r.x.di = (len & 0xFFFF); + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return (!r.x.cflag); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Adjust the page table caching bits directly. Requires ring 0 access and +only works with DOS4GW and compatible extenders (CauseWay also works since +it has direct support for the ring 0 instructions we need from ring 3). Will +not work in a DOS box, but we call into the ring 0 helper VxD so we should +never get here in a DOS box anyway (assuming the VxD is present). If we +do get here and we are in windows, this code will be skipped. +****************************************************************************/ +static void PM_adjustPageTables( + ulong linear, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ +#ifdef DOS4GW + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong andMask,orMask,pageTable,*pPageTable; + + andMask = ~0x18; + orMask = (isCached) ? 0x00 : 0x18; + if (_PM_pagingEnabled() == 1 && (PDB = _PM_getPDB()) != 0) { + if (_PM_haveCauseWay) { + /* CauseWay is a little different in the page table handling. + * The code that we use for DOS4G/W does not appear to work + * with CauseWay correctly as it does not appear to allow us + * to map the page tables directly. Instead we can directly + * access the page table entries in extended memory where + * CauseWay always locates them (starting at 1024*4096*1023) + */ + startPage = (linear >> 12); + endPage = ((linear+limit) >> 12); + pPageTable = (ulong*)CW_PAGE_TABLE_START; + for (iPage = startPage; iPage <= endPage; iPage++) + pPageTable[iPage] = (pPageTable[iPage] & andMask) | orMask; + } + else { + pPDB = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(PDB,0xFFF); + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linear >> 22) & 0x3FF; + startPage = (linear >> 12) & 0x3FF; + endPDB = ((linear+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FF; + endPage = ((linear+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FF; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFF; + pPageTable = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF); + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FF; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) + pPageTable[iPage] = (pPageTable[iPage] & andMask) | orMask; + } + } + } + PM_flushTLB(); + } +#endif +} + +void * PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + ulong linAddr; + ulong DSBaseAddr; + + /* Get the base address for the default DS selector */ + PM_segread(&sregs); + DSBaseAddr = DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds); + if ((base < 0x100000) && (DSBaseAddr == 0)) { + /* DS is zero based, so we can directly access the first 1Mb of + * system memory (like under DOS4GW). + */ + return (void*)base; + } + + /* Map the memory to a linear address using DPMI function 0x800 */ + if ((linAddr = DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) { + if (base >= 0x100000) + return NULL; + /* If the linear address mapping fails but we are trying to + * map an area in the first 1Mb of system memory, then we must + * be running under a Windows or OS/2 DOS box. Under these + * environments we can use the segment wrap around as a fallback + * measure, as this does work properly. + */ + linAddr = base; + } + + /* Now expand the default DS selector to 4Gb so we can access it */ + if (!DPMI_setSelectorLimit(sregs.ds,0xFFFFFFFFUL)) + return NULL; + + /* Finally enable caching for the page tables that we just mapped in, + * since DOS4GW and PMODE/W create the page table entries without + * caching enabled which hurts the performance of the linear framebuffer + * as it disables write combining on Pentium Pro and above processors. + * + * For those processors cache disabling is better handled through the + * MTRR registers anyway (we can write combine a region but disable + * caching) so that MMIO register regions do not screw up. + */ + if (DSBaseAddr == 0) + PM_adjustPageTables(linAddr,limit,isCached); + + /* Now return the base address of the memory into the default DS */ + return (void*)(linAddr - DSBaseAddr); +} + +#if defined(PM386) + +/* Some DOS extender implementations do not directly support calling a + * real mode procedure from protected mode. However we can simulate what + * we need temporarily hooking the INT 6Ah vector with a small real mode + * stub that will call our real mode code for us. + */ + +static uchar int6AHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PMODE_callReal variable */ + 0xFB, /* sti */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x1E,0x00,0x00, /* call [cs:__PMODE_callReal] */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; +static uchar *crPtr = NULL; /* Pointer to of int 6A handler */ +static uint crRSeg,crROff; /* Real mode seg:offset of handler */ + +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode(uint seg,uint off, RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + uchar *p; + uint oldSeg,oldOff; + + if (!crPtr) { + /* Allocate and copy the memory block only once */ + crPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(int6AHandler), &crRSeg, &crROff); + memcpy(crPtr,int6AHandler,sizeof(int6AHandler)); + } + PM_setWord(crPtr,off); /* Plug in address to call */ + PM_setWord(crPtr+2,seg); + p = PM_mapRealPointer(0,0x6A * 4); + oldOff = PM_getWord(p); /* Save old handler address */ + oldSeg = PM_getWord(p+2); + PM_setWord(p,crROff+4); /* Hook 6A handler */ + PM_setWord(p+2,crRSeg); + PM_int86x(0x6A, in, in, sregs); /* Call real mode code */ + PM_setWord(p,oldOff); /* Restore old handler */ + PM_setWord(p+2,oldSeg); +} + +#endif /* PM386 */ + +#endif /* !REALMODE */ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of locked, physically contiguous memory. The memory +may be required to be below the 16Meg boundary. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16Meg) +{ + uchar *p,*roundedP; + uint r_seg,r_off; + uint roundedSize = (size + 4 + 0xFFF) & ~0xFFF; + PM_lockHandle lh; /* Unused in DOS */ +#ifndef REALMODE + VXD_regs regs; + + /* If we have connected to our helper VxD in a Windows DOS box, use the + * helper VxD services to allocate the memory that we need. + */ + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_ALLOCLOCKED); + regs.ebx = size; + regs.ecx = (ulong)physAddr; + regs.edx = contiguous | (below16Meg << 8); + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return (void*)regs.eax; + } + + /* If the memory is not contiguous, we simply need to allocate it + * using regular memory allocation services, and lock it down + * in memory. + * + * For contiguous memory blocks, the only way to guarantee contiguous physical + * memory addresses under DOS is to allocate the memory below the + * 1Meg boundary as real mode memory. + * + * Note that we must page align the memory block, and we also must + * keep track of the non-aligned pointer so we can properly free + * it later. Hence we actually allocate 4 bytes more than the + * size rounded up to the next 4K boundary. + */ + if (!contiguous) + p = PM_malloc(roundedSize); + else +#endif + p = PM_allocRealSeg(roundedSize,&r_seg,&r_off); + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + roundedP = (void*)(((ulong)p + 0xFFF) & ~0xFFF); + *((ulong*)(roundedP + size)) = (ulong)p; + PM_lockDataPages(roundedP,size,&lh); + if ((*physAddr = PM_getPhysicalAddr(roundedP)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) { + PM_freeLockedMem(roundedP,size,contiguous); + return NULL; + } + + /* Disable caching for the memory since it is probably a DMA buffer */ +#ifndef REALMODE + PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)roundedP,size-1,false); +#endif + return roundedP; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of locked memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem(void *p,uint size,ibool contiguous) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + VXD_regs regs; + PM_lockHandle lh; /* Unused in DOS */ + + if (!p) + return; + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_FREELOCKED); + regs.ebx = (ulong)p; + regs.ecx = size; + regs.edx = contiguous; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return; + } + PM_unlockDataPages(p,size,&lh); + if (!contiguous) + free(*((void**)((uchar*)p + size))); + else +#endif + PM_freeRealSeg(*((void**)((char*)p + size))); +} + +#ifndef REALMODE +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a new block of pages for the page block manager. +****************************************************************************/ +static pageblock *PM_addNewPageBlock(void) +{ + int i,size; + pageblock *newBlock; + char *p,*next; + + /* Allocate memory for the new page block, and add to head of list */ + size = PAGES_PER_BLOCK * PM_PAGE_SIZE + (PM_PAGE_SIZE-1) + sizeof(pageblock); + if ((newBlock = PM_malloc(size)) == NULL) + return NULL; + newBlock->prev = NULL; + newBlock->next = pageBlocks; + if (pageBlocks) + pageBlocks->prev = newBlock; + pageBlocks = newBlock; + + /* Initialise the page aligned free list for the page block */ + newBlock->freeCount = PAGES_PER_BLOCK; + newBlock->freeList = p = (char*)(((ulong)(newBlock + 1) + (PM_PAGE_SIZE-1)) & ~(PM_PAGE_SIZE-1)); + newBlock->freeListStart = newBlock->freeList; + newBlock->freeListEnd = p + (PAGES_PER_BLOCK-1) * PM_PAGE_SIZE; + for (i = 0; i < PAGES_PER_BLOCK; i++,p = next) + FREELIST_NEXT(p) = next = p + PM_PAGE_SIZE; + FREELIST_NEXT(p - PM_PAGE_SIZE) = NULL; + return newBlock; +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + VXD_regs regs; + pageblock *block; + void *p; + PM_lockHandle lh; /* Unused in DOS */ + + /* Call the helper VxD for this service if we are running in a DOS box */ + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_ALLOCPAGE); + regs.ebx = locked; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return (void*)regs.eax; + } + + /* Scan the block list looking for any free blocks. Allocate a new + * page block if no free blocks are found. + */ + for (block = pageBlocks; block != NULL; block = block->next) { + if (block->freeCount) + break; + } + if (block == NULL && (block = PM_addNewPageBlock()) == NULL) + return NULL; + block->freeCount--; + p = block->freeList; + block->freeList = FREELIST_NEXT(p); + if (locked) + PM_lockDataPages(p,PM_PAGE_SIZE,&lh); + return p; +#else + return NULL; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + VXD_regs regs; + pageblock *block; + + /* Call the helper VxD for this service if we are running in a DOS box */ + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_FREEPAGE); + regs.ebx = (ulong)p; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return; + } + + /* First find the page block that this page belongs to */ + for (block = pageBlocks; block != NULL; block = block->next) { + if (p >= block->freeListStart && p <= block->freeListEnd) + break; + } + CHECK(block != NULL); + + /* Now free the block by adding it to the free list */ + FREELIST_NEXT(p) = block->freeList; + block->freeList = p; + if (++block->freeCount == PAGES_PER_BLOCK) { + /* If all pages in the page block are now free, free the entire + * page block itself. + */ + if (block == pageBlocks) { + /* Delete from head */ + pageBlocks = block->next; + if (block->next) + block->next->prev = NULL; + } + else { + /* Delete from middle of list */ + CHECK(block->prev != NULL); + block->prev->next = block->next; + if (block->next) + block->next->prev = block->prev; + } + PM_free(block); + } +#else + (void)p; +#endif +} + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* DOS Real Mode support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef REALMODE + +#ifndef MK_FP +#define MK_FP(s,o) ( (void far *)( ((ulong)(s) << 16) + \ + (ulong)(o) )) +#endif + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ return MK_FP(r_seg,r_off); } + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + return MK_FP(0x40,0); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + return MK_FP(0xA000,0); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + uint sel = base >> 4; + uint off = base & 0xF; + limit = limit; + return MK_FP(sel,off); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ ptr = ptr; } + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + return ((((ulong)p >> 16) << 4) + (ushort)p); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange(void *p,ulong length,ulong *physAddress) +{ return false; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + /* Call malloc() to allocate the memory for us */ + void *p = PM_malloc(size); + *r_seg = FP_SEG(p); + *r_off = FP_OFF(p); + return p; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + if (mem) PM_free(mem); +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + return PM_int386(intno,in,out); +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + return PM_int386x(intno,in,out,sregs); +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.h.ah = 0x48; + regs.x.bx = 0xFFFF; + PM_int86(0x21,®s,®s); + *physical = *total = regs.x.bx * 16UL; +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Phar Lap TNT DOS Extender support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef TNT + +#include <pldos32.h> +#include <pharlap.h> +#include <hw386.h> + +static uchar *zeroPtr = NULL; + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + 0x400); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + static void *bankPtr; + if (!bankPtr) + bankPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); + return bankPtr; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + ULONG offset; + int err; + ulong baseAddr,baseOfs,newLimit; + VXD_regs regs; + + /* If we have connected to our helper VxD in a Windows DOS box, use + * the helper VxD services to map memory instead of the DPMI services. + * We do this because the helper VxD can properly disable caching + * where necessary, which we can only do directly here if we are + * running at ring 0 (ie: under real DOS). + */ + if (VXD_version == -1) + PM_init(); + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_MAPPHYS); + regs.ebx = base; + regs.ecx = limit; + regs.edx = isCached; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return (void*)regs.eax; + } + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to TNT. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + baseOfs = base & 4095; + baseAddr = base & ~4095; + newLimit = ((limit+baseOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + err = _dx_map_phys(config.c_ds_sel,baseAddr,(newLimit + 4095) / 4096,&offset); + if (err == 130) { + /* If the TNT function failed, we are running in a DPMI environment + * and this function does not work. However we know how to handle + * DPMI properly, so we use our generic DPMI functions to do + * what the TNT runtime libraries can't. + */ + return DPMI_mapPhysicalAddr(base,limit,isCached); + } + if (err == 0) + return (void*)(offset + baseOfs); + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; } + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange(void *p,ulong length,ulong *physAddress) +{ return false; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + USHORT addr,t; + void *p; + + if (_dx_real_alloc((size + 0xF) >> 4,&addr,&t) != 0) + return 0; + *r_seg = addr; /* Real mode segment address */ + *r_off = 0; /* Real mode segment offset */ + p = PM_mapRealPointer(*r_seg,*r_off); + _PM_addRealModeBlock(p,addr); + return p; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + if (mem) _dx_real_free(_PM_findRealModeBlock(mem)); +} + +#define INDPMI(reg) rmregs.reg = regs->reg +#define OUTDPMI(reg) regs->reg = rmregs.reg + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + SWI_REGS rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + INDPMI(eax); INDPMI(ebx); INDPMI(ecx); INDPMI(edx); INDPMI(esi); INDPMI(edi); + + _dx_real_int(intno,&rmregs); + + OUTDPMI(eax); OUTDPMI(ebx); OUTDPMI(ecx); OUTDPMI(edx); OUTDPMI(esi); OUTDPMI(edi); + regs->flags = rmregs.flags; +} + +#define IN(reg) rmregs.reg = in->e.reg +#define OUT(reg) out->e.reg = rmregs.reg + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + SWI_REGS rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + + _dx_real_int(intno,&rmregs); + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + SWI_REGS rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + rmregs.es = sregs->es; + rmregs.ds = sregs->ds; + + _dx_real_int(intno,&rmregs); + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = rmregs.es; + sregs->cs = rmregs.cs; + sregs->ss = rmregs.ss; + sregs->ds = rmregs.ds; + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + PMREGS r; + uint data[25]; + + r.x.ax = 0x2520; /* Get free memory info */ + r.x.bx = 0; + r.e.edx = (uint)data; + PM_int386(0x21, &r, &r); + *physical = data[21] * 4096; + *total = data[23] * 4096; +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Symantec C++ DOSX and FlashTek X-32/X-32VM support */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined(DOSX) || defined(X32VM) + +#ifdef X32VM +#include <x32.h> + +#define _x386_mk_protected_ptr(p) _x32_mk_protected_ptr((void*)p) +#define _x386_free_protected_ptr(p) _x32_free_protected_ptr(p) +#define _x386_zero_base_ptr _x32_zero_base_ptr +#else +extern void *_x386_zero_base_ptr; +#endif + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + return (void*)((ulong)_x386_zero_base_ptr + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.h.ah = 0x48; /* DOS function 48h - allocate mem */ + r.x.bx = (size + 0xF) >> 4; /* Number of paragraphs to allocate */ + PM_int386(0x21, &r, &r); /* Call DOS extender */ + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0; /* Could not allocate the memory */ + *r_seg = r.e.eax; + *r_off = 0; + return PM_mapRealPointer(*r_seg,*r_off); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + /* Cannot de-allocate this memory */ + mem = mem; +} + +#pragma pack(1) + +typedef struct { + ushort intno; + ushort ds; + ushort es; + ushort fs; + ushort gs; + ulong eax; + ulong edx; + } _RMREGS; + +#pragma pack() + +#define IN(reg) regs.e.reg = in->e.reg +#define OUT(reg) out->e.reg = regs.e.reg + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + _RMREGS rmregs; + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS pmsregs; + + rmregs.intno = intno; + rmregs.eax = in->e.eax; + rmregs.edx = in->e.edx; + IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + regs.x.ax = 0x2511; + regs.e.edx = (uint)(&rmregs); + PM_segread(&pmsregs); + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&pmsregs); + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.dx = rmregs.edx; + out->x.cflag = regs.x.cflag; + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + _RMREGS rmregs; + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS pmsregs; + + rmregs.intno = intno; + rmregs.eax = in->e.eax; + rmregs.edx = in->e.edx; + rmregs.es = sregs->es; + rmregs.ds = sregs->ds; + IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + regs.x.ax = 0x2511; + regs.e.edx = (uint)(&rmregs); + PM_segread(&pmsregs); + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&pmsregs); + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = rmregs.es; + sregs->ds = rmregs.ds; + out->x.dx = rmregs.edx; + out->x.cflag = regs.x.cflag; + return out->x.ax; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + return (void*)((ulong)_x386_zero_base_ptr + 0x400); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + return (void*)((ulong)_x386_zero_base_ptr + 0xA0000); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + VXD_regs regs; + + /* If we have connected to our helper VxD in a Windows DOS box, use + * the helper VxD services to map memory instead of the DPMI services. + * We do this because the helper VxD can properly disable caching + * where necessary, which we can only do directly here if we are + * running at ring 0 (ie: under real DOS). + */ + if (VXD_version == -1) + PM_init(); + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_MAPPHYS); + regs.ebx = base; + regs.ecx = limit; + regs.edx = isCached; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return (void*)regs.eax; + } + + if (base > 0x100000) + return _x386_map_physical_address((void*)base,limit); + return (void*)((ulong)_x386_zero_base_ptr + base); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + /* Mapping cannot be freed */ +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; } + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange(void *p,ulong length,ulong *physAddress) +{ return false; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +ulong _cdecl _X32_getPhysMem(void); + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + /* Get total memory available, including virtual memory */ + regs.x.ax = 0x350B; + PM_int386(0x21,®s,®s); + *total = regs.e.eax; + + /* Get physical memory available */ + *physical = _X32_getPhysMem(); + if (*physical > *total) + *physical = *total; +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Borland's DPMI32, Watcom DOS4GW and DJGPP DPMI support routines */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined(DPMI32) || defined(DOS4GW) || defined(DJGPP) + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0x400,0xFFFF,true); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + VXD_regs regs; + +#ifdef DJGPP + /* Enable near pointers for DJGPP V2 */ + __djgpp_nearptr_enable(); +#endif + /* If we have connected to our helper VxD in a Windows DOS box, use + * the helper VxD services to map memory instead of the DPMI services. + * We do this because the helper VxD can properly disable caching + * where necessary, which we can only do directly here if we are + * running at ring 0 (ie: under real DOS). + */ + if (VXD_version == -1) + PM_init(); + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_MAPPHYS); + regs.ebx = base; + regs.ecx = limit; + regs.edx = isCached; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return (void*)regs.eax; + } + return DPMI_mapPhysicalAddr(base,limit,isCached); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + /* Mapping cannot be freed */ + (void)ptr; + (void)limit; +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + ulong physAddr; + if (!PM_getPhysicalAddrRange(p,1,&physAddr)) + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + return physAddr | ((ulong)p & 0xFFF); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + VXD_regs regs; + ulong pte; + PMSREGS sregs; + ulong DSBaseAddr; + + /* If we have connected to our helper VxD in a Windows DOS box, use the + * helper VxD services to find the physical address of an address. + */ + if (VXD_version) { + memset(®s,0,sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = API_NUM(PMHELP_GETPHYSICALADDRRANGE); + regs.ebx = (ulong)p; + regs.ecx = (ulong)length; + regs.edx = (ulong)physAddress; + _PM_VxDCall(®s,_PM_VXD_off,_PM_VXD_sel); + return regs.eax; + } + + /* Find base address for default DS selector */ + PM_segread(&sregs); + DSBaseAddr = DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds); + + /* Otherwise directly access the page tables to determine the + * physical memory address. Note that we touch the memory before + * calling, otherwise the memory may not be paged in correctly. + */ + pte = *((ulong*)p); +#ifdef DOS4GW + if (_PM_pagingEnabled() == 0) { + int count; + ulong linAddr = (ulong)p; + + /* When paging is disabled physical=linear */ + for (count = (length+0xFFF) >> 12; count > 0; count--) { + *physAddress++ = linAddr; + linAddr += 4096; + } + return true; + } + else if ((PDB = _PM_getPDB()) != 0 && DSBaseAddr == 0) { + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong pageTable,*pPageTable,linAddr = (ulong)p; + ulong limit = length-1; + + pPDB = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(PDB,0xFFF); + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linAddr >> 22) & 0x3FFL; + startPage = (linAddr >> 12) & 0x3FFL; + endPDB = ((linAddr+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FFL; + endPage = ((linAddr+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FFL; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFFL; + pPageTable = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF); + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FFL; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) + *physAddress++ = (pPageTable[iPage] & ~0xFFF); + } + return true; + } + } +#endif + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ + (void)limit; + return (void*)base; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + static uchar *zeroPtr = NULL; + + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + PMREGS r; + void *p; + + r.x.ax = 0x100; /* DPMI allocate DOS memory */ + r.x.bx = (size + 0xF) >> 4; /* number of paragraphs */ + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return NULL; /* DPMI call failed */ + *r_seg = r.x.ax; /* Real mode segment */ + *r_off = 0; + p = PM_mapRealPointer(*r_seg,*r_off); + _PM_addRealModeBlock(p,r.x.dx); + return p; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + PMREGS r; + + if (mem) { + r.x.ax = 0x101; /* DPMI free DOS memory */ + r.x.dx = _PM_findRealModeBlock(mem);/* DX := selector from 0x100 */ + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + } +} + +static DPMI_handler_t DPMI_int10 = NULL; + +void PMAPI DPMI_setInt10Handler(DPMI_handler_t handler) +{ + DPMI_int10 = handler; +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + PMREGS r; + PMSREGS sr; + + if (intno == 0x10 && DPMI_int10) { + if (DPMI_int10(regs)) + return; + } + PM_segread(&sr); + r.x.ax = 0x300; /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + r.h.bl = intno; + r.h.bh = 0; + r.x.cx = 0; + sr.es = sr.ds; + r.e.edi = (uint)regs; + PM_int386x(0x31, &r, &r, &sr); /* Issue the interrupt */ +} + +#define IN(reg) rmregs.reg = in->e.reg +#define OUT(reg) out->e.reg = rmregs.reg + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + + DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + rmregs.es = sregs->es; + rmregs.ds = sregs->ds; + + DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = rmregs.es; + sregs->cs = rmregs.cs; + sregs->ss = rmregs.ss; + sregs->ds = rmregs.ds; + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +#pragma pack(1) + +typedef struct { + uint LargestBlockAvail; + uint MaxUnlockedPage; + uint LargestLockablePage; + uint LinAddrSpace; + uint NumFreePagesAvail; + uint NumPhysicalPagesFree; + uint TotalPhysicalPages; + uint FreeLinAddrSpace; + uint SizeOfPageFile; + uint res[3]; + } MemInfo; + +#pragma pack() + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + PMREGS r; + PMSREGS sr; + MemInfo memInfo; + + PM_segread(&sr); + r.x.ax = 0x500; /* DPMI get free memory info */ + sr.es = sr.ds; + r.e.edi = (uint)&memInfo; + PM_int386x(0x31, &r, &r, &sr); /* Issue the interrupt */ + *physical = memInfo.NumPhysicalPagesFree * 4096; + *total = memInfo.LargestBlockAvail; + if (*total < *physical) + *physical = *total; +} + +#endif + +#ifndef __16BIT__ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankA( + int bank) +{ + DPMI_regs regs; + memset(®s, 0, sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = 0x4F05; + regs.ebx = 0x0000; + regs.edx = bank; + DPMI_int86(0x10,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB( + int bank) +{ + DPMI_regs regs; + memset(®s, 0, sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = 0x4F05; + regs.ebx = 0x0000; + regs.edx = bank; + DPMI_int86(0x10,®s); + regs.eax = 0x4F05; + regs.ebx = 0x0001; + regs.edx = bank; + DPMI_int86(0x10,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display start address. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart( + int x, + int y, + int waitVRT) +{ + DPMI_regs regs; + memset(®s, 0, sizeof(regs)); + regs.eax = 0x4F07; + regs.ebx = waitVRT; + regs.ecx = x; + regs.edx = y; + DPMI_int86(0x10,®s); +} + +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return false; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pmdos.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pmdos.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74f8427a1c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/pmdos.c @@ -0,0 +1,1637 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 16/32 bit DOS +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <dos.h> + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#ifndef REALMODE +static int globalDataStart; +#endif + +PM_criticalHandler _VARAPI _PM_critHandler = NULL; +PM_breakHandler _VARAPI _PM_breakHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_timerHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_keyHandler = NULL; +PM_key15Handler _VARAPI _PM_key15Handler = NULL; +PM_mouseHandler _VARAPI _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_int10Handler = NULL; +int _VARAPI _PM_mouseMask; + +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_ctrlCPtr; /* Location of Ctrl-C flag */ +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_ctrlBPtr; /* Location of Ctrl-Break flag */ +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_critPtr; /* Location of Critical error Bf*/ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevTimer = PMNULL; /* Previous timer handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevRTC = PMNULL; /* Previous RTC handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevKey = PMNULL; /* Previous key handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevKey15 = PMNULL; /* Previous key15 handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevBreak = PMNULL; /* Previous break handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevCtrlC = PMNULL; /* Previous CtrlC handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevCritical = PMNULL; /* Previous critical handler */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealTimer; /* Previous real mode timer */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealRTC; /* Previous real mode RTC */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealKey; /* Previous real mode key */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealKey15; /* Previous real mode key15 */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealInt10; /* Previous real mode int 10h */ +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegA; /* CMOS register A contents */ +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegB; /* CMOS register B contents */ +static uchar _PM_oldRTCPIC2; /* Mask value for RTC IRQ8 */ + +/* Structure to maintain information about hardware interrupt handlers, + * include a copy of the hardware IRQ assembler thunk (one for each + * hooked interrupt handler). + */ + +typedef struct { + uchar IRQ; + uchar IRQVect; + uchar prevPIC; + uchar prevPIC2; + PMFARPTR prevHandler; + long prevRealhandler; + uchar thunk[1]; + /* IRQ assembler thunk follows ... */ + } _PM_IRQHandle; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Globals for locking interrupt handlers in _pmdos.asm */ + +#ifndef REALMODE +extern int _VARAPI _PM_pmdosDataStart; +extern int _VARAPI _PM_pmdosDataEnd; +extern int _VARAPI _PM_DMADataStart; +extern int _VARAPI _PM_DMADataEnd; +void _ASMAPI _PM_pmdosCodeStart(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_pmdosCodeEnd(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_DMACodeStart(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_DMACodeEnd(void); +#endif + +/* Protected mode interrupt handlers, also called by PM callbacks below */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_timerISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_rtcISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_irqISRTemplate(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_irqISRTemplateEnd(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_keyISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_key15ISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_breakISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_ctrlCISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_criticalISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_mouseISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_int10PMCB(void); + +/* Protected mode DPMI callback handlers */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_mousePMCB(void); + +/* Routine to install a mouse handler function */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_setMouseHandler(int mask); + +/* Routine to allocate DPMI real mode callback routines */ + +ibool _ASMAPI _DPMI_allocateCallback(void (_ASMAPI *pmcode)(),void *rmregs,long *RMCB); +void _ASMAPI _DPMI_freeCallback(long RMCB); + +/* DPMI helper functions in PMLITE.C */ + +ulong PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(ulong physAddr,ulong limit); +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorBase(ushort sel,ulong linAddr); +ulong PMAPI DPMI_getSelectorBase(ushort sel); +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorLimit(ushort sel,ulong limit); +uint PMAPI DPMI_createSelector(ulong base,ulong limit); +void PMAPI DPMI_freeSelector(uint sel); +int PMAPI DPMI_lockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len); +int PMAPI DPMI_unlockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len); + +/* Functions to read and write CMOS registers */ + +uchar PMAPI _PM_readCMOS(int index); +void PMAPI _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value); + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Generic routines common to all environments */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void PMAPI PM_resetMouseDriver(int hardReset) +{ + RMREGS regs; + PM_mouseHandler oldHandler = _PM_mouseHandler; + + PM_restoreMouseHandler(); + regs.x.ax = hardReset ? 0 : 33; + PM_int86(0x33, ®s, ®s); + if (oldHandler) + PM_setMouseHandler(_PM_mouseMask, oldHandler); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(int frequency) +{ + static short convert[] = { + 8192, + 4096, + 2048, + 1024, + 512, + 256, + 128, + 64, + 32, + 16, + 8, + 4, + 2, + -1, + }; + int i; + + /* First clear any pending RTC timeout if not cleared */ + _PM_readCMOS(0x0C); + if (frequency == 0) { + /* Disable RTC timout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F); + } + else { + /* Convert frequency value to RTC clock indexes */ + for (i = 0; convert[i] != -1; i++) { + if (convert[i] == frequency) + break; + } + + /* Set RTC timout value and enable timeout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,0x20 | (i+3)); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,(_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F) | 0x40); + } +} + +#ifndef REALMODE + +static void PMAPI lockPMHandlers(void) +{ + static int locked = 0; + int stat; + PM_lockHandle lh; /* Unused in DOS */ + + /* Lock all of the code and data used by our protected mode interrupt + * handling routines, so that it will continue to work correctly + * under real mode. + */ + if (!locked) { + PM_saveDS(); + stat = !PM_lockDataPages(&globalDataStart-2048,4096,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockDataPages(&_PM_pmdosDataStart,(int)&_PM_pmdosDataEnd - (int)&_PM_pmdosDataStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_PM_pmdosCodeStart,(int)_PM_pmdosCodeEnd-(int)_PM_pmdosCodeStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockDataPages(&_PM_DMADataStart,(int)&_PM_DMADataEnd - (int)&_PM_DMADataStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_PM_DMACodeStart,(int)_PM_DMACodeEnd-(int)_PM_DMACodeStart,&lh); + if (stat) { + printf("Page locking services failed - interrupt handling not safe!\n"); + exit(1); + } + locked = 1; + } +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* DOS Real Mode support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef REALMODE + +#ifndef MK_FP +#define MK_FP(s,o) ( (void far *)( ((ulong)(s) << 16) + \ + (ulong)(o) )) +#endif + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + PM_saveDS(); + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + _PM_setMouseHandler(_PM_mouseMask = mask); + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + union REGS regs; + + if (_PM_mouseHandler) { + regs.x.ax = 33; + int86(0x33, ®s, ®s); + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setTimerHandler(PM_intHandler th) +{ + _PM_getRMvect(0x8, (long*)&_PM_prevTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = th; + _PM_setRMvect(0x8, (long)_PM_timerISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreTimerHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_timerHandler) { + _PM_setRMvect(0x8, (long)_PM_prevTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = NULL; + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + _PM_getRMvect(0x70, (long*)&_PM_prevRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + _PM_setRMvect(0x70, (long)_PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + _PM_setRMvect(0x70, (long)_PM_prevRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKeyHandler(PM_intHandler kh) +{ + _PM_getRMvect(0x9, (long*)&_PM_prevKey); + _PM_keyHandler = kh; + _PM_setRMvect(0x9, (long)_PM_keyISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKeyHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_keyHandler) { + _PM_setRMvect(0x9, (long)_PM_prevKey); + _PM_keyHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKey15Handler(PM_key15Handler kh) +{ + _PM_getRMvect(0x15, (long*)&_PM_prevKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = kh; + _PM_setRMvect(0x15, (long)_PM_key15ISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKey15Handler(void) +{ + if (_PM_key15Handler) { + _PM_setRMvect(0x15, (long)_PM_prevKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltBreakHandler(PM_breakHandler bh) +{ + static int ctrlCFlag,ctrlBFlag; + + _PM_ctrlCPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlCFlag; + _PM_ctrlBPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlBFlag; + _PM_getRMvect(0x1B, (long*)&_PM_prevBreak); + _PM_getRMvect(0x23, (long*)&_PM_prevCtrlC); + _PM_breakHandler = bh; + _PM_setRMvect(0x1B, (long)_PM_breakISR); + _PM_setRMvect(0x23, (long)_PM_ctrlCISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installBreakHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltBreakHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreBreakHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevBreak) { + _PM_setRMvect(0x1B, (long)_PM_prevBreak); + _PM_setRMvect(0x23, (long)_PM_prevCtrlC); + _PM_prevBreak = NULL; + _PM_breakHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltCriticalHandler(PM_criticalHandler ch) +{ + static short critBuf[2]; + + _PM_critPtr = (uchar*)critBuf; + _PM_getRMvect(0x24, (long*)&_PM_prevCritical); + _PM_critHandler = ch; + _PM_setRMvect(0x24, (long)_PM_criticalISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installCriticalHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreCriticalHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevCritical) { + _PM_setRMvect(0x24, (long)_PM_prevCritical); + _PM_prevCritical = NULL; + _PM_critHandler = NULL; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; /* Do nothing for real mode */ + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; /* Do nothing for real mode */ + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; /* Do nothing for real mode */ + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; /* Do nothing for real mode */ + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + long t; + _PM_getRMvect(intno,&t); + *isr = (void*)t; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PM_saveDS(); + _PM_setRMvect(intno,(long)isr); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + _PM_setRMvect(intno,(long)isr); +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Phar Lap TNT DOS Extender support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef TNT + +#include <pldos32.h> +#include <pharlap.h> +#include <hw386.h> + +static long prevRealBreak; /* Previous real mode break handler */ +static long prevRealCtrlC; /* Previous real mode CtrlC handler */ +static long prevRealCritical; /* Prev real mode critical handler */ +static uchar *mousePtr; + +/* The following real mode routine is used to call a 32 bit protected + * mode FAR function from real mode. We use this for passing up control + * from the real mode mouse callback to our protected mode code. + */ + +static UCHAR realHandler[] = { /* Real mode code generic handler */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PM_callProtp */ + 0x00,0x00, /* __PM_protCS */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PM_protHandler */ + 0x66,0x60, /* pushad */ + 0x1E, /* push ds */ + 0x6A,0x00, /* push 0 */ + 0x6A,0x00, /* push 0 */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x36,0x04,0x00, /* push [cs:__PM_protCS] */ + 0x66,0x2E,0xFF,0x36,0x06,0x00, /* push [cs:__PM_protHandler] */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x1E,0x00,0x00, /* call [cs:__PM_callProtp] */ + 0x83,0xC4,0x0A, /* add sp,10 */ + 0x1F, /* pop ds */ + 0x66,0x61, /* popad */ + 0xCB, /* retf */ + }; + +/* The following functions installs the above realmode callback mechanism + * in real mode memory for calling the protected mode routine. + */ + +uchar * installCallback(void (PMAPI *pmCB)(),uint *rseg, uint *roff) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + REALPTR realBufAdr,callProtp; + ULONG bufSize; + FARPTR protBufAdr; + uchar *p; + + /* Get address of real mode routine to call up to protected mode */ + _dx_rmlink_get(&callProtp, &realBufAdr, &bufSize, &protBufAdr); + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + + /* Fill in the values in the real mode code segment so that it will + * call the correct routine. + */ + *((REALPTR*)&realHandler[0]) = callProtp; + *((USHORT*)&realHandler[4]) = config.c_cs_sel; + *((ULONG*)&realHandler[6]) = (ULONG)pmCB; + + /* Copy the real mode handler to real mode memory */ + if ((p = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(realHandler),rseg,roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + memcpy(p,realHandler,sizeof(realHandler)); + + /* Skip past global variabls in real mode code segment */ + *roff += 0x0A; + return p; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + uint rseg,roff; + + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + if ((mousePtr = installCallback(_PM_mouseISR, &rseg, &roff)) == NULL) + return 0; + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + + /* Install the real mode mouse handler */ + sregs.es = rseg; + regs.x.dx = roff; + regs.x.cx = _PM_mouseMask = mask; + regs.x.ax = 0xC; + PM_int86x(0x33, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (_PM_mouseHandler) { + regs.x.ax = 33; + PM_int86(0x33, ®s, ®s); + PM_freeRealSeg(mousePtr); + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + FARPTR ph; + + _dx_pmiv_get(intno, &ph); + isr->sel = FP_SEL(ph); + isr->off = FP_OFF(ph); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + FARPTR ph; + + PM_saveDS(); + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + FP_SET(ph,(uint)isr,config.c_cs_sel); + _dx_pmiv_set(intno,ph); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + FARPTR ph; + + FP_SET(ph,isr.off,isr.sel); + _dx_pmiv_set(intno,ph); +} + +static void getISR(int intno, PMFARPTR *pmisr, long *realisr) +{ + PM_getPMvect(intno,pmisr); + _PM_getRMvect(intno, realisr); +} + +static void restoreISR(int intno, PMFARPTR pmisr, long realisr) +{ + _PM_setRMvect(intno,realisr); + PM_restorePMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +static void setISR(int intno, void (PMAPI *isr)()) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + FARPTR ph; + + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + FP_SET(ph,(uint)isr,config.c_cs_sel); + _dx_apmiv_set(intno,ph); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setTimerHandler(PM_intHandler th) +{ + getISR(0x8, &_PM_prevTimer, &_PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = th; + setISR(0x8, _PM_timerISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreTimerHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_timerHandler) { + restoreISR(0x8, _PM_prevTimer, _PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = NULL; + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + getISR(0x70, &_PM_prevRTC, &_PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + setISR(0x70, _PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + restoreISR(0x70, _PM_prevRTC, _PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKeyHandler(PM_intHandler kh) +{ + getISR(0x9, &_PM_prevKey, &_PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = kh; + setISR(0x9, _PM_keyISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKeyHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_keyHandler) { + restoreISR(0x9, _PM_prevKey, _PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKey15Handler(PM_key15Handler kh) +{ + getISR(0x15, &_PM_prevKey15, &_PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = kh; + setISR(0x15, _PM_key15ISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKey15Handler(void) +{ + if (_PM_key15Handler) { + restoreISR(0x15, _PM_prevKey15, _PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltBreakHandler(PM_breakHandler bh) +{ + static int ctrlCFlag,ctrlBFlag; + + _PM_ctrlCPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlCFlag; + _PM_ctrlBPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlBFlag; + getISR(0x1B, &_PM_prevBreak, &prevRealBreak); + getISR(0x23, &_PM_prevCtrlC, &prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_breakHandler = bh; + setISR(0x1B, _PM_breakISR); + setISR(0x23, _PM_ctrlCISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installBreakHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltBreakHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreBreakHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevBreak.sel) { + restoreISR(0x1B, _PM_prevBreak, prevRealBreak); + restoreISR(0x23, _PM_prevCtrlC, prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_prevBreak.sel = 0; + _PM_breakHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltCriticalHandler(PM_criticalHandler ch) +{ + static short critBuf[2]; + + _PM_critPtr = (uchar*)critBuf; + getISR(0x24, &_PM_prevCritical, &prevRealCritical); + _PM_critHandler = ch; + setISR(0x24, _PM_criticalISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installCriticalHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreCriticalHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevCritical.sel) { + restoreISR(0x24, _PM_prevCritical, prevRealCritical); + _PM_prevCritical.sel = 0; + _PM_critHandler = NULL; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_dx_lock_pgsn(p,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_dx_ulock_pgsn(p,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + FARPTR fp; + + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + FP_SET(fp,p,config.c_cs_sel); + return (_dx_lock_pgs(fp,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + CONFIG_INF config; + FARPTR fp; + + _dx_config_inf(&config, (UCHAR*)&config); + FP_SET(fp,p,config.c_cs_sel); + return (_dx_ulock_pgs(fp,len) == 0); +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Symantec C++ DOSX and FlashTek X-32/X-32VM support */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined(DOSX) || defined(X32VM) + +#ifdef X32VM +#include <x32.h> +#endif + +static long prevRealBreak; /* Previous real mode break handler */ +static long prevRealCtrlC; /* Previous real mode CtrlC handler */ +static long prevRealCritical; /* Prev real mode critical handler */ + +static uint mouseSel = 0,mouseOff; + +/* The following real mode routine is used to call a 32 bit protected + * mode FAR function from real mode. We use this for passing up control + * from the real mode mouse callback to our protected mode code. + */ + +static char realHandler[] = { /* Real mode code generic handler */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PM_callProtp */ + 0x00,0x00, /* __PM_protCS */ + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PM_protHandler */ + 0x1E, /* push ds */ + 0x6A,0x00, /* push 0 */ + 0x6A,0x00, /* push 0 */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x36,0x04,0x00, /* push [cs:__PM_protCS] */ + 0x66,0x2E,0xFF,0x36,0x06,0x00, /* push [cs:__PM_protHandler] */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x1E,0x00,0x00, /* call [cs:__PM_callProtp] */ + 0x83,0xC4,0x0A, /* add sp,10 */ + 0x1F, /* pop ds */ + 0xCB, /* retf */ + }; + +/* The following functions installs the above realmode callback mechanism + * in real mode memory for calling the protected mode routine. + */ + +int installCallback(void (PMAPI *pmCB)(),uint *psel, uint *poff, + uint *rseg, uint *roff) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x250D; + PM_segread(&sregs); + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&sregs); /* Get RM callback address */ + + /* Fill in the values in the real mode code segment so that it will + * call the correct routine. + */ + *((ulong*)&realHandler[0]) = regs.e.eax; + *((ushort*)&realHandler[4]) = sregs.cs; + *((ulong*)&realHandler[6]) = (ulong)pmCB; + + /* Copy the real mode handler to real mode memory (only allocate the + * buffer once since we cant dealloate it with X32). + */ + if (*psel == 0) { + if (!PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(realHandler),psel,poff,rseg,roff)) + return 0; + } + PM_memcpyfn(*psel,*poff,realHandler,sizeof(realHandler)); + + /* Skip past global variables in real mode code segment */ + *roff += 0x0A; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + uint rseg,roff; + + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + if (!installCallback(_PM_mouseISR, &mouseSel, &mouseOff, &rseg, &roff)) + return 0; + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + + /* Install the real mode mouse handler */ + sregs.es = rseg; + regs.x.dx = roff; + regs.x.cx = _PM_mouseMask = mask; + regs.x.ax = 0xC; + PM_int86x(0x33, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (_PM_mouseHandler) { + regs.x.ax = 33; + PM_int86(0x33, ®s, ®s); + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x2502; /* Get PM interrupt vector */ + regs.x.cx = intno; + PM_int386x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + isr->sel = sregs.es; + isr->off = regs.e.ebx; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PMFARPTR pmisr; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + PM_segread(&sregs); + pmisr.sel = sregs.cs; + pmisr.off = (uint)isr; + PM_restorePMvect(intno, pmisr); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x2505; /* Set PM interrupt vector */ + regs.x.cx = intno; + sregs.ds = isr.sel; + regs.e.edx = isr.off; + PM_int386x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); +} + +static void getISR(int intno, PMFARPTR *pmisr, long *realisr) +{ + PM_getPMvect(intno,pmisr); + _PM_getRMvect(intno,realisr); +} + +static void restoreISR(int intno, PMFARPTR pmisr, long realisr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x2507; /* Set real and PM vectors */ + regs.x.cx = intno; + sregs.ds = pmisr.sel; + regs.e.edx = pmisr.off; + regs.e.ebx = realisr; + PM_int386x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); +} + +static void setISR(int intno, void *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.ax = 0x2506; /* Hook real and protected vectors */ + regs.x.cx = intno; + sregs.ds = sregs.cs; + regs.e.edx = (uint)isr; + PM_int386x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setTimerHandler(PM_intHandler th) +{ + getISR(0x8, &_PM_prevTimer, &_PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = th; + setISR(0x8, _PM_timerISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreTimerHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_timerHandler) { + restoreISR(0x8, _PM_prevTimer, _PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = NULL; + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + getISR(0x70, &_PM_prevRTC, &_PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + setISR(0x70, _PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + restoreISR(0x70, _PM_prevRTC, _PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKeyHandler(PM_intHandler kh) +{ + getISR(0x9, &_PM_prevKey, &_PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = kh; + setISR(0x9, _PM_keyISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKeyHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_keyHandler) { + restoreISR(0x9, _PM_prevKey, _PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKey15Handler(PM_key15Handler kh) +{ + getISR(0x15, &_PM_prevKey15, &_PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = kh; + setISR(0x15, _PM_key15ISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKey15Handler(void) +{ + if (_PM_key15Handler) { + restoreISR(0x15, _PM_prevKey15, _PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltBreakHandler(PM_breakHandler bh) +{ + static int ctrlCFlag,ctrlBFlag; + + _PM_ctrlCPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlCFlag; + _PM_ctrlBPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlBFlag; + getISR(0x1B, &_PM_prevBreak, &prevRealBreak); + getISR(0x23, &_PM_prevCtrlC, &prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_breakHandler = bh; + setISR(0x1B, _PM_breakISR); + setISR(0x23, _PM_ctrlCISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installBreakHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltBreakHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreBreakHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevBreak.sel) { + restoreISR(0x1B, _PM_prevBreak, prevRealBreak); + restoreISR(0x23, _PM_prevCtrlC, prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_prevBreak.sel = 0; + _PM_breakHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_installAltCriticalHandler(PM_criticalHandler ch) +{ + static short critBuf[2]; + + _PM_critPtr = (uchar*)critBuf; + getISR(0x24, &_PM_prevCritical, &prevRealCritical); + _PM_critHandler = ch; + setISR(0x24, _PM_criticalISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installCriticalHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreCriticalHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevCritical.sel) { + restoreISR(0x24, _PM_prevCritical, prevRealCritical); + _PM_prevCritical.sel = 0; + _PM_critHandler = NULL; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_x386_memlock(p,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_x386_memunlock(p,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_x386_memlock(p,len) == 0); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return (_x386_memunlock(p,len) == 0); +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Borland's DPMI32 DOS Power Pack Extender support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef DPMI32 +#define GENERIC_DPMI32 /* Use generic 32 bit DPMI routines */ + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x204; + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + isr->sel = regs.x.cx; + isr->off = regs.e.edx; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PMREGS regs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.x.ax = 0x205; /* Set protected mode vector */ + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.cx = sregs.cs; + regs.e.edx = (uint)isr; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x205; + regs.h.bl = intno; + regs.x.cx = isr.sel; + regs.e.edx = isr.off; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Watcom C/C++ with Rational DOS/4GW support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef DOS4GW +#define GENERIC_DPMI32 /* Use generic 32 bit DPMI routines */ + +#define MOUSE_SUPPORTED /* DOS4GW directly supports mouse */ + +/* We use the normal DOS services to save and restore interrupts handlers + * for Watcom C++, because using the direct DPMI functions does not + * appear to work properly. At least if we use the DPMI functions, we + * dont get the auto-passup feature that we need to correctly trap + * real and protected mode interrupts without installing Bi-model + * interrupt handlers. + */ + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.h.ah = 0x35; + regs.h.al = intno; + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&sregs); + isr->sel = sregs.es; + isr->off = regs.e.ebx; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.h.ah = 0x25; + regs.h.al = intno; + sregs.ds = sregs.cs; + regs.e.edx = (uint)isr; + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&sregs); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + PMSREGS sregs; + + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.h.ah = 0x25; + regs.h.al = intno; + sregs.ds = isr.sel; + regs.e.edx = isr.off; + PM_int386x(0x21,®s,®s,&sregs); +} + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + _PM_setMouseHandler(_PM_mouseMask = mask); + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + if (_PM_mouseHandler) { + regs.x.ax = 33; + PM_int386(0x33, ®s, ®s); + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; + } +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* DJGPP port of GNU C++ support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#ifdef DJGPP +#define GENERIC_DPMI32 /* Use generic 32 bit DPMI routines */ + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x204; + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + isr->sel = regs.x.cx; + isr->off = regs.e.edx; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PMREGS regs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.x.ax = 0x205; /* Set protected mode vector */ + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.cx = sregs.cs; + regs.e.edx = (uint)isr; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x205; + regs.h.bl = intno; + regs.x.cx = isr.sel; + regs.e.edx = isr.off; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} + +#endif + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Generic 32 bit DPMI routines */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined(GENERIC_DPMI32) + +static long prevRealBreak; /* Previous real mode break handler */ +static long prevRealCtrlC; /* Previous real mode CtrlC handler */ +static long prevRealCritical; /* Prev real mode critical handler */ + +#ifndef MOUSE_SUPPORTED + +/* The following real mode routine is used to call a 32 bit protected + * mode FAR function from real mode. We use this for passing up control + * from the real mode mouse callback to our protected mode code. + */ + +static long mouseRMCB; /* Mouse real mode callback address */ +static uchar *mousePtr; +static char mouseRegs[0x32]; /* Real mode regs for mouse callback */ +static uchar mouseHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* _realRMCB */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x1E,0x00,0x00, /* call [cs:_realRMCB] */ + 0xCB, /* retf */ + }; + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + uint rseg,roff; + + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + /* Copy the real mode handler to real mode memory */ + if ((mousePtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(mouseHandler),&rseg,&roff)) == NULL) + return 0; + memcpy(mousePtr,mouseHandler,sizeof(mouseHandler)); + if (!_DPMI_allocateCallback(_PM_mousePMCB, mouseRegs, &mouseRMCB)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to allocate real mode callback!\n"); + PM_setLong(mousePtr,mouseRMCB); + + /* Install the real mode mouse handler */ + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + sregs.es = rseg; + regs.x.dx = roff+4; + regs.x.cx = _PM_mouseMask = mask; + regs.x.ax = 0xC; + PM_int86x(0x33, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (_PM_mouseHandler) { + regs.x.ax = 33; + PM_int86(0x33, ®s, ®s); + PM_freeRealSeg(mousePtr); + _DPMI_freeCallback(mouseRMCB); + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; + } +} + +#endif + +static void getISR(int intno, PMFARPTR *pmisr, long *realisr) +{ + PM_getPMvect(intno,pmisr); + _PM_getRMvect(intno,realisr); +} + +static void restoreISR(int intno, PMFARPTR pmisr, long realisr) +{ + _PM_setRMvect(intno,realisr); + PM_restorePMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +static void setISR(int intno, void (* PMAPI pmisr)()) +{ + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + PM_setPMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setTimerHandler(PM_intHandler th) +{ + getISR(0x8, &_PM_prevTimer, &_PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = th; + setISR(0x8, _PM_timerISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreTimerHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_timerHandler) { + restoreISR(0x8, _PM_prevTimer, _PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = NULL; + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + getISR(0x70, &_PM_prevRTC, &_PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + setISR(0x70, _PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + restoreISR(0x70, _PM_prevRTC, _PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + +PM_IRQHandle PMAPI PM_setIRQHandler( + int IRQ, + PM_irqHandler ih) +{ + int thunkSize,PICmask,chainPrevious; + ulong offsetAdjust; + _PM_IRQHandle *handle; + + thunkSize = (ulong)_PM_irqISRTemplateEnd - (ulong)_PM_irqISRTemplate; + if ((handle = PM_malloc(sizeof(_PM_IRQHandle) + thunkSize)) == NULL) + return NULL; + handle->IRQ = IRQ; + handle->prevPIC = PM_inpb(0x21); + handle->prevPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + if (IRQ < 8) { + handle->IRQVect = (IRQ + 8); + PICmask = (1 << IRQ); + chainPrevious = ((handle->prevPIC & PICmask) == 0); + } + else { + handle->IRQVect = (0x60 + IRQ + 8); + PICmask = ((1 << IRQ) | 0x4); + chainPrevious = ((handle->prevPIC2 & (PICmask >> 8)) == 0); + } + + /* Copy and setup the assembler thunk */ + offsetAdjust = (ulong)handle->thunk - (ulong)_PM_irqISRTemplate; + memcpy(handle->thunk,_PM_irqISRTemplate,thunkSize); + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[2]) = offsetAdjust; + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+0]) = (ulong)ih; + if (chainPrevious) { + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+4]) = handle->prevHandler.off; + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+8]) = handle->prevHandler.sel; + } + else { + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+4]) = 0; + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+8]) = 0; + } + *((ulong*)&handle->thunk[11+12]) = IRQ; + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + getISR(handle->IRQVect, &handle->prevHandler, &handle->prevRealhandler); + setISR(handle->IRQVect, (PM_intHandler)handle->thunk); + + /* Unmask the IRQ in the PIC */ + PM_outpb(0xA1,handle->prevPIC2 & ~(PICmask >> 8)); + PM_outpb(0x21,handle->prevPIC & ~PICmask); + return handle; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreIRQHandler( + PM_IRQHandle irqHandle) +{ + int PICmask; + _PM_IRQHandle *handle = irqHandle; + + /* Restore PIC mask for the interrupt */ + if (handle->IRQ < 8) + PICmask = (1 << handle->IRQ); + else + PICmask = ((1 << handle->IRQ) | 0x4); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & ~(PICmask >> 8)) | (handle->prevPIC2 & (PICmask >> 8))); + PM_outpb(0x21,(PM_inpb(0x21) & ~PICmask) | (handle->prevPIC & PICmask)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + restoreISR(handle->IRQVect, handle->prevHandler, handle->prevRealhandler); + + /* Finally free the thunk */ + PM_free(handle); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKeyHandler(PM_intHandler kh) +{ + getISR(0x9, &_PM_prevKey, &_PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = kh; + setISR(0x9, _PM_keyISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKeyHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_keyHandler) { + restoreISR(0x9, _PM_prevKey, _PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKey15Handler(PM_key15Handler kh) +{ + getISR(0x15, &_PM_prevKey15, &_PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = kh; + setISR(0x15, _PM_key15ISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKey15Handler(void) +{ + if (_PM_key15Handler) { + restoreISR(0x15, _PM_prevKey15, _PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = NULL; + } +} + +/* Real mode Ctrl-C and Ctrl-Break handler. This handler simply sets a + * flag in the real mode code segment and exit. We save the location + * of this flag in real mode memory so that both the real mode and + * protected mode code will be modifying the same flags. + */ + +#ifndef DOS4GW +static uchar ctrlHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ctrlBFlag */ + 0x66,0x2E,0xC7,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* mov [cs:ctrlBFlag],1 */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; +#endif + +void PMAPI PM_installAltBreakHandler(PM_breakHandler bh) +{ +#ifndef DOS4GW + uint rseg,roff; +#else + static int ctrlCFlag,ctrlBFlag; + + _PM_ctrlCPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlCFlag; + _PM_ctrlBPtr = (uchar*)&ctrlBFlag; +#endif + + getISR(0x1B, &_PM_prevBreak, &prevRealBreak); + getISR(0x23, &_PM_prevCtrlC, &prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_breakHandler = bh; + setISR(0x1B, _PM_breakISR); + setISR(0x23, _PM_ctrlCISR); + +#ifndef DOS4GW + /* Hook the real mode vectors for these handlers, as these are not + * normally reflected by the DPMI server up to protected mode + */ + _PM_ctrlBPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(ctrlHandler)*2, &rseg, &roff); + memcpy(_PM_ctrlBPtr,ctrlHandler,sizeof(ctrlHandler)); + memcpy(_PM_ctrlBPtr+sizeof(ctrlHandler),ctrlHandler,sizeof(ctrlHandler)); + _PM_ctrlCPtr = _PM_ctrlBPtr + sizeof(ctrlHandler); + _PM_setRMvect(0x1B,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+4)); + _PM_setRMvect(0x23,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+sizeof(ctrlHandler)+4)); +#endif +} + +void PMAPI PM_installBreakHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltBreakHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreBreakHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevBreak.sel) { + restoreISR(0x1B, _PM_prevBreak, prevRealBreak); + restoreISR(0x23, _PM_prevCtrlC, prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_prevBreak.sel = 0; + _PM_breakHandler = NULL; +#ifndef DOS4GW + PM_freeRealSeg(_PM_ctrlBPtr); +#endif + } +} + +/* Real mode Critical Error handler. This handler simply saves the AX and + * DI values in the real mode code segment and exits. We save the location + * of this flag in real mode memory so that both the real mode and + * protected mode code will be modifying the same flags. + */ + +#ifndef DOS4GW +static uchar criticalHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00, /* axCode */ + 0x00,0x00, /* diCode */ + 0x2E,0xA3,0x00,0x00, /* mov [cs:axCode],ax */ + 0x2E,0x89,0x3E,0x02,0x00, /* mov [cs:diCode],di */ + 0xB8,0x03,0x00, /* mov ax,3 */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; +#endif + +void PMAPI PM_installAltCriticalHandler(PM_criticalHandler ch) +{ +#ifndef DOS4GW + uint rseg,roff; +#else + static short critBuf[2]; + + _PM_critPtr = (uchar*)critBuf; +#endif + + getISR(0x24, &_PM_prevCritical, &prevRealCritical); + _PM_critHandler = ch; + setISR(0x24, _PM_criticalISR); + +#ifndef DOS4GW + /* Hook the real mode vector, as this is not normally reflected by the + * DPMI server up to protected mode. + */ + _PM_critPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(criticalHandler)*2, &rseg, &roff); + memcpy(_PM_critPtr,criticalHandler,sizeof(criticalHandler)); + _PM_setRMvect(0x24,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+4)); +#endif +} + +void PMAPI PM_installCriticalHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreCriticalHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevCritical.sel) { + restoreISR(0x24, _PM_prevCritical, prevRealCritical); + PM_freeRealSeg(_PM_critPtr); + _PM_prevCritical.sel = 0; + _PM_critHandler = NULL; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_lockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds),len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_unlockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds),len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_lockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.cs),len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_unlockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.cs),len); +} + +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e78e25a8b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit DOS +* +* Description: Main C module for the VFlat framebuffer routines. The page +* fault handler is always installed to handle up to a 4Mb +* framebuffer with a window size of 4Kb or 64Kb in size. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <dos.h> + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* DOS4G/W, PMODE/W and CauseWay support. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined(DOS4GW) + +#define VFLAT_START_ADDR 0xF0000000U +#define VFLAT_END_ADDR 0xF03FFFFFU +#define VFLAT_LIMIT (VFLAT_END_ADDR - VFLAT_START_ADDR) +#define PAGE_PRESENT 1 +#define PAGE_NOTPRESENT 0 +#define PAGE_READ 0 +#define PAGE_WRITE 2 + +PRIVATE ibool installed = false; +PRIVATE ibool haveDPMI = false; +PUBLIC ibool _ASMAPI VF_haveCauseWay = false; +PUBLIC uchar * _ASMAPI VF_zeroPtr = NULL; + +/* Low level assembler code */ + +int _ASMAPI InitPaging(void); +void _ASMAPI ClosePaging(void); +void _ASMAPI MapPhysical2Linear(ulong pAddr, ulong lAddr, int pages, int flags); +void _ASMAPI InstallFaultHandler(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize); +void _ASMAPI RemoveFaultHandler(void); +void _ASMAPI InstallBankFunc(int codeLen,void *bankFunc); + +void * _ASMAPI VF_malloc(uint size) +{ return PM_malloc(size); } + +void _ASMAPI VF_free(void *p) +{ PM_free(p); } + +PRIVATE ibool CheckDPMI(void) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: CheckDPMI +* Returns: True if we are running under DPMI +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + PMREGS regs; + + if (haveDPMI) + return true; + + /* Check if we are running under DPMI in which case we will not be + * able to install our page fault handlers. We can however use the + * DVA.386 or VFLATD.386 virtual device drivers if they are present. + */ + regs.x.ax = 0xFF00; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + if (!regs.x.cflag && (regs.e.edi & 8)) + return (haveDPMI = true); + return false; +} + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: VF_available +* Returns: True if virtual buffer is available, false if not. +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + if (!VF_zeroPtr) + VF_zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFFFFF,true); + if (CheckDPMI()) + return false; + + /* Standard DOS4GW, PMODE/W and Causeway */ + if (InitPaging() == -1) + return false; + ClosePaging(); + return true; +} + +void * PMAPI InitDPMI(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: InitDOS4GW +* Parameters: baseAddr - Base address of framebuffer bank window +* bankSize - Physical size of banks in Kb (4 or 64) +* codeLen - Length of 32 bit bank switch function +* bankFunc - Pointer to protected mode bank function +* Returns: Near pointer to virtual framebuffer, or NULL on failure. +* +* Description: Installs the virtual linear framebuffer handling for +* DPMI environments. This requires the DVA.386 or VFLATD.386 +* virtual device drivers to be installed and functioning. +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + (void)baseAddr; + (void)bankSize; + (void)codeLen; + (void)bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI InitDOS4GW(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: InitDOS4GW +* Parameters: baseAddr - Base address of framebuffer bank window +* bankSize - Physical size of banks in Kb (4 or 64) +* codeLen - Length of 32 bit bank switch function +* bankFunc - Pointer to protected mode bank function +* Returns: Near pointer to virtual framebuffer, or NULL on failure. +* +* Description: Installs the virtual linear framebuffer handling for +* the DOS4GW extender. +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + int i; + + if (InitPaging() == -1) + return NULL; /* Cannot do hardware paging! */ + + /* Map 4MB of video memory into linear address space (read/write) */ + if (bankSize == 64) { + for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) { + MapPhysical2Linear(baseAddr,VFLAT_START_ADDR+(i<<16),16, + PAGE_WRITE | PAGE_NOTPRESENT); + } + } + else { + for (i = 0; i < 1024; i++) { + MapPhysical2Linear(baseAddr,VFLAT_START_ADDR+(i<<12),1, + PAGE_WRITE | PAGE_NOTPRESENT); + } + } + + /* Install our page fault handler and banks switch function */ + InstallFaultHandler(baseAddr,bankSize); + InstallBankFunc(codeLen,bankFunc); + installed = true; + return (void*)VFLAT_START_ADDR; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: VF_init +* Parameters: baseAddr - Base address of framebuffer bank window +* bankSize - Physical size of banks in Kb (4 or 64) +* codeLen - Length of 32 bit bank switch function +* bankFunc - Pointer to protected mode bank function +* Returns: Near pointer to virtual framebuffer, or NULL on failure. +* +* Description: Installs the virtual linear framebuffer handling. +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + if (installed) + return (void*)VFLAT_START_ADDR; + if (codeLen > 100) + return NULL; /* Bank function is too large! */ + if (!VF_zeroPtr) + VF_zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFFFFF,true); + if (CheckDPMI()) + return InitDPMI(baseAddr,bankSize,codeLen,bankFunc); + return InitDOS4GW(baseAddr,bankSize,codeLen,bankFunc); +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Function: VF_exit +* +* Description: Closes down the virtual framebuffer services and +* restores the previous page fault handler. +* +****************************************************************************/ +{ + if (installed) { + if (haveDPMI) { + /* DPMI support */ + } + else { + /* Standard DOS4GW and PMODE/W support */ + RemoveFaultHandler(); + ClosePaging(); + } + installed = false; + } +} + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Support mapped out for other compilers. */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#else + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + (void)baseAddr; + (void)bankSize; + (void)codeLen; + (void)bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} + +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..960ed06cd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/dos/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: MSDOS +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +uchar * _VARAPI _ZTimerBIOSPtr; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler functions */ + +void _ASMAPI LZ_timerOn(void); +ulong _ASMAPI LZ_timerLap(void); +void _ASMAPI LZ_timerOff(void); +ulong _ASMAPI LZ_timerCount(void); +void _ASMAPI LZ_disable(void); +void _ASMAPI LZ_enable(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ + _ZTimerBIOSPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) LZ_timerOn() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerLap(tm) LZ_timerLap() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) LZ_timerOff() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerCount(tm) LZ_timerCount() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 54925 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the BIOS timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + ulong ticks; + LZ_disable(); /* Turn of interrupts */ + ticks = PM_getLong(_ZTimerBIOSPtr+0x6C); + LZ_enable(); /* Turn on interrupts again */ + return ticks; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ + if (finish < start) + finish += 1573040L; /* Number of ticks in 24 hours */ + return finish - start; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b284c68cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,1115 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Main implementation for the SciTech cross platform event +* library. This module contains all the generic cross platform +* code, and pulls in modules specific to each target OS +* environment. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "event.h" +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <time.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define EVENTQSIZE 100 /* Number of events in event queue */ +#define JOY_NUM_AXES 4 /* Number of joystick axes supported */ + +static struct { + int mx,my; /* Current mouse position */ + int head; /* Head of event queue */ + int tail; /* Tail of event queue */ + int freeHead; /* Head of free list */ + int count; /* No. of items currently in queue */ + event_t evtq[EVENTQSIZE]; /* The queue structure itself */ + int oldMove; /* Previous movement event */ + int oldKey; /* Previous key repeat event */ + int oldJoyMove; /* Previous joystick movement event */ + int joyMask; /* Mask of joystick axes present */ + int joyMin[JOY_NUM_AXES]; + int joyCenter[JOY_NUM_AXES]; + int joyMax[JOY_NUM_AXES]; + int joyPrev[JOY_NUM_AXES]; + int joyButState; + ulong doubleClick; + ulong autoRepeat; + ulong autoDelay; + ulong autoTicks; + ulong doubleClickThresh; + ulong firstAuto; + int autoMouse_x; + int autoMouse_y; + event_t downMouse; + ulong keyModifiers; /* Current keyboard modifiers */ + uchar keyTable[128]; /* Table of key up/down flags */ + ibool allowLEDS; /* True if LEDS should change */ + _EVT_userEventFilter userEventCallback; + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove; + _EVT_heartBeatCallback heartBeat; + void *heartBeatParams; + codepage_t *codePage; + } EVT; + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +#if defined(__REALDOS__) || defined(__SMX32__) +/* {secret} */ +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeStart(void) {} +#endif + +/* External assembler functions */ + +int EVTAPI _EVT_readJoyAxis(int mask,int *axis); +int EVTAPI _EVT_readJoyButtons(void); + +/* Forward declaration */ + +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Event to add to the event queue + +REMARKS: +Adds an event to the event queue by tacking it onto the tail of the event +queue. This routine assumes that at least one spot is available on the +freeList for the event to be inserted. + +NOTE: Interrupts MUST be OFF while this routine is called to ensure we have + mutually exclusive access to our internal data structures for + interrupt driven systems (like under DOS). +****************************************************************************/ +static void addEvent( + event_t *evt) +{ + int evtID; + + /* Check for mouse double click events */ + if (evt->what & EVT_MOUSEEVT) { + EVT.autoMouse_x = evt->where_x; + EVT.autoMouse_y = evt->where_y; + if ((evt->what & EVT_MOUSEDOWN) && !(evt->message & EVT_DBLCLICK)) { + /* Determine if the last mouse event was a double click event */ + uint diff_x = ABS(evt->where_x - EVT.downMouse.where_x); + uint diff_y = ABS(evt->where_y - EVT.downMouse.where_y); + if ((evt->message == EVT.downMouse.message) + && ((evt->when - EVT.downMouse.when) <= EVT.doubleClick) + && (diff_x <= EVT.doubleClickThresh) + && (diff_y <= EVT.doubleClickThresh)) { + evt->message |= EVT_DBLCLICK; + EVT.downMouse = *evt; + EVT.downMouse.when = 0; + } + else + EVT.downMouse = *evt; + EVT.autoTicks = _EVT_getTicks(); + } + else if (evt->what & EVT_MOUSEUP) { + EVT.downMouse.what = EVT_NULLEVT; + EVT.firstAuto = true; + } + } + + /* Call user supplied callback to modify the event if desired */ + if (EVT.userEventCallback) { + if (!EVT.userEventCallback(evt)) + return; + } + + /* Get spot to place the event from the free list */ + evtID = EVT.freeHead; + EVT.freeHead = EVT.evtq[EVT.freeHead].next; + + /* Add to the EVT.tail of the event queue */ + evt->next = -1; + evt->prev = EVT.tail; + if (EVT.tail != -1) + EVT.evtq[EVT.tail].next = evtID; + else + EVT.head = evtID; + EVT.tail = evtID; + EVT.evtq[evtID] = *evt; + EVT.count++; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to initialise the event queue to the empty state. +****************************************************************************/ +static void initEventQueue(void) +{ + int i; + + /* Build free list, and initialize global data structures */ + for (i = 0; i < EVENTQSIZE; i++) + EVT.evtq[i].next = i+1; + EVT.evtq[EVENTQSIZE-1].next = -1; /* Terminate list */ + EVT.count = EVT.freeHead = 0; + EVT.head = EVT.tail = -1; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + EVT.oldKey = -1; + EVT.oldJoyMove = -1; + EVT.joyButState = 0; + EVT.mx = EVT.my = 0; + EVT.keyModifiers = 0; + EVT.allowLEDS = true; + + /* Set default values for mouse double click and mouse auto events */ + EVT.doubleClick = 440; + EVT.autoRepeat = 55; + EVT.autoDelay = 330; + EVT.autoTicks = 0; + EVT.doubleClickThresh = 5; + EVT.firstAuto = true; + EVT.autoMouse_x = EVT.autoMouse_y = 0; + memset(&EVT.downMouse,0,sizeof(EVT.downMouse)); + + /* Setup default pointers for event library */ + EVT.userEventCallback = NULL; + EVT.codePage = &_CP_US_English; + + /* Initialise the joystick module and do basic calibration (which assumes + * the joystick is centered. + */ + EVT.joyMask = EVT_joyIsPresent(); +} + +#if defined(NEED_SCALE_JOY_AXIS) || !defined(USE_OS_JOYSTICK) +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function scales a joystick axis value to normalised form. +****************************************************************************/ +static int scaleJoyAxis( + int raw, + int axis) +{ + int scaled,range; + + /* Make sure the joystick is calibrated properly */ + if (EVT.joyCenter[axis] - EVT.joyMin[axis] < 5) + return raw; + if (EVT.joyMax[axis] - EVT.joyCenter[axis] < 5) + return raw; + + /* Now scale the coordinates to -128 to 127 */ + raw -= EVT.joyCenter[axis]; + if (raw < 0) + range = EVT.joyCenter[axis]-EVT.joyMin[axis]; + else + range = EVT.joyMax[axis]-EVT.joyCenter[axis]; + scaled = (raw * 128) / range; + if (scaled < -128) + scaled = -128; + if (scaled > 127) + scaled = 127; + return scaled; +} +#endif + +#if defined(__SMX32__) +#include "smx/event.c" +#elif defined(__RTTARGET__) +#include "rttarget/event.c" +#elif defined(__REALDOS__) +#include "dos/event.c" +#elif defined(__WINDOWS32__) +#include "win32/event.c" +#elif defined(__OS2__) +#if defined(__OS2_PM__) +#include "os2pm/event.c" +#else +#include "os2/event.c" +#endif +#elif defined(__LINUX__) +#if defined(__USE_X11__) +#include "x11/event.c" +#else +#include "linux/event.c" +#endif +#elif defined(__QNX__) +#if defined(__USE_PHOTON__) +#include "photon/event.c" +#elif defined(__USE_X11__) +#include "x11/event.c" +#else +#include "qnx/event.c" +#endif +#elif defined(__BEOS__) +#include "beos/event.c" +#else +#error Event library not ported to this platform yet! +#endif + +/*------------------------ Public interface routines ----------------------*/ + +/* If USE_OS_JOYSTICK is defined, the OS specific libraries will implement + * the joystick code rather than using the generic OS portable version. + */ + +#ifndef USE_OS_JOYSTICK +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the mask indicating what joystick axes are attached. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function is used to detect the attached joysticks, and determine +what axes are present and functioning. This function will re-detect any +attached joysticks when it is called, so if the user forgot to attach +the joystick when the application started, you can call this function to +re-detect any newly attached joysticks. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +int EVTAPI EVT_joyIsPresent(void) +{ + int mask,i; + + memset(EVT.joyMin,0,sizeof(EVT.joyMin)); + memset(EVT.joyCenter,0,sizeof(EVT.joyCenter)); + memset(EVT.joyMax,0,sizeof(EVT.joyMax)); + memset(EVT.joyPrev,0,sizeof(EVT.joyPrev)); + EVT.joyButState = 0; +#ifdef __LINUX__ + PM_init(); +#endif + mask = _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyCenter); + if (mask) { + for (i = 0; i < JOY_NUM_AXES; i++) + EVT.joyMax[i] = EVT.joyCenter[i]*2; + } + return mask; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Polls the joystick for position and button information. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This routine is used to poll analogue joysticks for button and position +information. It should be called once for each main loop of the user +application, just before processing all pending events via EVT_getNext. +All information polled from the joystick will be posted to the event +queue for later retrieval. + +Note: Most analogue joysticks will provide readings that change even + though the joystick has not moved. Hence if you call this routine + you will likely get an EVT_JOYMOVE event every time through your + event loop. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, +EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_pollJoystick(void) +{ + event_t evt; + int i,axis[JOY_NUM_AXES],newButState,mask,moved,ps; + + if (EVT.joyMask) { + /* Read joystick axes and post movement events if they have + * changed since the last time we polled. Until the events are + * actually flushed, we keep modifying the same joystick movement + * event, so you won't get multiple movement event + */ + mask = _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT.joyMask,axis); + newButState = _EVT_readJoyButtons(); + moved = false; + for (i = 0; i < JOY_NUM_AXES; i++) { + if (mask & (EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1 << i)) + axis[i] = scaleJoyAxis(axis[i],i); + else + axis[i] = EVT.joyPrev[i]; + if (axis[i] != EVT.joyPrev[i]) + moved = true; + } + if (moved) { + memcpy(EVT.joyPrev,axis,sizeof(EVT.joyPrev)); + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + if (EVT.oldJoyMove != -1) { + /* Modify the existing joystick movement event */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].message = newButState; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + } + else if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Add a new joystick movement event */ + EVT.oldJoyMove = EVT.freeHead; + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + evt.what = EVT_JOYMOVE; + evt.message = EVT.joyButState; + evt.where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + evt.where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + evt.relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + evt.relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + addEvent(&evt); + } + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + + /* Read the joystick buttons, and post events to reflect the change + * in state for the joystick buttons. + */ + if (newButState != EVT.joyButState) { + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Add a new joystick click event */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + evt.what = EVT_JOYCLICK; + evt.message = newButState; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + addEvent(&evt); + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + EVT.joyButState = newButState; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick upper left position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the upper left +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetUpperLeft(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyMin); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick lower right position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the lower right +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetLowerRight(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyMax); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick center position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the center +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetCenter(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyCenter); +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Posts a user defined event to the event queue + +HEADER: +event.h + +RETURNS: +True if event was posted, false if event queue is full. + +PARAMETERS: +what - Type code for message to post +message - Event specific message to post +modifiers - Event specific modifier flags to post + +REMARKS: +This routine is used to post user defined events to the event queue. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_flush, EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_halt +****************************************************************************/ +ibool EVTAPI EVT_post( + ulong which, + ulong what, + ulong message, + ulong modifiers) +{ + event_t evt; + uint ps; + + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Save information in event record */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + evt.which = which; + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + evt.what = what; + evt.message = message; + evt.modifiers = modifiers; + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to EVT.tail of event queue */ + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Flushes all events of a specified type from the event queue. + +PARAMETERS: +mask - Mask specifying the types of events that should be removed + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +Flushes (removes) all pending events of the specified type from the event +queue. You may combine the masks for different event types with a simple +logical OR. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_halt, EVT_peekNext +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_flush( + ulong mask) +{ + event_t evt; + + do { /* Flush all events */ + EVT_getNext(&evt,mask); + } while (evt.what != EVT_NULLEVT); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Halts until and event of the specified type is recieved. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +evt - Pointer to +mask - Mask specifying the types of events that should be removed + +REMARKS: +This functions halts exceution until an event of the specified type is +recieved into the event queue. It does not flush the event queue of events +before performing the busy loop. However this function does throw away +any events other than the ones you have requested via the event mask, to +avoid the event queue filling up with unwanted events (like EVT_KEYUP or +EVT_MOUSEMOVE events). + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_flush, EVT_peekNext +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_halt( + event_t *evt, + ulong mask) +{ + do { /* Wait for an event */ + if (mask & (EVT_JOYEVT)) + EVT_pollJoystick(); + EVT_getNext(evt,EVT_EVERYEVT); + } while (!(evt->what & mask)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Peeks at the next pending event in the event queue. + +HEADER: +event.h + +RETURNS: +True if an event is pending, false if not. + +PARAMETERS: +evt - Pointer to structure to return the event info in +mask - Mask specifying the types of events that should be removed + +REMARKS: +Peeks at the next pending event of the specified type in the event queue. The +mask parameter is used to specify the type of events to be peeked at, and +can be any logical combination of any of the flags defined by the +EVT_eventType enumeration. + +In contrast to EVT_getNext, the event is not removed from the event queue. +You may combine the masks for different event types with a simple logical OR. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_flush, EVT_getNext, EVT_halt +****************************************************************************/ +ibool EVTAPI EVT_peekNext( + event_t *evt, + ulong mask) +{ + int evtID; + uint ps; + + if (EVT.heartBeat) + EVT.heartBeat(EVT.heartBeatParams); + _EVT_pumpMessages(); /* Pump all messages into queue */ + EVT.mouseMove(EVT.mx,EVT.my); /* Move the mouse cursor */ + evt->what = EVT_NULLEVT; /* Default to null event */ + if (EVT.count) { + /* It is possible that an event be posted while we are trying + * to access the event queue. This would create problems since + * we may end up with invalid data for our event queue pointers. To + * alleviate this, all interrupts are suspended while we manipulate + * our pointers. + */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); /* disable interrupts */ + for (evtID = EVT.head; evtID != -1; evtID = EVT.evtq[evtID].next) { + if (EVT.evtq[evtID].what & mask) + break; /* Found an event */ + } + if (evtID == -1) { + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + return false; /* Event was not found */ + } + *evt = EVT.evtq[evtID]; /* Return the event */ + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + if (evt->what & EVT_KEYEVT) + _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt); + } + return evt->what != EVT_NULLEVT; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Retrieves the next pending event from the event queue. + +PARAMETERS: +evt - Pointer to structure to return the event info in +mask - Mask specifying the types of events that should be removed + +HEADER: +event.h + +RETURNS: +True if an event was pending, false if not. + +REMARKS: +Retrieves the next pending event from the event queue, and stores it in a +event_t structure. The mask parameter is used to specify the type of events +to be removed, and can be any logical combination of any of the flags defined +by the EVT_eventType enumeration. + +The what field of the event contains the event code of the event that was +extracted. All application specific events should begin with the EVT_USEREVT +code and build from there. Since the event code is stored in an integer, +there is a maximum of 32 different event codes that can be distinguished. +You can store extra information about the event in the message field to +distinguish between events of the same class (for instance the button used in +a EVT_MOUSEDOWN event). + +If an event of the specified type was not in the event queue, the what field +of the event will be set to NULLEVT, and the return value will return false. + +Note: You should /always/ use the EVT_EVERYEVT mask for extracting events + from your main event loop handler. Using a mask for only a specific + type of event for long periods of time will cause the event queue to + fill up with events of the type you are ignoring, eventually causing + the application to hang when the event queue becomes full. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_flush, EVT_halt, EVT_peekNext +****************************************************************************/ +ibool EVTAPI EVT_getNext( + event_t *evt, + ulong mask) +{ + int evtID,next,prev; + uint ps; + + if (EVT.heartBeat) + EVT.heartBeat(EVT.heartBeatParams); + _EVT_pumpMessages(); /* Pump all messages into queue */ + EVT.mouseMove(EVT.mx,EVT.my); /* Move the mouse cursor */ + evt->what = EVT_NULLEVT; /* Default to null event */ + if (EVT.count) { + /* It is possible that an event be posted while we are trying + * to access the event queue. This would create problems since + * we may end up with invalid data for our event queue pointers. To + * alleviate this, all interrupts are suspended while we manipulate + * our pointers. + */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); /* disable interrupts */ + for (evtID = EVT.head; evtID != -1; evtID = EVT.evtq[evtID].next) { + if (EVT.evtq[evtID].what & mask) + break; /* Found an event */ + } + if (evtID == -1) { + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + return false; /* Event was not found */ + } + next = EVT.evtq[evtID].next; + prev = EVT.evtq[evtID].prev; + if (prev != -1) + EVT.evtq[prev].next = next; + else + EVT.head = next; + if (next != -1) + EVT.evtq[next].prev = prev; + else + EVT.tail = prev; + *evt = EVT.evtq[evtID]; /* Return the event */ + EVT.evtq[evtID].next = EVT.freeHead; /* and return to free list */ + EVT.freeHead = evtID; + EVT.count--; + if (evt->what == EVT_MOUSEMOVE) + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (evt->what == EVT_KEYREPEAT) + EVT.oldKey = -1; + if (evt->what == EVT_JOYMOVE) + EVT.oldJoyMove = -1; + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); /* enable interrupts */ + if (evt->what & EVT_KEYEVT) + _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt); + } + + /* If there is no event pending, check if we should generate an auto + * mouse down event if the mouse is still currently down. + */ + if (evt->what == EVT_NULLEVT && EVT.autoRepeat && (mask & EVT_MOUSEAUTO) && (EVT.downMouse.what & EVT_MOUSEDOWN)) { + ulong ticks = _EVT_getTicks(); + if ((ticks - EVT.autoTicks) >= (EVT.autoRepeat + (EVT.firstAuto ? EVT.autoDelay : 0))) { + evt->what = EVT_MOUSEAUTO; + evt->message = EVT.downMouse.message; + evt->modifiers = EVT.downMouse.modifiers; + evt->where_x = EVT.autoMouse_x; + evt->where_y = EVT.autoMouse_y; + evt->relative_x = 0; + evt->relative_y = 0; + EVT.autoTicks = evt->when = ticks; + EVT.firstAuto = false; + } + } + return evt->what != EVT_NULLEVT; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Installs a user supplied event filter callback for event handling. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +userEventFilter - Address of user supplied event filter callback + +REMARKS: +This function allows the application programmer to install an event filter +callback for event handling. Once you install your callback, the MGL +event handling routines will call your callback with a pointer to the +new event that will be placed into the event queue. Your callback can the +modify the contents of the event before it is placed into the queue (for +instance adding custom information or perhaps high precision timing +information). + +If your callback returns FALSE, the event will be ignore and will not be +posted to the event queue. You should always return true from your event +callback unless you plan to use the events immediately that they are +recieved. + +Note: Your event callback may be called in response to a hardware + interrupt and will be executing in the context of the hardware + interrupt handler under MSDOS (ie: keyboard interrupt or mouse + interrupt). For this reason the code pages for the callback that + you register must be locked in memory with the PM_lockCodePages + function. You must also lock down any data pages that your function + needs to reference as well. + +Note: You can also use this filter callback to process events at the + time they are activated by the user (ie: when the user hits the + key or moves the mouse), but make sure your code runs as fast as + possible as it will be executing inside the context of an interrupt + handler on some systems. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setUserEventFilter( + _EVT_userEventFilter filter) +{ + EVT.userEventCallback = filter; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Installs a user supplied event heartbeat callback function. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +callback - Address of user supplied event heartbeat callback +params - Parameters to pass to the event heartbeat function + +REMARKS: +This function allows the application programmer to install an event heatbeat +function that gets called every time that EVT_getNext or EVT_peekNext +is called. This is primarily useful for simulating text mode cursors inside +event handling code when running in graphics modes as opposed to hardware +text modes. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_getHeartBeatCallback +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setHeartBeatCallback( + _EVT_heartBeatCallback callback, + void *params) +{ + EVT.heartBeat = callback; + EVT.heartBeatParams = params; +} + + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current user supplied event heartbeat callback function. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +callback - Place to store the address of user supplied event heartbeat callback +params - Place to store the parameters to pass to the event heartbeat function + +REMARKS: +This function retrieves the current event heatbeat function that gets called +every time that EVT_getNext or EVT_peekNext is called. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_setHeartBeatCallback +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_getHeartBeatCallback( + _EVT_heartBeatCallback *callback, + void **params) +{ + *callback = EVT.heartBeat; + *params = EVT.heartBeatParams; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Determines if a specified key is currently down. + +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +RETURNS: +True of the specified key is currently held down. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. You simply need to pass in the scan code of +the key that you wish to test, and the MGL will tell you if it is currently +down or not. The MGL does this by keeping track of the up and down state +of all the keys. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool EVTAPI EVT_isKeyDown( + uchar scanCode) +{ + return _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Set the mouse position for the event module + +PARAMETERS: +x - X coordinate to move the mouse cursor position to +y - Y coordinate to move the mouse cursor position to + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function moves the mouse cursor position for the event module to the +specified location. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getMousePos +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMousePos( + int x, + int y) +{ + EVT.mx = x; + EVT.my = y; + _EVT_setMousePos(&EVT.mx,&EVT.my); + EVT.mouseMove(EVT.mx,EVT.my); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current mouse cursor location. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +x - Place to store value for mouse x coordinate (screen coordinates) +y - Place to store value for mouse y coordinate (screen coordinates) + +REMARKS: +Obtains the current mouse cursor position in screen coordinates. Normally the +mouse cursor location is tracked using the mouse movement events that are +posted to the event queue when the mouse moves, however this routine +provides an alternative method of polling the mouse cursor location. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_setMousePos +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_getMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + *x = EVT.mx; + *y = EVT.my; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the currently active code page for translation of keyboard characters. + +HEADER: +event.h + +RETURNS: +Pointer to the currently active code page translation table. + +REMARKS: +This function is returns a pointer to the currently active code page +translation table. See EVT_setCodePage for more information. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_setCodePage +****************************************************************************/ +codepage_t * EVTAPI EVT_getCodePage(void) +{ + return EVT.codePage; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Sets the currently active code page for translation of keyboard characters. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +page - New code page to make active + +REMARKS: +This function is used to set a new code page translation table that is used +to translate virtual scan code values to ASCII characters for different +keyboard configurations. The default is usually US English, although if +possible the PM library will auto-detect the correct code page translation +for the target OS if OS services are available to determine what type of +keyboard is currently attached. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getCodePage +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setCodePage( + codepage_t *page) +{ + EVT.codePage = page; +} + +/* The following contains fake C prototypes and documentation for the + * macro functions in the event.h header file. These exist soley so + * that DocJet will correctly pull in the documentation for these functions. + */ +#ifdef INCLUDE_DOC_FUNCTIONS + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Macro to extract the ASCII code from a message. + +PARAMETERS: +message - Message to extract ASCII code from + +RETURNS: +ASCII code extracted from the message. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +Macro to extract the ASCII code from the message field of the event_t +structure. You pass the message field to the macro as the parameter and +the ASCII code is the result, for example: + + event_t EVT.myEvent; + uchar code; + code = EVT_asciiCode(EVT.myEvent.message); + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_scanCode, EVT_repeatCount +****************************************************************************/ +uchar EVT_asciiCode( + ulong message); + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Macro to extract the keyboard scan code from a message. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +message - Message to extract scan code from + +RETURNS: +Keyboard scan code extracted from the message. + +REMARKS: +Macro to extract the keyboard scan code from the message field of the event +structure. You pass the message field to the macro as the parameter and +the scan code is the result, for example: + + event_t EVT.myEvent; + uchar code; + code = EVT_scanCode(EVT.myEvent.message); + +NOTE: Scan codes in the event library are not really hardware scan codes, + but rather virtual scan codes as generated by a low level keyboard + interface driver. All virtual scan code values are defined by the + EVT_scanCodesType enumeration, and will be identical across all + supports OS'es and platforms. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_asciiCode, EVT_repeatCount +****************************************************************************/ +uchar EVT_scanCode( + ulong message); + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Macro to extract the repeat count from a message. + +HEADER: +event.h + +PARAMETERS: +message - Message to extract repeat count from + +RETURNS: +Repeat count extracted from the message. + +REMARKS: +Macro to extract the repeat count from the message field of the event +structure. The repeat count is the number of times that the key repeated +before there was another keyboard event to be place in the queue, and +allows the event handling code to avoid keyboard buffer overflow +conditions when a single key is held down by the user. If you are processing +a key repeat code, you will probably want to check this field to see how +many key repeats you should process for this message. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_asciiCode, EVT_repeatCount +****************************************************************************/ +short EVT_repeatCount( + ulong message); + +#endif /* DOC FUNCTIONS */ + +#if defined(__REALDOS__) || defined(__SMX32__) +/* {secret} */ +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeEnd(void) {} +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e88d210954 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux +* +* Description: Linux specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <ztimer.h> + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: We should implement this for Linux! +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: We should implement this for Linux! +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + freq->low = 1000000; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + struct timeval tv; \ + gettimeofday(&tv,NULL); \ + (t)->low = tv.tv_sec*1000000 + tv.tv_usec; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2668ceb88 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,1361 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux +* +* Description: Linux fullscreen console implementation for the SciTech +* cross platform event library. +* Portions ripped straigth from the gpm source code for mouse +* handling. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +extern int _PM_console_fd; +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0}; +static int _EVT_mouse_fd = 0; +static int range_x, range_y; +static int opt_baud = 1200, opt_sample = 100; +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK +static short *axis0 = NULL, *axis1 = NULL; +static uchar *buts0 = NULL, *buts1 = NULL; +static int joystick0_fd = 0, joystick1_fd = 0; +static int js_version = 0; +#endif + +/* This defines the supported mouse drivers */ + +typedef enum { + EVT_noMouse = -1, + EVT_microsoft = 0, + EVT_ps2, + EVT_mousesystems, + EVT_gpm, + EVT_MMseries, + EVT_logitech, + EVT_busmouse, + EVT_mouseman, + EVT_intellimouse, + EVT_intellimouse_ps2, + } mouse_drivers_t; + +static mouse_drivers_t mouse_driver = EVT_noMouse; +static char mouse_dev[20] = "/dev/mouse"; + +typedef struct { + char *name; + int flags; + void (*init)(void); + uchar proto[4]; + int packet_len; + int read; + } mouse_info; + +#define STD_FLG (CREAD | CLOCAL | HUPCL) + +static void _EVT_mouse_init(void); +static void _EVT_logitech_init(void); +static void _EVT_pnpmouse_init(void); + +mouse_info mouse_infos[] = { + {"Microsoft", CS7 | B1200 | STD_FLG, _EVT_mouse_init, {0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00}, 3, 1}, + {"PS2", STD_FLG, NULL, {0xc0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}, 3, 1}, + {"MouseSystems", CS8 | CSTOPB | STD_FLG, _EVT_mouse_init, {0xf8, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00}, 5, 5}, + {"GPM", CS8 | CSTOPB | STD_FLG, NULL, {0xf8, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00}, 5, 5}, + {"MMSeries", CS8 | PARENB | PARODD | STD_FLG, _EVT_mouse_init, {0xe0, 0x80, 0x80, 0x00}, 3, 1}, + {"Logitech", CS8 | CSTOPB | STD_FLG, _EVT_logitech_init, {0xe0, 0x80, 0x80, 0x00}, 3, 3}, + {"BusMouse", STD_FLG, NULL, {0xf8, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00}, 3, 3}, + {"MouseMan", CS7 | STD_FLG, _EVT_mouse_init, {0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x00}, 3, 1}, + {"IntelliMouse", CS7 | STD_FLG, _EVT_pnpmouse_init, {0xc0, 0x40, 0xc0, 0x00}, 4, 1}, + {"IMPS2", CS7 | STD_FLG, NULL, {0xc0, 0x40, 0xc0, 0x00}, 4, 1}, // ? + }; + +#define NB_MICE (sizeof(mouse_infos)/sizeof(mouse_info)) + +/* The name of the environment variables that are used to change the defaults above */ + +#define ENV_MOUSEDRV "MGL_MOUSEDRV" +#define ENV_MOUSEDEV "MGL_MOUSEDEV" +#define ENV_MOUSESPD "MGL_MOUSESPD" +#define ENV_JOYDEV0 "MGL_JOYDEV1" +#define ENV_JOYDEV1 "MGL_JOYDEV2" + +/* Scancode mappings on Linux for special keys */ + +typedef struct { + int scan; + int map; + } keymap; + +// TODO: Fix this and set it up so we can do a binary search! + +keymap keymaps[] = { + {96, KB_padEnter}, + {74, KB_padMinus}, + {78, KB_padPlus}, + {55, KB_padTimes}, + {98, KB_padDivide}, + {71, KB_padHome}, + {72, KB_padUp}, + {73, KB_padPageUp}, + {75, KB_padLeft}, + {76, KB_padCenter}, + {77, KB_padRight}, + {79, KB_padEnd}, + {80, KB_padDown}, + {81, KB_padPageDown}, + {82, KB_padInsert}, + {83, KB_padDelete}, + {105,KB_left}, + {108,KB_down}, + {106,KB_right}, + {103,KB_up}, + {110,KB_insert}, + {102,KB_home}, + {104,KB_pageUp}, + {111,KB_delete}, + {107,KB_end}, + {109,KB_pageDown}, + {125,KB_leftWindows}, + {126,KB_rightWindows}, + {127,KB_menu}, + {100,KB_rightAlt}, + {97,KB_rightCtrl}, + }; + +/* And the keypad with num lock turned on (changes the ASCII code only) */ + +keymap keypad[] = { + {71, ASCII_7}, + {72, ASCII_8}, + {73, ASCII_9}, + {75, ASCII_4}, + {76, ASCII_5}, + {77, ASCII_6}, + {79, ASCII_1}, + {80, ASCII_2}, + {81, ASCII_3}, + {82, ASCII_0}, + {83, ASCII_period}, + }; + +#define NB_KEYMAPS (sizeof(keymaps)/sizeof(keymaps[0])) +#define NB_KEYPAD (sizeof(keypad)/sizeof(keypad[0])) + +typedef struct { + int sample; + char code[2]; + } sample_rate; + +sample_rate sampletab[]={ + { 0,"O"}, + { 15,"J"}, + { 27,"K"}, + { 42,"L"}, + { 60,"R"}, + { 85,"M"}, + {125,"Q"}, + {1E9,"N"}, + }; + +/* Number of keycodes to read at a time from the console */ + +#define KBDREADBUFFERSIZE 32 + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under Linux */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flaps) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + static uint starttime = 0; + struct timeval t; + + gettimeofday(&t, NULL); + if (starttime == 0) + starttime = t.tv_sec * 1000 + (t.tv_usec/1000); + return ((t.tv_sec * 1000 + (t.tv_usec/1000)) - starttime); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Small Unix function that checks for availability on a file using select() +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool dataReady( + int fd) +{ + static struct timeval t = { 0L, 0L }; + fd_set fds; + + FD_ZERO(&fds); + FD_SET(fd, &fds); + return select(fd+1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &t) > 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Reads mouse data according to the selected mouse driver. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool readMouseData( + int *buttons, + int *dx, + int *dy) +{ + static uchar data[32],prev = 0; + int cnt = 0,ret; + mouse_info *drv; + + /* Read the first byte to check for the protocol */ + drv = &mouse_infos[mouse_driver]; + if (read(_EVT_mouse_fd, data, drv->read) != drv->read) { + perror("read"); + return false; + } + if ((data[0] & drv->proto[0]) != drv->proto[1]) + return false; + + /* Load a whole protocol packet */ + cnt += drv->read; + while (cnt < drv->packet_len) { + ret = read(_EVT_mouse_fd, data+cnt, drv->read); + if (ret == drv->read) + cnt += ret; + else { + perror("read"); + return false; + } + } + if ((data[1] & drv->proto[2]) != drv->proto[3]) + return false; + + /* Now decode the protocol packet */ + switch (mouse_driver) { + case EVT_microsoft: + if (data[0] == 0x40 && !(prev|data[1]|data[2])) + *buttons = 2; /* Third button on MS compatible mouse */ + else + *buttons= ((data[0] & 0x20) >> 3) | ((data[0] & 0x10) >> 4); + prev = *buttons; + *dx = (char)(((data[0] & 0x03) << 6) | (data[1] & 0x3F)); + *dy = (char)(((data[0] & 0x0C) << 4) | (data[2] & 0x3F)); + break; + case EVT_ps2: + *buttons = !!(data[0]&1) * 4 + !!(data[0]&2) * 1 + !!(data[0]&4) * 2; + if (data[1] != 0) + *dx = (data[0] & 0x10) ? data[1]-256 : data[1]; + else + *dx = 0; + if (data[2] != 0) + *dy = -((data[0] & 0x20) ? data[2]-256 : data[2]); + else + *dy = 0; + break; + case EVT_mousesystems: case EVT_gpm: + *buttons = (~data[0]) & 0x07; + *dx = (char)(data[1]) + (char)(data[3]); + *dy = -((char)(data[2]) + (char)(data[4])); + break; + case EVT_logitech: + *buttons= data[0] & 0x07; + *dx = (data[0] & 0x10) ? data[1] : - data[1]; + *dy = (data[0] & 0x08) ? - data[2] : data[2]; + break; + case EVT_busmouse: + *buttons= (~data[0]) & 0x07; + *dx = (char)data[1]; + *dy = -(char)data[2]; + break; + case EVT_MMseries: + *buttons = data[0] & 0x07; + *dx = (data[0] & 0x10) ? data[1] : - data[1]; + *dy = (data[0] & 0x08) ? - data[2] : data[2]; + break; + case EVT_intellimouse: + *buttons = ((data[0] & 0x20) >> 3) /* left */ + | ((data[3] & 0x10) >> 3) /* middle */ + | ((data[0] & 0x10) >> 4); /* right */ + *dx = (char)(((data[0] & 0x03) << 6) | (data[1] & 0x3F)); + *dy = (char)(((data[0] & 0x0C) << 4) | (data[2] & 0x3F)); + break; + case EVT_intellimouse_ps2: + *buttons = (data[0] & 0x04) >> 1 /* Middle */ + | (data[0] & 0x02) >> 1 /* Right */ + | (data[0] & 0x01) << 2; /* Left */ + *dx = (data[0] & 0x10) ? data[1]-256 : data[1]; + *dy = (data[0] & 0x20) ? -(data[2]-256) : -data[2]; + break; + case EVT_mouseman: { + static int getextra; + static uchar prev=0; + uchar b; + + /* The damned MouseMan has 3/4 bytes packets. The extra byte + * is only there if the middle button is active. + * I get the extra byte as a packet with magic numbers in it. + * and then switch to 4-byte mode. + */ + if (data[1] == 0xAA && data[2] == 0x55) { + /* Got unexpected fourth byte */ + if ((b = (*data>>4)) > 0x3) + return false; /* just a sanity check */ + *dx = *dy = 0; + drv->packet_len=4; + getextra=0; + } + else { + /* Got 3/4, as expected */ + /* Motion is independent of packetlen... */ + *dx = (char)(((data[0] & 0x03) << 6) | (data[1] & 0x3F)); + *dy = (char)(((data[0] & 0x0C) << 4) | (data[2] & 0x3F)); + prev = ((data[0] & 0x20) >> 3) | ((data[0] & 0x10) >> 4); + if (drv->packet_len==4) + b = data[3]>>4; + } + if (drv->packet_len == 4) { + if (b == 0) { + drv->packet_len = 3; + getextra = 1; + } + else { + if (b & 0x2) + prev |= 2; + } + } + *buttons = prev; + + /* This "chord-middle" behaviour was reported by David A. van Leeuwen */ + if (((prev ^ *buttons) & 5) == 5) + *buttons = *buttons ? 2 : 0; + prev = *buttons; + break; + } + case EVT_noMouse: + return false; + break; + } + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a keypress via the key mapping table +****************************************************************************/ +static int getKeyMapping( + keymap *tab, + int nb, + int key) +{ + int i; + + for(i = 0; i < nb; i++) { + if (tab[i].scan == key) + return tab[i].map; + } + return key; +} + +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK + +static char js0_axes = 0, js0_buttons = 0; +static char js1_axes = 0, js1_buttons = 0; +static char joystick0_dev[20] = "/dev/js0"; +static char joystick1_dev[20] = "/dev/js1"; + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Create a joystick event from the joystick data +****************************************************************************/ +static void makeJoyEvent( + event_t *evt) +{ + evt->message = 0; + if (buts0 && axis0) { + if (buts0[0]) evt->message |= EVT_JOY1_BUTTONA; + if (buts0[1]) evt->message |= EVT_JOY1_BUTTONB; + evt->where_x = axis0[0]; + evt->where_y = axis0[1]; + } + else + evt->where_x = evt->where_y = 0; + if (buts1 && axis1) { + if (buts1[0]) evt->message |= EVT_JOY2_BUTTONA; + if (buts1[1]) evt->message |= EVT_JOY2_BUTTONB; + evt->where_x = axis1[0]; + evt->where_y = axis1[1]; + } + else + evt->where_x = evt->where_y = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the joystick axis data +****************************************************************************/ +int EVTAPI _EVT_readJoyAxis( + int jmask, + int *axis) +{ + int mask = 0; + + if ((js_version & ~0xffff) == 0) { + /* Old 0.x driver */ + struct JS_DATA_TYPE js; + if (joystick0_fd && read(joystick0_fd, &js, JS_RETURN) == JS_RETURN) { + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1) + axis[0] = js.x; + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y1) + axis[1] = js.y; + mask |= EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1|EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y1; + } + if (joystick1_fd && read(joystick1_fd, &js, JS_RETURN) == JS_RETURN) { + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_X2) + axis[2] = js.x; + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y2) + axis[3] = js.y; + mask |= EVT_JOY_AXIS_X2|EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y2; + } + } + else { + if (axis0) { + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1) + axis[0] = axis0[0]; + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y1) + axis[1] = axis0[1]; + mask |= EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1 | EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y1; + } + if (axis1) { + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_X2) + axis[2] = axis1[0]; + if (jmask & EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y2) + axis[3] = axis1[1]; + mask |= EVT_JOY_AXIS_X2 | EVT_JOY_AXIS_Y2; + } + } + return mask; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the joystick button data +****************************************************************************/ +int EVTAPI _EVT_readJoyButtons(void) +{ + int buts = 0; + + if ((js_version & ~0xffff) == 0) { + /* Old 0.x driver */ + struct JS_DATA_TYPE js; + if (joystick0_fd && read(joystick0_fd, &js, JS_RETURN) == JS_RETURN) + buts = js.buttons; + if (joystick1_fd && read(joystick1_fd, &js, JS_RETURN) == JS_RETURN) + buts |= js.buttons << 2; + } + else { + if (buts0) + buts |= EVT_JOY1_BUTTONA*buts0[0] + EVT_JOY1_BUTTONB*buts0[1]; + if (buts1) + buts |= EVT_JOY2_BUTTONA*buts1[0] + EVT_JOY2_BUTTONB*buts1[1]; + } + return buts; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the mask indicating what joystick axes are attached. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function is used to detect the attached joysticks, and determine +what axes are present and functioning. This function will re-detect any +attached joysticks when it is called, so if the user forgot to attach +the joystick when the application started, you can call this function to +re-detect any newly attached joysticks. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +int EVTAPI EVT_joyIsPresent(void) +{ + static int mask = 0; + int i; + char *tmp, name0[128], name1[128]; + static ibool inited = false; + + if (inited) + return mask; + memset(EVT.joyMin,0,sizeof(EVT.joyMin)); + memset(EVT.joyCenter,0,sizeof(EVT.joyCenter)); + memset(EVT.joyMax,0,sizeof(EVT.joyMax)); + memset(EVT.joyPrev,0,sizeof(EVT.joyPrev)); + EVT.joyButState = 0; + if ((tmp = getenv(ENV_JOYDEV0)) != NULL) + strcpy(joystick0_dev,tmp); + if ((tmp = getenv(ENV_JOYDEV1)) != NULL) + strcpy(joystick1_dev,tmp); + if ((joystick0_fd = open(joystick0_dev, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + joystick0_fd = 0; + if ((joystick1_fd = open(joystick1_dev, O_RDONLY)) < 0) + joystick1_fd = 0; + if (!joystick0_fd && !joystick1_fd) // No joysticks detected + return 0; + inited = true; + if (ioctl(joystick0_fd ? joystick0_fd : joystick1_fd, JSIOCGVERSION, &js_version) < 0) + return 0; + + /* Initialise joystick 0 */ + if (joystick0_fd) { + ioctl(joystick0_fd, JSIOCGNAME(sizeof(name0)), name0); + if (js_version & ~0xffff) { + struct js_event js; + + ioctl(joystick0_fd, JSIOCGAXES, &js0_axes); + ioctl(joystick0_fd, JSIOCGBUTTONS, &js0_buttons); + axis0 = PM_calloc((int)js0_axes, sizeof(short)); + buts0 = PM_malloc((int)js0_buttons); + /* Read the initial events */ + while(dataReady(joystick0_fd) + && read(joystick0_fd, &js, sizeof(struct js_event)) == sizeof(struct js_event) + && (js.type & JS_EVENT_INIT) + ) { + if (js.type & JS_EVENT_BUTTON) + buts0[js.number] = js.value; + else if (js.type & JS_EVENT_AXIS) + axis0[js.number] = scaleJoyAxis(js.value,js.number); + } + } + else { + js0_axes = 2; + js0_buttons = 2; + axis0 = PM_calloc((int)js0_axes, sizeof(short)); + buts0 = PM_malloc((int)js0_buttons); + } + } + + /* Initialise joystick 1 */ + if (joystick1_fd) { + ioctl(joystick1_fd, JSIOCGNAME(sizeof(name1)), name1); + if (js_version & ~0xffff) { + struct js_event js; + + ioctl(joystick1_fd, JSIOCGAXES, &js1_axes); + ioctl(joystick1_fd, JSIOCGBUTTONS, &js1_buttons); + axis1 = PM_calloc((int)js1_axes, sizeof(short)); + buts1 = PM_malloc((int)js1_buttons); + /* Read the initial events */ + while(dataReady(joystick1_fd) + && read(joystick1_fd, &js, sizeof(struct js_event))==sizeof(struct js_event) + && (js.type & JS_EVENT_INIT) + ) { + if (js.type & JS_EVENT_BUTTON) + buts1[js.number] = js.value; + else if (js.type & JS_EVENT_AXIS) + axis1[js.number] = scaleJoyAxis(js.value,js.number<<2); + } + } + else { + js1_axes = 2; + js1_buttons = 2; + axis1 = PM_calloc((int)js1_axes, sizeof(short)); + buts1 = PM_malloc((int)js1_buttons); + } + } + +#ifdef CHECKED + fprintf(stderr,"Using joystick driver version %d.%d.%d\n", + js_version >> 16, (js_version >> 8) & 0xff, js_version & 0xff); + if (joystick0_fd) + fprintf(stderr,"Joystick 1 (%s): %s\n", joystick0_dev, name0); + if (joystick1_fd) + fprintf(stderr,"Joystick 2 (%s): %s\n", joystick1_dev, name1); +#endif + mask = _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyCenter); + if (mask) { + for (i = 0; i < JOY_NUM_AXES; i++) + EVT.joyMax[i] = EVT.joyCenter[i]*2; + } + return mask; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Polls the joystick for position and button information. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This routine is used to poll analogue joysticks for button and position +information. It should be called once for each main loop of the user +application, just before processing all pending events via EVT_getNext. +All information polled from the joystick will be posted to the event +queue for later retrieval. + +Note: Most analogue joysticks will provide readings that change even + though the joystick has not moved. Hence if you call this routine + you will likely get an EVT_JOYMOVE event every time through your + event loop. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, +EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_pollJoystick(void) +{ + event_t evt; + int i,axis[JOY_NUM_AXES],newButState,mask,moved,ps; + + if ((js_version & ~0xFFFF) == 0 && EVT.joyMask) { + /* Read joystick axes and post movement events if they have + * changed since the last time we polled. Until the events are + * actually flushed, we keep modifying the same joystick movement + * event, so you won't get multiple movement event + */ + mask = _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT.joyMask,axis); + newButState = _EVT_readJoyButtons(); + moved = false; + for (i = 0; i < JOY_NUM_AXES; i++) { + if (mask & (EVT_JOY_AXIS_X1 << i)) + axis[i] = scaleJoyAxis(axis[i],i); + else + axis[i] = EVT.joyPrev[i]; + if (axis[i] != EVT.joyPrev[i]) + moved = true; + } + if (moved) { + memcpy(EVT.joyPrev,axis,sizeof(EVT.joyPrev)); + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + if (EVT.oldJoyMove != -1) { + /* Modify the existing joystick movement event */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].message = newButState; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + } + else if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Add a new joystick movement event */ + EVT.oldJoyMove = EVT.freeHead; + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + evt.what = EVT_JOYMOVE; + evt.message = EVT.joyButState; + evt.where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + evt.where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + evt.relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + evt.relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + addEvent(&evt); + } + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + + /* Read the joystick buttons, and post events to reflect the change + * in state for the joystick buttons. + */ + if (newButState != EVT.joyButState) { + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Add a new joystick movement event */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + evt.what = EVT_JOYCLICK; + evt.message = newButState; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_x = EVT.joyPrev[0]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].where_y = EVT.joyPrev[1]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_x = EVT.joyPrev[2]; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove].relative_y = EVT.joyPrev[3]; + addEvent(&evt); + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + EVT.joyButState = newButState; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick upper left position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the upper left +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetUpperLeft(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyMin); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick lower right position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the lower right +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetLowerRight(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyMax); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick center position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the center +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetCenter(void) +{ + _EVT_readJoyAxis(EVT_JOY_AXIS_ALL,EVT.joyCenter); +} +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the message queue from Linux into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + event_t evt; + int i,numkeys, c; + ibool release; + static struct kbentry ke; + static char buf[KBDREADBUFFERSIZE]; + static ushort repeatKey[128] = {0}; + + /* Poll keyboard events */ + while (dataReady(_PM_console_fd) && (numkeys = read(_PM_console_fd, buf, KBDREADBUFFERSIZE)) > 0) { + for (i = 0; i < numkeys; i++) { + c = buf[i]; + release = c & 0x80; + c &= 0x7F; + + // TODO: This is wrong! We need this to be the time stamp at + // ** interrupt ** time!! One solution would be to + // put the keyboard and mouse polling loops into + // a separate thread that can block on I/O to the + // necessay file descriptor. + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + + if (release) { + /* Key released */ + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + switch (c) { + case KB_leftShift: + _PM_modifiers &= ~EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + break; + case KB_rightShift: + _PM_modifiers &= ~EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + break; + case 29: + _PM_modifiers &= ~(EVT_LEFTCTRL|EVT_CTRLSTATE); + break; + case 97: /* Control */ + _PM_modifiers &= ~EVT_CTRLSTATE; + break; + case 56: + _PM_modifiers &= ~(EVT_LEFTALT|EVT_ALTSTATE); + break; + case 100: + _PM_modifiers &= ~EVT_ALTSTATE; + break; + default: + } + evt.modifiers = _PM_modifiers; + evt.message = keyUpMsg[c]; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + keyUpMsg[c] = 0; + repeatKey[c] = 0; + } + else { + /* Key pressed */ + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + switch (c) { + case KB_leftShift: + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + break; + case KB_rightShift: + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + break; + case 29: + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_LEFTCTRL|EVT_CTRLSTATE; + break; + case 97: /* Control */ + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + break; + case 56: + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_LEFTALT|EVT_ALTSTATE; + break; + case 100: + _PM_modifiers |= EVT_ALTSTATE; + break; + case KB_capsLock: /* Caps Lock */ + _PM_leds ^= LED_CAP; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_leds); + break; + case KB_numLock: /* Num Lock */ + _PM_leds ^= LED_NUM; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_leds); + break; + case KB_scrollLock: /* Scroll Lock */ + _PM_leds ^= LED_SCR; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_leds); + break; + default: + } + evt.modifiers = _PM_modifiers; + if (keyUpMsg[c]) { + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + evt.message = keyUpMsg[c] | (repeatKey[c]++ << 16); + } + else { + int asc; + + evt.message = getKeyMapping(keymaps, NB_KEYMAPS, c) << 8; + ke.kb_index = c; + ke.kb_table = 0; + if ((_PM_modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) || (_PM_leds & LED_CAP)) + ke.kb_table |= K_SHIFTTAB; + if (_PM_modifiers & (EVT_LEFTALT | EVT_ALTSTATE)) + ke.kb_table |= K_ALTTAB; + if (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDGKBENT, (unsigned long)&ke)<0) + perror("ioctl(KDGKBENT)"); + if ((_PM_leds & LED_NUM) && (getKeyMapping(keypad, NB_KEYPAD, c)!=c)) { + asc = getKeyMapping(keypad, NB_KEYPAD, c); + } + else { + switch (c) { + case 14: + asc = ASCII_backspace; + break; + case 15: + asc = ASCII_tab; + break; + case 28: + case 96: + asc = ASCII_enter; + break; + case 1: + asc = ASCII_esc; + default: + asc = ke.kb_value & 0xFF; + if (asc < 0x1B) + asc = 0; + break; + } + } + if ((_PM_modifiers & (EVT_CTRLSTATE|EVT_LEFTCTRL)) && isalpha(asc)) + evt.message |= toupper(asc) - 'A' + 1; + else + evt.message |= asc; + keyUpMsg[c] = evt.message; + repeatKey[c]++; + } + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + } + + /* Poll mouse events */ + if (_EVT_mouse_fd) { + int dx, dy, buts; + static int oldbuts; + + while (dataReady(_EVT_mouse_fd)) { + if (readMouseData(&buts, &dx, &dy)) { + EVT.mx += dx; + EVT.my += dy; + if (EVT.mx < 0) EVT.mx = 0; + if (EVT.my < 0) EVT.my = 0; + if (EVT.mx > range_x) EVT.mx = range_x; + if (EVT.my > range_y) EVT.my = range_y; + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = dx; + evt.relative_y = dy; + + // TODO: This is wrong! We need this to be the time stamp at + // ** interrupt ** time!! One solution would be to + // put the keyboard and mouse polling loops into + // a separate thread that can block on I/O to the + // necessay file descriptor. + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + evt.modifiers = _PM_modifiers; + if (buts & 4) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTBUT; + if (buts & 1) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if (buts & 2) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_MIDDLEBUT; + + /* Left click events */ + if ((buts&4) != (oldbuts&4)) { + if (buts&4) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Right click events */ + if ((buts&1) != (oldbuts&1)) { + if (buts&1) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Middle click events */ + if ((buts&2) != (oldbuts&2)) { + if (buts&2) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Mouse movement event */ + if (dx || dy) { + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + evt.message = 0; + if (EVT.oldMove != -1) { + /* Modify existing movement event */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_x = evt.where_x; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_y = evt.where_y; + } + else { + /* Save id of this movement event */ + EVT.oldMove = EVT.freeHead; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + oldbuts = buts; + } + } + } + +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK + // Poll joystick events using the 1.x joystick driver API in the 2.2 kernels + if (js_version & ~0xffff) { + static struct js_event js; + + /* Read joystick axis 0 */ + evt.when = 0; + evt.modifiers = _PM_modifiers; + if (joystick0_fd && dataReady(joystick0_fd) && + read(joystick0_fd, &js, sizeof(js)) == sizeof(js)) { + if (js.type & JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { + if (js.number < 2) { /* Only 2 buttons for now :( */ + buts0[js.number] = js.value; + evt.what = EVT_JOYCLICK; + makeJoyEvent(&evt); + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + else if (js.type & JS_EVENT_AXIS) { + axis0[js.number] = scaleJoyAxis(js.value,js.number); + evt.what = EVT_JOYMOVE; + if (EVT.oldJoyMove != -1) { + makeJoyEvent(&EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove]); + } + else if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + EVT.oldJoyMove = EVT.freeHead; + makeJoyEvent(&evt); + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + } + + /* Read joystick axis 1 */ + if (joystick1_fd && dataReady(joystick1_fd) && + read(joystick1_fd, &js, sizeof(js))==sizeof(js)) { + if (js.type & JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { + if (js.number < 2) { /* Only 2 buttons for now :( */ + buts1[js.number] = js.value; + evt.what = EVT_JOYCLICK; + makeJoyEvent(&evt); + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + else if (js.type & JS_EVENT_AXIS) { + axis1[js.number] = scaleJoyAxis(js.value,js.number<<2); + evt.what = EVT_JOYMOVE; + if (EVT.oldJoyMove != -1) { + makeJoyEvent(&EVT.evtq[EVT.oldJoyMove]); + } + else if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + EVT.oldJoyMove = EVT.freeHead; + makeJoyEvent(&evt); + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + } + } +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift _PM_modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the speed of the serial port +****************************************************************************/ +static int setspeed( + int fd, + int old, + int new, + unsigned short flags) +{ + struct termios tty; + char *c; + + tcgetattr(fd, &tty); + tty.c_iflag = IGNBRK | IGNPAR; + tty.c_oflag = 0; + tty.c_lflag = 0; + tty.c_line = 0; + tty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + tty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + switch (old) { + case 9600: tty.c_cflag = flags | B9600; break; + case 4800: tty.c_cflag = flags | B4800; break; + case 2400: tty.c_cflag = flags | B2400; break; + case 1200: + default: tty.c_cflag = flags | B1200; break; + } + tcsetattr(fd, TCSAFLUSH, &tty); + switch (new) { + case 9600: c = "*q"; tty.c_cflag = flags | B9600; break; + case 4800: c = "*p"; tty.c_cflag = flags | B4800; break; + case 2400: c = "*o"; tty.c_cflag = flags | B2400; break; + case 1200: + default: c = "*n"; tty.c_cflag = flags | B1200; break; + } + write(fd, c, 2); + usleep(100000); + tcsetattr(fd, TCSAFLUSH, &tty); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Generic mouse driver init code +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_mouse_init(void) +{ + int i; + + /* Change from any available speed to the chosen one */ + for (i = 9600; i >= 1200; i /= 2) + setspeed(_EVT_mouse_fd, i, opt_baud, mouse_infos[mouse_driver].flags); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Logitech mouse driver init code +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_logitech_init(void) +{ + int i; + struct stat buf; + int busmouse; + + /* is this a serial- or a bus- mouse? */ + if (fstat(_EVT_mouse_fd,&buf) == -1) + perror("fstat"); + i = MAJOR(buf.st_rdev); + if (stat("/dev/ttyS0",&buf) == -1) + perror("stat"); + busmouse=(i != MAJOR(buf.st_rdev)); + + /* Fix the howmany field, so that serial mice have 1, while busmice have 3 */ + mouse_infos[mouse_driver].read = busmouse ? 3 : 1; + + /* Change from any available speed to the chosen one */ + for (i = 9600; i >= 1200; i /= 2) + setspeed(_EVT_mouse_fd, i, opt_baud, mouse_infos[mouse_driver].flags); + + /* This stuff is peculiar of logitech mice, also for the serial ones */ + write(_EVT_mouse_fd, "S", 1); + setspeed(_EVT_mouse_fd, opt_baud, opt_baud,CS8 |PARENB |PARODD |CREAD |CLOCAL |HUPCL); + + /* Configure the sample rate */ + for (i = 0; opt_sample <= sampletab[i].sample; i++) + ; + write(_EVT_mouse_fd,sampletab[i].code,1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Microsoft Intellimouse init code +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pnpmouse_init(void) +{ + struct termios tty; + + tcgetattr(_EVT_mouse_fd, &tty); + tty.c_iflag = IGNBRK | IGNPAR; + tty.c_oflag = 0; + tty.c_lflag = 0; + tty.c_line = 0; + tty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + tty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + tty.c_cflag = mouse_infos[mouse_driver].flags | B1200; + tcsetattr(_EVT_mouse_fd, TCSAFLUSH, &tty); /* set parameters */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int i; + char *tmp; + + /* Initialise the event queue */ + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + keyUpMsg[i] = 0; + + /* Keyboard initialization */ + if (_PM_console_fd == -1) + PM_fatalError("You must first call PM_openConsole to use the EVT functions!"); + _PM_keyboard_rawmode(); + fcntl(_PM_console_fd,F_SETFL,fcntl(_PM_console_fd,F_GETFL) | O_NONBLOCK); + + /* Mouse initialization */ + if ((tmp = getenv(ENV_MOUSEDRV)) != NULL) { + for (i = 0; i < NB_MICE; i++) { + if (!strcasecmp(tmp, mouse_infos[i].name)) { + mouse_driver = i; + break; + } + } + if (i == NB_MICE) { + fprintf(stderr,"Unknown mouse driver: %s\n", tmp); + mouse_driver = EVT_noMouse; + _EVT_mouse_fd = 0; + } + } + if (mouse_driver != EVT_noMouse) { + if (mouse_driver == EVT_gpm) + strcpy(mouse_dev,"/dev/gpmdata"); + if ((tmp = getenv(ENV_MOUSEDEV)) != NULL) + strcpy(mouse_dev,tmp); +#ifdef CHECKED + fprintf(stderr,"Using the %s MGL mouse driver on %s.\n", mouse_infos[mouse_driver].name, mouse_dev); +#endif + if ((_EVT_mouse_fd = open(mouse_dev, O_RDWR)) < 0) { + perror("open"); + fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open mouse device %s, dropping mouse support.\n", mouse_dev); + sleep(1); + mouse_driver = EVT_noMouse; + _EVT_mouse_fd = 0; + } + else { + char c; + + /* Init and flush the mouse pending input queue */ + if (mouse_infos[mouse_driver].init) + mouse_infos[mouse_driver].init(); + while(dataReady(_EVT_mouse_fd) && read(_EVT_mouse_fd, &c, 1) == 1) + ; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + range_x = xRes; + range_y = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_setMousePos(x,y) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Linux +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Linux +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + _PM_restore_kb_mode(); + if (_EVT_mouse_fd) { + close(_EVT_mouse_fd); + _EVT_mouse_fd = 0; + } +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK + if (joystick0_fd) { + close(joystick0_fd); + free(axis0); + free(buts0); + joystick0_fd = 0; + } + if (joystick1_fd) { + close(joystick1_fd); + free(axis1); + free(buts1); + joystick1_fd = 0; + } +#endif +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.svga b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.svga new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0358a0f8a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/event.svga @@ -0,0 +1,1058 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* The SuperVGA Kit - UniVBE Software Development Kit +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: IBM PC (MS DOS) +* +* Description: Routines to provide a Linux event queue, which automatically +* handles keyboard and mouse events for the Linux compatability +* libraries. Based on the event handling code in the MGL. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <linux/keyboard.h> +#include <linux/kd.h> +#include <linux/vt.h> +#include <gpm.h> +#include "pm.h" +#include "vesavbe.h" +#include "wdirect.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define EVENTQSIZE 100 /* Number of events in event queue */ + +static int head = -1; /* Head of event queue */ +static int tail = -1; /* Tail of event queue */ +static int freeHead = -1; /* Head of free list */ +static int count = 0; /* No. of items currently in queue */ +static WD_event evtq[EVENTQSIZE]; /* The queue structure itself */ +static int oldMove = -1; /* Previous movement event */ +static int oldKey = -1; /* Previous key repeat event */ +static int mx,my; /* Current mouse position */ +static int xRes,yRes; /* Screen resolution coordinates */ +static void *stateBuf; /* Pointer to console state buffer */ +static int conn; /* GPM file descriptor for mouse handling */ +static int tty_fd; /* File descriptor for /dev/console */ +extern int tty_vc; /* Virtual console ID, from the PM/Pro library */ +static ibool key_down[128]; /* State of all keyboard keys */ +static struct termios old_conf; /* Saved terminal configuration */ +static int oldkbmode; /* and previous keyboard mode */ +struct vt_mode oldvtmode; /* Old virtual terminal mode */ +static int old_flags; /* Old flags for fcntl */ +static ulong key_modifiers; /* Keyboard modifiers */ +static int forbid_vt_release=0;/* Flag to forbid release of VT */ +static int forbid_vt_acquire=0;/* Flag to forbid cature of VT */ +static int oldmode; /* Old SVGA mode saved for VT switch*/ +static int initmode; /* Initial text mode */ +static ibool installed = false; /* True if we are installed */ +static void (_ASMAPI *moveCursor)(int x,int y) = NULL; +static int (_ASMAPI *suspendAppCallback)(int flags) = NULL; + +#if 0 +/* Keyboard Translation table from scancodes to ASCII */ + +static uchar keyTable[128] = +"\0\0331234567890-=\010" +"\011qwertyuiop[]\015" +"\0asdfghjkl;'`\0\\" +"zxcvbnm,./\0*\0 \0" +"\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0" /* Function keys */ +"789-456+1230.\0\0\0\0\0" /* Keypad keys */ +"\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\015\0/"; + +static uchar keyTableShifted[128] = +"\0\033!@#$%^&*()_+\010" +"\011QWERTYUIOP{}\015" +"\0ASDFGHJKL:\"~\0|" +"ZXCVBNM<>?\0*\0 \0" +"\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0" /* Function keys */ +"789-456+1230.\0\0\0\0\0" /* Keypad keys */ +"\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\015\0/"; +#endif + +/* Macros to keep track of the CAPS and NUM lock states */ + +#define EVT_CAPSSTATE 0x0100 +#define EVT_NUMSTATE 0x0200 + +/* Helper macros for dealing with timers */ + +#define TICKS_TO_USEC(t) ((t)*65536.0/1.193180) +#define USEC_TO_TICKS(u) ((u)*1.193180/65536.0) + +/* Number of keycodes to read at a time from the console */ + +#define KBDREADBUFFERSIZE 32 + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns the current time stamp in units of 18.2 ticks per second. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong getTimeStamp(void) +{ + return (ulong)(clock() / (CLOCKS_PER_SEC / 18.2)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Event to place onto event queue + +REMARKS: +Adds an event to the event queue by tacking it onto the tail of the event +queue. This routine assumes that at least one spot is available on the +freeList for the event to be inserted. +****************************************************************************/ +static void addEvent( + WD_event *evt) +{ + int evtID; + + /* Get spot to place the event from the free list */ + evtID = freeHead; + freeHead = evtq[freeHead].next; + + /* Add to the tail of the event queue */ + evt->next = -1; + evt->prev = tail; + if (tail != -1) + evtq[tail].next = evtID; + else + head = evtID; + tail = evtID; + evtq[evtID] = *evt; + count++; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +what - Event code +message - Event message +modifiers - keyboard modifiers +x - Mouse X position at time of event +y - Mouse Y position at time of event +but_stat - Mouse button status at time of event + +REMARKS: +Adds a new mouse event to the event queue. This routine is called from +within the mouse interrupt subroutine, so it must be efficient. +****************************************************************************/ +static void addMouseEvent( + uint what, + uint message, + int x, + int y, + uint but_stat) +{ + WD_event evt; + + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + evt.what = what; + evt.when = getTimeStamp(); + evt.message = message; + evt.modifiers = but_stat | key_modifiers; + evt.where_x = x; + evt.where_y = y; + fprintf(stderr, "(%d,%d), buttons %ld\n", x,y, evt.modifiers); + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scancode - Raw keyboard scan code +modifiers - Keyboard modifiers flags + +REMARKS: +Converts the raw scan code into the appropriate ASCII code using the scan +code and the keyboard modifier flags. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong getKeyMessage( + uint scancode, + ulong modifiers) +{ + ushort code = scancode << 8; + ushort ascii; + struct kbentry ke; + + ke.kb_index = scancode; + + /* Find the basic ASCII code for the scan code */ + if (modifiers & EVT_CAPSSTATE) { + if (modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) + ke.kb_table = K_NORMTAB; + // ascii = tolower(keyTableShifted[scancode]); + else + ke.kb_table = K_SHIFTTAB; + // ascii = toupper(keyTable[scancode]); + } + else { + if (modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) + ke.kb_table = K_SHIFTTAB; + // ascii = keyTableShifted[scancode]; + else + ke.kb_table = K_NORMTAB; + // ascii = keyTable[scancode]; + } + if(modifiers & EVT_ALTSTATE) + ke.kb_table |= K_ALTTAB; + + if (ioctl(tty_fd, KDGKBENT, (unsigned long)&ke)) { + fprintf(stderr, "KDGKBENT at index %d in table %d: ", + scancode, ke.kb_table); + return 0; + } + ascii = ke.kb_value; + + /* Add ASCII code if key is not alt'ed or ctrl'ed */ + if (!(modifiers & (EVT_ALTSTATE | EVT_CTRLSTATE))) + code |= ascii; + + return code; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +what - Event code +scancode - Raw scancode of keyboard event to add + +REMARKS: +Adds a new keyboard event to the event queue. We only take KEYUP and +KEYDOWN event codes, however if a key is already down we convert the KEYDOWN +to a KEYREPEAT. +****************************************************************************/ +static void addKeyEvent( + uint what, + uint scancode) +{ + WD_event evt; + + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + evt.what = what; + evt.when = getTimeStamp(); + evt.message = getKeyMessage(scancode,key_modifiers) | 0x10000UL; + evt.where_x = evt.where_y = 0; + evt.modifiers = key_modifiers; + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYUP) + key_down[scancode] = false; + else if (evt.what == EVT_KEYDOWN) { + if (key_down[scancode]) { + if (oldKey != -1) { + evtq[oldKey].message += 0x10000UL; + } + else { + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + oldKey = freeHead; + addEvent(&evt); + oldMove = -1; + } + return; + } + key_down[scancode] = true; + } + + addEvent(&evt); + oldMove = -1; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +sig - Signal being sent to this signal handler + +REMARKS: +Signal handler for the timer. This routine takes care of periodically +posting timer events to the event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +void timerHandler( + int sig) +{ + WD_event evt; + + if (sig == SIGALRM) { + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + evt.when = getTimeStamp(); + evt.what = EVT_TIMERTICK; + evt.message = 0; + evt.where_x = evt.where_y = 0; + evt.modifiers = 0; + addEvent(&evt); + oldMove = -1; + oldKey = -1; + } + signal(SIGALRM, timerHandler); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the terminal to normal operation on exit +****************************************************************************/ +static void restore_term(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + if (installed) { + /* Restore text mode and the state of the console */ + regs.x.ax = 0x3; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + PM_restoreConsoleState(stateBuf,tty_fd); + + /* Restore console to normal operation */ + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_SETMODE, &oldvtmode); + ioctl(tty_fd, KDSKBMODE, oldkbmode); + tcsetattr(tty_fd, TCSAFLUSH, &old_conf); + fcntl(tty_fd,F_SETFL,old_flags &= ~O_NONBLOCK); + PM_closeConsole(tty_fd); + + /* Close the mouse driver */ + close(conn); + + /* Flag that we are not no longer installed */ + installed = false; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Signal handler to capture forced program termination conditions so that +we can clean up properly. +****************************************************************************/ +static void exitHandler(int sig) +{ + exit(-1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Sleep until the virtual terminal is active +****************************************************************************/ +void wait_vt_active(void) +{ + while (ioctl(tty_fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, tty_vc) < 0) { + if ((errno != EAGAIN) && (errno != EINTR)) { + perror("ioctl(VT_WAITACTIVE)"); + exit(1); + } + usleep(150000); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Signal handler called when our virtual terminal has been released and we are +losing the active focus. +****************************************************************************/ +static void release_vt_signal(int n) +{ + forbid_vt_acquire = 1; + if (forbid_vt_release) { + forbid_vt_acquire = 0; + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_RELDISP, 0); + return; + } + + // TODO: Call the user supplied suspendAppCallback and restore text + // mode (saving the existing mode so we can restore it). + // + // Also if the suspendAppCallback is NULL then we have to + // ignore the switch request! + if(suspendAppCallback){ + oldmode = VBE_getVideoMode(); + suspendAppCallback(true); + VBE_setVideoMode(initmode); + } + + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_RELDISP, 1); + forbid_vt_acquire = 0; + wait_vt_active(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Signal handler called when our virtual terminal has been re-aquired and we +are now regaiing the active focus. +****************************************************************************/ +static void acquire_vt_signal(int n) +{ + forbid_vt_release = 1; + if (forbid_vt_acquire) { + forbid_vt_release = 0; + return; + } + + // TODO: Restore the old display mode, call the user suspendAppCallback + // and and we will be back in graphics mode. + + if(suspendAppCallback){ + VBE_setVideoMode(oldmode); + suspendAppCallback(false); + } + + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ); + forbid_vt_release = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the action for a specific signal to call our signal handler. +****************************************************************************/ +static void set_sigaction(int sig,void (*handler)(int)) +{ + struct sigaction siga; + + siga.sa_handler = handler; + siga.sa_flags = SA_RESTART; + memset(&(siga.sa_mask), 0, sizeof(sigset_t)); + sigaction(sig, &siga, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to take over control of VT switching so that we can capture +virtual terminal release and aquire signals, allowing us to properly +support VT switching while in graphics modes. +****************************************************************************/ +static void take_vt_control(void) +{ + struct vt_mode vtmode; + + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode); + oldvtmode = vtmode; + vtmode.mode = VT_PROCESS; + vtmode.relsig = SIGUSR1; + vtmode.acqsig = SIGUSR2; + set_sigaction(SIGUSR1, release_vt_signal); + set_sigaction(SIGUSR2, acquire_vt_signal); + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_SETMODE, &oldvtmode); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the shift keyboard LED's based on the current keyboard modifiers flags. +****************************************************************************/ +static void updateLEDStatus(void) +{ + int state = 0; + if (key_modifiers & EVT_CAPSSTATE) + state |= LED_CAP; + if (key_modifiers & EVT_NUMSTATE) + state |= LED_NUM; + ioctl(tty_fd,KDSETLED,state); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scancode - Raw scan code to handle + +REMARKS: +Handles the shift key modifiers and keeps track of the shift key states +so that we can return the correct ASCII codes for the keyboard. +****************************************************************************/ +static void toggleModifiers( + int scancode) +{ + static int caps_down = 0,num_down = 0; + + if (scancode & 0x80) { + /* Handle key-release function */ + scancode &= 0x7F; + if (scancode == 0x2A || scancode == 0x36) + key_modifiers &= ~EVT_SHIFTKEY; + else if (scancode == 0x1D || scancode == 0x61) + key_modifiers &= ~EVT_CTRLSTATE; + else if (scancode == 0x38 || scancode == 0x64) + key_modifiers &= ~EVT_ALTSTATE; + else if (scancode == 0x3A) + caps_down = false; + else if (scancode == 0x45) + num_down = false; + } + else { + /* Handle key-down function */ + scancode &= 0x7F; + if (scancode == 0x2A || scancode == 0x36) + key_modifiers |= EVT_SHIFTKEY; + else if (scancode == 0x1D || scancode == 0x61) + key_modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + else if (scancode == 0x38 || scancode == 0x64) + key_modifiers |= EVT_ALTSTATE; + else if (scancode == 0x3A) { + if (!caps_down) { + key_modifiers ^= EVT_CAPSSTATE; + updateLEDStatus(); + } + caps_down = true; + } + else if (scancode == 0x45) { + if (!num_down) { + key_modifiers ^= EVT_NUMSTATE; + updateLEDStatus(); + } + num_down = true; + } + } +} + +/*************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns the number of bits that have changed from 0 to 1 +(a negative value means the number of bits that have changed from 1 to 0) + **************************************************************************/ +static int compareBits(short a, short b) +{ + int ret = 0; + if( (a&1) != (b&1) ) ret += (b&1) ? 1 : -1; + if( (a&2) != (b&2) ) ret += (b&2) ? 1 : -1; + if( (a&4) != (b&4) ) ret += (b&4) ? 1 : -1; + return ret; +} + +/*************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Turns off all keyboard state because we can't rely on them anymore as soon +as we switch VT's +***************************************************************************/ +static void keyboard_clearstate(void) +{ + key_modifiers = 0; + memset(key_down, 0, sizeof(key_down)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all events from the console event queue into the WinDirect event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void pumpEvents(void) +{ + static uchar buf[KBDREADBUFFERSIZE]; + static char data[5]; + static int old_buts, old_mx, old_my; + static struct timeval t; + fd_set fds; + int numkeys,i; + int dx, dy, buts; + + /* Read all pending keypresses from keyboard buffer and process */ + while ((numkeys = read(tty_fd, buf, KBDREADBUFFERSIZE)) > 0) { + for (i = 0; i < numkeys; i++) { + toggleModifiers(buf[i]); + if (key_modifiers & EVT_ALTSTATE){ + int fkey = 0; + + // Do VT switching here for Alt+Fx keypresses + switch(buf[i] & 0x7F){ + case 59 ... 68: /* F1 to F10 */ + fkey = (buf[i] & 0x7F) - 58; + break; + case 87: /* F11 */ + case 88: /* F12 */ + fkey = (buf[i] & 0x7F) - 76; + break; + } + if(fkey){ + struct vt_stat vts; + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts); + + if(fkey != vts.v_active){ + keyboard_clearstate(); + ioctl(tty_fd, VT_ACTIVATE, fkey); + } + } + } + + if (buf[i] & 0x80) + addKeyEvent(EVT_KEYUP,buf[i] & 0x7F); + else + addKeyEvent(EVT_KEYDOWN,buf[i] & 0x7F); + } + + // TODO: If we want to handle VC switching we will need to do it + // in here so that we can switch away from the VC and then + // switch back to it later. Right now VC switching is disabled + // and in order to enable it we need to save/restore the state + // of the graphics screen (using the suspendAppCallback and + // saving/restoring the state of the current display mode). + + } + + /* Read all pending mouse events and process them */ + if(conn > 0){ + FD_ZERO(&fds); + FD_SET(conn, &fds); + t.tv_sec = t.tv_usec = 0L; + while (select(conn+1, &fds, NULL, NULL, &t) > 0) { + if(read(conn, data, 5) == 5){ + buts = (~data[0]) & 0x07; + dx = (char)(data[1]) + (char)(data[3]); + dy = -((char)(data[2]) + (char)(data[4])); + + mx += dx; my += dy; + + if (dx || dy) + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEMOVE, 0, mx, my, buts); + + if (buts != old_buts){ + int c = compareBits(buts,old_buts); + if(c>0) + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEDOWN, 0, mx, my, buts); + else if(c<0) + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEUP, 0, mx, my, buts); + } + old_mx = mx; old_my = my; + old_buts = buts; + FD_SET(conn, &fds); + t.tv_sec = t.tv_usec = 0L; + } + } + } +} + +/*------------------------ Public interface routines ----------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +which - Which code for event to post +what - Event code for event to post +message - Event message +modifiers - Shift key/mouse button modifiers + +RETURNS: +True if the event was posted, false if queue is full. + +REMARKS: +Posts an event to the event queue. This routine can be used to post any type +of event into the queue. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _WDAPI WD_postEvent( + ulong which, + uint what, + ulong message, + ulong modifiers) +{ + WD_event evt; + + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Save information in event record */ + evt.which = which; + evt.what = what; + evt.when = getTimeStamp(); + evt.message = message; + evt.modifiers = modifiers; + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + return true; + } + else + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mask - Event mask to use + +REMARKS: +Flushes all the event specified in 'mask' from the event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_flushEvent( + uint mask) +{ + WD_event evt; + + do { /* Flush all events */ + WD_getEvent(&evt,mask); + } while (evt.what != EVT_NULLEVT); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Place to store event +mask - Event mask to use + +REMARKS: +Halts program execution until a specified event occurs. The event is +returned. All pending events not in the specified mask will be ignored and +removed from the queue. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_haltEvent( + WD_event *evt, + uint mask) +{ + do { /* Wait for an event */ + WD_getEvent(evt,EVT_EVERYEVT); + } while (!(evt->what & mask)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Place to store event +mask - Event mask to use + +RETURNS: +True if an event was pending. + +REMARKS: +Retrieves the next pending event defined in 'mask' from the event queue. +The event queue is adjusted to reflect the new state after the event has +been removed. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _WDAPI WD_getEvent( + WD_event *evt, + uint mask) +{ + int evtID,next,prev; + + pumpEvents(); + if (moveCursor) + moveCursor(mx,my); /* Move the mouse cursor */ + evt->what = EVT_NULLEVT; /* Default to null event */ + + if (count) { + for (evtID = head; evtID != -1; evtID = evtq[evtID].next) { + if (evtq[evtID].what & mask) + break; /* Found an event */ + } + if (evtID == -1) + return false; /* Event was not found */ + next = evtq[evtID].next; + prev = evtq[evtID].prev; + if (prev != -1) + evtq[prev].next = next; + else + head = next; + if (next != -1) + evtq[next].prev = prev; + else + tail = prev; + *evt = evtq[evtID]; /* Return the event */ + evtq[evtID].next = freeHead; /* and return to free list */ + freeHead = evtID; + count--; + if (evt->what == EVT_MOUSEMOVE) + oldMove = -1; + if (evt->what == EVT_KEYREPEAT) + oldKey = -1; + } + return evt->what != EVT_NULLEVT; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Place to store event +mask - Event mask to use + +RETURNS: +True if an event is pending. + +REMARKS: +Peeks at the next pending event defined in 'mask' in the event queue. The +event is not removed from the event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _WDAPI WD_peekEvent( + WD_event *evt, + uint mask) +{ + int evtID; + + pumpEvents(); + if (moveCursor) + moveCursor(mx,my); /* Move the mouse cursor */ + evt->what = EVT_NULLEVT; /* Default to null event */ + + if (count) { + for (evtID = head; evtID != -1; evtID = evtq[evtID].next) { + if (evtq[evtID].what & mask) + break; /* Found an event */ + } + if (evtID == -1) + return false; /* Event was not found */ + + *evt = evtq[evtID]; /* Return the event */ + } + return evt->what != EVT_NULLEVT; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +hwndMain - Handle to main window +_xRes - X resolution of graphics mode to be used +_yRes - Y resolulion of graphics mode to be used + +RETURNS: +Handle to the fullscreen event window if (we return hwndMain on Linux) + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling +ISR to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also +build the free list of events in the event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +WD_HWND _WDAPI WD_startFullScreen( + WD_HWND hwndMain, + int _xRes, + int _yRes) +{ + int i; + struct termios conf; + if (!installed) { + Gpm_Connect gpm; + + /* Build free list, and initialise global data structures */ + for (i = 0; i < EVENTQSIZE; i++) + evtq[i].next = i+1; + evtq[EVENTQSIZE-1].next = -1; /* Terminate list */ + count = freeHead = 0; + head = tail = -1; + oldMove = -1; + oldKey = -1; + xRes = _xRes; + yRes = _yRes; + + /* Open the console device and initialise it for raw mode */ + tty_fd = PM_openConsole(); + + /* Wait until virtual terminal is active and take over control */ + wait_vt_active(); + take_vt_control(); + + /* Initialise keyboard handling to raw mode */ + if (ioctl(tty_fd, KDGKBMODE, &oldkbmode)) { + printf("WD_startFullScreen: cannot get keyboard mode.\n"); + exit(-1); + } + old_flags = fcntl(tty_fd,F_GETFL); + fcntl(tty_fd,F_SETFL,old_flags |= O_NONBLOCK); + tcgetattr(tty_fd, &conf); + old_conf = conf; + conf.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON | ECHO | ECHOE | ECHOK | ECHONL | NOFLSH | ISIG); + conf.c_iflag &= ~(ISTRIP | IGNCR | ICRNL | INLCR | BRKINT | PARMRK | INPCK | IUCLC | IXON | IXOFF); + conf.c_iflag |= (IGNBRK | IGNPAR); + conf.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + conf.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + conf.c_cc[VSUSP] = 0; + tcsetattr(tty_fd, TCSAFLUSH, &conf); + ioctl(tty_fd, KDSKBMODE, K_MEDIUMRAW); + + /* Clear the keyboard state information */ + memset(key_down, 0, sizeof(key_down)); + ioctl(tty_fd,KDSETLED,key_modifiers = 0); + + /* Initialize the mouse connection + The user *MUST* run gpm with the option -R for this to work (or have a MouseSystems mouse) + */ + if(Gpm_Open(&gpm,0) > 0){ /* GPM available */ + if ((conn = open(GPM_NODE_FIFO,O_RDONLY|O_SYNC)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr,"WD_startFullScreen: Can't open mouse connection.\n"); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr,"Warning: when not using gpm -R, only MouseSystems mice are currently supported.\n"); + if ((conn = open("/dev/mouse",O_RDONLY|O_SYNC)) < 0) + fprintf(stderr,"WD_startFullScreen: Can't open /dev/mouse.\n"); + } + Gpm_Close(); + + /* TODO: Scale the mouse coordinates to the specific resolution */ + + /* Save the state of the console */ + if ((stateBuf = malloc(PM_getConsoleStateSize())) == NULL) { + printf("Out of memory!\n"); + exit(-1); + } + PM_saveConsoleState(stateBuf,tty_fd); + initmode = VBE_getVideoMode(); + + /* Initialize the signal handler for timer events */ + signal(SIGALRM, timerHandler); + + /* Capture termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGTERM, exitHandler); + signal(SIGINT, exitHandler); + signal(SIGQUIT, exitHandler); + atexit(restore_term); + + /* Signal that we are installed */ + installed = true; + } + return hwndMain; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lets the library know when fullscreen graphics mode has been initialized so +that we can properly scale the mouse driver coordinates. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_inFullScreen(void) +{ + /* Nothing to do in here */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_restoreGDI(void) +{ + restore_term(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +ticks - Number of ticks between timer tick messages + +RETURNS: +Previous value for the timer tick event spacing. + +REMARKS: +The event module will automatically generate periodic timer tick events for +you, with 'ticks' between each event posting. If you set the value of +'ticks' to 0, the timer tick events are turned off. +****************************************************************************/ +int _WDAPI WD_setTimerTick( + int ticks) +{ + int old; + struct itimerval tim; + long ms = TICKS_TO_USEC(ticks); + + getitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &tim); + old = USEC_TO_TICKS(tim.it_value.tv_sec*1000000.0 + tim.it_value.tv_usec); + tim.it_interval.tv_sec = ms / 1000000; + tim.it_interval.tv_usec = ms % 1000000; + setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &tim, NULL); + return old; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +saveState - Address of suspend app callback to register + +REMARKS: +Registers a user application supplied suspend application callback so that +we can properly handle virtual terminal switching. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_setSuspendAppCallback( + int (_ASMAPI *saveState)(int flags)) +{ + suspendAppCallback = saveState; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +x - New X coordinate to move the mouse cursor to +y - New Y coordinate to move the mouse cursor to + +REMARKS: +Moves to mouse cursor to the specified coordinate. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_setMousePos( + int x, + int y) +{ + mx = x; + my = y; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +x - Place to store X coordinate of mouse cursor +y - Place to store Y coordinate of mouse cursor + +REMARKS: +Reads the current mouse cursor location int *screen* coordinates. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_getMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + *x = mx; + *y = my; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mcb - Address of mouse callback function + +REMARKS: +Registers an application supplied mouse callback function that is called +whenever the mouse cursor moves. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_setMouseCallback( + void (_ASMAPI *mcb)(int x,int y)) +{ + moveCursor = mcb; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +xRes - New X resolution of graphics mode +yRes - New Y resolution of graphics mode + +REMARKS: +This is called to inform the event handling code that the screen resolution +has changed so that the mouse coordinates can be scaled appropriately. +****************************************************************************/ +void _WDAPI WD_changeResolution( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + // Gpm_FitValues(xRes, yRes); // ?? +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scancode - Scan code to check if a key is down + +REMARKS: +Determines if a particular key is down based on the scan code for the key. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _WDAPI WD_isKeyDown( + uchar scancode) +{ + return key_down[scancode]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determines if the application needs to run in safe mode. Not necessary for +anything but broken Windows 95 display drivers so we return false for +Linux. +****************************************************************************/ +int _WDAPI WD_isSafeMode(void) +{ + return false; +} + + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6023dff109 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux +* +* Description: Include all the OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <linux/keyboard.h> +#include <linux/kd.h> +#include <linux/vt.h> +#include <linux/fs.h> +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK +#include <linux/joystick.h> +#endif +#include <termios.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* Internal global variables */ + +extern int _PM_console_fd,_PM_leds,_PM_modifiers; + +/* Internal function prototypes */ + +void _PM_restore_kb_mode(void); +void _PM_keyboard_rawmode(void); + +/* Linux needs the generic joystick scaling code */ + +#define NEED_SCALE_JOY_AXIS + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d52984a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1810 @@ +;/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Portions copyright (C) Josh Vanderhoof +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <sys/kd.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/vt.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <syscall.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <asm/io.h> +#include <asm/types.h> +#ifdef ENABLE_MTRR +#include <asm/mtrr.h> +#endif +#include <asm/vm86.h> +#ifdef __GLIBC__ +#include <sys/perm.h> +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define REAL_MEM_BASE ((void *)0x10000) +#define REAL_MEM_SIZE 0x10000 +#define REAL_MEM_BLOCKS 0x100 +#define DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS (IF_MASK | IOPL_MASK) +#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x1000 +#define RETURN_TO_32_INT 255 + +/* Quick and dirty fix for vm86() syscall from lrmi 0.6 */ +static int +vm86(struct vm86_struct *vm) + { + int r; +#ifdef __PIC__ + asm volatile ( + "pushl %%ebx\n\t" + "movl %2, %%ebx\n\t" + "int $0x80\n\t" + "popl %%ebx" + : "=a" (r) + : "0" (113), "r" (vm)); +#else + asm volatile ( + "int $0x80" + : "=a" (r) + : "0" (113), "b" (vm)); +#endif + return r; + } + + +static struct { + int ready; + unsigned short ret_seg, ret_off; + unsigned short stack_seg, stack_off; + struct vm86_struct vm; + } context = {0}; + +struct mem_block { + unsigned int size : 20; + unsigned int free : 1; + }; + +static struct { + int ready; + int count; + struct mem_block blocks[REAL_MEM_BLOCKS]; + } mem_info = {0}; + +int _PM_console_fd = -1; +int _PM_leds = 0,_PM_modifiers = 0; +static ibool inited = false; +static int tty_vc = 0; +static int console_count = 0; +static int startup_vc; +static int fd_mem = 0; +static ibool in_raw_mode = false; +#ifdef ENABLE_MTRR +static int mtrr_fd; +#endif +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL; /* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +#ifdef TRACE_IO +static ulong traceAddr; +#endif + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +#ifdef TRACE_IO +extern void printk(char *msg,...); +#endif + +static inline void port_out(int value, int port) +{ +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: outb.%04X <- %02X\n", traceAddr >> 16, traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (uchar)value); +#endif + asm volatile ("outb %0,%1" + ::"a" ((unsigned char) value), "d"((unsigned short) port)); +} + +static inline void port_outw(int value, int port) +{ +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: outw.%04X <- %04X\n", traceAddr >> 16,traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (ushort)value); +#endif + asm volatile ("outw %0,%1" + ::"a" ((unsigned short) value), "d"((unsigned short) port)); +} + +static inline void port_outl(int value, int port) +{ +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: outl.%04X <- %08X\n", traceAddr >> 16,traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (ulong)value); +#endif + asm volatile ("outl %0,%1" + ::"a" ((unsigned long) value), "d"((unsigned short) port)); +} + +static inline unsigned int port_in(int port) +{ + unsigned char value; + asm volatile ("inb %1,%0" + :"=a" ((unsigned char)value) + :"d"((unsigned short) port)); +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: inb.%04X -> %02X\n", traceAddr >> 16,traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (uchar)value); +#endif + return value; +} + +static inline unsigned int port_inw(int port) +{ + unsigned short value; + asm volatile ("inw %1,%0" + :"=a" ((unsigned short)value) + :"d"((unsigned short) port)); +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: inw.%04X -> %04X\n", traceAddr >> 16,traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (ushort)value); +#endif + return value; +} + +static inline unsigned int port_inl(int port) +{ + unsigned long value; + asm volatile ("inl %1,%0" + :"=a" ((unsigned long)value) + :"d"((unsigned short) port)); +#ifdef TRACE_IO + printk("%04X:%04X: inl.%04X -> %08X\n", traceAddr >> 16,traceAddr & 0xFFFF, (ushort)port, (ulong)value); +#endif + return value; +} + +static int real_mem_init(void) +{ + void *m; + int fd_zero; + + if (mem_info.ready) + return 1; + + if ((fd_zero = open("/dev/zero", O_RDONLY)) == -1) + PM_fatalError("You must have root privledges to run this program!"); + if ((m = mmap((void *)REAL_MEM_BASE, REAL_MEM_SIZE, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC, + MAP_FIXED | MAP_PRIVATE, fd_zero, 0)) == (void *)-1) { + close(fd_zero); + PM_fatalError("You must have root privledges to run this program!"); + } + mem_info.ready = 1; + mem_info.count = 1; + mem_info.blocks[0].size = REAL_MEM_SIZE; + mem_info.blocks[0].free = 1; + return 1; +} + +static void insert_block(int i) +{ + memmove( + mem_info.blocks + i + 1, + mem_info.blocks + i, + (mem_info.count - i) * sizeof(struct mem_block)); + mem_info.count++; +} + +static void delete_block(int i) +{ + mem_info.count--; + + memmove( + mem_info.blocks + i, + mem_info.blocks + i + 1, + (mem_info.count - i) * sizeof(struct mem_block)); +} + +static inline void set_bit(unsigned int bit, void *array) +{ + unsigned char *a = array; + a[bit / 8] |= (1 << (bit % 8)); +} + +static inline unsigned int get_int_seg(int i) +{ + return *(unsigned short *)(i * 4 + 2); +} + +static inline unsigned int get_int_off(int i) +{ + return *(unsigned short *)(i * 4); +} + +static inline void pushw(unsigned short i) +{ + struct vm86_regs *r = &context.vm.regs; + r->esp -= 2; + *(unsigned short *)(((unsigned int)r->ss << 4) + r->esp) = i; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return true; } + +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + void *m; + uint r_seg,r_off; + + if (inited) + return; + + /* Map the Interrupt Vectors (0x0 - 0x400) + BIOS data (0x400 - 0x502) + * and the physical framebuffer and ROM images from (0xa0000 - 0x100000) + */ + real_mem_init(); + if (!fd_mem && (fd_mem = open("/dev/mem", O_RDWR)) == -1) { + PM_fatalError("You must have root privileges to run this program!"); + } + if ((m = mmap((void *)0, 0x502, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC, + MAP_FIXED | MAP_PRIVATE, fd_mem, 0)) == (void *)-1) { + PM_fatalError("You must have root privileges to run this program!"); + } + if ((m = mmap((void *)0xA0000, 0xC0000 - 0xA0000, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_FIXED | MAP_SHARED, fd_mem, 0xA0000)) == (void *)-1) { + PM_fatalError("You must have root privileges to run this program!"); + } + if ((m = mmap((void *)0xC0000, 0xD0000 - 0xC0000, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC, + MAP_FIXED | MAP_PRIVATE, fd_mem, 0xC0000)) == (void *)-1) { + PM_fatalError("You must have root privileges to run this program!"); + } + if ((m = mmap((void *)0xD0000, 0x100000 - 0xD0000, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, + MAP_FIXED | MAP_SHARED, fd_mem, 0xD0000)) == (void *)-1) { + PM_fatalError("You must have root privileges to run this program!"); + } + inited = 1; + + /* Allocate a stack */ + m = PM_allocRealSeg(DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,&r_seg,&r_off); + context.stack_seg = r_seg; + context.stack_off = r_off+DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE; + + /* Allocate the return to 32 bit routine */ + m = PM_allocRealSeg(2,&r_seg,&r_off); + context.ret_seg = r_seg; + context.ret_off = r_off; + ((uchar*)m)[0] = 0xCD; /* int opcode */ + ((uchar*)m)[1] = RETURN_TO_32_INT; + memset(&context.vm, 0, sizeof(context.vm)); + + /* Enable kernel emulation of all ints except RETURN_TO_32_INT */ + memset(&context.vm.int_revectored, 0, sizeof(context.vm.int_revectored)); + set_bit(RETURN_TO_32_INT, &context.vm.int_revectored); + context.ready = 1; +#ifdef ENABLE_MTRR + mtrr_fd = open("/dev/cpu/mtrr", O_RDWR, 0); + if (mtrr_fd < 0) + mtrr_fd = open("/proc/mtrr", O_RDWR, 0); +#endif + /* Enable I/O permissions to directly access I/O ports. We break the + * allocation into two parts, one for the ports from 0-0x3FF and + * another for the remaining ports up to 0xFFFF. Standard Linux kernels + * only allow the first 0x400 ports to be enabled, so to enable all + * 65536 ports you need a patched kernel that will enable the full + * 8Kb I/O permissions bitmap. + */ +#ifndef TRACE_IO + ioperm(0x0,0x400,1); + ioperm(0x400,0x10000-0x400,1); +#endif + iopl(3); +} + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_LINUX; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '/') { + s[pos] = '/'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + fflush(stderr); + exit(1); +} + +static void ExitVBEBuf(void) +{ + if (VESABuf_ptr) + PM_freeRealSeg(VESABuf_ptr); + VESABuf_ptr = 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf(uint *len,uint *rseg,uint *roff) +{ + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + atexit(ExitVBEBuf); + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +/* New raw console based getch and kbhit functions */ + +#define KB_CAPS LED_CAP /* 4 */ +#define KB_NUMLOCK LED_NUM /* 2 */ +#define KB_SCROLL LED_SCR /* 1 */ +#define KB_SHIFT 8 +#define KB_CONTROL 16 +#define KB_ALT 32 + +/* Structure used to save the keyboard mode to disk. We save it to disk + * so that we can properly restore the mode later if the program crashed. + */ + +typedef struct { + struct termios termios; + int kb_mode; + int leds; + int flags; + int startup_vc; + } keyboard_mode; + +/* Name of the file used to save keyboard mode information */ + +#define KBMODE_DAT "kbmode.dat" + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Open the keyboard mode file on disk. +****************************************************************************/ +static FILE *open_kb_mode( + char *mode, + char *path) +{ + if (!PM_findBPD("graphics.bpd",path)) + return NULL; + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,KBMODE_DAT); + return fopen(path,mode); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the keyboard to normal mode +****************************************************************************/ +void _PM_restore_kb_mode(void) +{ + FILE *kbmode; + keyboard_mode mode; + char path[PM_MAX_PATH]; + + if (_PM_console_fd != -1 && (kbmode = open_kb_mode("rb",path)) != NULL) { + if (fread(&mode,1,sizeof(mode),kbmode) == sizeof(mode)) { + if (mode.startup_vc > 0) + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_ACTIVATE, mode.startup_vc); + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSKBMODE, mode.kb_mode); + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, mode.leds); + tcsetattr(_PM_console_fd, TCSAFLUSH, &mode.termios); + fcntl(_PM_console_fd,F_SETFL,mode.flags); + } + fclose(kbmode); + unlink(path); + in_raw_mode = false; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _PM_abort( + int signo) +{ + char buf[80]; + + sprintf(buf,"Terminating on signal %d",signo); + _PM_restore_kb_mode(); + PM_fatalError(buf); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Put the keyboard into raw mode +****************************************************************************/ +void _PM_keyboard_rawmode(void) +{ + struct termios conf; + FILE *kbmode; + keyboard_mode mode; + char path[PM_MAX_PATH]; + int i; + static int sig_list[] = { + SIGHUP, + SIGINT, + SIGQUIT, + SIGILL, + SIGTRAP, + SIGABRT, + SIGIOT, + SIGBUS, + SIGFPE, + SIGKILL, + SIGSEGV, + SIGTERM, + }; + + if ((kbmode = open_kb_mode("rb",path)) == NULL) { + if ((kbmode = open_kb_mode("wb",path)) == NULL) + PM_fatalError("Unable to open kbmode.dat file for writing!"); + if (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDGKBMODE, &mode.kb_mode)) + perror("KDGKBMODE"); + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDGETLED, &mode.leds); + _PM_leds = mode.leds & 0xF; + _PM_modifiers = 0; + tcgetattr(_PM_console_fd, &mode.termios); + conf = mode.termios; + conf.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON | ECHO | ISIG); + conf.c_iflag &= ~(ISTRIP | IGNCR | ICRNL | INLCR | BRKINT | PARMRK | INPCK | IUCLC | IXON | IXOFF); + conf.c_iflag |= (IGNBRK | IGNPAR); + conf.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + conf.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + conf.c_cc[VSUSP] = 0; + tcsetattr(_PM_console_fd, TCSAFLUSH, &conf); + mode.flags = fcntl(_PM_console_fd,F_GETFL); + if (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSKBMODE, K_MEDIUMRAW)) + perror("KDSKBMODE"); + atexit(_PM_restore_kb_mode); + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(sig_list)/sizeof(sig_list[0]); i++) + signal(sig_list[i], _PM_abort); + mode.startup_vc = startup_vc; + if (fwrite(&mode,1,sizeof(mode),kbmode) != sizeof(mode)) + PM_fatalError("Error writing kbmode.dat!"); + fclose(kbmode); + in_raw_mode = true; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + fd_set s; + struct timeval tv = { 0, 0 }; + + if (console_count == 0) + PM_fatalError("You *must* open a console before using PM_kbhit!"); + if (!in_raw_mode) + _PM_keyboard_rawmode(); + FD_ZERO(&s); + FD_SET(_PM_console_fd, &s); + return select(_PM_console_fd+1, &s, NULL, NULL, &tv) > 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + static uchar c; + int release; + static struct kbentry ke; + + if (console_count == 0) + PM_fatalError("You *must* open a console before using PM_getch!"); + if (!in_raw_mode) + _PM_keyboard_rawmode(); + while (read(_PM_console_fd, &c, 1) > 0) { + release = c & 0x80; + c &= 0x7F; + if (release) { + switch(c){ + case 42: case 54: // Shift + _PM_modifiers &= ~KB_SHIFT; + break; + case 29: case 97: // Control + _PM_modifiers &= ~KB_CONTROL; + break; + case 56: case 100: // Alt / AltGr + _PM_modifiers &= ~KB_ALT; + break; + } + continue; + } + switch (c) { + case 42: case 54: // Shift + _PM_modifiers |= KB_SHIFT; + break; + case 29: case 97: // Control + _PM_modifiers |= KB_CONTROL; + break; + case 56: case 100: // Alt / AltGr + _PM_modifiers |= KB_ALT; + break; + case 58: // Caps Lock + _PM_modifiers ^= KB_CAPS; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_modifiers & 7); + break; + case 69: // Num Lock + _PM_modifiers ^= KB_NUMLOCK; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_modifiers & 7); + break; + case 70: // Scroll Lock + _PM_modifiers ^= KB_SCROLL; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDSETLED, _PM_modifiers & 7); + break; + case 28: + return 0x1C; + default: + ke.kb_index = c; + ke.kb_table = 0; + if ((_PM_modifiers & KB_SHIFT) || (_PM_modifiers & KB_CAPS)) + ke.kb_table |= K_SHIFTTAB; + if (_PM_modifiers & KB_ALT) + ke.kb_table |= K_ALTTAB; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, KDGKBENT, (ulong)&ke); + c = ke.kb_value & 0xFF; + return c; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Sleep until the virtual terminal is active +****************************************************************************/ +static void wait_vt_active( + int _PM_console_fd) +{ + while (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, tty_vc) < 0) { + if ((errno != EAGAIN) && (errno != EINTR)) { + perror("ioctl(VT_WAITACTIVE)"); + exit(1); + } + usleep(150000); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Checks the owner of the specified virtual console. +****************************************************************************/ +static int check_owner( + int vc) +{ + struct stat sbuf; + char fname[30]; + + sprintf(fname, "/dev/tty%d", vc); + if ((stat(fname, &sbuf) >= 0) && (getuid() == sbuf.st_uid)) + return 1; + printf("You must be the owner of the current console to use this program.\n"); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Checks if the console is currently in graphics mode, and if so we forcibly +restore it back to text mode again. This handles the case when a Nucleus or +MGL program crashes and leaves the console in graphics mode. Running the +textmode utility (or any other Nucleus/MGL program) via a telnet session +into the machine will restore it back to normal. +****************************************************************************/ +static void restore_text_console( + int console_id) +{ + if (ioctl(console_id, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT) < 0) + LOGWARN("ioctl(KDSETMODE) failed"); + _PM_restore_kb_mode(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Opens up the console device for output by finding an appropriate virutal +console that we can run on. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hwndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ + struct vt_mode vtm; + struct vt_stat vts; + struct stat sbuf; + char fname[30]; + + /* Check if we have already opened the console */ + if (console_count++) + return _PM_console_fd; + + /* Now, it would be great if we could use /dev/tty and see what it is + * connected to. Alas, we cannot find out reliably what VC /dev/tty is + * bound to. Thus we parse stdin through stderr for a reliable VC. + */ + startup_vc = 0; + for (_PM_console_fd = 0; _PM_console_fd < 3; _PM_console_fd++) { + if (fstat(_PM_console_fd, &sbuf) < 0) + continue; + if (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtm) < 0) + continue; + if ((sbuf.st_rdev & 0xFF00) != 0x400) + continue; + if (!(sbuf.st_rdev & 0xFF)) + continue; + tty_vc = sbuf.st_rdev & 0xFF; + restore_text_console(_PM_console_fd); + return _PM_console_fd; + } + if ((_PM_console_fd = open("/dev/console", O_RDWR)) < 0) { + printf("open_dev_console: can't open /dev/console \n"); + exit(1); + } + if (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_OPENQRY, &tty_vc) < 0) + goto Error; + if (tty_vc <= 0) + goto Error; + sprintf(fname, "/dev/tty%d", tty_vc); + close(_PM_console_fd); + + /* Change our control terminal */ + setsid(); + + /* We must use RDWR to allow for output... */ + if (((_PM_console_fd = open(fname, O_RDWR)) >= 0) && + (ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts) >= 0)) { + if (!check_owner(vts.v_active)) + goto Error; + restore_text_console(_PM_console_fd); + + /* Success, redirect all stdios */ + fflush(stdin); + fflush(stdout); + fflush(stderr); + close(0); + close(1); + close(2); + dup(_PM_console_fd); + dup(_PM_console_fd); + dup(_PM_console_fd); + + /* clear screen and switch to it */ + fwrite("\e[H\e[J", 6, 1, stderr); + fflush(stderr); + if (tty_vc != vts.v_active) { + startup_vc = vts.v_active; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_ACTIVATE, tty_vc); + wait_vt_active(_PM_console_fd); + } + } + return _PM_console_fd; + +Error: + if (_PM_console_fd > 2) + close(_PM_console_fd); + console_count = 0; + PM_fatalError( + "Not running in a graphics capable console,\n" + "and unable to find one.\n"); + return -1; +} + +#define FONT_C 0x10000 /* 64KB for font data */ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns the size of the console state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + return PM_getVGAStateSize() + FONT_C*2; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of the Linux console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,int console_id) +{ + uchar *regs = stateBuf; + + /* Save the current console font */ + if (ioctl(console_id,GIO_FONT,®s[PM_getVGAStateSize()]) < 0) + perror("ioctl(GIO_FONT)"); + + /* Inform the Linux console that we are going into graphics mode */ + if (ioctl(console_id, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS) < 0) + perror("ioctl(KDSETMODE)"); + + /* Save state of VGA registers */ + PM_saveVGAState(stateBuf); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback(int (_ASMAPIP saveState)(int flags)) +{ + /* TODO: Implement support for allowing console switching! */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the state of the Linux console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,PM_HWND console_id) +{ + const uchar *regs = stateBuf; + + /* Restore the state of the VGA compatible registers */ + PM_restoreVGAState(stateBuf); + + /* Inform the Linux console that we are back from graphics modes */ + if (ioctl(console_id, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT) < 0) + LOGWARN("ioctl(KDSETMODE) failed"); + + /* Restore the old console font */ + if (ioctl(console_id,PIO_FONT,®s[PM_getVGAStateSize()]) < 0) + LOGWARN("ioctl(KDSETMODE) failed"); + + /* Coming back from graphics mode on Linux also restored the previous + * text mode console contents, so we need to clear the screen to get + * around this since the cursor does not get homed by our code. + */ + fflush(stdout); + fflush(stderr); + printf("\033[H\033[J"); + fflush(stdout); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Close the Linux console and put it back to normal. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(PM_HWND _PM_console_fd) +{ + /* Restore console to normal operation */ + if (--console_count == 0) { + /* Re-activate the original virtual console */ + if (startup_vc > 0) + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_ACTIVATE, startup_vc); + + /* Close the console file descriptor */ + if (_PM_console_fd > 2) + close(_PM_console_fd); + _PM_console_fd = -1; + } +} + +void PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + /* Nothing to do in here */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the screen width and height for the Linux console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ + struct winsize ws; + struct vt_sizes vs; + + // Resize the software terminal + ws.ws_col = width; + ws.ws_row = height; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, TIOCSWINSZ, &ws); + + // And the hardware + vs.v_rows = height; + vs.v_cols = width; + vs.v_scrollsize = 0; + ioctl(_PM_console_fd, VT_RESIZE, &vs); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler ih, int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux + return false; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return '/'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return PM_getNucleusConfigPath(); } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + char *env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH"); + return env ? env : "/usr/lib/nucleus"; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + static uchar *zeroPtr = NULL; + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + 0x400); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + /* PM_init maps in the 0xA0000 framebuffer region 1:1 with our + * address mapping, so we can return the address here. + */ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + return (void*)(0xA0000); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + uchar *p; + ulong baseAddr,baseOfs; + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + if (base >= 0xA0000 && base < 0x100000) + return (void*)base; + if (!fd_mem && (fd_mem = open("/dev/mem", O_RDWR)) == -1) + return NULL; + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to mmap. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + baseOfs = base & 4095; + baseAddr = base & ~4095; + limit = ((limit+baseOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + if ((p = mmap(0, limit+1, + PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, + fd_mem, baseAddr)) == (void *)-1) + return NULL; + return (void*)(p+baseOfs); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + if ((ulong)ptr >= 0x100000) + munmap(ptr,limit+1); +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange(void *p,ulong length,ulong *physAddress) +{ + // TODO: This function should find a range of physical addresses + // for a linear address. + return false; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + // TODO: Put the process to sleep for milliseconds +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *ptr) +{ + PM_free(ptr); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + /* PM_init maps in the 0xA0000-0x100000 region 1:1 with our + * address mapping, as well as all memory blocks in a 1:1 address + * mapping so we can simply return the physical address in here. + */ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + return (void*)MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + int i; + char *r = (char *)REAL_MEM_BASE; + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + if (!mem_info.ready) + return NULL; + if (mem_info.count == REAL_MEM_BLOCKS) + return NULL; + size = (size + 15) & ~15; + for (i = 0; i < mem_info.count; i++) { + if (mem_info.blocks[i].free && size < mem_info.blocks[i].size) { + insert_block(i); + mem_info.blocks[i].size = size; + mem_info.blocks[i].free = 0; + mem_info.blocks[i + 1].size -= size; + *r_seg = (uint)(r) >> 4; + *r_off = (uint)(r) & 0xF; + return (void *)r; + } + r += mem_info.blocks[i].size; + } + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + int i; + char *r = (char *)REAL_MEM_BASE; + + if (!mem_info.ready) + return; + i = 0; + while (mem != (void *)r) { + r += mem_info.blocks[i].size; + i++; + if (i == mem_info.count) + return; + } + mem_info.blocks[i].free = 1; + if (i + 1 < mem_info.count && mem_info.blocks[i + 1].free) { + mem_info.blocks[i].size += mem_info.blocks[i + 1].size; + delete_block(i + 1); + } + if (i - 1 >= 0 && mem_info.blocks[i - 1].free) { + mem_info.blocks[i - 1].size += mem_info.blocks[i].size; + delete_block(i); + } +} + +#define DIRECTION_FLAG (1 << 10) + +static void em_ins(int size) +{ + unsigned int edx, edi; + + edx = context.vm.regs.edx & 0xffff; + edi = context.vm.regs.edi & 0xffff; + edi += (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + if (context.vm.regs.eflags & DIRECTION_FLAG) { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("std; insl; cld" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("std; insw; cld" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + else + asm volatile ("std; insb; cld" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + } + else { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("cld; insl" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("cld; insw" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + else + asm volatile ("cld; insb" + : "=D" (edi) : "d" (edx), "0" (edi)); + } + edi -= (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + context.vm.regs.edi &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.edi |= edi & 0xffff; +} + +static void em_rep_ins(int size) +{ + unsigned int ecx, edx, edi; + + ecx = context.vm.regs.ecx & 0xffff; + edx = context.vm.regs.edx & 0xffff; + edi = context.vm.regs.edi & 0xffff; + edi += (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + if (context.vm.regs.eflags & DIRECTION_FLAG) { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("std; rep; insl; cld" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("std; rep; insw; cld" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + else + asm volatile ("std; rep; insb; cld" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + } + else { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("cld; rep; insl" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("cld; rep; insw" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + else + asm volatile ("cld; rep; insb" + : "=D" (edi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (edi), "1" (ecx)); + } + + edi -= (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + context.vm.regs.edi &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.edi |= edi & 0xffff; + context.vm.regs.ecx &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.ecx |= ecx & 0xffff; +} + +static void em_outs(int size) +{ + unsigned int edx, esi; + + edx = context.vm.regs.edx & 0xffff; + esi = context.vm.regs.esi & 0xffff; + esi += (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + if (context.vm.regs.eflags & DIRECTION_FLAG) { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("std; outsl; cld" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("std; outsw; cld" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + else + asm volatile ("std; outsb; cld" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + } + else { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("cld; outsl" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("cld; outsw" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + else + asm volatile ("cld; outsb" + : "=S" (esi) : "d" (edx), "0" (esi)); + } + + esi -= (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + context.vm.regs.esi &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.esi |= esi & 0xffff; +} + +static void em_rep_outs(int size) +{ + unsigned int ecx, edx, esi; + + ecx = context.vm.regs.ecx & 0xffff; + edx = context.vm.regs.edx & 0xffff; + esi = context.vm.regs.esi & 0xffff; + esi += (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + if (context.vm.regs.eflags & DIRECTION_FLAG) { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("std; rep; outsl; cld" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("std; rep; outsw; cld" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + else + asm volatile ("std; rep; outsb; cld" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + } + else { + if (size == 4) + asm volatile ("cld; rep; outsl" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + else if (size == 2) + asm volatile ("cld; rep; outsw" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + else + asm volatile ("cld; rep; outsb" + : "=S" (esi), "=c" (ecx) + : "d" (edx), "0" (esi), "1" (ecx)); + } + + esi -= (unsigned int)context.vm.regs.ds << 4; + context.vm.regs.esi &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.esi |= esi & 0xffff; + context.vm.regs.ecx &= 0xffff0000; + context.vm.regs.ecx |= ecx & 0xffff; +} + +static int emulate(void) +{ + unsigned char *insn; + struct { + unsigned int size : 1; + unsigned int rep : 1; + } prefix = { 0, 0 }; + int i = 0; + + insn = (unsigned char *)((unsigned int)context.vm.regs.cs << 4); + insn += context.vm.regs.eip; + + while (1) { +#ifdef TRACE_IO + traceAddr = ((ulong)context.vm.regs.cs << 16) + context.vm.regs.eip + i; +#endif + if (insn[i] == 0x66) { + prefix.size = 1 - prefix.size; + i++; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xf3) { + prefix.rep = 1; + i++; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xf0 || insn[i] == 0xf2 + || insn[i] == 0x26 || insn[i] == 0x2e + || insn[i] == 0x36 || insn[i] == 0x3e + || insn[i] == 0x64 || insn[i] == 0x65 + || insn[i] == 0x67) { + /* these prefixes are just ignored */ + i++; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0x6c) { + if (prefix.rep) + em_rep_ins(1); + else + em_ins(1); + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0x6d) { + if (prefix.rep) { + if (prefix.size) + em_rep_ins(4); + else + em_rep_ins(2); + } + else { + if (prefix.size) + em_ins(4); + else + em_ins(2); + } + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0x6e) { + if (prefix.rep) + em_rep_outs(1); + else + em_outs(1); + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0x6f) { + if (prefix.rep) { + if (prefix.size) + em_rep_outs(4); + else + em_rep_outs(2); + } + else { + if (prefix.size) + em_outs(4); + else + em_outs(2); + } + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xec) { + *((uchar*)&context.vm.regs.eax) = port_in(context.vm.regs.edx); + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xed) { + if (prefix.size) + *((ulong*)&context.vm.regs.eax) = port_inl(context.vm.regs.edx); + else + *((ushort*)&context.vm.regs.eax) = port_inw(context.vm.regs.edx); + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xee) { + port_out(context.vm.regs.eax,context.vm.regs.edx); + i++; + break; + } + else if (insn[i] == 0xef) { + if (prefix.size) + port_outl(context.vm.regs.eax,context.vm.regs.edx); + else + port_outw(context.vm.regs.eax,context.vm.regs.edx); + i++; + break; + } + else + return 0; + } + + context.vm.regs.eip += i; + return 1; +} + +static void debug_info(int vret) +{ + int i; + unsigned char *p; + + fputs("vm86() failed\n", stderr); + fprintf(stderr, "return = 0x%x\n", vret); + fprintf(stderr, "eax = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.eax); + fprintf(stderr, "ebx = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.ebx); + fprintf(stderr, "ecx = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.ecx); + fprintf(stderr, "edx = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.edx); + fprintf(stderr, "esi = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.esi); + fprintf(stderr, "edi = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.edi); + fprintf(stderr, "ebp = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.ebp); + fprintf(stderr, "eip = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.eip); + fprintf(stderr, "cs = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.cs); + fprintf(stderr, "esp = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.esp); + fprintf(stderr, "ss = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.ss); + fprintf(stderr, "ds = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.ds); + fprintf(stderr, "es = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.es); + fprintf(stderr, "fs = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.fs); + fprintf(stderr, "gs = 0x%04x\n", context.vm.regs.gs); + fprintf(stderr, "eflags = 0x%08lx\n", context.vm.regs.eflags); + fputs("cs:ip = [ ", stderr); + p = (unsigned char *)((context.vm.regs.cs << 4) + (context.vm.regs.eip & 0xffff)); + for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i) + fprintf(stderr, "%02x ", (unsigned int)p[i]); + fputs("]\n", stderr); + fflush(stderr); +} + +static int run_vm86(void) +{ + unsigned int vret; + + for (;;) { + vret = vm86(&context.vm); + if (VM86_TYPE(vret) == VM86_INTx) { + unsigned int v = VM86_ARG(vret); + if (v == RETURN_TO_32_INT) + return 1; + pushw(context.vm.regs.eflags); + pushw(context.vm.regs.cs); + pushw(context.vm.regs.eip); + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(v); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(v); + context.vm.regs.eflags &= ~(VIF_MASK | TF_MASK); + continue; + } + if (VM86_TYPE(vret) != VM86_UNKNOWN) + break; + if (!emulate()) + break; + } + debug_info(vret); + return 0; +} + +#define IND(ereg) context.vm.regs.ereg = regs->ereg +#define OUTD(ereg) regs->ereg = context.vm.regs.ereg + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + IND(eax); IND(ebx); IND(ecx); IND(edx); IND(esi); IND(edi); + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(intno); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(intno); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); + OUTD(eax); OUTD(ebx); OUTD(ecx); OUTD(edx); OUTD(esi); OUTD(edi); + regs->flags = context.vm.regs.eflags; +} + +#define IN(ereg) context.vm.regs.ereg = in->e.ereg +#define OUT(ereg) out->e.ereg = context.vm.regs.ereg + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(intno); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(intno); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.cflag = context.vm.regs.eflags & 1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + if (intno == 0x21) { + time_t today = time(NULL); + struct tm *t; + t = localtime(&today); + out->x.cx = t->tm_year + 1900; + out->h.dh = t->tm_mon + 1; + out->h.dl = t->tm_mday; + } + else { + unsigned int seg, off; + seg = get_int_seg(intno); + off = get_int_off(intno); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = seg; + context.vm.regs.eip = off; + context.vm.regs.es = sregs->es; + context.vm.regs.ds = sregs->ds; + context.vm.regs.fs = sregs->fs; + context.vm.regs.gs = sregs->gs; + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = context.vm.regs.es; + sregs->ds = context.vm.regs.ds; + sregs->fs = context.vm.regs.fs; + sregs->gs = context.vm.regs.gs; + out->x.cflag = context.vm.regs.eflags & 1; + } + return out->e.eax; +} + +#define OUTR(ereg) in->e.ereg = context.vm.regs.ereg + +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode(uint seg,uint off, RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = seg; + context.vm.regs.eip = off; + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + context.vm.regs.es = sregs->es; + context.vm.regs.ds = sregs->ds; + context.vm.regs.fs = sregs->fs; + context.vm.regs.gs = sregs->gs; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); + OUTR(eax); OUTR(ebx); OUTR(ecx); OUTR(edx); OUTR(esi); OUTR(edi); + sregs->es = context.vm.regs.es; + sregs->ds = context.vm.regs.ds; + sregs->fs = context.vm.regs.fs; + sregs->gs = context.vm.regs.gs; + in->x.cflag = context.vm.regs.eflags & 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + FILE *mem = fopen("/proc/meminfo","r"); + char buf[1024]; + + fgets(buf,1024,mem); + fgets(buf,1024,mem); + sscanf(buf,"Mem: %*d %*d %ld", physical); + fgets(buf,1024,mem); + sscanf(buf,"Swap: %*d %*d %ld", total); + fclose(mem); + *total += *physical; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem(uint size,ulong *physAddr,ibool contiguous,ibool below16M) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem(void *p,uint size,ibool contiguous) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for Linux +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankA(int bank) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + context.vm.regs.eax = 0x4F05; + context.vm.regs.ebx = 0x0000; + context.vm.regs.edx = bank; + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(0x10); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(0x10); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB(int bank) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + context.vm.regs.eax = 0x4F05; + context.vm.regs.ebx = 0x0000; + context.vm.regs.edx = bank; + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(0x10); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(0x10); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); + context.vm.regs.eax = 0x4F05; + context.vm.regs.ebx = 0x0001; + context.vm.regs.edx = bank; + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(0x10); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(0x10); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +{ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + memset(&context.vm.regs, 0, sizeof(context.vm.regs)); + context.vm.regs.eax = 0x4F07; + context.vm.regs.ebx = waitVRT; + context.vm.regs.ecx = x; + context.vm.regs.edx = y; + context.vm.regs.eflags = DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS; + context.vm.regs.cs = get_int_seg(0x10); + context.vm.regs.eip = get_int_off(0x10); + context.vm.regs.ss = context.stack_seg; + context.vm.regs.esp = context.stack_off; + pushw(DEFAULT_VM86_FLAGS); + pushw(context.ret_seg); + pushw(context.ret_off); + run_vm86(); +} + +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine(ulong base,ulong length,uint type) +{ +#ifdef ENABLE_MTRR + struct mtrr_sentry sentry; + + if (mtrr_fd < 0) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; + sentry.base = base; + sentry.size = length; + sentry.type = type; + if (ioctl(mtrr_fd, MTRRIOC_ADD_ENTRY, &sentry) == -1) { + // TODO: Need to decode MTRR error codes!! + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + } + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; +#else + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +callback - Function to callback with write combine information + +REMARKS: +Function to enumerate all write combine regions currently enabled for the +processor. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enumWriteCombine( + PM_enumWriteCombine_t callback) +{ +#ifdef ENABLE_MTRR + struct mtrr_gentry gentry; + + if (mtrr_fd < 0) + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; + + for (gentry.regnum = 0; ioctl (mtrr_fd, MTRRIOC_GET_ENTRY, &gentry) == 0; + ++gentry.regnum) { + if (gentry.size > 0) { + // WARNING: This code assumes that the types in pmapi.h match the ones + // in the Linux kernel (mtrr.h) + callback(gentry.base, gentry.size, gentry.type); + } + } + + return PM_MTRR_ERR_OK; +#else + return PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT; +#endif +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *copyOfBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + char *bios_ptr = (char*)0xC0000; + char *old_bios; + ulong Current10, Current6D, *rvec = 0; + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + /* The BIOS is mapped to 0xC0000 with a private memory mapping enabled + * which means we have a copy on write scheme. Hence we simply copy + * the secondary BIOS image over the top of the old one. + */ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + if ((old_bios = PM_malloc(BIOSLen)) == NULL) + return false; + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000) { + memcpy(old_bios,bios_ptr,BIOSLen); + memcpy(bios_ptr,copyOfBIOS,BIOSLen); + } + + /* The interrupt vectors should already be mmap()'ed from 0-0x400 in PM_init */ + Current10 = rvec[0x10]; + Current6D = rvec[0x6D]; + + /* POST the secondary BIOS */ + rvec[0x10] = rvec[0x42]; /* Restore int 10h to STD-BIOS */ + regs.x.ax = axVal; + PM_callRealMode(0xC000,0x0003,®s,&sregs); + + /* Restore interrupt vectors */ + rvec[0x10] = Current10; + rvec[0x6D] = Current6D; + + /* Restore original BIOS image */ + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000) + memcpy(bios_ptr,old_bios,BIOSLen); + PM_free(old_bios); + return true; +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this to load shared libraries! + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int level) +{ + // TODO: Move the IOPL switching into this function!! + return level; +} + +void PMAPI PM_flushTLB(void) +{ + // Do nothing on Linux. +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b9bae28a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/linux/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux +* +* Description: Linux specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Use the gettimeofday() function to get microsecond precision (probably less +though) +****************************************************************************/ +static inline ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + struct timeval t; + gettimeofday(&t, NULL); + return t.tv_sec*1000000 + t.tv_usec; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) tm->start.low = __ULZReadTime() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerLap(tm) (__ULZReadTime() - tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) tm->end.low = __ULZReadTime() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerCount(tm) (tm->end.low - tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/makefile b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..265f0e36d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +############################################################################# +# +# Copyright (C) 1996 SciTech Software. +# All rights reserved. +# +# Descripton: Generic makefile for the PM library. Builds the library +# file and all test programs. +# +############################################################################# + +.IMPORT .IGNORE : DEBUG_AGP_DRIVER TEST_HARNESS DEBUG_SDDPMI + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Add DOS extender dependant flags to command line +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +CFLAGS += $(DX_CFLAGS) +ASFLAGS += $(DX_ASFLAGS) +NO_PMLIB := 1 + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Include definitions specific for the target system +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.IF $(USE_VXD) + +# Building for Win32 VxD (minimal PM library implementation) + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O fileio$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gavxd$O _pm$O _mtrr$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := vxd;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: vxd common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_NTDRV) + +# Building for NT device drivers (minimal PM library implementation) + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O mem$O irq$O int86$O \ + stdio$O stdlib$O pcilib$O agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gantdrv$O \ + _pm$O _mtrr$O _cpuinfo$O _int64$O _pcihelp$O _irq$O +DEPEND_SRC := ntdrv;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: ntdrv common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_WIN32) + +# Building for Win32 + +CFLAGS += -DUSE_OS_JOYSTICK +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ddraw$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gawin32$O ntservc$O _joy$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := win32;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: win32 common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_OS232) + +# Building for OS/2 + +.IF $(USE_OS2GUI) +LIBNAME = pm_pm +.ELSE +LIBNAME = pm +.ENDIF +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gaos2$O _pmos2$O _joy$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O dossctl$O +DEPEND_SRC := os2;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: os2 common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_QNX) + +# Building for QNX + +USE_BIOS := 1 +.IF $(USE_PHOTON) +LIBNAME = pm_ph +.ELIF $(USE_X11) +LIBNAME = pm_x11 +.ELSE +LIBNAME = pm +.ENDIF +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O mtrrqnx$O unixio$O vgastate$O gaqnx$O _joy$O \ + _mtrrqnx$O _cpuinfo$O _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := qnx;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: qnx common codepage tests + +# Indicate that this program uses Nucleus device drivers (so needs I/O access) +USE_NUCLEUS := 1 + +.ELIF $(USE_LINUX) + +# Building for Linux + +CFLAGS += -DENABLE_MTRR -DUSE_OS_JOYSTICK +.IF $(USE_X11) +LIBNAME = pm_x11 +.ELSE +LIBNAME = pm +.ENDIF +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O unixio$O vgastate$O galinux$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := linux;common;codepage;tests;x11 +.SOURCE: linux common codepage tests x11 + +# Building a shared library +.IF $(SOFILE) +LIB := ld +LIBFLAGS := -r -o +CFLAGS += -fPIC +.ENDIF + +.ELIF $(USE_BEOS) + +# Building for BeOS GUI + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gabeos$O _joy$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := beos;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: beos common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_SMX32) + +# Building for SMX + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O pmsmx$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gasmx$O _pm$O _pmsmx$O _mtrr$O _event$O \ + _joy$O _cpuinfo$O _int64$O _pcihelp$O _lztimer$O +DEPEND_SRC := smx;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: smx common codepage tests + +.ELIF $(USE_RTTARGET) + +# Building for RTTarget-32 + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O pcilib$O \ + agp$O malloc$O vgastate$O gartt$O _mtrr$O _joy$O _cpuinfo$O \ + _int64$O _pcihelp$O +DEPEND_SRC := rttarget;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: rttarget common codepage tests + +.ELSE + +# Building for MSDOS + +LIBNAME = pm +OBJECTS = pm$O pmdos$O vflat$O event$O ztimer$O cpuinfo$O mtrr$O \ + agp$O malloc$O pcilib$O vgastate$O gados$O \ + _pm$O _pmdos$O _mtrr$O _vflat$O _event$O _joy$O _pcihelp$O \ + _cpuinfo$O _int64$O _lztimer$O _dma$O +DEPEND_SRC := dos;common;codepage;tests +.SOURCE: dos common codepage tests + +.ENDIF + +# Object modules for keyboard code pages + +OBJECTS += us_eng$O + +# Common object modules + +OBJECTS += common$O +.IF $(CHECKED) +OBJECTS += debug$O +.ENDIF + +# Nucleus loader library object modules. Note that when compiling a test harness +# library we need to exclude the Nucleus loader library. + +.IF $(TEST_HARNESS) +CFLAGS += -DTEST_HARNESS -DPMLIB +LIBNAME = pm_test +.ELSE +OBJECTS += galib$O _ga_imp$O +.ENDIF + +.IF $(DEBUG_SDDPMI) +CFLAGS += -DDEBUG_SDDPMI +.ENDIF + +# AGP library object modules + +.IF $(DEBUG_AGP_DRIVER) +CFLAGS += -DDEBUG_AGP_DRIVER +OBJECTS += agplib$O +.ELSE +OBJECTS += agplib$O peloader$O libcimp$O _gatimer$O +.ENDIF + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Name of library and generic object files required to build it +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.IF $(STKCALL) +LIBFILE = s$(LP)$(LIBNAME)$L +.ELSE +LIBFILE = $(LP)$(LIBNAME)$L +.ENDIF +LIBCLEAN = *.lib *.a + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Change destination for library file depending the extender being used. This +# is only necessary for DOS extender since the file go into a subdirectory +# in the normal library directory, one for each supported extender. Other +# OS'es put the file into the regular library directory, since there is +# only one per OS in this case. +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +MK_PMODE = 1 + +.IF $(TEST_HARNESS) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE) +.ELIF $(USE_TNT) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\tnt +.ELIF $(USE_DOS4GW) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\dos4gw +.ELIF $(USE_X32) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\x32 +.ELIF $(USE_DPMI16) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\dpmi16 +.ELIF $(USE_DPMI32) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\dpmi32 +.ELIF $(USE_DOSX) +LIB_DEST := $(LIB_BASE)\dosx +.END + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Names of all executable files built +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +.IF $(USE_REALDOS) +EXEFILES = memtest$E biosptr$E video$E isvesa$E callreal$E \ + mouse$E tick$E key$E key15$E brk$E altbrk$E \ + critical$E altcrit$E vftest$E rtc$E getch$E \ + cpu$E timerc$E timercpp$E showpci$E uswc$E block$E +.ELSE +EXEFILES = memtest$E video$E isvesa$E callreal$E vftest$E getch$E \ + cpu$E timerc$E timercpp$E showpci$E uswc$E block$E \ + save$E restore$E +.ENDIF + +all: $(EXEFILES) + +$(EXEFILES): $(LIBFILE) + +memtest$E: memtest$O +biosptr$E: biosptr$O +video$E: video$O +isvesa$E: isvesa$O +mouse$E: mouse$O +tick$E: tick$O +key$E: key$O +key15$E: key15$O +brk$E: brk$O +altbrk$E: altbrk$O +critical$E: critical$O +altcrit$E: altcrit$O +callreal$E: callreal$O +vftest$E: vftest$O +rtc$E: rtc$O +getch$E: getch$O +cpu$E: cpu$O +timerc$E: timerc$O +timercpp$E: timercpp$O +showpci$E: showpci$O +uswc$E: uswc$O +block$E: block$O +save$E: save$O +restore$E: restore$O +test$E: test$O _test$O + +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Define the list of object files to create dependency information for +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +DEPEND_OBJ := $(OBJECTS) memtest$O biosptr$O video$O isvesa$O mouse$O \ + tick$O key$O key$O brk$O altbrk$O critical$O altcrit$O \ + callreal$O vftest$O getch$O timercpp$O + +.INCLUDE: "$(SCITECH)/makedefs/common.mk" + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_irq.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_irq.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11824a0afc --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_irq.asm @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device driver +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* Windows NT device drivers. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _irq ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _irq + + cextern _PM_rtcHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_prevRTC,FCPTR + +RtcInside dw 0 ; Are we still handling current interrupt +sidtBuf df 0 ; Buffer for sidt instruction + +enddataseg _irq + +begcodeseg _irq ; Start of code segment + +cpublic _PM_irqCodeStart + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_rtcISR - Real time clock interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the timer interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible, since a timer overrun will simply hang the +; system. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_rtcISR + +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +; If we enable interrupts and call into any C based interrupt handling code, +; we need to setup a bunch of important information for the NT kernel. The +; code below takes care of this housekeeping for us (see Undocumented NT for +; details). If we don't do this housekeeping and interrupts are enabled, +; the kernel will become very unstable and crash within 10 seconds or so. +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + + pushad + pushfd + push fs + + mov ebx,00000030h + mov fs,bx + sub esp,50h + mov ebp,esp + +; Setup the exception frame to NULL + + mov ebx,[DWORD cs:0FFDFF000h] + mov [DWORD ds:0FFDFF000h], 0FFFFFFFFh + mov [DWORD ebp],ebx + +; Save away the existing KSS ebp + + mov esi,[DWORD cs:0FFDFF124h] + mov ebx,[DWORD esi+00000128h] + mov [DWORD ebp+4h],ebx + mov [DWORD esi+00000128h],ebp + +; Save away the kernel time and the thread mode (kernel/user) + + mov edi,[DWORD esi+00000137h] + mov [DWORD ebp+8h],edi + +; Set the thread mode (kernel/user) based on the code selector + + mov ebx,[DWORD ebp+7Ch] + and ebx,01 + mov [BYTE esi+00000137h],bl + +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +; End of special interrupt Prolog code +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +; Clear priority interrupt controller and re-enable interrupts so we +; dont lock things up for long. + + mov al,20h + out 0A0h,al + out 020h,al + +; Clear real-time clock timeout + + in al,70h ; Read CMOS index register + push eax ; and save for later + IODELAYN 3 + mov al,0Ch + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + +; Call the C interrupt handler function + + cmp [BYTE RtcInside],1 ; Check for mutual exclusion + je @@Exit + mov [BYTE RtcInside],1 + sti ; Enable interrupts + cld ; Clear direction flag for C code + call [CPTR _PM_rtcHandler] + cli ; Disable interrupts on exit! + mov [BYTE RtcInside],0 + +@@Exit: pop eax + out 70h,al ; Restore CMOS index register + +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +; Start of special epilog code to restore stuff on exit from handler +;++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +; Restore the KSS ebp + + mov esi,[DWORD cs:0FFDFF124h] + mov ebx,[DWORD ebp+4] + mov [DWORD esi+00000128h],ebx + +; Restore the exception frame + + mov ebx,[DWORD ebp] + mov [DWORD fs:00000000],ebx + +; Restore the thread mode + + mov ebx,[DWORD ebp+8h] + mov esi,[DWORD fs:00000124h] + mov [BYTE esi+00000137h],bl + add esp, 50h + pop fs + popfd + popad + +; Return from interrupt + + iret + +cprocend + +cpublic _PM_irqCodeEnd + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_getISR(int irq,PMFARPTR *handler); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Function to return the specific IRQ handler direct from the IDT. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_getISR + + ARG idtEntry:UINT, handler:DPTR + + enter_c 0 + mov ecx,[handler] ; Get address of handler to fill in + sidt [sidtBuf] ; Get IDTR register into sidtBuf + mov eax,[DWORD sidtBuf+2] ; Get address of IDT into EAX + mov ebx,[idtEntry] + lea eax,[eax+ebx*8] ; Get entry in the IDT + movzx edx,[WORD eax+6] ; Get high order 16-bits + shl edx,16 ; Move into top 16-bits of address + mov dx,[WORD eax] ; Get low order 16-bits + mov [DWORD ecx],edx ; Store linear address of handler + mov dx,[WORD eax+2] ; Get selector value + mov [WORD ecx+4],dx ; Store selector value + leave_c + ret + +cprocend _PM_getISR + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_setISR(int irq,void *handler); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Function to set the specific IRQ handler direct in the IDT. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_setISR + + ARG irq:UINT, handler:CPTR + + enter_c 0 + mov ecx,[handler] ; Get address of new handler + mov dx,cs ; Get selector for new handler + sidt [sidtBuf] ; Get IDTR register into sidtBuf + mov eax,[DWORD sidtBuf+2] ; Get address of IDT into EAX + mov ebx,[idtEntry] + lea eax,[eax+ebx*8] ; Get entry in the IDT + cli + mov [WORD eax+2],dx ; Store code segment selector + mov [WORD eax],cx ; Store low order bits of handler + shr ecx,16 + mov [WORD eax+6],cx ; Store high order bits of handler + sti + leave_c + ret + +cprocend _PM_setISR + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_restoreISR(int irq,PMFARPTR *handler); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Function to set the specific IRQ handler direct in the IDT. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_restoreISR + + ARG irq:UINT, handler:CPTR + + enter_c 0 + mov ecx,[handler] + mov dx,[WORD ecx+4] ; Get selector for old handler + mov ecx,[DWORD ecx] ; Get address of old handler + sidt [sidtBuf] ; Get IDTR register into sidtBuf + mov eax,[DWORD sidtBuf+2] ; Get address of IDT into EAX + mov ebx,[idtEntry] + lea eax,[eax+ebx*8] ; Get entry in the IDT + cli + mov [WORD eax+2],dx ; Store code segment selector + mov [WORD eax],cx ; Store low order bits of handler + shr ecx,16 + mov [WORD eax+6],cx ; Store high order bits of handler + sti + leave_c + ret + +cprocend _PM_restoreISR + +endcodeseg _irq + + END ; End of module + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_pm.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_pm.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6cb276d25e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/_pm.asm @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device driver +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* Windows NT device drivers. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pm ; Set up memory model + +P586 + +begdataseg + +; Watcom C++ externals required to link when compiling floating point +; C code. They are not actually used in the code because we compile with +; inline floating point instructions, however the compiler still generates +; the references in the object modules. + +__8087 dd 0 + PUBLIC __8087 +__imthread: +__fltused: +_fltused_ dd 0 + PUBLIC __imthread + PUBLIC _fltused_ + PUBLIC __fltused + +enddataseg + +begcodeseg _pm ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_segread(PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the current value of all segment registers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_segread + + ARG sregs:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov ax,es + _les _si,[sregs] + mov [_ES _si],ax + mov [_ES _si+2],cs + mov [_ES _si+4],ss + mov [_ES _si+6],ds + mov [_ES _si+8],fs + mov [_ES _si+10],gs + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_int386x(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out,PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Issues a software interrupt in protected mode. This routine has been +; written to allow user programs to load CS and DS with different values +; other than the default. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_int386x + +; Not used for NT device drivers + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankA(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankA + +; Not used for NT device drivers + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankAB(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankAB + +; Not used for NT device drivers + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setCRTStart + +; Not used for NT device drivers + + ret + +cprocend + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _PM_readCMOS(int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_readCMOS + + ARG index:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + mov ah,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + mov al,ah ; Return value in AL + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_writeCMOS + + ARG index:UINT, value:UCHAR + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + mov al,[value] + out 71h,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; double _ftol(double f) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Calls to __ftol are generated by the Borland C++ compiler for code +; that needs to convert a floating point type to an integral type. +; +; Input: floating point number on the top of the '87. +; +; Output: a (signed or unsigned) long in EAX +; All other registers preserved. +;----------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _ftol + + LOCAL temp1:WORD, temp2:QWORD = LocalSize + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + sub esp,LocalSize + + fstcw [temp1] ; save the control word + fwait + mov al,[BYTE temp1+1] + or [BYTE temp1+1],0Ch ; set rounding control to chop + fldcw [temp1] + fistp [temp2] ; convert to 64-bit integer + mov [BYTE temp1+1],al + fldcw [temp1] ; restore the control word + mov eax,[DWORD temp2] ; return LS 32 bits + mov edx,[DWORD temp2+4] ; MS 32 bits + + mov esp,ebp + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_getPDB - Return the Page Table Directory Base address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_getPDB + + mov eax,cr3 + and eax,0FFFFF000h + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Flush the Translation Lookaside buffer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_flushTLB + + wbinvd ; Flush the CPU cache + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pm + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e72a856019 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: VxD specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VxD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VxD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) (void)(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + KeQueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)freq); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + LARGE_INTEGER lt = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); \ + (t)->low = lt.LowPart; \ + (t)->high = lt.HighPart; \ +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/int86.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/int86.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f93d9c22e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/int86.c @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device drivers. +* +* Description: Implementation for the real mode software interrupt +* handling functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +We do have limited BIOS access under Windows NT device drivers. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ + // Return false unless we have full buffer passing! + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +len - Place to store the length of the buffer +rseg - Place to store the real mode segment of the buffer +roff - Place to store the real mode offset of the buffer + +REMARKS: +This function returns the address and length of the global VESA transfer +buffer that is used for communicating with the VESA BIOS functions from +Win16 and Win32 programs under Windows. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + // No buffers supported under Windows NT (Windows XP has them however if + // we ever decide to support this!) + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a protected mode software interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int386( + int intno, + PMREGS *in, + PMREGS *out) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return PM_int386x(intno,in,out,&sregs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a real mode pointer to a protected mode pointer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + // Not used for Windows NT drivers! + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of real mode memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)size; + (void)r_seg; + (void)r_off; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of real mode memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)mem; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt (parameters in DPMI compatible structure) +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a V86 real mode function with the specified register values +loaded before the call. The call returns with a far ret. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *regs, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // TODO!! +#if 0 + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + + /* Bail if we do not have BIOS access (ie: the VxD was dynamically + * loaded, and not statically loaded. + */ + if (!_PM_haveBIOS) + return; + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_callRealMode()\n"); + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,regs,sregs); + Simulate_Far_Call(seg, off); + Resume_Exec(); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,regs,sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_callRealMode()\n"); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + // TODO!! +#if 0 + RMSREGS sregs = {0}; + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + + /* Disable pass-up to our VxD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,in,&sregs); + Exec_Int(intno); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,out,&sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VxD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86()\n"); +#else + *out = *in; +#endif + return out->x.ax; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // TODO!! +#if 0 + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + + /* Bail if we do not have BIOS access (ie: the VxD was dynamically + * loaded, and not statically loaded. + */ + if (!_PM_haveBIOS) { + *out = *in; + return out->x.ax; + } + + /* Disable pass-up to our VxD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86x()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,in,sregs); + Exec_Int(intno); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,out,sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VxD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86x()\n"); +#else + *out = *in; +#endif + return out->x.ax; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/irq.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/irq.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc6b4274df --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/irq.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device drivers. +* +* Description: Implementation for the NT driver IRQ management functions +* for the PM library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "pmint.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static int globalDataStart; +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegA; +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegB; +static uchar _PM_oldRTCPIC2; +static ulong RTC_idtEntry; +PM_intHandler _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevRTC = PMNULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Functions to read and write CMOS registers */ + +uchar _ASMAPI _PM_readCMOS(int index); +void _ASMAPI _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value); +void _ASMAPI _PM_rtcISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_getISR(int irq,PMFARPTR *handler); +void _ASMAPI _PM_setISR(int irq,void *handler); +void _ASMAPI _PM_restoreISR(int irq,PMFARPTR *handler); +void _ASMAPI _PM_irqCodeStart(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_irqCodeEnd(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + static short convert[] = { + 8192, + 4096, + 2048, + 1024, + 512, + 256, + 128, + 64, + 32, + 16, + 8, + 4, + 2, + -1, + }; + int i; + + /* First clear any pending RTC timeout if not cleared */ + _PM_readCMOS(0x0C); + if (frequency == 0) { + /* Disable RTC timout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,(uchar)_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,(uchar)(_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F)); + } + else { + /* Convert frequency value to RTC clock indexes */ + for (i = 0; convert[i] != -1; i++) { + if (convert[i] == frequency) + break; + } + + /* Set RTC timout value and enable timeout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,(uchar)(0x20 | (i+3))); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,(uchar)((_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F) | 0x40)); + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + static ibool locked = false; + + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Install the interrupt handler */ + RTC_idtEntry = 0x38; + _PM_getISR(RTC_idtEntry, &_PM_prevRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + _PM_setISR(RTC_idtEntry, _PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(uchar)(_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE)); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(uchar)((PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE))); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + _PM_restoreISR(RTC_idtEntry, &_PM_prevRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/mem.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/mem.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b30d2be860 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/mem.c @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device drivers. +* +* Description: Implementation for the NT driver memory management functions +* for the PM library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define MAX_MEMORY_SHARED 100 +#define MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS 100 +#define MAX_MEMORY_LOCKED 100 + +typedef struct { + void *linear; + ulong length; + PMDL pMdl; + } memshared; + +typedef struct { + void *linear; + void *mmIoMapped; + ulong length; + PMDL pMdl; + } memlocked; + +typedef struct { + ulong physical; + ulong linear; + ulong length; + ibool isCached; + } mmapping; + +static int numMappings = 0; +static memshared shared[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS] = {0}; +static mmapping maps[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS]; +static memlocked locked[MAX_MEMORY_LOCKED]; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +ulong PMAPI _PM_getPDB(void); + +// Page table entry flags + +#define PAGE_FLAGS_PRESENT 0x00000001 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_WRITEABLE 0x00000002 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_USER 0x00000004 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH 0x00000008 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE 0x00000010 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_ACCESSED 0x00000020 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_DIRTY 0x00000040 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_4MB 0x00000080 + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - Physical base address of the memory to maps in +limit - Limit of physical memory to region to maps in + +RETURNS: +Linear address of the newly mapped memory. + +REMARKS: +Maps a physical memory range to a linear memory range. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong _PM_mapPhysicalToLinear( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + ulong length = limit+1; + PHYSICAL_ADDRESS paIoBase = {0}; + + // NT loves large Ints + paIoBase = RtlConvertUlongToLargeInteger( base ); + + // Map IO space into Kernel + if (isCached) + return (ULONG)MmMapIoSpace(paIoBase, length, MmCached ); + else + return (ULONG)MmMapIoSpace(paIoBase, length, MmNonCached ); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Adjust the page table caching bits directly. Requires ring 0 access and +only works with DOS4GW and compatible extenders (CauseWay also works since +it has direct support for the ring 0 instructions we need from ring 3). Will +not work in a DOS box, but we call into the ring 0 helper VxD so we should +never get here in a DOS box anyway (assuming the VxD is present). If we +do get here and we are in windows, this code will be skipped. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _PM_adjustPageTables( + ulong linear, + ulong limit, + ibool isGlobal, + ibool isCached) +{ + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong pageTable,*pPDB,*pPageTable; + ulong mask = 0xFFFFFFFF; + ulong bits = 0x00000000; + + /* Enable user level access for page table entry */ + if (isGlobal) { + mask &= ~PAGE_FLAGS_USER; + bits |= PAGE_FLAGS_USER; + } + + /* Disable PCD bit if page table entry should be uncached */ + if (!isCached) { + mask &= ~(PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE | PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH); + bits |= (PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE | PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH); + } + + pPDB = (ulong*)_PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(_PM_getPDB(),0xFFF,true); + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linear >> 22) & 0x3FF; + startPage = (linear >> 12) & 0x3FF; + endPDB = ((linear+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FF; + endPage = ((linear+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FF; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + // Set the bits in the page directory entry - required as per + // Pentium 4 manual. This also takes care of the 4MB page entries + pPDB[iPDB] = (pPDB[iPDB] & mask) | bits; + if (!(pPDB[iPDB] & PAGE_FLAGS_4MB)) { + // If we are dealing with 4KB pages then we need to iterate + // through each of the page table entries + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFF; + pPageTable = (ulong*)_PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF,true); + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FF; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) { + pPageTable[iPage] = (pPageTable[iPage] & mask) | bits; + } + MmUnmapIoSpace(pPageTable,0xFFF); + } + } + MmUnmapIoSpace(pPDB,0xFFF); + PM_flushTLB(); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of shared memory. For NT we allocate shared memory +as locked, global memory that is accessible from any memory context +(including interrupt time context), which allows us to load our important +data structure and code such that we can access it directly from a ring +0 interrupt context. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + int i; + + // First find a free slot in our shared memory table + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].linear == 0) + break; + } + if (i == MAX_MEMORY_SHARED) + return NULL; + + // Allocate the paged pool + shared[i].linear = ExAllocatePool(PagedPool, size); + + // Create a list to manage this allocation + shared[i].pMdl = IoAllocateMdl(shared[i].linear,size,FALSE,FALSE,(PIRP) NULL); + + // Lock this allocation in memory + MmProbeAndLockPages(shared[i].pMdl,KernelMode,IoModifyAccess); + + // Modify bits to grant user access + _PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)shared[i].linear, size, true, true); + return (void*)shared[i].linear; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared( + void *p) +{ + int i; + + // Find a shared memory block in our table and free it + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].linear == p) { + // Unlock what we locked + MmUnlockPages(shared[i].pMdl); + + // Free our MDL + IoFreeMdl(shared[i].pMdl); + + // Free our mem + ExFreePool(shared[i].linear); + + // Flag that is entry is available + shared[i].linear = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a physical address to a linear address in the callers process. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + ulong linear,length = limit+1; + int i; + + // Search table of existing mappings to see if we have already mapped + // a region of memory that will serve this purpose. + for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) { + if (maps[i].physical == base && maps[i].length == length && maps[i].isCached == isCached) { + _PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)maps[i].linear, maps[i].length, true, isCached); + return (void*)maps[i].linear; + } + } + if (numMappings == MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS) + return NULL; + + // We did not find any previously mapped memory region, so maps it in. + if ((linear = _PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit,isCached)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) + return NULL; + maps[numMappings].physical = base; + maps[numMappings].length = length; + maps[numMappings].linear = linear; + maps[numMappings].isCached = isCached; + numMappings++; + + // Grant user access to this I/O space + _PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)linear, length, true, isCached); + return (void*)linear; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a physical address mapping allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + // We don't free the memory mappings in here because we cache all + // the memory mappings we create in the system for later use. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Called when the device driver unloads to free all the page table mappings! +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI _PM_freeMemoryMappings(void) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) + MmUnmapIoSpace((void *)maps[i].linear,maps[i].length); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr( + void *p) +{ + PHYSICAL_ADDRESS paOurAddress; + + paOurAddress = MmGetPhysicalAddress(p); + return paOurAddress.LowPart; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + int i; + ulong linear = (ulong)p & ~0xFFF; + + for (i = (length + 0xFFF) >> 12; i > 0; i--) { + if ((*physAddress++ = PM_getPhysicalAddr((void*)linear)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) + return false; + linear += 4096; + } + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + int i; + PHYSICAL_ADDRESS paOurAddress; + + // First find a free slot in our shared memory table + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_LOCKED; i++) { + if (locked[i].linear == 0) + break; + } + if (i == MAX_MEMORY_LOCKED) + return NULL; + + // HighestAcceptableAddress - Specifies the highest valid physical address + // the driver can use. For example, if a device can only reference physical + // memory in the lower 16MB, this value would be set to 0x00000000FFFFFF. + paOurAddress.HighPart = 0; + if (below16M) + paOurAddress.LowPart = 0x00FFFFFF; + else + paOurAddress.LowPart = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if (contiguous) { + // Allocate from the non-paged pool (unfortunately 4MB pages) + locked[i].linear = MmAllocateContiguousMemory(size, paOurAddress); + if (!locked[i].linear) + return NULL; + + // Flag no MDL + locked[i].pMdl = NULL; + + // Map the physical address for the memory so we can manage + // the page tables in 4KB chunks mapped into user space. + + // TODO: Map this with the physical address to the linear addresss + locked[i].mmIoMapped = locked[i].linear; + + // Modify bits to grant user access, flag not cached + _PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)locked[i].mmIoMapped, size, true, false); + return (void*)locked[i].mmIoMapped; + } + else { + // Allocate from the paged pool + locked[i].linear = ExAllocatePool(PagedPool, size); + if (!locked[i].linear) + return NULL; + + // Create a list to manage this allocation + locked[i].pMdl = IoAllocateMdl(locked[i].linear,size,FALSE,FALSE,(PIRP) NULL); + + // Lock this allocation in memory + MmProbeAndLockPages(locked[i].pMdl,KernelMode,IoModifyAccess); + + // Modify bits to grant user access, flag not cached + _PM_adjustPageTables((ulong)locked[i].linear, size, true, false); + return (void*)locked[i].linear; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Frees a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + int i; + + /* Find a locked memory block in our table and free it */ + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_LOCKED; i++) { + if (locked[i].linear == p) { + // An Mdl indicates that we used the paged pool, and locked it, + // so now we have to unlock, free the MDL, and free paged + if (locked[i].pMdl) { + // Unlock what we locked and free the Mdl + MmUnlockPages(locked[i].pMdl); + IoFreeMdl(locked[i].pMdl); + ExFreePool(locked[i].linear); + } + else { + // TODO: Free the mmIoMap mapping for the memory! + + // Free non-paged pool + MmFreeContiguousMemory(locked[i].linear); + } + + // Flag that is entry is available + locked[i].linear = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + // Allocate the memory from the non-paged pool if we want the memory + // to be locked. + return ExAllocatePool( + locked ? NonPagedPoolCacheAligned : PagedPoolCacheAligned, + PAGE_SIZE); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + if (p) ExFreePool(p); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + MDL *pMdl; + + // Create a list to manage this allocation + if ((pMdl = IoAllocateMdl(p,len,FALSE,FALSE,(PIRP)NULL)) == NULL) + return false; + + // Lock this allocation in memory + MmProbeAndLockPages(pMdl,KernelMode,IoModifyAccess); + *((PMDL*)(&lh->h)) = pMdl; + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + if (p && lh) { + // Unlock what we locked + MDL *pMdl = *((PMDL*)(&lh->h)); + MmUnlockPages(pMdl); + IoFreeMdl(pMdl); + } + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_lockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_unlockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f747bb9ce --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT drivers +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __NTDRV_OSHDR_H +#define __NTDRV_OSHDR_H + +/*--------------------------- Macros and Typedefs -------------------------*/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------- Function Prototypes -------------------------*/ + +/* Internal unicode string handling functions */ + +UNICODE_STRING * _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(const char *cstr); +void _PM_FreeUnicodeString(UNICODE_STRING *uniStr); + +#endif // __NTDRV_OSHDR_H + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4bbe228b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,934 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT device drivers. +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +char _PM_cntPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; +char _PM_nucleusPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +static char *szNTWindowsKey = "\\REGISTRY\\Machine\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion"; +static char *szNTSystemRoot = "SystemRoot"; +static char *szMachineNameKey = "\\REGISTRY\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\control\\ComputerName\\ComputerName"; +static char *szMachineNameKeyNT = "\\REGISTRY\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\control\\ComputerName\\ActiveComputerName"; +static char *szMachineName = "ComputerName"; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + /* Initialiase the MTRR module */ + MTRR_init(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the operating system type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ + return _OS_WINNTDRV; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the runtime type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ + return PM_386; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a file directory separator to the end of the filename. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a user defined PM_fatalError cleanup function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Handle fatal errors internally in the driver. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_fatalError( + const char *msg) +{ + ULONG BugCheckCode = 0; + ULONG MoreBugCheckData[4] = {0}; + char *p; + ULONG len; + + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + +#ifdef DBG // Send output to debugger, just return so as not to force a reboot +#pragma message("INFO: building for debug, PM_fatalError() re-routed") + DBGMSG2("SDDHELP> PM_fatalError(): ERROR: %s\n", msg); + return ; +#endif + // KeBugCheckEx brings down the system in a controlled + // manner when the caller discovers an unrecoverable + // inconsistency that would corrupt the system if + // the caller continued to run. + // + // hack - dump the first 20 chars in hex using the variables + // provided - Each ULONG is equal to four characters... + for(len = 0; len < 20; len++) + if (msg[len] == (char)0) + break; + + // This looks bad but it's quick and reliable... + p = (char *)&BugCheckCode; + if(len > 0) p[3] = msg[0]; + if(len > 1) p[2] = msg[1]; + if(len > 2) p[1] = msg[2]; + if(len > 3) p[0] = msg[3]; + + p = (char *)&MoreBugCheckData[0]; + if(len > 4) p[3] = msg[4]; + if(len > 5) p[2] = msg[5]; + if(len > 6) p[1] = msg[6]; + if(len > 7) p[0] = msg[7]; + + p = (char *)&MoreBugCheckData[1]; + if(len > 8) p[3] = msg[8]; + if(len > 9) p[2] = msg[9]; + if(len > 10) p[1] = msg[10]; + if(len > 11) p[0] = msg[11]; + + p = (char *)&MoreBugCheckData[2]; + if(len > 12) p[3] = msg[12]; + if(len > 13) p[2] = msg[13]; + if(len > 14) p[1] = msg[14]; + if(len > 15) p[0] = msg[15]; + + p = (char *)&MoreBugCheckData[3]; + if(len > 16) p[3] = msg[16]; + if(len > 17) p[2] = msg[17]; + if(len > 18) p[1] = msg[18]; + if(len > 19) p[0] = msg[19]; + + // Halt the system! + KeBugCheckEx(BugCheckCode, MoreBugCheckData[0], MoreBugCheckData[1], MoreBugCheckData[2], MoreBugCheckData[3]); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the current operating system path or working directory. +****************************************************************************/ +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + strncpy(path,_PM_cntPath,maxLen); + path[maxLen-1] = 0; + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szKey - Key to query (can contain version number formatting) +szValue - Value to get information for +value - Place to store the registry key data read +size - Size of the string buffer to read into + +RETURNS: +true if the key was found, false if not. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool REG_queryString( + char *szKey, + const char *szValue, + char *value, + DWORD size) +{ + ibool status; + NTSTATUS rval; + ULONG length; + HANDLE Handle; + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES keyAttributes; + UNICODE_STRING *uniKey = NULL; + UNICODE_STRING *uniValue = NULL; + PKEY_VALUE_FULL_INFORMATION fullInfo = NULL; + STRING stringdata; + UNICODE_STRING unidata; + + // Convert strings to UniCode + status = false; + if ((uniKey = _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(szKey)) == NULL) + goto Exit; + if ((uniValue = _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(szValue)) == NULL) + goto Exit; + + // Open the key + InitializeObjectAttributes( &keyAttributes, + uniKey, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL ); + rval = ZwOpenKey( &Handle, + KEY_ALL_ACCESS, + &keyAttributes ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS(rval)) + goto Exit; + + // Query the value + length = sizeof (KEY_VALUE_FULL_INFORMATION) + + size * sizeof(WCHAR); + if ((fullInfo = ExAllocatePool (PagedPool, length)) == NULL) + goto Exit; + RtlZeroMemory(fullInfo, length); + rval = ZwQueryValueKey (Handle, + uniValue, + KeyValueFullInformation, + fullInfo, + length, + &length); + if (NT_SUCCESS (rval)) { + // Create the UniCode string so we can convert it + unidata.Buffer = (PWCHAR)(((PCHAR)fullInfo) + fullInfo->DataOffset); + unidata.Length = (USHORT)fullInfo->DataLength; + unidata.MaximumLength = (USHORT)fullInfo->DataLength + sizeof(WCHAR); + + // Convert unicode univalue to ansi string. + rval = RtlUnicodeStringToAnsiString(&stringdata, &unidata, TRUE); + if (NT_SUCCESS(rval)) { + strcpy(value,stringdata.Buffer); + status = true; + } + } + +Exit: + if (fullInfo) ExFreePool(fullInfo); + if (uniKey) _PM_FreeUnicodeString(uniKey); + if (uniValue) _PM_FreeUnicodeString(uniValue); + return status; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the drive letter for the boot drive. +****************************************************************************/ +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + char path[256]; + if (REG_queryString(szNTWindowsKey,szNTSystemRoot,path,sizeof(path))) + return 'c'; + return path[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the VBE/AF driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + return "c:\\"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + + if (strlen(_PM_nucleusPath) > 0) { + strcpy(path,_PM_nucleusPath); + PM_backslash(path); + return path; + } + if (!REG_queryString(szNTWindowsKey,szNTSystemRoot,path,sizeof(path))) + strcpy(path,"c:\\winnt"); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"system32\\nucleus"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus configuration files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a unique identifier for the machine if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + return PM_getMachineName(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the name of the machine on the network. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char name[256]; + + if (REG_queryString(szMachineNameKey,szMachineName,name,sizeof(name))) + return name; + if (REG_queryString(szMachineNameKeyNT,szMachineName,name,sizeof(name))) + return name; + return "Unknown"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Check if a key has been pressed. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Wait for and return the next keypress. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + return 0xD; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Open a console for output to the screen, creating the main event handling +window if necessary. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hwndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)hwndUser; + (void)device; + (void)xRes; + (void)yRes; + (void)bpp; + (void)fullScreen; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the size of the console state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + return 1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of the console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState( + void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)stateBuf; + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the suspend application callback for the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback( + PM_saveState_cb saveState) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)saveState; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the console state. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState( + const void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)stateBuf; + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Close the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole( + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the location of the OS console cursor. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + /* Nothing to do for Windows */ + (void)x; + (void)y; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the width of the OS console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + /* Nothing to do for Windows */ + (void)width; + (void)height; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Maps a shared memory block into process address space. Does nothing since +the memory blocks are already globally mapped into all processes. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + // Not used anymore + (void)base; + (void)limit; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Execute the POST on the secondary BIOS for a controller. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + // This may not be possible in NT and should be done by the OS anyway + (void)axVal; + (void)BIOSPhysAddr; + (void)mappedBIOS; + (void)BIOSLen; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + // Note that on NT this probably does not do what we expect! + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0x400, 0x1000, true); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to 0xA0000 physical VGA graphics framebuffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,false); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Sleep for the specified number of milliseconds. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_sleep( + ulong milliseconds) +{ + // We never use this in NT drivers + (void)milliseconds; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified COM port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + case 2: return 0x3E8; + case 3: return 0x2E8; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified LPT port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns available memory. Not possible under Windows. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // Not used in NT drivers + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should start a directory enumeration search + // given the filename (with wildcards). The data should be + // converted and returned in the findData standard form. + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the next file in directory enumeration + // search given the search criteria defined in the call to + // PM_findFirstFile. The data should be converted and returned + // in the findData standard form. + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + // TODO: This function should close the find process. This may do + // nothing for some OS'es. + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)drive; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)drive; + (void)dir; + (void)len; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes; + ULONG ShareAccess = FILE_SHARE_READ; + ULONG CreateDisposition = FILE_OPEN; + HANDLE FileHandle = NULL; + UNICODE_STRING *uniFile = NULL; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + FILE_BASIC_INFORMATION FileBasic; + char kernelFilename[PM_MAX_PATH+5]; + ULONG FileAttributes = 0; + + // Convert file attribute flags + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + FileAttributes |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + FileAttributes |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + FileAttributes |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + FileAttributes |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM; + + // Add prefix for addressing the file system. "\??\" is short for "\DosDevices\" + strcpy(kernelFilename, "\\??\\"); + strcat(kernelFilename, filename); + + // Convert filename string to ansi string + if ((uniFile = _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(kernelFilename)) == NULL) + goto Exit; + + // Must open a file to query it's attributes + InitializeObjectAttributes (&ObjectAttributes, + uniFile, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL ); + status = ZwCreateFile( &FileHandle, + DesiredAccess | SYNCHRONIZE, + &ObjectAttributes, + &IoStatusBlock, + NULL, //AllocationSize OPTIONAL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + ShareAccess, + CreateDisposition, + FILE_RANDOM_ACCESS, //CreateOptions, + NULL, //EaBuffer OPTIONAL, + 0 //EaLength (required if EaBuffer) + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Exit; + + // Query timestamps + status = ZwQueryInformationFile(FileHandle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FileBasic, + sizeof(FILE_BASIC_INFORMATION), + FileBasicInformation + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Exit; + + // Change the four bits we change + FileBasic.FileAttributes &= ~(FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM); + FileBasic.FileAttributes |= FileAttributes; + + // Set timestamps + ZwSetInformationFile( FileHandle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FileBasic, + sizeof(FILE_BASIC_INFORMATION), + FileBasicInformation + ); + +Exit: + if (FileHandle) ZwClose(FileHandle); + if (uniFile) _PM_FreeUnicodeString(uniFile); + return; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes; + ULONG ShareAccess = FILE_SHARE_READ; + ULONG CreateDisposition = FILE_OPEN; + HANDLE FileHandle = NULL; + UNICODE_STRING *uniFile = NULL; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + FILE_BASIC_INFORMATION FileBasic; + char kernelFilename[PM_MAX_PATH+5]; + ULONG FileAttributes = 0; + uint retval = 0; + + // Add prefix for addressing the file system. "\??\" is short for "\DosDevices\" + strcpy(kernelFilename, "\\??\\"); + strcat(kernelFilename, filename); + + // Convert filename string to ansi string + if ((uniFile = _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(kernelFilename)) == NULL) + goto Exit; + + // Must open a file to query it's attributes + InitializeObjectAttributes (&ObjectAttributes, + uniFile, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL ); + status = ZwCreateFile( &FileHandle, + DesiredAccess | SYNCHRONIZE, + &ObjectAttributes, + &IoStatusBlock, + NULL, //AllocationSize OPTIONAL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + ShareAccess, + CreateDisposition, + FILE_RANDOM_ACCESS, //CreateOptions, + NULL, //EaBuffer OPTIONAL, + 0 //EaLength (required if EaBuffer) + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Exit; + + // Query timestamps + status = ZwQueryInformationFile(FileHandle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FileBasic, + sizeof(FILE_BASIC_INFORMATION), + FileBasicInformation + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Exit; + + // Translate the file attributes + if (FileBasic.FileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) + retval |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (FileBasic.FileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE) + retval |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (FileBasic.FileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN) + retval |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (FileBasic.FileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM) + retval |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + +Exit: + if (FileHandle) ZwClose(FileHandle); + if (uniFile) _PM_FreeUnicodeString(uniFile); + return retval; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)filename; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)filename; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // Not supported in NT drivers + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + return false; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdio.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..856215206f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdio.c @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT driver +* +* Description: C library compatible I/O functions for use within a Windows +* NT driver. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*------------------------ Main Code Implementation -----------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fopen function. +****************************************************************************/ +FILE * fopen( + const char *filename, + const char *mode) +{ + ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess; // for ZwCreateFile... + OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes; + ULONG ShareAccess; + ULONG CreateDisposition; + NTSTATUS status; + HANDLE FileHandle; + UNICODE_STRING *uniFile = NULL; + PWCHAR bufFile = NULL; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + FILE_STANDARD_INFORMATION FileInformation; + FILE_POSITION_INFORMATION FilePosition; + char kernelFilename[PM_MAX_PATH+5]; + FILE *f; + + // Add prefix for addressing the file system. "\??\" is short for "\DosDevices\" + strcpy(kernelFilename, "\\??\\"); + strcat(kernelFilename, filename); + if ((f = PM_malloc(sizeof(FILE))) == NULL) + goto Error; + f->offset = 0; + f->text = (mode[1] == 't' || mode[2] == 't'); + f->writemode = (mode[0] == 'w') || (mode[0] == 'a'); + if (mode[0] == 'r') { + // omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + // action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_OPEN | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_FAIL; + DesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; + ShareAccess = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + CreateDisposition = FILE_OPEN; + } + else if (mode[0] == 'w') { + // omode = OPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + // action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_TRUNCATE | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_CREATE; + DesiredAccess = GENERIC_WRITE; + ShareAccess = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + CreateDisposition = FILE_SUPERSEDE; + } + else { + // omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + // action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_OPEN | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_CREATE; + DesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + ShareAccess = FILE_SHARE_READ; + CreateDisposition = FILE_OPEN_IF; + } + + // Convert filename string to ansi string and then to UniCode string + if ((uniFile = _PM_CStringToUnicodeString(kernelFilename)) == NULL) + return NULL; + + // Create the file + InitializeObjectAttributes (&ObjectAttributes, + uniFile, + OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE, + NULL, + NULL); + status = ZwCreateFile( &FileHandle, + DesiredAccess | SYNCHRONIZE, + &ObjectAttributes, + &IoStatusBlock, + NULL, // AllocationSize OPTIONAL, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, + ShareAccess, + CreateDisposition, + FILE_RANDOM_ACCESS, // CreateOptions, + NULL, // EaBuffer OPTIONAL, + 0 // EaLength (required if EaBuffer) + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Error; + f->handle = (int)FileHandle; + + // Determine size of the file + status = ZwQueryInformationFile( FileHandle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FileInformation, + sizeof(FILE_STANDARD_INFORMATION), + FileStandardInformation + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Error; + f->filesize = FileInformation.EndOfFile.LowPart; + + // Move to the end of the file if we are appending + if (mode[0] == 'a') { + FilePosition.CurrentByteOffset.HighPart = 0; + FilePosition.CurrentByteOffset.LowPart = f->filesize; + status = ZwSetInformationFile( FileHandle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FilePosition, + sizeof(FILE_POSITION_INFORMATION), + FilePositionInformation + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + goto Error; + } + return f; + +Error: + if (f) PM_free(f); + if (uniFile) _PM_FreeUnicodeString(uniFile); + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fread function. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fread( + void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + LARGE_INTEGER ByteOffset; + + // Read any extra bytes from the file + ByteOffset.HighPart = 0; + ByteOffset.LowPart = f->offset; + status = ZwReadFile( (HANDLE)f->handle, + NULL, //IN HANDLE Event OPTIONAL, + NULL, // IN PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine OPTIONAL, + NULL, // IN PVOID ApcContext OPTIONAL, + &IoStatusBlock, + ptr, // OUT PVOID Buffer, + size * n, //IN ULONG Length, + &ByteOffset, //OPTIONAL, + NULL //IN PULONG Key OPTIONAL + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + return 0; + f->offset += IoStatusBlock.Information; + return IoStatusBlock.Information / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fwrite function. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fwrite( + const void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + LARGE_INTEGER ByteOffset; + + if (!f->writemode) + return 0; + ByteOffset.HighPart = 0; + ByteOffset.LowPart = f->offset; + status = ZwWriteFile( (HANDLE)f->handle, + NULL, //IN HANDLE Event OPTIONAL, + NULL, // IN PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine OPTIONAL, + NULL, // IN PVOID ApcContext OPTIONAL, + &IoStatusBlock, + (void*)ptr, // OUT PVOID Buffer, + size * n, //IN ULONG Length, + &ByteOffset, //OPTIONAL, + NULL //IN PULONG Key OPTIONAL + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + return 0; + f->offset += IoStatusBlock.Information; + if (f->offset > f->filesize) + f->filesize = f->offset; + return IoStatusBlock.Information / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fflush function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fflush( + FILE *f) +{ + // Nothing to do here as we are not doing buffered I/O + (void)f; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fseek function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fseek( + FILE *f, + long int offset, + int whence) +{ + NTSTATUS status; + FILE_POSITION_INFORMATION FilePosition; + IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock; + + if (whence == 0) + f->offset = offset; + else if (whence == 1) + f->offset += offset; + else if (whence == 2) + f->offset = f->filesize + offset; + FilePosition.CurrentByteOffset.HighPart = 0; + FilePosition.CurrentByteOffset.LowPart = f->offset; + status = ZwSetInformationFile( (HANDLE)f->handle, + &IoStatusBlock, + &FilePosition, + sizeof(FILE_POSITION_INFORMATION), + FilePositionInformation + ); + if (!NT_SUCCESS (status)) + return -1; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C ftell function. +****************************************************************************/ +long ftell( + FILE *f) +{ + return f->offset; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C feof function. +****************************************************************************/ +int feof( + FILE *f) +{ + return (f->offset == f->filesize); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fgets function. +****************************************************************************/ +char *fgets( + char *s, + int n, + FILE *f) +{ + int len; + char *cs; + + // Read the entire buffer into memory (our functions are unbuffered!) + if ((len = fread(s,1,n,f)) == 0) + return NULL; + + // Search for '\n' or end of string + if (n > len) + n = len; + cs = s; + while (--n > 0) { + if (*cs == '\n') + break; + cs++; + } + *cs = '\0'; + return s; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fputs function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fputs( + const char *s, + FILE *f) +{ + return fwrite(s,1,strlen(s),f); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fclose function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fclose( + FILE *f) +{ + ZwClose((HANDLE)f->handle); + PM_free(f); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdlib.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdlib.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7705130b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/stdlib.c @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows NT driver +* +* Description: C library compatible stdlib.h functions for use within a +* Windows NT driver. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*------------------------ Main Code Implementation -----------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_malloc override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in NT drivers's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * malloc( + size_t size) +{ + return PM_mallocShared(size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +calloc library function for Nucleus drivers loaded in NT drivers's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * calloc( + size_t nelem, + size_t size) +{ + void *p = PM_mallocShared(nelem * size); + if (p) + memset(p,0,nelem * size); + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_realloc override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * realloc( + void *ptr, + size_t size) +{ + void *p = PM_mallocShared(size); + if (p) { + memcpy(p,ptr,size); + PM_freeShared(ptr); + } + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_free override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void free( + void *p) +{ + PM_freeShared(p); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +cstr - C style ANSI string to convert + +RETURNS: +Pointer to the UniCode string structure or NULL on failure to allocate memory + +REMARKS: +Converts a C style string to a UniCode string structure that can be passed +directly to NT kernel functions. +****************************************************************************/ +UNICODE_STRING *_PM_CStringToUnicodeString( + const char *cstr) +{ + int length; + ANSI_STRING ansiStr; + UNICODE_STRING *uniStr; + + // Allocate memory for the string structure + if ((uniStr = ExAllocatePool(NonPagedPool, sizeof(UNICODE_STRING))) == NULL) + return NULL; + + // Allocate memory for the wide string itself + length = (strlen(cstr) * sizeof(WCHAR)) + sizeof(WCHAR); + if ((uniStr->Buffer = ExAllocatePool(NonPagedPool, length)) == NULL) { + ExFreePool(uniStr); + return NULL; + } + RtlZeroMemory(uniStr->Buffer, length); + uniStr->Length = 0; + uniStr->MaximumLength = (USHORT)length; + + // Convert filename string to ansi string and then to UniCode string + RtlInitAnsiString(&ansiStr, cstr); + RtlAnsiStringToUnicodeString(uniStr, &ansiStr, FALSE); + return uniStr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +uniStr - UniCode string structure to free + +REMARKS: +Frees a string allocated by the above _PM_CStringToUnicodeString function. +****************************************************************************/ +void _PM_FreeUnicodeString( + UNICODE_STRING *uniStr) +{ + if (uniStr) { + ExFreePool(uniStr->Buffer); + ExFreePool(uniStr); + } +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..901ce1cf03 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef27294107 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ntdrv/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static CPU_largeInteger countFreq; +static ulong start,finish; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ + KeQueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&countFreq); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOn( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + LARGE_INTEGER lt = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); + tm->start.low = lt.LowPart; + tm->start.high = lt.HighPart; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + LARGE_INTEGER tmLap = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,(CPU_largeInteger*)&tmLap,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOff( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + LARGE_INTEGER lt = KeQueryPerformanceCounter(NULL); + tm->end.low = lt.LowPart; + tm->end.high = lt.HighPart; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the BIOS timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + LARGE_INTEGER count; + KeQuerySystemTime(&count); + return (ulong)(*((_int64*)&count) / 10); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/_pmos2.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/_pmos2.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..761f0f42e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/_pmos2.asm @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: OS/2 32 bit protected mode +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific +;* to OS/2 +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pmos2 ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _pmos2 + + cglobal _PM_ioentry + cglobal _PM_gdt +_PM_ioentry dd 0 ; Offset to call gate +_PM_gdt dw 0 ; Selector to call gate + +enddataseg _pmos2 + +begcodeseg _pmos2 ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_setIOPL(int iopl) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Change the IOPL level for the 32-bit task. Returns the previous level +; so it can be restored for the task correctly. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setIOPL + + ARG iopl:UINT + + enter_c + pushfd ; Save the old EFLAGS for later + mov ecx,[iopl] ; ECX := IOPL level + xor ebx,ebx ; Change IOPL level function code (0) +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_ioentry] +else + call [FWORD _PM_ioentry] +endif + pop eax + and eax,0011000000000000b + shr eax,12 + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_setGDTSelLimit(ushort selector, ulong limit); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Change the GDT selector limit to given value. Used to change selector +; limits to address the entire system address space. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_setGDTSelLimit + + ARG selector:USHORT, limit:UINT + + enter_c + sub esp,20 ; Make room for selector data on stack + mov ecx,esp ; ECX := selector data structure + mov bx,[selector] ; Fill out the data structure + and bx,0FFF8h ; Kick out the LDT/GDT and DPL bits + mov [WORD ecx],bx + mov ebx,[limit] + mov [DWORD ecx+4],ebx + mov ebx,5 ; Set GDT selector limit function code +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_ioentry] +else + call [FWORD _PM_ioentry] +endif + add esp,20 + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_getCx86(uchar reg); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_getCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + in al,23h + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_setCx86(uchar reg,uchar val); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_setCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR, val:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + mov al,[val] + out 23h,al + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _MTRR_disableInt(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Return processor interrupt status and disable interrupts. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_disableInt + +; Do nothing! + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_restoreInt(ulong ps); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Restore processor interrupt status. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_restoreInt + +; Do nothing! + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void DebugInt(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart DebugInt + + int 3 + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pmos2 + + END ; End of module + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7de400d067 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: OS/2 +* +* Description: OS/2 specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: This should be implemented for OS/2! +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: This should be implemented for OS/2! +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + freq->low = 100000; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + ULONG count; \ + DosQuerySysInfo( QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_MS_COUNT, &count, sizeof(ULONG) ); \ + (t)->low = count * 100; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..706e84d6f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: IBM PC (OS/2) +* +* Description: OS/2 implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +/* Define generous keyboard monitor circular buffer size to minimize + * the danger of losing keystrokes + */ +#define KEYBUFSIZE (EVENTQSIZE + 10) + +static int oldMouseState; /* Old mouse state */ +static ulong oldKeyMessage; /* Old keyboard state */ +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0}; /* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ +HMOU _EVT_hMouse; /* Handle to the mouse driver */ +HMONITOR _EVT_hKbdMon; /* Handle to the keyboard driver */ +TID kbdMonTID = 0; /* Keyboard monitor thread ID */ +HEV hevStart; /* Start event semaphore handle */ +BOOL bMonRunning; /* Flag set if monitor thread OK */ +HMTX hmtxKeyBuf; /* Mutex protecting key buffer */ +KEYPACKET keyMonPkts[KEYBUFSIZE]; /* Array of monitor key packets */ +int kpHead = 0; /* Key packet buffer head */ +int kpTail = 0; /* Key packet buffer tail */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under OS/2 */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + ULONG count; + DosQuerySysInfo( QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_MS_COUNT, &count, sizeof(ULONG) ); + return count; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Converts a mickey movement value to a pixel adjustment value. +****************************************************************************/ +static int MickeyToPixel( + int mickey) +{ + // TODO: We can add some code in here to handle 'acceleration' for + // the mouse cursor. For now just use the mickeys. + return mickey; +} + +/* Some useful defines any typedefs used in the keyboard handling */ +#define KEY_RELEASE 0x40 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the message queue from OS/2 into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + KBDINFO keyInfo; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + KBDKEYINFO key; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + MOUQUEINFO mqueue; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + MOUEVENTINFO mouse; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + ushort mWait; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + KEYPACKET kp; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + event_t evt; + int scan; + ibool noInput = TRUE; /* Flag to determine if any input was available */ + + /* First of all, check if we should do any session switch work */ + __PM_checkConsoleSwitch(); + + /* Pump all keyboard messages from our circular buffer */ + for (;;) { + /* Check that the monitor thread is still running */ + if (!bMonRunning) + PM_fatalError("Keyboard monitor thread died!"); + + /* Protect keypacket buffer with mutex */ + DosRequestMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); + if (kpHead == kpTail) { + DosReleaseMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf); + break; + } + + noInput = FALSE; + + /* Read packet from circular buffer and remove it */ + memcpy(&kp, &keyMonPkts[kpTail], sizeof(KEYPACKET)); + if (++kpTail == KEYBUFSIZE) + kpTail = 0; + DosReleaseMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf); + + /* Compensate for the 0xE0 character */ + if (kp.XlatedScan && kp.XlatedChar == 0xE0) + kp.XlatedChar = 0; + + /* Determine type of keyboard event */ + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + if (kp.KbdDDFlagWord & KEY_RELEASE) + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + else + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + + /* Convert keyboard codes */ + scan = kp.MonFlagWord >> 8; + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYUP) { + /* Get message for keyup code from table of cached down values */ + evt.message = keyUpMsg[scan]; + keyUpMsg[scan] = 0; + oldKeyMessage = -1; + } + else { + evt.message = ((ulong)scan << 8) | kp.XlatedChar; + if (evt.message == keyUpMsg[scan]) { + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + evt.message |= 0x10000; + } + oldKeyMessage = evt.message & 0x0FFFF; + keyUpMsg[scan] = (ushort)evt.message; + } + + /* Convert shift state modifiers */ + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0001) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0002) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0100) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTCTRL; + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0200) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTALT; + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0400) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTCTRL; + if (kp.u.ShiftState & 0x0800) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTALT; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + + /* Add time stamp and add the event to the queue */ + evt.when = key.time; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Don't just flush because that terminally confuses the monitor */ + do { + KbdCharIn(&key, IO_NOWAIT, 0); + } while (key.fbStatus & KBDTRF_FINAL_CHAR_IN); + + /* Pump all mouse messages */ + KbdGetStatus(&keyInfo,0); + /* Check return code - mouse may not be operational!! */ + if (MouGetNumQueEl(&mqueue,_EVT_hMouse) == NO_ERROR) { + while (mqueue.cEvents) { + while (mqueue.cEvents--) { + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + mWait = MOU_NOWAIT; + MouReadEventQue(&mouse,&mWait,_EVT_hMouse); + + /* Update the mouse position. We get the mouse coordinates + * in mickeys so we have to translate these into pixels and + * move our mouse position. If we don't do this, OS/2 gives + * us the coordinates in character positions since it still + * thinks we are in text mode! + */ + EVT.mx += MickeyToPixel(mouse.col); + EVT.my += MickeyToPixel(mouse.row); + if (EVT.mx < 0) EVT.mx = 0; + if (EVT.my < 0) EVT.my = 0; + if (EVT.mx > rangeX) EVT.mx = rangeX; + if (EVT.my > rangeY) EVT.my = rangeY; + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = mouse.col; + evt.relative_y = mouse.row; + evt.when = key.time; + if (mouse.fs & (MOUSE_BN1_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN1_DOWN)) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTBUT; + if (mouse.fs & (MOUSE_BN2_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN2_DOWN)) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if (mouse.fs & (MOUSE_BN3_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN3_DOWN)) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_MIDDLEBUT; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0001) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTSHIFT; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0002) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0100) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTCTRL; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0200) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTALT; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0400) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTCTRL; + if (keyInfo.fsState & 0x0800) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTALT; + + /* Check for left mouse click events */ + /* 0x06 == (MOUSE_BN1_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN1_DOWN) */ + if (((mouse.fs & 0x0006) && !(oldMouseState & 0x0006)) + || (!(mouse.fs & 0x0006) && (oldMouseState & 0x0006))) { + if (mouse.fs & 0x0006) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Check for right mouse click events */ + /* 0x0018 == (MOUSE_BN2_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN2_DOWN) */ + if (((mouse.fs & 0x0018) && !(oldMouseState & 0x0018)) + || (!(mouse.fs & 0x0018) && (oldMouseState & 0x0018))) { + if (mouse.fs & 0x0018) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Check for middle mouse click events */ + /* 0x0060 == (MOUSE_BN3_DOWN | MOUSE_MOTION_WITH_BN3_DOWN) */ + if (((mouse.fs & 0x0060) && !(oldMouseState & 0x0060)) + || (!(mouse.fs & 0x0060) && (oldMouseState & 0x0060))) { + if (mouse.fs & 0x0060) + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + + /* Check for mouse movement event */ + if (mouse.fs & 0x002B) { + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + if (EVT.oldMove != -1) { + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_x = evt.where_x;/* Modify existing one */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_y = evt.where_y; + } + else { + EVT.oldMove = EVT.freeHead; /* Save id of this move event */ + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + + /* Save current mouse state */ + oldMouseState = mouse.fs; + } + MouGetNumQueEl(&mqueue,_EVT_hMouse); + } + noInput = FALSE; + } + + /* If there was no input available, give up the current timeslice + * Note: DosSleep(0) will effectively do nothing if no other thread is ready. Hence + * DosSleep(0) will still use 100% CPU _but_ should not interfere with other programs. + */ + if (noInput) + DosSleep(0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Keyboard monitor thread. Needed to catch both keyup and keydown events. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _kbdMonThread( + void *params) +{ + APIRET rc; + KEYPACKET kp; + USHORT count = sizeof(KEYPACKET); + MONBUF monInbuf; + MONBUF monOutbuf; + int kpNew; + + /* Raise thread priority for higher responsiveness */ + DosSetPriority(PRTYS_THREAD, PRTYC_TIMECRITICAL, 0, 0); + monInbuf.cb = sizeof(monInbuf) - sizeof(monInbuf.cb); + monOutbuf.cb = sizeof(monOutbuf) - sizeof(monOutbuf.cb); + bMonRunning = FALSE; + + /* Register the buffers to be used for monitoring for current session */ + if (DosMonReg(_EVT_hKbdMon, &monInbuf, (ULONG*)&monOutbuf,MONITOR_END, -1)) { + DosPostEventSem(hevStart); /* unblock the main thread */ + return; + } + + /* Unblock the main thread and tell it we're OK*/ + bMonRunning = TRUE; + DosPostEventSem(hevStart); + while (bMonRunning) { /* Start an endless loop */ + /* Read data from keyboard driver */ + rc = DosMonRead((PBYTE)&monInbuf, IO_WAIT, (PBYTE)&kp, (PUSHORT)&count); + if (rc) { +#ifdef CHECKED + if (bMonRunning) + printf("Error in DosMonRead, rc = %ld\n", rc); +#endif + bMonRunning = FALSE; + return; + } + + /* Pass FLUSH packets immediately */ + if (kp.MonFlagWord & 4) { +#ifdef CHECKED + printf("Flush packet!\n"); +#endif + DosMonWrite((PBYTE)&monOutbuf, (PBYTE)&kp, count); + continue; + } + + //TODO: to be removed + /* Skip extended scancodes & some others */ + if (((kp.MonFlagWord >> 8) == 0xE0) || ((kp.KbdDDFlagWord & 0x0F) == 0x0F)) { + DosMonWrite((PBYTE)&monOutbuf, (PBYTE)&kp, count); + continue; + } + +// printf("RawScan = %X, XlatedScan = %X, fbStatus = %X, KbdDDFlags = %X\n", +// kp.MonFlagWord >> 8, kp.XlatedScan, kp.u.ShiftState, kp.KbdDDFlagWord); + + /* Protect access to buffer with mutex semaphore */ + rc = DosRequestMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf, 1000); + if (rc) { +#ifdef CHECKED + printf("Can't get access to mutex, rc = %ld\n", rc); +#endif + bMonRunning = FALSE; + return; + } + + /* Store packet in circular buffer, drop it if it's full */ + kpNew = kpHead + 1; + if (kpNew == KEYBUFSIZE) + kpNew = 0; + if (kpNew != kpTail) { + memcpy(&keyMonPkts[kpHead], &kp, sizeof(KEYPACKET)); + // TODO: fix this! + /* Convert break to make code */ + keyMonPkts[kpHead].MonFlagWord &= 0x7FFF; + kpHead = kpNew; + } + DosReleaseMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf); + + /* Finally write the packet */ + rc = DosMonWrite((PBYTE)&monOutbuf, (PBYTE)&kp, count); + if (rc) { +#ifdef CHECKED + if (bMonRunning) + printf("Error in DosMonWrite, rc = %ld\n", rc); +#endif + bMonRunning = FALSE; + return; + } + } + (void)params; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort( + int signal) +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + ushort stat; + + /* Initialise the event queue */ + PM_init(); + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + oldMouseState = 0; + oldKeyMessage = 0; + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + /* Open the mouse driver, and set it up to report events in mickeys */ + MouOpen(NULL,&_EVT_hMouse); + stat = 0x7F; + MouSetEventMask(&stat,_EVT_hMouse); + stat = (MOU_NODRAW | MOU_MICKEYS) << 8; + MouSetDevStatus(&stat,_EVT_hMouse); + + /* Open the keyboard monitor */ + if (DosMonOpen((PSZ)"KBD$", &_EVT_hKbdMon)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to open keyboard monitor!"); + + /* Create event semaphore, the monitor will post it when it's initalized */ + if (DosCreateEventSem(NULL, &hevStart, 0, FALSE)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to create event semaphore!"); + + /* Create mutex semaphore protecting the keypacket buffer */ + if (DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &hmtxKeyBuf, 0, FALSE)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to create mutex semaphore!"); + + /* Start keyboard monitor thread, use 32K stack */ + kbdMonTID = _beginthread(_kbdMonThread, NULL, 0x8000, NULL); + + /* Now block until the monitor thread is up and running */ + /* Give the thread one second */ + DosWaitEventSem(hevStart, 1000); + if (!bMonRunning) { /* Check the thread is OK */ + DosMonClose(_EVT_hKbdMon); + PM_fatalError("Keyboard monitor thread didn't initialize!"); + } + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_setMousePos(x,y) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for OS/2 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for OS/2 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + APIRET rc; + + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + /* Close the mouse driver */ + MouClose(_EVT_hMouse); + + /* Stop the keyboard monitor thread and close the monitor */ + bMonRunning = FALSE; + rc = DosKillThread(kbdMonTID); +#ifdef CHECKED + if (rc) + printf("DosKillThread failed, rc = %ld\n", rc); +#endif + rc = DosMonClose(_EVT_hKbdMon); +#ifdef CHECKED + if (rc) { + printf("DosMonClose failed, rc = %ld\n", rc); + } +#endif + DosCloseEventSem(hevStart); + DosCloseMutexSem(hmtxKeyBuf); + KbdFlushBuffer(0); +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/mon.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/mon.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52f12f0d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/mon.h @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS/2 keyboard monitor stuff. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/* Monitors stuff */ + +#define MONITOR_DEFAULT 0x0000 +#define MONITOR_BEGIN 1 +#define MONITOR_END 2 + +typedef SHANDLE HMONITOR; +typedef HMONITOR *PHMONITOR; + +typedef struct _KEYPACKET { + USHORT MonFlagWord; + UCHAR XlatedChar; + UCHAR XlatedScan; + UCHAR DBCSStatus; + UCHAR DBCSShift; + + union + { + USHORT ShiftState; + USHORT LayerIndex; + } u; + + ULONG Milliseconds; + USHORT KbdDDFlagWord; +} KEYPACKET; + +typedef struct _MLNPACKET { + USHORT MonFlagWord; + USHORT IOCTL; + USHORT CPId; + USHORT CPIndex; + ULONG Reserved; + USHORT KbdDDFlagWord; +} MLNPACKET; + +// DBCSStatus + +#define SF_SHIFTS 1 // If set to 1, shift status returned without a character +#define SF_NOTCHAR 2 // 0 - Scan code is a character + // 1 - Scan code is not a character; + // instead it is an extended key code from the keyboard. +#define SF_IMMEDIATE 32 // If set to 1, immediate conversion requested +#define SF_TYPEMASK 192 // Has the following values: + // 00 - Undefined + // 01 - Final character; interim character flag is turned off + // 10 - Interim character + // 11 - Final character; interim character flag is turned on. +// MonFlagWord + +#define MF_OPEN 1 // open +#define MF_CLOSE 2 // close +#define MF_FLUSH 4 // is flush packet + +// KbdDDFlagWord + +#define KF_NOTSQPACKET 1024 // Don't put this packet in SQ buffer +#define KF_ACCENTEDKEY 512 // Key was translated using previous accent. +#define KF_MULTIMAKE 256 // Key was repeated make of a toggle key. +#define KF_SECONDARYKEY 128 // Previous scan code was the E0 prefix code. +#define KF_KEYBREAK 64 // This is the break of the key. +#define KF_KEYTYPEMASK 63 // Isolates the Key Type field of DDFlags. +#define KF_UNDEFKEY 63 // Key packet is undefined +#define KF_SYSREQKEY 23 // This key packet is the SysReq key (4990) +#define KF_PRINTFLUSHKEY 22 // This packet is Ct-Alt-PrtScr +#define KF_PSPRINTECHOKEY 21 // This packet is Ctl-P +#define KF_PRINTECHOKEY 20 // This packet is Ctl-PrtScr +#define KF_PRTSCRKEY 19 // This packet is PrtScr +#define KF_PSBREAKKEY 18 // This packet is Ctl-C +#define KF_BREAKKEY 17 // This packet is Ctl-Break +#define KF_ACCENTKEY 16 // This packet is an accent key +#define KF_XRORPNOT 13 // This packet is a Read or Peek Notification Pct. +#define KF_MLNOTIFICATION 14 // packet is a Multi-Layer NLS packet +#define KF_HOTKEYPACKET 12 // This packet is the hot key. +#define KF_BADKEYCOMBO 11 // Accent/char combo undefined, beep only. +#define KF_WAKEUPKEY 10 // This packet is one following PAUSEKEY +#define KF_PSPAUSEKEY 9 // This packet is Ctl-S +#define KF_PAUSEKEY 8 // This packet is Ctl-Numlock or PAUSE +#define KF_SHIFTMASK 7 // Key is a shift Key +#define KF_DUMPKEY 6 // This packet is Ctl-Numlock-NumLock +#define KF_REBOOTKEY 5 // This packet is Ctl-Alt-Del +#define KF_RESENDCODE 4 // This packet is resend code from controller +#define KF_OVERRUNCODE 3 // This packet is overrun code from controller +#define KF_SECPREFIXCODE 2 // This packet is E0/E1 scan code +#define KF_ACKCODE 1 // This packet is ack code from keyboard + + +typedef struct _MONBUF { + USHORT cb; + KEYPACKET Buffer; + BYTE Reserved[20]; +} MONBUF; + +#define RS_SYSREG 32768 // Bit 15 SysReq key down +#define RS_CAPSLOCK 16384 // Bit 14 Caps Lock key down +#define RS_NUMLOCK 8192 // Bit 13 NumLock key down +#define RS_SCROLLLOCK 4096 // Bit 12 Scroll Lock key down +#define RS_RALT 2048 // Bit 11 Right Alt key down +#define RS_RCONTROL 1024 // Bit 10 Right Ctrl key down +#define RS_LALT 512 // Bit 9 Left Alt key down +#define RS_LCONTROL 256 // Bit 8 Left Ctrl key down +#define RS_INSERT 128 // Bit 7 Insert on +#define RS_CAPS 64 // Bit 6 Caps Lock on +#define RS_NUM 32 // Bit 5 NumLock on +#define RS_SCROLL 16 // Bit 4 Scroll Lock on +#define RS_ALT 8 // Bit 3 Either Alt key down +#define RS_CONTROL 4 // Bit 2 Either Ctrl key down +#define RS_LSHIFT 2 // Bit 1 Left Shift key down +#define RS_RSHIFT 1 // Bit 0 Right Shift key down + + +#define CS_RCONTROL 91 // Right Control +#define CS_LSHIFT 42 // Left Shift +#define CS_RSHIFT 54 // Right Shift +#define CS_LALT 56 // Left Alt +#define CS_RALT 94 // Right Alt + + +/* DosMon* prototypes */ +#ifdef __EMX__ + #define APIRET16 USHORT + #define APIENTRY16 +#else + #define DosMonOpen DOS16MONOPEN + #define DosMonClose DOS16MONCLOSE + #define DosMonReg DOS16MONREG + #define DosMonRead DOS16MONREAD + #define DosMonWrite DOS16MONWRITE + #define DosGetInfoSeg DOS16GETINFOSEG +#endif + +APIRET16 APIENTRY16 DosMonOpen (PSZ pszDevName, PHMONITOR phmon); +APIRET16 APIENTRY16 DosMonClose (HMONITOR hmon); +APIRET16 APIENTRY16 DosMonReg (HMONITOR hmon, MONBUF *pbInBuf, /*MONBUF*/ULONG *pbOutBuf, USHORT fPosition, USHORT usIndex); +APIRET16 APIENTRY16 DosMonRead (PBYTE pbInBuf, USHORT fWait, PBYTE pbDataBuf, PUSHORT pcbData); +APIRET16 APIENTRY16 DosMonWrite (PBYTE pbOutBuf, PBYTE pbDataBuf, USHORT cbData); diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae1f97a06c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#define INCL_DOSPROFILE +#define INCL_DOSERRORS +#define INCL_DOS +#define INCL_SUB +#define INCL_VIO +#define INCL_KBD +#include <os2.h> +#include <process.h> +#include "os2/mon.h" + +void __PM_checkConsoleSwitch(void); + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5025102806 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,2008 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "pm_help.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <process.h> +#ifndef __EMX__ +#include <direct.h> +#endif +#define INCL_DOSERRORS +#define INCL_DOS +#define INCL_SUB +#define INCL_VIO +#define INCL_KBD +#include <os2.h> + +/* Semaphore for communication with our background daemon */ +#define SHAREDSEM ((PSZ)"\\SEM32\\SDD\\DAEMON") +#define DAEMON_NAME "SDDDAEMN.EXE" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +/* Public structures used to communicate with VIDEOPMI for implementing + * the ability to call the real mode BIOS functions. + */ + +typedef struct _VIDEOMODEINFO { + ULONG miModeId; + USHORT usType; + USHORT usInt10ModeSet; + USHORT usXResolution; + USHORT usYResolution; + ULONG ulBufferAddress; + ULONG ulApertureSize; + BYTE bBitsPerPixel; + BYTE bBitPlanes; + BYTE bXCharSize; + BYTE bYCharSize; + USHORT usBytesPerScanLine; + USHORT usTextRows; + ULONG ulPageLength; + ULONG ulSaveSize; + BYTE bVrtRefresh; + BYTE bHrtRefresh; + BYTE bVrtPolPos; + BYTE bHrtPolPos; + CHAR bRedMaskSize; + CHAR bRedFieldPosition; + CHAR bGreenMaskSize; + CHAR bGreenFieldPosition; + CHAR bBlueMaskSize; + CHAR bBlueFieldPosition; + CHAR bRsvdMaskSize; + CHAR bRsvdFieldPosition; + ULONG ulColors; + ULONG ulReserved[3]; + } VIDEOMODEINFO, FAR *PVIDEOMODEINFO; + +typedef struct _ADAPTERINFO { + ULONG ulAdapterID; + CHAR szOEMString[128]; + CHAR szDACString[128]; + CHAR szRevision[128]; + ULONG ulTotalMemory; + ULONG ulMMIOBaseAddress; + ULONG ulPIOBaseAddress; + BYTE bBusType; + BYTE bEndian; + USHORT usDeviceBusID; + USHORT usVendorBusID; + USHORT SlotID; + } ADAPTERINFO, FAR *PADAPTERINFO; + +typedef struct _VIDEO_ADAPTER { + void *hvideo; + ADAPTERINFO Adapter; + VIDEOMODEINFO ModeInfo; + } VIDEO_ADAPTER, FAR *PVIDEO_ADAPTER; + +/* PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT structures from OS/2 DDK */ + +typedef struct { + ULONG ulFlags; // VDM initialization type +#define VDM_POSTLOAD 0x1 // adapter just loaded, used internally for initialization +#define VDM_INITIALIZE 0x2 // force initialization of a permanently open VDM, even if previously initialized +#define VDM_TERMINATE_POSTINITIALIZE 0x6 //start VDM with initialization, but close it afterwards (includes VDM_INITIALIZE) +#define VDM_QUERY_CAPABILITY 0x10 // query the current int 10 capability +#define VDM_FULL_VDM_CREATED 0x20 // a full VDM is created +#define VDM_MINI_VDM_CREATED 0x40 // a mini VDM is created +#define VDM_MINI_VDM_SUPPORTED 0x80 // mini VDM support is available + PCHAR szName; // VDM initialization program + PCHAR szArgs; // VDM initialization arguments + }INITVDM; + +typedef struct { + BYTE bBufferType; +#define BUFFER_NONE 0 +#define INPUT_BUFFER 1 +#define OUTPUT_BUFFER 2 + BYTE bReserved; + BYTE bSelCRF; + BYTE bOffCRF; + PVOID pAddress; + ULONG ulSize; + } BUFFER, *PBUFFER; + +typedef struct vcrf_s { + ULONG reg_eax; + ULONG reg_ebx; + ULONG reg_ecx; + ULONG reg_edx; + ULONG reg_ebp; + ULONG reg_esi; + ULONG reg_edi; + ULONG reg_ds; + ULONG reg_es; + ULONG reg_fs; + ULONG reg_gs; + ULONG reg_cs; + ULONG reg_eip; + ULONG reg_eflag; + ULONG reg_ss; + ULONG reg_esp; + } VCRF; + +typedef struct { + ULONG ulBIOSIntNo; + VCRF aCRF; + BUFFER pB[2]; + } INTCRF; + +#define PMIREQUEST_LOADPMIFILE 21 +#define PMIREQUEST_IDENTIFYADAPTER 22 +#define PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT 23 + +#ifdef PTR_DECL_IN_FRONT +#define EXPENTRYP * EXPENTRY +#else +#define EXPENTRYP EXPENTRY * +#endif + +/* Entry point to VIDEOPMI32Request. This may be overridden by external + * code that has already loaded VIDEOPMI to avoid loading it twice. + */ + +APIRET (EXPENTRYP PM_VIDEOPMI32Request)(PVIDEO_ADAPTER, ULONG, PVOID, PVOID) = NULL; +static ibool haveInt10 = -1; /* True if we have Int 10 support */ +static ibool useVPMI = true; /* False if VIDEOPMI unavailable */ +static VIDEO_ADAPTER Adapter; /* Video adapter for VIDEOPMI */ +static uchar RMBuf[1024]; /* Fake real mode transfer buffer */ +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024;/* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL;/* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +static uchar * lowMem = NULL; +static ibool isSessionSwitching = false; +static ulong parmsIn[4]; /* Must not cross 64Kb boundary! */ +static ulong parmsOut[4]; /* Must not cross 64Kb boundary! */ +extern ushort _PM_gdt; +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/* DosSysCtl prototype. It is not declared in the headers but it is in the + * standard import libraries (DOSCALLS.876). Funny. + */ +APIRET APIENTRY DosSysCtl(ULONG ulFunction, PVOID pvData); + +/* This is the stack size for the threads that track the session switch event */ +#define SESSION_SWITCH_STACK_SIZE 32768 + +typedef struct { + VIOMODEINFO vmi; + USHORT CursorX; + USHORT CursorY; + UCHAR FrameBuffer[1]; + } CONSOLE_SAVE; + +typedef struct _SESWITCHREC { + /* The following variable is volatile because of PM_SUSPEND_APP */ + volatile int Flags; /* -1 or PM_DEACTIVATE or PM_REACTIVATE */ + PM_saveState_cb Callback; /* Save/restore context callback */ + HMTX Mutex; /* Exclusive access mutex */ + HEV Event; /* Posted after callback is called */ + } SESWITCHREC; + +// Page sized block cache + +#define PAGES_PER_BLOCK 32 +#define PAGE_BLOCK_SIZE (PAGES_PER_BLOCK * PM_PAGE_SIZE + (PM_PAGE_SIZE-1) + sizeof(pageblock)) +#define FREELIST_NEXT(p) (*(void**)(p)) +typedef struct pageblock { + struct pageblock *next; + struct pageblock *prev; + void *freeListStart; + void *freeList; + void *freeListEnd; + int freeCount; + PM_lockHandle lockHandle; + } pageblock; + +static pageblock *pageBlocks = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +func - Helper device driver function to call + +RETURNS: +First return value from the device driver in parmsOut[0] + +REMARKS: +Function to open our helper device driver, call it and close the file +handle. Note that we have to open the device driver for every call because +of two problems: + + 1. We cannot open a single file handle in a DLL that is shared amongst + programs, since every process must have it's own open file handle. + + 2. For some reason there appears to be a limit of about 12 open file + handles on a device driver in the system. Hence when we open more + than about 12 file handles things start to go very strange. + +Hence we simply open the file handle every time that we need to call the +device driver to work around these problems. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong CallSDDHelp( + int func) +{ + static ulong inLen; /* Must not cross 64Kb boundary! */ + static ulong outLen; /* Must not cross 64Kb boundary! */ + HFILE hSDDHelp; + ULONG rc; + ulong result; + + if ((rc = DosOpen(PMHELP_NAME,&hSDDHelp,&result,0,0, + FILE_OPEN, OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, + NULL)) != 0) { + if (rc == 4) { /* Did we run out of file handles? */ + ULONG ulNewFHs; + LONG lAddFHs = 5; + + if (DosSetRelMaxFH(&lAddFHs, &ulNewFHs) != 0) + PM_fatalError("Failed to raise the file handles limit!"); + else { + if ((rc = DosOpen(PMHELP_NAME,&hSDDHelp,&result,0,0, + FILE_OPEN, OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, + NULL)) != 0) { + PM_fatalError("Unable to open SDDHELP$ helper device driver! (#2)"); + } + } + } + else + PM_fatalError("Unable to open SDDHELP$ helper device driver!"); + } + if (DosDevIOCtl(hSDDHelp,PMHELP_IOCTL,func, + &parmsIn, inLen = sizeof(parmsIn), &inLen, + &parmsOut, outLen = sizeof(parmsOut), &outLen) != 0) + PM_fatalError("Failure calling SDDHELP$ helper device driver!"); + DosClose(hSDDHelp); + return parmsOut[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determine if we're running on a DBCS system. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool __IsDBCSSystem(void) +{ + CHAR achDBCSInfo[12]; + COUNTRYCODE ccStruct = {0, 0}; + + memset(achDBCSInfo, 0, 12); + + /* Get the DBCS vector - if it's not empty, we're on DBCS */ + DosQueryDBCSEnv(sizeof(achDBCSInfo), &ccStruct, achDBCSInfo); + if (achDBCSInfo[0] != 0) + return true; + else + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determine if PMSHELL is running - if it isn't, we can't use certain calls +****************************************************************************/ +ibool __isShellLoaded(void) +{ + PVOID ptr; + + if (DosGetNamedSharedMem(&ptr, (PSZ)"\\SHAREMEM\\PMGLOBAL.MEM", PAG_READ) == NO_ERROR) { + DosFreeMem(ptr); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library and connect to our helper device driver. If we +cannot connect to our helper device driver, we bail out with an error +message. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + if (!lowMem) { + /* Obtain the 32->16 callgate from the device driver to enable IOPL */ + if ((_PM_gdt = CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_GETGDT32)) == 0) + PM_fatalError("Unable to obtain call gate selector!"); + + PM_setIOPL(3); + + /* Map the first Mb of physical memory into lowMem */ + if ((lowMem = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true)) == NULL) + PM_fatalError("Unable to map first Mb physical memory!"); + + /* Initialise the MTRR interface functions */ + MTRR_init(); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library for BIOS access via VIDEOPMI. This should work +with any GRADD driver, including SDD/2. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool InitInt10(void) +{ + HMODULE hModGENPMI,hModSDDPMI,hModVideoPMI; + CHAR buf[80],path[_MAX_PATH]; + HEV hevDaemon = NULLHANDLE; + RESULTCODES resCodes; + + if (haveInt10 == -1) { + /* Connect to VIDEOPMI and get entry point. Note that we only + * do this if GENPMI or SDDPMI are already loaded, since we need + * a GRADD based driver for this to work. + */ + PM_init(); + haveInt10 = false; + if (DosQueryModuleHandle((PSZ)"GENPMI.DLL",&hModGENPMI) != 0) + hModGENPMI = NULLHANDLE; + if (DosQueryModuleHandle((PSZ)"SDDPMI.DLL",&hModSDDPMI) != 0) + hModSDDPMI = NULLHANDLE; + if (hModGENPMI || hModSDDPMI) { + if (DosLoadModule((PSZ)buf,sizeof(buf),(PSZ)"VIDEOPMI.DLL",&hModVideoPMI) == 0) { + if (DosQueryProcAddr(hModVideoPMI,0,(PSZ)"VIDEOPMI32Request",(void*)&PM_VIDEOPMI32Request) != 0) + PM_fatalError("Unable to get VIDEOPMI32Request entry point!"); + strcpy(path,"X:\\OS2\\SVGADATA.PMI"); + path[0] = PM_getBootDrive(); + if (PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_LOADPMIFILE,path,NULL) != 0) { + DosFreeModule(hModVideoPMI); + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request = NULL; + haveInt10 = false; + } + else { + /* Attempt to initialise the full VDM in the system. This will only + * work if VPRPMI.SYS is loaded, but it provides support for passing + * values in ES/DS/ESI/EDI between the BIOS which does not work with + * kernel VDM's in fixpacks earlier than FP15. FP15 and later and + * the new Warp 4.51 and Warp Server convenience packs should work + * fine with the kernel mini-VDM. + * + * Also the full VDM is the only solution for really old kernels + * (but GRADD won't run on them so this is superfluous ;-). + */ + INITVDM InitVDM = {VDM_INITIALIZE,NULL,NULL}; + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,&InitVDM,NULL); + haveInt10 = true; + } + } + } + else { + /* A GRADD driver isn't loaded, hence we can't use VIDEOPMI. But we will try + * to access the mini-VDM directly, first verifying that the support is + * available in the kernel (it should be for kernels that support GRADD). + * This may be needed in a command line boot or if non-GRADD driver is + * used (Matrox or classic VGA). + * Note: because of problems with mini-VDM support in the kernel, we have to + * spawn a daemon process that will do the actual mini-VDM access for us. + */ + /* Try to open shared semaphore to see if our daemon is already up */ + if (DosOpenEventSem(SHAREDSEM, &hevDaemon) == NO_ERROR) { + if (DosWaitEventSem(hevDaemon, 1) == NO_ERROR) { + /* If semaphore is posted, all is well */ + useVPMI = false; + haveInt10 = true; + } + } + else { + /* Create shared event semaphore */ + if (DosCreateEventSem(SHAREDSEM, &hevDaemon, DC_SEM_SHARED, FALSE) == NO_ERROR) { + PM_findBPD(DAEMON_NAME, path); + strcat(path, DAEMON_NAME); + if (DosExecPgm(buf, sizeof(buf), EXEC_BACKGROUND, (PSZ)DAEMON_NAME, + NULL, &resCodes, (PSZ)path) == NO_ERROR) { + /* The daemon was successfully spawned, now give it a sec to come up */ + if (DosWaitEventSem(hevDaemon, 2000) == NO_ERROR) { + /* It's up! */ + useVPMI = false; + haveInt10 = true; + } + } + } + } + } + } + return haveInt10; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +We "probably" have BIOS access under OS/2 but we have to verify/initialize it +first. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ + return InitInt10(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the operating system type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ + return _OS_OS2; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the runtime type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ + return PM_386; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a file directory separator to the end of the filename. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_backslash( + char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a user defined PM_fatalError cleanup function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Report a fatal error condition and halt the program. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_fatalError( + const char *msg) +{ + /* Be prepare to be called recursively (failed to fail situation :-) */ + static int fatalErrorCount = 0; + if (fatalErrorCount++ == 0) { + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + } + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate the real mode VESA transfer buffer for communicating with the BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Check if a key has been pressed. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + KBDKEYINFO key; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + + KbdPeek(&key, 0); + return (key.fbStatus & KBDTRF_FINAL_CHAR_IN); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Wait for and return the next keypress. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + KBDKEYINFO key; /* Must not cross a 64K boundary */ + + KbdCharIn(&key,IO_WAIT,0); + return key.chChar; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Open a fullscreen console for output to the screen. This requires that +the application be a fullscreen VIO program. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hwndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ + (void)hwndUser; + (void)device; + (void)xRes; + (void)yRes; + (void)bpp; + (void)fullScreen; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the size of the console state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + VIOMODEINFO vmi; + vmi.cb = sizeof (VIOMODEINFO); + VioGetMode (&vmi, (HVIO)0); + return sizeof (CONSOLE_SAVE) - 1 + vmi.col * vmi.row * 2; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of the console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState( + void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + USHORT fblen; + CONSOLE_SAVE *cs = (CONSOLE_SAVE*)stateBuf; + VIOMODEINFO vmi; + + /* The reason for the VIOMODEINFO juggling is 16-bit code. Because the user + * allocates the state buffer, cd->vmi might be crossing the 64K boundary and + * the 16-bit API would fail. If we create another copy on stack, the compiler + * should ensure that the 64K boundary will not be crossed (it adjusts the stack + * if it should cross). + */ + vmi.cb = sizeof(VIOMODEINFO); + VioGetMode(&vmi,(HVIO)0); + memcpy(&cs->vmi, &vmi, sizeof(VIOMODEINFO)); + VioGetCurPos(&cs->CursorY, &cs->CursorX, (HVIO)0); + fblen = cs->vmi.col * cs->vmi.row * 2; + VioReadCellStr((PCH)cs->FrameBuffer, &fblen, 0, 0, (HVIO)0); +} + +/* Global variable to communicate between threads */ +static SESWITCHREC SesSwitchRec = { -1 }; + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Called by external routines at least once per frame to check whenever a +session save/restore should be performed. Since we receive such notifications +asyncronously, we can't perform all required operations at that time. +****************************************************************************/ +void __PM_checkConsoleSwitch(void) +{ + int Flags, Mode; + PM_saveState_cb Callback; + + /* Quick optimized path for most common case */ + if (SesSwitchRec.Flags == -1) + return; + +again: + if (DosRequestMutexSem(SesSwitchRec.Mutex, 100)) + return; + Flags = SesSwitchRec.Flags; + Callback = SesSwitchRec.Callback; + SesSwitchRec.Flags = -1; + DosReleaseMutexSem(SesSwitchRec.Mutex); + + isSessionSwitching = true; /* Prevent VIO calls */ + Mode = Callback(Flags); + isSessionSwitching = false; + DosPostEventSem(SesSwitchRec.Event); + if (Flags == PM_DEACTIVATE && Mode == PM_SUSPEND_APP) + /* Suspend application until we switch back to our application */ + for (;;) { + DosSleep (500); + /* SesSwitchRec.Flags is volatile so optimizer + * won't load it into a register + */ + if (SesSwitchRec.Flags != -1) + goto again; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Waits until main thread processes the session switch event. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _PM_SessionSwitchEvent( + PM_saveState_cb saveState, + int flags) +{ + ULONG Count; + + if (DosRequestMutexSem(SesSwitchRec.Mutex, 10000)) + return; + + /* We're going to wait on that semaphore */ + DosResetEventSem(SesSwitchRec.Event, &Count); + SesSwitchRec.Callback = saveState; + SesSwitchRec.Flags = flags; + DosReleaseMutexSem(SesSwitchRec.Mutex); + + /* Now wait until all required operations are complete */ + DosWaitEventSem (SesSwitchRec.Event, 10000); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This is the thread responsible for tracking switches back to our +fullscreen session. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _PM_ConsoleSwitch( + PM_saveState_cb saveState) +{ + USHORT NotifyType; + + for (;;) { + if (VioModeWait(VMWR_POPUP, &NotifyType, 0) != 0) + break; + _PM_SessionSwitchEvent(saveState, PM_REACTIVATE); + } + VioModeUndo(UNDOI_RELEASEOWNER, UNDOK_ERRORCODE, (HVIO)0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This is the thread responsible for tracking screen popups (usually fatal +error handler uses them). +****************************************************************************/ +static void _PM_ConsolePopup( + PM_saveState_cb saveState) +{ + USHORT NotifyType; + for (;;) { + if (VioSavRedrawWait(VSRWI_SAVEANDREDRAW, &NotifyType, 0) != 0) + break; + if (NotifyType == VSRWN_SAVE) + _PM_SessionSwitchEvent(saveState, PM_DEACTIVATE); + else if (NotifyType == VSRWN_REDRAW) + _PM_SessionSwitchEvent(saveState, PM_REACTIVATE); + } + VioSavRedrawUndo(UNDOI_RELEASEOWNER, UNDOK_ERRORCODE, (HVIO)0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the suspend application callback for the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback( + PM_saveState_cb saveState) +{ + // If PM isn't loaded, this stuff will cause crashes! + if (__isShellLoaded()) { + if (saveState) { + /* Create the threads responsible for tracking console switches */ + SesSwitchRec.Flags = -1; + DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &SesSwitchRec.Mutex, 0, FALSE); + DosCreateEventSem(NULL, &SesSwitchRec.Event, 0, FALSE); + _beginthread ((void(*)(void*))_PM_ConsoleSwitch,NULL,SESSION_SWITCH_STACK_SIZE, (void*)saveState); + _beginthread ((void(*)(void*))_PM_ConsolePopup,NULL,SESSION_SWITCH_STACK_SIZE, (void*)saveState); + } + else { + /* Kill the threads responsible for tracking console switches */ + VioModeUndo(UNDOI_RELEASEOWNER, UNDOK_TERMINATE, (HVIO)0); + VioSavRedrawUndo(UNDOI_RELEASEOWNER, UNDOK_TERMINATE, (HVIO)0); + DosCloseEventSem(SesSwitchRec.Event); + DosCloseMutexSem(SesSwitchRec.Mutex); + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the console state. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState( + const void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + CONSOLE_SAVE *cs = (CONSOLE_SAVE *)stateBuf; + VIOMODEINFO vmi; + + if (!cs) + return; + + memcpy(&vmi, &cs->vmi, sizeof (VIOMODEINFO)); + VioSetMode(&vmi, (HVIO)0); + VioSetCurPos(cs->CursorY, cs->CursorX, (HVIO)0); + VioWrtCellStr((PCH)cs->FrameBuffer, cs->vmi.col * cs->vmi.row * 2,0, 0, (HVIO)0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Close the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole( + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Kill the threads responsible for tracking console switches */ + PM_setSuspendAppCallback(NULL); + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the location of the OS console cursor. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + /* If session switch is in progress, calling into VIO causes deadlocks! */ + /* Also this call to VIO screws up our console library on DBCS boxes... */ + if (!isSessionSwitching && !__IsDBCSSystem()) + VioSetCurPos(y,x,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the width of the OS console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + /* Nothing to do in here */ + (void)width; + (void)height; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock handler (used for software stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler( + PM_intHandler ih, + int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)ih; + (void)frequency; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)frequency; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original real time clock handler. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the current operating system path or working directory. +****************************************************************************/ +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the drive letter for the boot drive. +****************************************************************************/ +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + ulong boot = 3; + DosQuerySysInfo(QSV_BOOT_DRIVE,QSV_BOOT_DRIVE,&boot,sizeof(boot)); + return (char)('a' + boot - 1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the VBE/AF driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + static char path[CCHMAXPATH]; + strcpy(path,"x:\\"); + path[0] = PM_getBootDrive(); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[CCHMAXPATH]; + if (getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH") != NULL) + return getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH"); + strcpy(path,"x:\\os2\\drivers"); + path[0] = PM_getBootDrive(); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"nucleus"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus configuration files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[CCHMAXPATH]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a unique identifier for the machine if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + return PM_getMachineName(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the name of the machine on the network. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char name[40],*env; + + if ((env = getenv("HOSTNAME")) != NULL) { + strncpy(name,env,sizeof(name)); + name[sizeof(name)-1] = 0; + return name; + } + return "OS2"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + PM_init(); + return lowMem + 0x400; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to 0xA0000 physical VGA graphics framebuffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + PM_init(); + return lowMem + 0xA0000; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a physical address to a linear address in the callers process. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + ulong baseAddr,baseOfs,linear; + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to mmap. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + baseOfs = base & 4095; + baseAddr = base & ~4095; + limit = ((limit+baseOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + parmsIn[0] = baseAddr; + parmsIn[1] = limit; + parmsIn[2] = isCached; + if ((linear = CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_MAPPHYS)) == 0) + return NULL; + return (void*)(linear + baseOfs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a physical address mapping allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)ptr; + parmsIn[1] = limit; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_FREEPHYS); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr( + void *p) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)p; + return CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_GETPHYSICALADDR); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)p; + parmsIn[1] = (ulong)length; + parmsIn[2] = (ulong)physAddress; + return CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_GETPHYSICALADDRRANGE); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Sleep for the specified number of milliseconds. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_sleep( + ulong milliseconds) +{ + DosSleep(milliseconds); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified COM port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort( + int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified LPT port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort( + int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of shared memory. For Win9x we allocate shared memory +as locked, global memory that is accessible from any memory context +(including interrupt time context), which allows us to load our important +data structure and code such that we can access it directly from a ring +0 interrupt context. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + parmsIn[0] = size; + return (void*)CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_MALLOCSHARED); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared( + void *ptr) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)ptr; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_FREESHARED); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a linear memory address to the calling process address space. The +address will have been allocated in another process using the +PM_mapPhysicalAddr function. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + ulong baseAddr,baseOfs; + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to mmap. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + baseOfs = (ulong)base & 4095; + baseAddr = (ulong)base & ~4095; + limit = ((limit+baseOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)baseAddr; + parmsIn[1] = limit; + return (void*)(CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_MAPTOPROCESS)+baseOfs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a real mode pointer to a protected mode pointer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + if (r_seg == 0xFFFF) + return &RMBuf[r_off]; + return lowMem + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of real mode memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + if (size > sizeof(RMBuf)) + return NULL; + *r_seg = 0xFFFF; + *r_off = 0x0000; + return &RMBuf; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of real mode memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ + /* Nothing to do in here */ + (void)mem; +} + +#define INDPMI(reg) rmregs.aCRF.reg_##reg = regs->reg +#define OUTDPMI(reg) regs->reg = rmregs.aCRF.reg_##reg + +#define REG_OFFSET(field) (((ULONG)&(((VCRF*)0)->field)) / sizeof(ULONG)) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt (parameters in DPMI compatible structure) +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + INTCRF rmregs; + ulong eax = 0; + + if (!InitInt10()) + return; + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + rmregs.ulBIOSIntNo = intno; + INDPMI(eax); INDPMI(ebx); INDPMI(ecx); INDPMI(edx); INDPMI(esi); INDPMI(edi); + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ds = regs->ds; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_es = regs->es; + if (intno == 0x10) { + eax = rmregs.aCRF.reg_eax; + switch (eax & 0xFFFF) { + case 0x4F00: + /* We have to hack the way this function works, due to + * some bugs in the IBM mini-VDM BIOS support. Specifically + * we need to make the input buffer and output buffer the + * 'same' buffer, and that ES:SI points to the output + * buffer (ignored by the BIOS). The data will end up + * being returned in the input buffer, except for the + * first four bytes ('VESA') that will not be returned. + */ + rmregs.pB[0].bBufferType = INPUT_BUFFER; + rmregs.pB[0].bSelCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_es); + rmregs.pB[0].bOffCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_edi); + rmregs.pB[0].pAddress = RMBuf; + rmregs.pB[0].ulSize = 4; + rmregs.pB[1].bBufferType = OUTPUT_BUFFER; + rmregs.pB[1].bSelCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_es); + rmregs.pB[1].bOffCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_esi); + rmregs.pB[1].pAddress = ((PBYTE)RMBuf)+4; + rmregs.pB[1].ulSize = 512-4; + break; + case 0x4F01: + rmregs.pB[0].bBufferType = OUTPUT_BUFFER; + rmregs.pB[0].bSelCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_es); + rmregs.pB[0].bOffCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_edi); + rmregs.pB[0].pAddress = RMBuf; + rmregs.pB[0].ulSize = 256; + break; + case 0x4F02: + rmregs.pB[0].bBufferType = INPUT_BUFFER; + rmregs.pB[0].bSelCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_es); + rmregs.pB[0].bOffCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_edi); + rmregs.pB[0].pAddress = RMBuf; + rmregs.pB[0].ulSize = 256; + break; + case 0x4F09: + rmregs.pB[0].bBufferType = INPUT_BUFFER; + rmregs.pB[0].bSelCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_es); + rmregs.pB[0].bOffCRF = REG_OFFSET(reg_edi); + rmregs.pB[0].pAddress = RMBuf; + rmregs.pB[0].ulSize = 1024; + break; + case 0x4F0A: + /* Due to bugs in the mini-VDM in OS/2, the 0x4F0A protected + * mode interface functions will not work (we never get any + * selectors returned), so we fail this function here. The + * rest of the VBE/Core driver will work properly if this + * function is failed, because the VBE 2.0 and 3.0 specs + * allow for this. + */ + regs->eax = 0x014F; + return; + } + } + if (useVPMI) + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,NULL,&rmregs); + else { + DosSysCtl(6, &rmregs); + } + + OUTDPMI(eax); OUTDPMI(ebx); OUTDPMI(ecx); OUTDPMI(edx); OUTDPMI(esi); OUTDPMI(edi); + if (((regs->eax & 0xFFFF) == 0x004F) && ((eax & 0xFFFF) == 0x4F00)) { + /* Hack to fix up the missing 'VESA' string for mini-VDM */ + memcpy(RMBuf,"VESA",4); + } + regs->ds = rmregs.aCRF.reg_ds; + regs->es = rmregs.aCRF.reg_es; + regs->flags = rmregs.aCRF.reg_eflag; +} + +#define IN(reg) rmregs.reg = in->e.reg +#define OUT(reg) out->e.reg = rmregs.reg + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + rmregs.es = sregs->es; + rmregs.ds = sregs->ds; + DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = rmregs.es; + sregs->cs = rmregs.cs; + sregs->ss = rmregs.ss; + sregs->ds = rmregs.ds; + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a real mode far function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + PM_fatalError("PM_callRealMode not supported on OS/2!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the amount of available memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + /* Unable to get reliable values from OS/2 for this */ + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of locked, physical memory for DMA operations. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + parmsIn[0] = size; + parmsIn[1] = contiguous; + parmsIn[2] = below16M; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_ALLOCLOCKED); + *physAddr = parmsOut[1]; + return (void*)parmsOut[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)p; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_FREELOCKED); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a new block of pages for the page block manager. +****************************************************************************/ +static pageblock *PM_addNewPageBlock(void) +{ + int i; + pageblock *newBlock; + char *p,*next; + + /* Allocate memory for the new page block, and add to head of list */ + if (DosAllocSharedMem((void**)&newBlock,NULL,PAGE_BLOCK_SIZE,OBJ_GETTABLE | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT)) + return NULL; + if (!PM_lockDataPages(newBlock,PAGE_BLOCK_SIZE,&newBlock->lockHandle)) + return NULL; + newBlock->prev = NULL; + newBlock->next = pageBlocks; + if (pageBlocks) + pageBlocks->prev = newBlock; + pageBlocks = newBlock; + + /* Initialise the page aligned free list for the page block */ + newBlock->freeCount = PAGES_PER_BLOCK; + newBlock->freeList = p = (char*)(((ulong)(newBlock + 1) + (PM_PAGE_SIZE-1)) & ~(PM_PAGE_SIZE-1)); + newBlock->freeListStart = newBlock->freeList; + newBlock->freeListEnd = p + (PAGES_PER_BLOCK-1) * PM_PAGE_SIZE; + for (i = 0; i < PAGES_PER_BLOCK; i++,p = next) + FREELIST_NEXT(p) = next = p + PM_PAGE_SIZE; + FREELIST_NEXT(p - PM_PAGE_SIZE) = NULL; + return newBlock; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + pageblock *block; + void *p; + + /* Scan the block list looking for any free blocks. Allocate a new + * page block if no free blocks are found. + */ + for (block = pageBlocks; block != NULL; block = block->next) { + if (block->freeCount) + break; + } + if (block == NULL && (block = PM_addNewPageBlock()) == NULL) + return NULL; + block->freeCount--; + p = block->freeList; + block->freeList = FREELIST_NEXT(p); + (void)locked; + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + pageblock *block; + + /* First find the page block that this page belongs to */ + for (block = pageBlocks; block != NULL; block = block->next) { + if (p >= block->freeListStart && p <= block->freeListEnd) + break; + } + CHECK(block != NULL); + + /* Now free the block by adding it to the free list */ + FREELIST_NEXT(p) = block->freeList; + block->freeList = p; + if (++block->freeCount == PAGES_PER_BLOCK) { + /* If all pages in the page block are now free, free the entire + * page block itself. + */ + if (block == pageBlocks) { + /* Delete from head */ + pageBlocks = block->next; + if (block->next) + block->next->prev = NULL; + } + else { + /* Delete from middle of list */ + CHECK(block->prev != NULL); + block->prev->next = block->next; + if (block->next) + block->next->prev = block->prev; + } + + /* Unlock the memory and free it */ + PM_unlockDataPages(block,PAGE_BLOCK_SIZE,&block->lockHandle); + DosFreeMem(block); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map in all the shared memory blocks for managing the memory pages above. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_mapSharedPages(void) +{ + pageblock *block; + + /* Map all the page blocks above into the shared memory for process */ + for (block = pageBlocks; block != NULL; block = block->next) { + DosGetSharedMem(block, PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lockHandle) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)p; + parmsIn[1] = len; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_LOCKPAGES); + lockHandle->h[0] = parmsOut[1]; + lockHandle->h[1] = parmsOut[2]; + lockHandle->h[2] = parmsOut[3]; + return parmsOut[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lockHandle) +{ + parmsIn[0] = lockHandle->h[0]; + parmsIn[1] = lockHandle->h[1]; + parmsIn[2] = lockHandle->h[2]; + return CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_UNLOCKPAGES); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lockHandle) +{ + parmsIn[0] = (ulong)p; + parmsIn[1] = len; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_LOCKPAGES); + lockHandle->h[0] = parmsOut[1]; + lockHandle->h[1] = parmsOut[2]; + lockHandle->h[2] = parmsOut[3]; + return parmsOut[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lockHandle) +{ + parmsIn[0] = lockHandle->h[0]; + parmsIn[1] = lockHandle->h[1]; + parmsIn[2] = lockHandle->h[2]; + return CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_UNLOCKPAGES); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankA( + int bank) +{ + INTCRF rmregs; + + if (!InitInt10()) + return; + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + rmregs.ulBIOSIntNo = 0x10; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_eax = 0x4F05; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ebx = 0x0000; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_edx = bank; + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,&rmregs,NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB( + int bank) +{ + INTCRF rmregs; + + if (!InitInt10()) + return; + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + rmregs.ulBIOSIntNo = 0x10; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_eax = 0x4F05; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ebx = 0x0000; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_edx = bank; + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,&rmregs,NULL); + rmregs.ulBIOSIntNo = 0x10; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_eax = 0x4F05; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ebx = 0x0001; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_edx = bank; + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,&rmregs,NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display start address. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart( + int x, + int y, + int waitVRT) +{ + INTCRF rmregs; + + if (!InitInt10()) + return; + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + rmregs.ulBIOSIntNo = 0x10; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_eax = 0x4F07; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ebx = waitVRT; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_ecx = x; + rmregs.aCRF.reg_edx = y; + PM_VIDEOPMI32Request(&Adapter,PMIREQUEST_SOFTWAREINT,&rmregs,NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Execute the POST on the secondary BIOS for a controller. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + (void)axVal; + (void)BIOSPhysAddr; + (void)mappedBIOS; + (void)BIOSLen; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +} + +// TODO: Move the MTRR helper stuff into the call gate, or better yet +// entirely into the ring 0 helper driver!! + +/* MTRR helper functions. To make it easier to implement the MTRR support + * under OS/2, we simply put our ring 0 helper functions into the + * helper device driver rather than the entire MTRR module. This makes + * it easier to maintain the MTRR support since we don't need to deal + * with 16-bit ring 0 code in the MTRR library. + */ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Flush the translation lookaside buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_flushTLB(void) +{ + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_FLUSHTLB); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return true if ring 0 (or if we can call the helpers functions at ring 0) +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _ASMAPI _MTRR_isRing0(void) +{ + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read and return the value of the CR4 register +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ASMAPI _MTRR_saveCR4(void) +{ + return CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_SAVECR4); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the value of the CR4 register +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_restoreCR4(ulong cr4Val) +{ + parmsIn[0] = cr4Val; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_RESTORECR4); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read a machine status register for the CPU. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_readMSR( + ulong reg, + ulong *eax, + ulong *edx) +{ + parmsIn[0] = reg; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_READMSR); + *eax = parmsOut[0]; + *edx = parmsOut[1]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Write a machine status register for the CPU. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_writeMSR( + ulong reg, + ulong eax, + ulong edx) +{ + parmsIn[0] = reg; + parmsIn[1] = eax; + parmsIn[2] = edx; + CallSDDHelp(PMHELP_WRITEMSR); +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this to load shared libraries! + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to convert the find data to the generic interface. +****************************************************************************/ +static void convertFindData( + PM_findData *findData, + FILEFINDBUF3 *blk) +{ + ulong dwSize = findData->dwSize; + + memset(findData,0,findData->dwSize); + findData->dwSize = dwSize; + if (blk->attrFile & FILE_READONLY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (blk->attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_DIRECTORY; + if (blk->attrFile & FILE_ARCHIVED) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (blk->attrFile & FILE_HIDDEN) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (blk->attrFile & FILE_SYSTEM) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + findData->sizeLo = blk->cbFile; + findData->sizeHi = 0; + strncpy(findData->name,blk->achName,PM_MAX_PATH); + findData->name[PM_MAX_PATH-1] = 0; +} + +#define FIND_MASK (FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_DIRECTORY | FILE_SYSTEM | FILE_HIDDEN | FILE_READONLY) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + FILEFINDBUF3 blk; + HDIR hdir = HDIR_CREATE; + ulong count = 1; + + if (DosFindFirst((PSZ)filename,&hdir,FIND_MASK,&blk,sizeof(blk),&count,FIL_STANDARD) == NO_ERROR) { + convertFindData(findData,&blk); + return (void*)hdir; + } + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + FILEFINDBUF3 blk; + ulong count = 1; + + if (DosFindNext((HDIR)handle,&blk,sizeof(blk),&count) == NO_ERROR) { + convertFindData(findData,&blk); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + DosFindClose((HDIR)handle); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 0 - Current drive + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + ulong cntDisk,cntDriveMap; + ibool valid; + + DosQueryCurrentDisk(&cntDisk,&cntDriveMap); + valid = (DosSetDefaultDisk(drive) == NO_ERROR); + DosSetDefaultDisk(cntDisk); + return valid; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + ulong length = len; + + DosQueryCurrentDir(drive, (PSZ)dir, &length); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + FILESTATUS3 s; + + if (DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)filename,FIL_STANDARD,(PVOID)&s,sizeof(s))) + return; + s.attrFile = 0; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + s.attrFile |= FILE_READONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + s.attrFile |= FILE_ARCHIVED; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + s.attrFile |= FILE_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + s.attrFile |= FILE_SYSTEM; + DosSetPathInfo((PSZ)filename,FIL_STANDARD,(PVOID)&s,sizeof(s),0L); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + FILESTATUS3 fs3; + uint retval = 0; + + if (DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)filename, FIL_STANDARD, &fs3, sizeof(FILESTATUS3))) + return 0; + if (fs3.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) + retval |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (fs3.attrFile & FILE_ARCHIVED) + retval |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (fs3.attrFile & FILE_HIDDEN) + retval |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (fs3.attrFile & FILE_SYSTEM) + retval |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + return retval; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return DosCreateDir((PSZ)filename,NULL) == NO_ERROR; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return DosDeleteDir((PSZ)filename) == NO_ERROR; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + FILESTATUS3 fs3; + struct tm tc; + struct tm *ret; + time_t tt; + + if (DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)filename, FIL_STANDARD, &fs3, sizeof(FILESTATUS3))) + return false; + if (gmTime) { + tc.tm_year = fs3.fdateLastWrite.year + 80; + tc.tm_mon = fs3.fdateLastWrite.month - 1; + tc.tm_mday = fs3.fdateLastWrite.day; + tc.tm_hour = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.hours; + tc.tm_min = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.minutes; + tc.tm_sec = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.twosecs * 2; + if((tt = mktime(&tc)) == -1) + return false; + if(!(ret = gmtime(&tt))) + return false; + time->sec = ret->tm_sec; + time->day = ret->tm_mday; + time->mon = ret->tm_mon + 1; + time->year = ret->tm_year - 80; + time->min = ret->tm_min; + time->hour = ret->tm_hour; + } + else { + time->sec = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.twosecs * 2; + time->day = fs3.fdateLastWrite.day; + time->mon = fs3.fdateLastWrite.month; + time->year = fs3.fdateLastWrite.year; + time->min = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.minutes; + time->hour = fs3.ftimeLastWrite.hours; + } + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + FILESTATUS3 fs3; + struct tm tc; + struct tm *ret; + time_t tt; + + if (DosQueryPathInfo((PSZ)filename,FIL_STANDARD,(PVOID)&fs3,sizeof(fs3))) + return false; + if (gmTime) { + tc.tm_year = time->year + 80; + tc.tm_mon = time->mon - 1; + tc.tm_mday = time->day; + tc.tm_hour = time->hour; + tc.tm_min = time->min; + tc.tm_sec = time->sec; + if((tt = mktime(&tc)) == -1) + return false; + ret = localtime(&tt); + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.twosecs = ret->tm_sec / 2; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.day = ret->tm_mday; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.month = ret->tm_mon + 1; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.year = ret->tm_year - 80; + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.minutes = ret->tm_min; + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.hours = ret->tm_hour; + } + else { + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.twosecs = time->sec / 2; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.day = time->day; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.month = time->mon; + fs3.fdateLastWrite.year = time->year; + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.minutes = time->min; + fs3.ftimeLastWrite.hours = time->hour; + } + memcpy(&fs3.fdateLastAccess, &fs3.fdateLastWrite, sizeof(FDATE)); + memcpy(&fs3.fdateCreation, &fs3.fdateLastWrite, sizeof(FDATE)); + memcpy(&fs3.ftimeLastAccess, &fs3.ftimeLastWrite, sizeof(FTIME)); + memcpy(&fs3.ftimeCreation, &fs3.ftimeLastWrite, sizeof(FTIME)); + DosSetPathInfo((PSZ)filename,FIL_STANDARD,(PVOID)&fs3,sizeof(FILESTATUS3),0L); + return true; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..30ffe4340b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: OS/2 +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ulong frequency; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ + DosTmrQueryFreq(&frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) DosTmrQueryTime((QWORD*)&tm->start) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmLap,tmCount; + + DosTmrQueryTime((QWORD*)&tmLap); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tmLap,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) DosTmrQueryTime((QWORD*)&tm->end) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1000 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the BIOS timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + ULONG count; + DosQuerySysInfo( QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_MS_COUNT, &count, sizeof(ULONG) ); + return count; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97c2caa82f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: IBM PC (OS/2) +* +* Description: OS/2 implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static int oldMouseState; /* Old mouse state */ +static ulong oldKeyMessage; /* Old keyboard state */ +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ +HMOU _EVT_hMouse; /* Handle to the mouse driver */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under OS/2 */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the message queue from OS/2 into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for OS/2 Presentation Manager apps! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + /* Initialise the event queue */ + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + oldMouseState = 0; + oldKeyMessage = 0; + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + // TODO: OS/2 PM specific initialisation code! + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for OS/2 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for OS/2 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + // TODO: OS/2 PM specific exit code +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_setMousePos(x,y) diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b69f8222c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/os2pm/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#define INCL_DOSERRORS +#define INCL_DOS +#define INCL_SUB +#define INCL_VIO +#define INCL_KBD +#include <os2.h> diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..404e5c93c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Header file to pull in OS specific headers for the target +* OS environment. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#if defined(__SMX32__) +#include "smx/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__RTTARGET__) +#include "rttarget/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__REALDOS__) +#include "dos/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__WIN32_VXD__) +#include "vxd/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "ntdrv/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__WINDOWS32__) +#include "win32/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__OS2_VDD__) +#include "vxd/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__OS2__) +#if defined(__OS2_PM__) +#include "os2pm/oshdr.h" +#else +#include "os2/oshdr.h" +#endif +#elif defined(__LINUX__) +#if defined(__USE_X11__) +#include "x11/oshdr.h" +#else +#include "linux/oshdr.h" +#endif +#elif defined(__QNX__) +#if defined(__USE_PHOTON__) +#include "photon/oshdr.h" +#elif defined(__USE_X11__) +#include "x11/oshdr.h" +#else +#include "qnx/oshdr.h" +#endif +#elif defined(__BEOS__) +#include "beos/oshdr.h" +#else +#error PM library not ported to this platform yet! +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..738dfea379 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX Photon GUI +* +* Description: QNX fullscreen console implementation for the SciTech +* cross platform event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under Linux */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool _EVT_isKeyDown( + uchar scancode) +{ + return (KeyState[(scancode & 0xf8) >> 3] & (1 << (scancode & 0x7)) ? + true : false); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Retrieves all events from the mouse/keyboard event queue and stuffs them +into the MGL event queue for further processing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + int pid; + uint msg, but_stat, message; + uchar evt[sizeof (PhEvent_t) + 1024]; + PhEvent_t *event = (void *)evt; + PhKeyEvent_t *key; + PhPointerEvent_t *mouse; + static int extended; + event_t _evt; + + while (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + uint mods = 0, keyp = 0; + + pid = Creceive(0, &msg, sizeof (msg)); + + if (pid == -1) + return; + + if (PhEventRead(pid, event, sizeof (evt)) == Ph_EVENT_MSG) { + memset(&evt, 0, sizeof (evt)); + if (event->type == Ph_EV_KEY) { + key = PhGetData(event); + + if (key->key_flags & KEY_SCAN_VALID) { + keyp = key->key_scan; + if (key->key_flags & KEY_DOWN) + KeyState[(keyp & 0xf800) >> 11] + |= 1 << ((keyp & 0x700) >> 8); + else + KeyState[(keyp & 0xf800) >> 11] + &= ~(1 << ((keyp & 0x700) >> 8)); + } + if ((key->key_flags & KEY_SYM_VALID) || extended) + keyp |= key->key_sym; + + /* No way to tell left from right... */ + if (key->key_mods & KEYMOD_SHIFT) + mods = (EVT_LEFTSHIFT | EVT_RIGHTSHIFT); + if (key->key_mods & KEYMOD_CTRL) + mods |= (EVT_CTRLSTATE | EVT_LEFTCTRL); + if (key->key_mods & KEYMOD_ALT) + mods |= (EVT_ALTSTATE | EVT_LEFTALT); + + _evt.when = evt->timestamp; + if (key->key_flags & KEY_REPEAT) { + _evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + _evt.message = 0x10000; + } + else if (key->key_flags & KEY_DOWN) + _evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + else + _evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + _evt.modifiers = mods; + _evt.message |= keyp; + + addEvent(&_evt); + + switch(key->key_scan & 0xff00) { + case 0xe000: + extended = 1; + break; + case 0xe001: + extended = 2; + break; + default: + if (extended) + extended--; + } + } + else if (event->type & Ph_EV_PTR_ALL) { + but_stat = message = 0; + mouse = PhGetData(event); + + if (mouse->button_state & Ph_BUTTON_3) + but_stat = EVT_LEFTBUT; + if (mouse->buttons & Ph_BUTTON_3) + message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + + if (mouse->button_state & Ph_BUTTON_1) + but_stat |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if (mouse->buttons & Ph_BUTTON_1) + message |= EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + + _evt.when = evt->timestamp; + if (event->type & Ph_EV_PTR_MOTION) { + _evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + _evt.where_x = mouse->pos.x; + _evt.where_y = mouse->pos.y; + _evt.modifiers = but_stat; + addEvent(&_evt); + } + if (event->type & Ph_EV_BUT_PRESS) + _evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + else + _evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + _evt.where_x = mouse->pos.x; + _evt.where_y = mouse->pos.y; + _evt.modifiers = but_stat; + _evt.message = message; + addEvent(&_evt); + } + } + else + return; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort( + int signo) +{ + char buf[80]; + + EVT_exit(); + sprintf(buf,"Terminating on signal %d",signo); + PM_fatalError(buf); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int i; + + /* Initialise the event queue */ + _mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset((void *)KeyState, 0, sizeof (KeyState)); + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + // TODO: Need to call Input to change the coordinates that it returns + // for mouse events!! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Photon +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Photon +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c72563de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/photon/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX Photon GUI +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <sys/mouse.h> +#include <sys/keyboard.h> +#include <sys/fd.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <conio.h> +#include <process.h> +#include <sys/kernel.h> +#include <Ph.h> diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pm.vpw b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pm.vpw new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26e68a7a3a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pm.vpw @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +[Dependencies]
+[CurrentProject]
+curproj=pmlinux.vpj
+[ProjectFiles]
+pmcommon.vpj
+pmdos.vpj
+pmlinux.vpj
+pmqnx.vpj
+pmvxd.vpj
+pmwin32.vpj
+z_samples.vpj
+..\a-global includes.vpj
+[TreeExpansion]
+"..\a-global includes.vpj" 0
+pmcommon.vpj 0
+pmdos.vpj 0
+pmlinux.vpj 0
+pmqnx.vpj 0
+pmvxd.vpj 0
+pmwin32.vpj 0
+z_samples.vpj 1 1
+[State]
+SCREEN: 1280 1024 0 0 960 746 0 0 M 0 0 0 0 977 631
+CWD: C:\scitech\src\pm
+FILEHIST: 9
+C:\scitech\makedefs\gcc_win32.mk
+C:\scitech\bin\gcc2-w32.bat
+C:\scitech\bin\gcc2-c32.bat
+C:\scitech\bin\gcc2-linux.bat
+C:\scitech\makedefs\gcc_linux.mk
+C:\scitech\src\pm\linux\event.c
+C:\scitech\src\pm\linux\oshdr.h
+C:\scitech\src\pm\event.c
+C:\scitech\src\pm\pmlinux.vpj
+[ProjectDates]
+pmcommon.vpj=20010517164335290
+pmdos.vpj=20010517164335290
+pmlinux.vpj=20010620175829812
+pmqnx.vpj=20010517164335290
+pmvxd.vpj=20010517164335306
+pmwin32.vpj=20010517164335306
+z_samples.vpj=20010517164335306
+..\a-global includes.vpj=20010517164334978
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmcommon.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmcommon.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48b872d981 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmcommon.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=\n
+activeconfig=,wc10-d32
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\nOther Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n*.*\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|hide|:Compile:&Compile,
+make=concur|capture|hide|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,
+rebuild=concur|capture|hide|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+common.c
+cpuinfo.c
+debug.c
+event.c
+makefile
+oshdr.h
+ztimer.c
+..\common\agplib.c
+codepage\us_eng.c
+common\_cpuinfo.asm
+common\_dma.asm
+common\_int64.asm
+common\_joy.asm
+common\_mtrr.asm
+common\_pcilib.asm
+common\agp.c
+common\keyboard.c
+common\malloc.c
+common\mtrr.c
+common\pcilib.c
+common\unixio.c
+common\vgastate.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmdos.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmdos.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1157513b30 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmdos.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=wc10-
+targetos=d32
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,TEST_HARNESS=1
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|clear|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj -u %b
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake install %b
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake install -u %b
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Clean Directory:C&lean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+dos\_event.asm
+dos\_lztimer.asm
+dos\_pm.asm
+dos\_pmdos.asm
+dos\_vflat.asm
+dos\cpuinfo.c
+dos\event.c
+dos\oshdr.h
+dos\pm.c
+dos\pmdos.c
+dos\vflat.c
+dos\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
+config=,NORMAL_BUILD=1
+config=,TEST_HARNESS=1
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmlinux.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmlinux.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bfbf8446a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmlinux.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=gcc2-
+targetos=linux
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+activeconfig=,install BUILD_DLL=1
+compile=concur|capture|clear|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.o -u
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake %b
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake -u %b
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Clean Directory:C&lean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+linux\cpuinfo.c
+linux\event.c
+linux\oshdr.h
+linux\pm.c
+linux\vflat.c
+linux\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
+config=,install BUILD_DLL=1
+config=,install
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmntdrv.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmntdrv.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ec35a76e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmntdrv.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=vc60-
+targetos=drvw2k
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,wc10-d32
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake install
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake install -u
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Clean Directory:&Clean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+..\..\include\ntdriver.h
+ntdrv\_pm.asm
+ntdrv\cpuinfo.c
+ntdrv\int86.c
+ntdrv\irq.c
+ntdrv\mem.c
+ntdrv\oshdr.h
+ntdrv\pm.c
+ntdrv\stdio.c
+ntdrv\stdlib.c
+ntdrv\vflat.c
+ntdrv\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmqnx.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmqnx.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d54170252c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmqnx.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=wc10-
+targetos=qnx
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,wc10-d32
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|clear|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake install
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake install -u
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Clean Directory:C&lean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+qnx\_mtrrqnx.asm
+qnx\cpuinfo.c
+qnx\event.c
+qnx\mtrrqnx.c
+qnx\oshdr.h
+qnx\pm.c
+qnx\vflat.c
+qnx\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmvxd.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmvxd.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fcf911769 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmvxd.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=bc50-
+targetos=vxd
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,wc10-d32
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|nochangedir|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|nochangedir|:Build:&Build,dmake install
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|nochangedir|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake install -u
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Clean Directory:&Clean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+vxd\_pm.asm
+vxd\cpuinfo.c
+vxd\fileio.c
+vxd\oshdr.h
+vxd\pm.c
+vxd\vflat.c
+vxd\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmwin32.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmwin32.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ace682208c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/pmwin32.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=vc60-
+targetos=c32
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,wc10-d32
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\nInclude Files\nAssembler Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n*.h\n*.asm\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0 0 0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n\n\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake install
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake cleanexe & dmake install -u
+debug=concur|capture|hide|savenone|:Debug:&Debug,
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|savenone|:Clean Directory:&Clean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+win32\_pmwin32.asm
+win32\cpuinfo.c
+win32\ddraw.c
+win32\event.c
+win32\oshdr.h
+win32\pm.c
+win32\vflat.c
+win32\ztimer.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/_mtrrqnx.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/_mtrrqnx.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a3fe105ec --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/_mtrrqnx.asm @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: NASM +;* Environment: QNX +;* +;* Description: Assembler support routines for the Memory Type Range Register +;* (MTRR) module for QNX. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _mtrrqnx ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _mtrrqnx ; Start of code segment + +ifdef USE_NASM +%define R0_FLUSH_TLB 0 +%define R0_SAVE_CR4 1 +%define R0_RESTORE_CR4 2 +%define R0_READ_MSR 3 +%define R0_WRITE_MSR 4 +else +R0_FLUSH_TLB EQU 0 +R0_SAVE_CR4 EQU 1 +R0_RESTORE_CR4 EQU 2 +R0_READ_MSR EQU 3 +R0_WRITE_MSR EQU 4 +endif + +cpublic _PM_R0 +_PM_R0_service dd 0 +_PM_R0_reg dd 0 +_PM_R0_eax dd 0 +_PM_R0_edx dd 0 + +enddataseg _mtrrqnx ; Start of code segment + +begcodeseg _mtrrqnx ; Start of code segment + +P586 + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _MTRR_disableInt(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Return processor interrupt status and disable interrupts. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_disableInt + + pushfd ; Put flag word on stack +; cli ; Disable interrupts! + pop eax ; deposit flag word in return register + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_restoreInt(ulong ps); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Restore processor interrupt status. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_restoreInt + + ARG ps:ULONG + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp ; Set up stack frame + push [ULONG ps] + popfd ; Restore processor status (and interrupts) + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_getCx86(uchar reg); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_getCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + in al,23h + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _MTRR_setCx86(uchar reg,uchar val); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a Cyrix CPU indexed register +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _MTRR_setCx86 + + ARG reg:UCHAR, val:UCHAR + + enter_c + mov al,[reg] + out 22h,al + mov al,[val] + out 23h,al + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _PM_ring0_isr(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Ring 0 clock interrupt handler that we use to execute the MTRR support +; code. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _PM_ring0_isr + +;-------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_flushTLB(void); +;-------------------------------------------------------- + pushad + cmp [DWORD _PM_R0_service],R0_FLUSH_TLB + jne @@1 + wbinvd ; Flush the CPU cache + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + jmp @@Exit + +;-------------------------------------------------------- +; ulong _MTRR_saveCR4(void); +;-------------------------------------------------------- +@@1: cmp [DWORD _PM_R0_service],R0_SAVE_CR4 + jne @@2 + +; Save value of CR4 and clear Page Global Enable (bit 7) + + mov ebx,cr4 + mov eax,ebx + and al,7Fh + mov cr4,eax + +; Disable and flush caches + + mov eax,cr0 + or eax,40000000h + wbinvd + mov cr0,eax + wbinvd + +; Return value from CR4 + + mov [_PM_R0_reg],ebx + jmp @@Exit + +;-------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_restoreCR4(ulong cr4Val) +;-------------------------------------------------------- +@@2: cmp [DWORD _PM_R0_service],R0_RESTORE_CR4 + jne @@3 + + mov eax,cr0 + and eax,0BFFFFFFFh + mov cr0,eax + mov eax,[_PM_R0_reg] + mov cr4,eax + jmp @@Exit + +;-------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_readMSR(int reg, ulong FAR *eax, ulong FAR *edx); +;-------------------------------------------------------- +@@3: cmp [DWORD _PM_R0_service],R0_READ_MSR + jne @@4 + + mov ecx,[_PM_R0_reg] + rdmsr + mov [_PM_R0_eax],eax + mov [_PM_R0_edx],edx + jmp @@Exit + +;-------------------------------------------------------- +; void _MTRR_writeMSR(int reg, ulong eax, ulong edx); +;-------------------------------------------------------- +@@4: cmp [DWORD _PM_R0_service],R0_WRITE_MSR + jne @@Exit + + mov ecx,[_PM_R0_reg] + mov eax,[_PM_R0_eax] + mov edx,[_PM_R0_edx] + wrmsr + jmp @@Exit + +@@Exit: mov [DWORD _PM_R0_service],-1 + popad + mov eax,0 + retf + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _mtrrqnx + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8782542b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: QNX specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: We should implement this for QNX! +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +TODO: We should implement this for QNX! +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + freq->low = CLOCKS_PER_SEC * 1000; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + (t)->low = clock() * 1000; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e16f8a5392 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: QNX fullscreen console implementation for the SciTech +* cross platform event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <errno.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ +static struct _mouse_ctrl *_PM_mouse_ctl; +static int _PM_keyboard_fd = -1; +//static int _PM_modifiers, _PM_leds; +#else +static int kbd_fd = -1, mouse_fd = -1; +#endif +static int kill_pid = 0; +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +#define TIME_TO_MSEC(__t) ((__t).tv_nsec / 1000000 + (__t).tv_sec * 1000) + +#define LED_NUM 1 +#define LED_CAP 2 +#define LED_SCR 4 + +/* Scancode mappings on QNX for special keys */ + +typedef struct { + int scan; + int map; + } keymap; + +// TODO: Fix this and set it up so we can do a binary search! + +keymap keymaps[] = { + {96, KB_padEnter}, + {74, KB_padMinus}, + {78, KB_padPlus}, + {55, KB_padTimes}, + {98, KB_padDivide}, + {71, KB_padHome}, + {72, KB_padUp}, + {73, KB_padPageUp}, + {75, KB_padLeft}, + {76, KB_padCenter}, + {77, KB_padRight}, + {79, KB_padEnd}, + {80, KB_padDown}, + {81, KB_padPageDown}, + {82, KB_padInsert}, + {83, KB_padDelete}, + {105,KB_left}, + {108,KB_down}, + {106,KB_right}, + {103,KB_up}, + {110,KB_insert}, + {102,KB_home}, + {104,KB_pageUp}, + {111,KB_delete}, + {107,KB_end}, + {109,KB_pageDown}, + {125,KB_leftWindows}, + {126,KB_rightWindows}, + {127,KB_menu}, + {100,KB_rightAlt}, + {97,KB_rightCtrl}, + }; + +/* And the keypad with num lock turned on (changes the ASCII code only) */ + +keymap keypad[] = { + {71, ASCII_7}, + {72, ASCII_8}, + {73, ASCII_9}, + {75, ASCII_4}, + {76, ASCII_5}, + {77, ASCII_6}, + {79, ASCII_1}, + {80, ASCII_2}, + {81, ASCII_3}, + {82, ASCII_0}, + {83, ASCII_period}, + }; + +#define NB_KEYMAPS (sizeof(keymaps)/sizeof(keymaps[0])) +#define NB_KEYPAD (sizeof(keypad)/sizeof(keypad[0])) + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Include generic raw scancode keyboard module. +****************************************************************************/ +#include "common/keyboard.c" + +/* These are not used under QNX */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + struct timespec t; + clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME,&t); + return (t.tv_nsec / 1000000 + t.tv_sec * 1000); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Converts a mickey movement value to a pixel adjustment value. +****************************************************************************/ +static int MickeyToPixel( + int mickey) +{ + // TODO: We can add some code in here to handle 'acceleration' for + // the mouse cursor. For now just use the mickeys. + return mickey; +} + +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Retrieves all events from the mouse/keyboard event queue and stuffs them +into the MGL event queue for further processing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + int rc1, rc2; + struct _keyboard_packet key; + struct _mouse_packet ms; + static long old_buttons = 0; + uint message = 0, but_stat = 0, mods = 0; + event_t evt; + + while (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + rc1 = read(kbd_fd, (void *)&key, sizeof(key)); + if (rc1 == -1) { + if (errno == EAGAIN) + rc1 = 0; + else { + perror("getEvents"); + PM_fatalError("Keyboard error"); + } + } + if (rc1 > 0) { + memset(&evt, 0, sizeof(evt)); + if (key.data.modifiers & KEYMOD_SHIFT) + mods |= EVT_LEFTSHIFT; + if (key.data.modifiers & KEYMOD_CTRL) + mods |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + if (key.data.modifiers & KEYMOD_ALT) + mods |= EVT_ALTSTATE; + + /* Now store the keyboard event data */ + evt.when = TIME_TO_MSEC(key.time); + if (key.data.flags & KEY_SCAN_VALID) + evt.message |= (key.data.key_scan & 0x7F) << 8; + if ((key.data.flags & KEY_SYM_VALID) && + (((key.data.key_sym & 0xff00) == 0xf000 && + (key.data.key_sym & 0xff) < 0x20) || + key.data.key_sym < 0x80)) + evt.message |= (key.data.key_sym & 0xFF); + evt.modifiers = mods; + if (key.data.flags & KEY_DOWN) { + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + keyUpMsg[evt.message >> 8] = (ushort)evt.message; + } + else if (key.data.flags & KEY_REPEAT) { + evt.message |= 0x10000; + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + } + else { + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + evt.message = keyUpMsg[evt.message >> 8]; + if (evt.message == 0) + continue; + keyUpMsg[evt.message >> 8] = 0; + } + + /* Now add the new event to the event queue */ + addEvent(&evt); + } + rc2 = read(mouse_fd, (void *)&ms, sizeof (ms)); + if (rc2 == -1) { + if (errno == EAGAIN) + rc2 = 0; + else { + perror("getEvents"); + PM_fatalError("Mouse error"); + } + } + if (rc2 > 0) { + memset(&evt, 0, sizeof(evt)); + ms.hdr.buttons &= + (_POINTER_BUTTON_LEFT | _POINTER_BUTTON_RIGHT); + if (ms.hdr.buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_LEFT) + but_stat = EVT_LEFTBUT; + if ((ms.hdr.buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_LEFT) != + (old_buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_LEFT)) + message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + if (ms.hdr.buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_RIGHT) + but_stat |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if ((ms.hdr.buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_RIGHT) != + (old_buttons & _POINTER_BUTTON_RIGHT)) + message |= EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + if (ms.dx || ms.dy) { + ms.dy = -ms.dy; + EVT.mx += MickeyToPixel(ms.dx); + EVT.my += MickeyToPixel(ms.dy); + if (EVT.mx < 0) EVT.mx = 0; + if (EVT.my < 0) EVT.my = 0; + if (EVT.mx > rangeX) EVT.mx = rangeX; + if (EVT.my > rangeY) EVT.my = rangeY; + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + evt.when = TIME_TO_MSEC(ms.hdr.time); + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = ms.dx; + evt.relative_y = ms.dy; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + addEvent(&evt); + } + evt.what = ms.hdr.buttons < old_buttons ? + EVT_MOUSEUP : EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.when = TIME_TO_MSEC(ms.hdr.time); + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = ms.dx; + evt.relative_y = ms.dy; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + evt.message = message; + if (ms.hdr.buttons != old_buttons) { + addEvent(&evt); + old_buttons = ms.hdr.buttons; + } + } + if (rc1 + rc2 == 0) + break; + } +} +#else +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Retrieves all events from the mouse/keyboard event queue and stuffs them +into the MGL event queue for further processing. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + struct mouse_event ev; + int rc; + static long old_buttons = 0; + uint message = 0, but_stat = 0; + event_t evt; + char buf[32]; + int numkeys, i; + + /* Poll keyboard events */ + while ((numkeys = read(_PM_keyboard_fd, buf, sizeof buf)) > 0) { + for (i = 0; i < numkeys; i++) { + processRawScanCode(buf[i]); + } + } + + if (_PM_mouse_ctl == NULL) + return; + + /* Gobble pending mouse events */ + while (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + rc = mouse_read(_PM_mouse_ctl, &ev, 1, 0, NULL); + if (rc == -1) { + perror("getEvents"); + PM_fatalError("Mouse error (Input terminated?)"); + } + if (rc == 0) + break; + + message = 0, but_stat = 0; + memset(&evt, 0, sizeof(evt)); + + ev.buttons &= (_MOUSE_LEFT | _MOUSE_RIGHT); + if (ev.buttons & _MOUSE_LEFT) + but_stat = EVT_LEFTBUT; + if ((ev.buttons & _MOUSE_LEFT) != (old_buttons & _MOUSE_LEFT)) + message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + if (ev.buttons & _MOUSE_RIGHT) + but_stat |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if ((ev.buttons & _MOUSE_RIGHT) != (old_buttons & _MOUSE_RIGHT)) + message |= EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + if (ev.dx || ev.dy) { + ev.dy = -ev.dy; + EVT.mx += MickeyToPixel(ev.dx); + EVT.my += MickeyToPixel(ev.dy); + if (EVT.mx < 0) EVT.mx = 0; + if (EVT.my < 0) EVT.my = 0; + if (EVT.mx > rangeX) EVT.mx = rangeX; + if (EVT.my > rangeY) EVT.my = rangeY; + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + evt.when = ev.timestamp*100; + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = ev.dx; + evt.relative_y = ev.dy; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + addEvent(&evt); + } + evt.what = ev.buttons < old_buttons ? EVT_MOUSEUP : EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.when = ev.timestamp*100; + evt.where_x = EVT.mx; + evt.where_y = EVT.my; + evt.relative_x = ev.dx; + evt.relative_y = ev.dy; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + evt.message = message; + if (ev.buttons != old_buttons) { + addEvent(&evt); + old_buttons = ev.buttons; + } + } +} +#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort( + int signo) +{ + char buf[80]; + + EVT_exit(); + sprintf(buf,"Terminating on signal %d",signo); + PM_fatalError(buf); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int i; + struct stat st; + char *iarg[16]; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + char buf[128]; + FILE *p; + int argno,len; +#endif + +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + ThreadCtl(_NTO_TCTL_IO, 0); /* So joystick code won't blow up */ +#endif + + /* Initialise the event queue */ + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + /* + * User may already have input running with the right parameters. + * Thus they could start input at boot time, using the output of + * inputtrap, passing the the -r flag to make it run as a resource + * manager. + */ + if ((mouse_fd = open("/dev/mouse0", O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) { + /* Run inputtrap to get the args for input */ + if ((p = popen("inputtrap", "r")) == NULL) + PM_fatalError("Error running 'inputtrap'"); + fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), p); + pclose(p); + + /* Build the argument list */ + len = strlen(buf); + iarg[0] = buf; + for (i = 0, argno = 0; i < len && argno < 15;) { + if (argno == 1) { + /* + * Add flags to input's arg list. + * '-r' means run as resource + * manager, providing the /dev/mouse + * and /dev/keyboard interfaces. + * '-P' supresses the /dev/photon + * mechanism. + */ + iarg[argno++] = "-Pr"; + continue; + } + while (buf[i] == ' ') + i++; + if (buf[i] == '\0' || buf[i] == '\n') + break; + iarg[argno++] = &buf[i]; + while (buf[i] != ' ' + && buf[i] != '\0' && buf[i] != '\n') + i++; + buf[i++] = '\0'; + } + iarg[argno] = NULL; + + if ((kill_pid = spawnvp(P_NOWAITO, iarg[0], iarg)) == -1) { + perror("spawning input resmgr"); + PM_fatalError("Could not start input resmgr"); + } + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + if (stat("/dev/mouse0", &st) == 0) + break; + sleep(1); + } + if ((mouse_fd = open("/dev/mouse0", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) { + perror("/dev/mouse0"); + PM_fatalError("Could not open /dev/mouse0"); + } + } + if ((kbd_fd = open("/dev/keyboard0", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK)) < 0) { + perror("/dev/keyboard0"); + PM_fatalError("Could not open /dev/keyboard0"); + } +#else + /* Connect to Input/Mouse for event handling */ + if (_PM_mouse_ctl == NULL) { + _PM_mouse_ctl = mouse_open(0, "/dev/mouse", 0); + + /* "Mouse" is not running; attempt to start it */ + if (_PM_mouse_ctl == NULL) { + iarg[0] = "mousetrap"; + iarg[1] = "start"; + iarg[2] = NULL; + if ((kill_pid = spawnvp(P_NOWAITO, iarg[0], (void*)iarg)) == -1) + perror("spawn (mousetrap)"); + else { + for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + if (stat("/dev/mouse", &st) == 0) + break; + sleep(1); + } + _PM_mouse_ctl = mouse_open(0, "/dev/mouse", 0); + } + } + } + if (_PM_keyboard_fd == -1) + _PM_keyboard_fd = open("/dev/kbd", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK); +#endif + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_setMousePos(x,y) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for QNX +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for QNX +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + char c; + int flags; + + if (kbd_fd != -1) { + close(kbd_fd); + kbd_fd = -1; + } + if (mouse_fd != -1) { + close(mouse_fd); + mouse_fd = -1; + } +#endif + + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + /* Kill the Input/Mouse driver if we have spawned it */ + if (_PM_mouse_ctl != NULL) { + struct _fd_entry fde; + uint pid = 0; + + /* Find out the pid of the mouse driver */ + if (kill_pid > 0) { + if (qnx_fd_query(0, + 0, _PM_mouse_ctl->fd, &fde) != -1) + pid = fde.pid; + } + mouse_close(_PM_mouse_ctl); + _PM_mouse_ctl = NULL; + + if (pid > 0) { + /* For some reasons the PID's are different under QNX4, + * so we use the old mechanism to kill the mouse server. + */ + kill(pid, SIGTERM); + kill_pid = 0; + } + } +#endif + if (kill_pid > 0) { + kill(kill_pid, SIGTERM); + kill_pid = 0; + } +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/mtrrqnx.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/mtrrqnx.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..de749e3834 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/mtrrqnx.c @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: MTRR helper functions module. To make it easier to implement +* the MTRR support under QNX, we simply put our ring 0 helper +* functions into stubs that run them at ring 0 using whatever +* mechanism is available. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <time.h> +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +#include <sys/neutrino.h> +#include <sys/syspage.h> +#else +#include <i86.h> +#include <sys/irqinfo.h> +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define R0_FLUSH_TLB 0 +#define R0_SAVE_CR4 1 +#define R0_RESTORE_CR4 2 +#define R0_READ_MSR 3 +#define R0_WRITE_MSR 4 + +typedef struct { + int service; + int reg; + ulong eax; + ulong edx; + } R0_data; + +extern volatile R0_data _PM_R0; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +const struct sigevent * _ASMAPI _PM_ring0_isr(void *arg, int id); +#else +pid_t far _ASMAPI _PM_ring0_isr(); +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return true if ring 0 (or if we can call the helpers functions at ring 0) +****************************************************************************/ +ibool _ASMAPI _MTRR_isRing0(void) +{ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + return false; // Not implemented yet! +#else + return true; +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to execute a service at ring 0. This is done using the clock +interrupt handler since the code we attach to it will always run at ring 0. +****************************************************************************/ +static void CallRing0(void) +{ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + uint clock_intno = SYSPAGE_ENTRY(qtime)->intr; +#else + uint clock_intno = 0; /* clock irq */ +#endif + int intrid; + +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + mlock((void*)&_PM_R0, sizeof(_PM_R0)); + ThreadCtl(_NTO_TCTL_IO, 0); +#endif +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + if ((intrid = InterruptAttach(_NTO_INTR_CLASS_EXTERNAL | clock_intno, + _PM_ring0_isr, (void*)&_PM_R0, sizeof(_PM_R0), _NTO_INTR_FLAGS_END)) == -1) { +#else + if ((intrid = qnx_hint_attach(clock_intno, _PM_ring0_isr, FP_SEG(&_PM_R0))) == -1) { +#endif + perror("Attach"); + exit(-1); + } + while (_PM_R0.service != -1) + ; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + InterruptDetachId(intrid); +#else + qnx_hint_detach(intrid); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Flush the translation lookaside buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_flushTLB(void) +{ + _PM_R0.service = R0_FLUSH_TLB; + CallRing0(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read and return the value of the CR4 register +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _ASMAPI _MTRR_saveCR4(void) +{ + _PM_R0.service = R0_SAVE_CR4; + CallRing0(); + return _PM_R0.reg; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the value of the CR4 register +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_restoreCR4(ulong cr4Val) +{ + _PM_R0.service = R0_RESTORE_CR4; + _PM_R0.reg = cr4Val; + CallRing0(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read a machine status register for the CPU. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_readMSR( + int reg, + ulong *eax, + ulong *edx) +{ + _PM_R0.service = R0_READ_MSR; + _PM_R0.reg = reg; + CallRing0(); + *eax = _PM_R0.eax; + *edx = _PM_R0.edx; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Write a machine status register for the CPU. +****************************************************************************/ +void _ASMAPI _MTRR_writeMSR( + int reg, + ulong eax, + ulong edx) +{ + _PM_R0.service = R0_WRITE_MSR; + _PM_R0.reg = reg; + _PM_R0.eax = eax; + _PM_R0.edx = edx; + CallRing0(); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0961193049 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <process.h> +#include <time.h> +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ +#include <sys/mouse.h> +#include <sys/keyboard.h> +#include <sys/fd.h> +#include <conio.h> +#else +#include <sys/dcmd_input.h> + +/* Things 'borrowed' from photon/keycodes.h */ + +/* + * Keyboard modifiers + */ +#define KEYMODBIT_SHIFT 0 +#define KEYMODBIT_CTRL 1 +#define KEYMODBIT_ALT 2 +#define KEYMODBIT_ALTGR 3 +#define KEYMODBIT_SHL3 4 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD6 5 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD7 6 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD8 7 + +#define KEYMODBIT_SHIFT_LOCK 8 +#define KEYMODBIT_CTRL_LOCK 9 +#define KEYMODBIT_ALT_LOCK 10 +#define KEYMODBIT_ALTGR_LOCK 11 +#define KEYMODBIT_SHL3_LOCK 12 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD6_LOCK 13 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD7_LOCK 14 +#define KEYMODBIT_MOD8_LOCK 15 + +#define KEYMODBIT_CAPS_LOCK 16 +#define KEYMODBIT_NUM_LOCK 17 +#define KEYMODBIT_SCROLL_LOCK 18 + +#define KEYMOD_SHIFT (1 << KEYMODBIT_SHIFT) +#define KEYMOD_CTRL (1 << KEYMODBIT_CTRL) +#define KEYMOD_ALT (1 << KEYMODBIT_ALT) +#define KEYMOD_ALTGR (1 << KEYMODBIT_ALTGR) +#define KEYMOD_SHL3 (1 << KEYMODBIT_SHL3) +#define KEYMOD_MOD6 (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD6) +#define KEYMOD_MOD7 (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD7) +#define KEYMOD_MOD8 (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD8) + +#define KEYMOD_SHIFT_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_SHIFT_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_CTRL_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_CTRL_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_ALT_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_ALT_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_ALTGR_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_ALTGR_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_SHL3_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_SHL3_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_MOD6_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD6_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_MOD7_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD7_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_MOD8_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_MOD8_LOCK) + +#define KEYMOD_CAPS_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_CAPS_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_NUM_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_NUM_LOCK) +#define KEYMOD_SCROLL_LOCK (1 << KEYMODBIT_SCROLL_LOCK) + +/* + * Keyboard flags + */ +#define KEY_DOWN 0x00000001 /* Key was pressed down */ +#define KEY_REPEAT 0x00000002 /* Key was repeated */ +#define KEY_SCAN_VALID 0x00000020 /* Scancode is valid */ +#define KEY_SYM_VALID 0x00000040 /* Key symbol is valid */ +#define KEY_CAP_VALID 0x00000080 /* Key cap is valid */ +#define KEY_DEAD 0x40000000 /* Key symbol is a DEAD key */ +#define KEY_OEM_CAP 0x80000000 /* Key cap is an OEM scan code from keyboard */ + +#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2b41eb09f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <termios.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <malloc.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include "qnx/vbios.h" +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ +#include <sys/seginfo.h> +#include <sys/console.h> +#include <conio.h> +#include <i86.h> +#else +#include <sys/neutrino.h> +#include <sys/dcmd_chr.h> +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL; /* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +static VBIOSregs_t *VRegs = NULL; /* Pointer to VBIOS registers */ +static int raw_count = 0; +static struct _console_ctrl *cc = NULL; +static int console_count = 0; +static int rmbuf_inuse = 0; + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + char *force; + + if (VRegs == NULL) { +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + ThreadCtl(_NTO_TCTL_IO, 0); /* Get IO privilidge */ +#endif + force = getenv("VBIOS_METHOD"); + VRegs = VBIOSinit(force ? atoi(force) : 0); + } +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + MTRR_init(); +#endif +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return VRegs != NULL; } + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_QNX; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '/') { + s[pos] = '/'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +static void ExitVBEBuf(void) +{ + if (VESABuf_ptr) + PM_freeRealSeg(VESABuf_ptr); + VESABuf_ptr = 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf(uint *len,uint *rseg,uint *roff) +{ + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + atexit(ExitVBEBuf); + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +static int term_raw(void) +{ + struct termios termios_p; + + if (raw_count++ > 0) + return 0; + + /* Go into "raw" input mode */ + if (tcgetattr(STDIN_FILENO, &termios_p)) + return -1; + + termios_p.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + termios_p.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + termios_p.c_lflag &= ~( ECHO|ICANON|ISIG|ECHOE|ECHOK|ECHONL); + tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &termios_p); + return 0; +} + +static void term_restore(void) +{ + struct termios termios_p; + + if (raw_count-- != 1) + return; + + tcgetattr(STDIN_FILENO, &termios_p); + termios_p.c_lflag |= (ECHO|ICANON|ISIG|ECHOE|ECHOK|ECHONL); + termios_p.c_oflag |= (OPOST); + tcsetattr(STDIN_FILENO, TCSADRAIN, &termios_p); +} + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + int blocking, c; + + if (term_raw() == -1) + return 0; + + /* Go into non blocking mode */ + blocking = fcntl(STDIN_FILENO, F_GETFL) | O_NONBLOCK; + fcntl(STDIN_FILENO, F_SETFL, blocking); + c = getc(stdin); + + /* restore blocking mode */ + fcntl(STDIN_FILENO, F_SETFL, blocking & ~O_NONBLOCK); + term_restore(); + if (c != EOF) { + ungetc(c, stdin); + return c; + } + clearerr(stdin); + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + int c; + + if (term_raw() == -1) + return (0); + c = getc(stdin); +#if defined(__QNX__) && !defined(__QNXNTO__) + if (c == 0xA) + c = 0x0D; + else if (c == 0x7F) + c = 0x08; +#endif + term_restore(); + return c; +} + +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hwndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + int fd; + + if (console_count++) + return 0; + if ((fd = open("/dev/con1", O_RDWR)) == -1) + return -1; + cc = console_open(fd, O_RDWR); + close(fd); + if (cc == NULL) + return -1; +#endif + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + return PM_getVGAStateSize() + sizeof(int) * 3; +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,int console_id) +{ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + int fd; + int flags; + + if ((fd = open("/dev/con1", O_RDWR)) == -1) + return; + flags = _CONCTL_INVISIBLE_CHG | _CONCTL_INVISIBLE; + devctl(fd, DCMD_CHR_SERCTL, &flags, sizeof flags, 0); + close(fd); +#else + uchar *buf = &((uchar*)stateBuf)[PM_getVGAStateSize()]; + + /* Save QNX 4 console state */ + console_read(cc, -1, 0, NULL, 0, + (int *)buf+1, (int *)buf+2, NULL); + *(int *)buf = console_ctrl(cc, -1, + CONSOLE_NORESIZE | CONSOLE_NOSWITCH | CONSOLE_INVISIBLE, + CONSOLE_NORESIZE | CONSOLE_NOSWITCH | CONSOLE_INVISIBLE); + + /* Save state of VGA registers */ + PM_saveVGAState(stateBuf); +#endif +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback(int (_ASMAPIP saveState)(int flags)) +{ + /* TODO: Implement support for console switching if possible */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + int fd; + int flags; + + if ((fd = open("/dev/con1", O_RDWR)) == -1) + return; + flags = _CONCTL_INVISIBLE_CHG; + devctl(fd, DCMD_CHR_SERCTL, &flags, sizeof flags, 0); + close(fd); +#else + uchar *buf = &((uchar*)stateBuf)[PM_getVGAStateSize()]; + + /* Restore the state of the VGA compatible registers */ + PM_restoreVGAState(stateBuf); + + /* Restore QNX 4 console state */ + console_ctrl(cc, -1, *(int *)buf, + CONSOLE_NORESIZE | CONSOLE_NOSWITCH | CONSOLE_INVISIBLE); + console_write(cc, -1, 0, NULL, 0, + (int *)buf+1, (int *)buf+2, NULL); +#endif +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + if (--console_count == 0) { + console_close(cc); + cc = NULL; + } +#endif +} + +void PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + if (!cc) + return; +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + console_write(cc, -1, 0, NULL, 0, &y, &x, NULL); +#endif +} + +void PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler ih, int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for QNX + return false; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for QNX +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for QNX +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return '/'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return PM_getNucleusConfigPath(); } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + char *env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH"); +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +#ifdef __X86__ + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/x86/bin"; +#elif defined (__PPC__) + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/ppcbe/bin"; +#elif defined (__MIPS__) +#ifdef __BIGENDIAN__ + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/mipsbe/bin"; +#else + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/mipsle/bin"; +#endif +#elif defined (__SH__) +#ifdef __BIGENDIAN__ + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/shbe/bin"; +#else + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/shle/bin"; +#endif +#elif defined (__ARM__) + return env ? env : "/nto/scitech/armle/bin"; +#endif +#else /* QNX 4 */ + return env ? env : "/qnx4/scitech/bin"; +#endif +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[512]; + char *env; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + char temp[64]; + gethostname(temp, sizeof (temp)); + temp[sizeof (temp) - 1] = '\0'; /* Paranoid */ + sprintf(path,"/etc/config/scitech/%s/config", temp); +#else + sprintf(path,"/etc/config/scitech/%d/config", getnid()); +#endif + if ((env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH")) != NULL) { + strcpy(path,env); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + } + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + static char buf[128]; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + gethostname(buf, sizeof (buf)); +#else + sprintf(buf,"node%d", getnid()); +#endif + return buf; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char buf[128]; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + gethostname(buf, sizeof (buf)); +#else + sprintf(buf,"node%d", getnid()); +#endif + return buf; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + return PM_mapRealPointer(0, 0x400); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + static void *ptr = NULL; + void *freeptr; + unsigned offset, i, maplen; + + if (ptr != NULL) + return ptr; + + /* Some trickery is required to get the linear address 64K aligned */ + for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) { + ptr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); + offset = 0x10000 - ((unsigned)ptr % 0x10000); + if (!offset) + break; + munmap(ptr, 0x10000); + maplen = 0x10000 + offset; + freeptr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000-offset, maplen-1,true); + ptr = (void *)(offset + (unsigned)freeptr); + if (0x10000 - ((unsigned)ptr % 0x10000)) + break; + munmap(freeptr, maplen); + } + if (i == 5) { + printf("Could not get a 64K aligned linear address for A0000 region\n"); + exit(1); + } + return ptr; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + uchar_t *p; + unsigned o; + unsigned prot = PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|(isCached?0:PROT_NOCACHE); +#ifdef __PAGESIZE + int pagesize = __PAGESIZE; +#else + int pagesize = 4096; +#endif + int rounddown = base % pagesize; +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + static int __VidFD = -1; +#endif + + if (rounddown) { + if (base < rounddown) + return NULL; + base -= rounddown; + limit += rounddown; + } + +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + if (__VidFD < 0) { + if ((__VidFD = shm_open( "Physical", O_RDWR, 0777 )) == -1) { + perror( "Cannot open Physical memory" ); + exit(1); + } + } + o = base & 0xFFF; + limit = (limit + o + 0xFFF) & ~0xFFF; + if ((int)(p = mmap( 0, limit, prot, MAP_SHARED, + __VidFD, base )) == -1 ) { + return NULL; + } + p += o; +#else + if ((p = mmap(0, limit, prot, MAP_PHYS | MAP_SHARED, + NOFD, base)) == MAP_FAILED) { + return (void *)-1; + } +#endif + return (p + rounddown); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + munmap(ptr,limit+1); +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return false; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + // TODO: Put the process to sleep for milliseconds +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *ptr) +{ + PM_free(ptr); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + void *p; + + PM_init(); + + if ((p = VBIOSgetmemptr(r_seg, r_off, VRegs)) == (void *)-1) + return NULL; + return p; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + if (size > 1024) { + printf("PM_allocRealSeg: can't handle %d bytes\n", size); + return 0; + } + if (rmbuf_inuse != 0) { + printf("PM_allocRealSeg: transfer area already in use\n"); + return 0; + } + PM_init(); + rmbuf_inuse = 1; + *r_seg = VBIOS_TransBufVSeg(VRegs); + *r_off = VBIOS_TransBufVOff(VRegs); + return (void*)VBIOS_TransBufPtr(VRegs); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + if (rmbuf_inuse == 0) { + printf("PM_freeRealSeg: nothing was allocated\n"); + return; + } + rmbuf_inuse = 0; +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return; + + VRegs->l.eax = regs->eax; + VRegs->l.ebx = regs->ebx; + VRegs->l.ecx = regs->ecx; + VRegs->l.edx = regs->edx; + VRegs->l.esi = regs->esi; + VRegs->l.edi = regs->edi; + + VBIOSint(intno, VRegs, 1024); + + regs->eax = VRegs->l.eax; + regs->ebx = VRegs->l.ebx; + regs->ecx = VRegs->l.ecx; + regs->edx = VRegs->l.edx; + regs->esi = VRegs->l.esi; + regs->edi = VRegs->l.edi; + regs->flags = VRegs->w.flags & 0x1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return 0; + + VRegs->l.eax = in->e.eax; + VRegs->l.ebx = in->e.ebx; + VRegs->l.ecx = in->e.ecx; + VRegs->l.edx = in->e.edx; + VRegs->l.esi = in->e.esi; + VRegs->l.edi = in->e.edi; + + VBIOSint(intno, VRegs, 1024); + + out->e.eax = VRegs->l.eax; + out->e.ebx = VRegs->l.ebx; + out->e.ecx = VRegs->l.ecx; + out->e.edx = VRegs->l.edx; + out->e.esi = VRegs->l.esi; + out->e.edi = VRegs->l.edi; + out->x.cflag = VRegs->w.flags & 0x1; + + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return 0; + + if (intno == 0x21) { + time_t today = time(NULL); + struct tm *t; + t = localtime(&today); + out->x.cx = t->tm_year + 1900; + out->h.dh = t->tm_mon + 1; + out->h.dl = t->tm_mday; + return 0; + } + else { + VRegs->l.eax = in->e.eax; + VRegs->l.ebx = in->e.ebx; + VRegs->l.ecx = in->e.ecx; + VRegs->l.edx = in->e.edx; + VRegs->l.esi = in->e.esi; + VRegs->l.edi = in->e.edi; + VRegs->w.es = sregs->es; + VRegs->w.ds = sregs->ds; + + VBIOSint(intno, VRegs, 1024); + + out->e.eax = VRegs->l.eax; + out->e.ebx = VRegs->l.ebx; + out->e.ecx = VRegs->l.ecx; + out->e.edx = VRegs->l.edx; + out->e.esi = VRegs->l.esi; + out->e.edi = VRegs->l.edi; + out->x.cflag = VRegs->w.flags & 0x1; + sregs->es = VRegs->w.es; + sregs->ds = VRegs->w.ds; + + return out->x.ax; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode(uint seg,uint off, RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return; + + VRegs->l.eax = in->e.eax; + VRegs->l.ebx = in->e.ebx; + VRegs->l.ecx = in->e.ecx; + VRegs->l.edx = in->e.edx; + VRegs->l.esi = in->e.esi; + VRegs->l.edi = in->e.edi; + VRegs->w.es = sregs->es; + VRegs->w.ds = sregs->ds; + + VBIOScall(seg, off, VRegs, 1024); + + in->e.eax = VRegs->l.eax; + in->e.ebx = VRegs->l.ebx; + in->e.ecx = VRegs->l.ecx; + in->e.edx = VRegs->l.edx; + in->e.esi = VRegs->l.esi; + in->e.edi = VRegs->l.edi; + in->x.cflag = VRegs->w.flags & 0x1; + sregs->es = VRegs->w.es; + sregs->ds = VRegs->w.ds; +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + *physical = *total = _memavl(); +#endif +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + // TODO: Implement this on QNX + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + // TODO: Implement this on QNX +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + // TODO: Implement this on QNX + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + // TODO: Implement this on QNX +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankA(int bank) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return; + + VRegs->l.eax = 0x4F05; + VRegs->l.ebx = 0x0000; + VRegs->l.edx = bank; + VBIOSint(0x10, VRegs, 1024); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB(int bank) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return; + + VRegs->l.eax = 0x4F05; + VRegs->l.ebx = 0x0000; + VRegs->l.edx = bank; + VBIOSint(0x10, VRegs, 1024); + + VRegs->l.eax = 0x4F05; + VRegs->l.ebx = 0x0001; + VRegs->l.edx = bank; + VBIOSint(0x10, VRegs, 1024); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +{ + PM_init(); + if (VRegs == NULL) + return; + + VRegs->l.eax = 0x4F07; + VRegs->l.ebx = waitVRT; + VRegs->l.ecx = x; + VRegs->l.edx = y; + VBIOSint(0x10, VRegs, 1024); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *copyOfBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + (void)axVal; + (void)BIOSPhysAddr; + (void)copyOfBIOS; + (void)BIOSLen; + return false; +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + p = p; len = len; + return 1; +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this to load shared libraries! + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int level) +{ + // QNX handles IOPL selection at the program link level. + return level; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +#else + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; +#endif +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2740971f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/qnx/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: QNX +* +* Description: QNX specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Use the gettimeofday() function to get microsecond precision (probably less +though) +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + struct timespec ts; + clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts); + return (ts.tv_nsec / 1000 + ts.tv_sec * 1000000); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) tm->start.low = __ULZReadTime() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerLap(tm) (__ULZReadTime() - tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) tm->end.low = __ULZReadTime() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerCount(tm) (tm->end.low - tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d6dd44313 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: Module to implement OS specific services to measure the +* CPU frequency. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ibool havePerformanceCounter; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Increase the thread priority to maximum, if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +static int SetMaxThreadPriority(void) +{ + int oldPriority; + HANDLE hThread = GetCurrentThread(); + + oldPriority = GetThreadPriority(hThread); + if (oldPriority != THREAD_PRIORITY_ERROR_RETURN) + SetThreadPriority(hThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL); + return oldPriority; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original thread priority. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreThreadPriority( + int oldPriority) +{ + HANDLE hThread = GetCurrentThread(); + + if (oldPriority != THREAD_PRIORITY_ERROR_RETURN) + SetThreadPriority(hThread, oldPriority); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + if (!QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER*)freq)) { + havePerformanceCounter = false; + freq->low = 100000; + freq->high = 0; + } + else + havePerformanceCounter = true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + if (havePerformanceCounter) \ + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)t); \ + else { \ + (t)->low = timeGetTime() * 100; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ + } \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9aba21b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: Win32 implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0}; /* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under Win32 */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ return timeGetTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the message queue from Win32 into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + MSG msg; + MSG charMsg; + event_t evt; + + while (PeekMessage(&msg,NULL,0,0,PM_REMOVE)) { + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + switch (msg.message) { + case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK | EVT_DBLCLICK; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONUP: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN | EVT_DBLCLICK; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONUP: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: + if (HIWORD(msg.lParam) & KF_REPEAT) { + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + } + else { + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + } + break; + case WM_KEYUP: + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + break; + } + + /* Convert mouse event modifier flags */ + if (evt.what & EVT_MOUSEEVT) { + evt.where_x = msg.pt.x; + evt.where_y = msg.pt.y; + if (evt.what == EVT_MOUSEMOVE) { + if (oldMove != -1) { + evtq[oldMove].where_x = evt.where_x;/* Modify existing one */ + evtq[oldMove].where_y = evt.where_y; + evt.what = 0; + } + else { + oldMove = freeHead; /* Save id of this move event */ + } + } + else + oldMove = -1; + if (msg.wParam & MK_LBUTTON) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTBUT; + if (msg.wParam & MK_RBUTTON) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if (msg.wParam & MK_SHIFT) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_SHIFTKEY; + if (msg.wParam & MK_CONTROL) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + } + + /* Convert keyboard codes */ + TranslateMessage(&msg); + if (evt.what & EVT_KEYEVT) { + int scanCode = (msg.lParam >> 16) & 0xFF; + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYUP) { + /* Get message for keyup code from table of cached down values */ + evt.message = keyUpMsg[scanCode]; + keyUpMsg[scanCode] = 0; + } + else { + if (PeekMessage(&charMsg,NULL,WM_CHAR,WM_CHAR,PM_REMOVE)) + evt.message = charMsg.wParam; + if (PeekMessage(&charMsg,NULL,WM_SYSCHAR,WM_SYSCHAR,PM_REMOVE)) + evt.message = charMsg.wParam; + evt.message |= ((msg.lParam >> 8) & 0xFF00); + keyUpMsg[scanCode] = (ushort)evt.message; + } + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYREPEAT) + evt.message |= (msg.lParam << 16); + if (HIWORD(msg.lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_ALTSTATE; + if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000U) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_SHIFTKEY; + if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000U) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + oldMove = -1; + } + + if (evt.what != 0) { + /* Add time stamp and add the event to the queue */ + evt.when = msg.time; + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) { + addEvent(&evt); + } + } + DispatchMessage(&msg); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + /* Initialise the event queue */ + _mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_setMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + SetCursorPos(*x,*y); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Win32 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Win32 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1352dadad6 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define STRICT +#include <windows.h> +#include <mmsystem.h> diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6c1fbd8b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,701 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define STRICT +#include <windows.h> +#include <mmsystem.h> +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn -par +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +void MTRR_init(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + // TODO: dO any special init code in here. + MTRR_init(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the operating system type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ + return _OS_RTTARGET; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the runtime type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ + return PM_386; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a file directory separator to the end of the filename. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_backslash( + char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a user defined PM_fatalError cleanup function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Report a fatal error condition and halt the program. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_fatalError( + const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + // TODO: Display a fatal error message and exit! +// MessageBox(NULL,msg,"Fatal Error!", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION); + exit(1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate the real mode VESA transfer buffer for communicating with the BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + /* No BIOS access for the RTTarget */ + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Check if a key has been pressed. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + // TODO: Need to check if a key is waiting on the keyboard queue + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Wait for and return the next keypress. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + // TODO: Need to obtain the next keypress, and block until one is hit + return 0xD; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the location of the OS console cursor. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + /* Nothing to do for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the width of the OS console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + /* Nothing to do for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock handler (used for software stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler( + PM_intHandler ih, + int frequency) +{ + /* Not supported for RTTarget-32 */ + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + /* Not supported under RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original real time clock handler. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + /* Not supported under RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the current operating system path or working directory. +****************************************************************************/ +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the drive letter for the boot drive. +****************************************************************************/ +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + return 'c'; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the VBE/AF driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + return "c:\\"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + // TODO: Point this at the path when the Nucleus drivers will be found + return "c:\\nucleus"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus configuration files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a unique identifier for the machine if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + return PM_getMachineName(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the name of the machine on the network. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + /* Not necessary for RTTarget-32 */ + return "Unknown"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to 0xA0000 physical VGA graphics framebuffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + static void *bankPtr; + if (!bankPtr) + bankPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); + return bankPtr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a physical address to a linear address in the callers process. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + // TODO: Map a physical memory address to a linear address + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a physical address mapping allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + // TODO: Free the physical address mapping +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + Sleep(milliseconds); +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of (unnamed) shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared( + void *ptr) +{ + PM_free(ptr); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a linear memory address to the calling process address space. The +address will have been allocated in another process using the +PM_mapPhysicalAddr function. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + return base; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a real mode pointer to a protected mode pointer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of real mode memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of real mode memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt (parameters in DPMI compatible structure) +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a real mode far function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the amount of available memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + // TODO: Figure out how to determine the available memory. Not entirely + // critical so returning 0 is OK. + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of locked, physical memory for DMA operations. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + // TODO: Allocate a block of locked, phsyically contigous memory for DMA + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + + ibool contiguous) +{ + // TODO: Free a locked memory buffer +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankA( + int bank) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB( + int bank) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display start address. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart( + int x, + int y, + int waitVRT) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Execute the POST on the secondary BIOS for a controller. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS) +{ + /* Not used for RTTarget-32 */ + return false; +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this to load shared libraries! + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should start a directory enumeration search + // given the filename (with wildcards). The data should be + // converted and returned in the findData standard form. + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + ulong handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the next file in directory enumeration + // search given the search criteria defined in the call to + // PM_findFirstFile. The data should be converted and returned + // in the findData standard form. + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + ulong handle) +{ + // TODO: This function should close the find process. This may do + // nothing for some OS'es. + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + if (drive == 3) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + (void)drive; + getcwd(dir,len); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + // TODO: Set the file attributes for a file + (void)filename; + (void)attrib; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return mkdir(filename) == 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return rmdir(filename) == 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd9dfe6826 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn -par +#endif + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..52472c385a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/rttarget/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: RTTarget-32 +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static CPU_largeInteger countFreq; +static ibool havePerformanceCounter; +static ulong start,finish; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ +#ifdef NO_ASSEMBLER + havePerformanceCounter = false; +#else + havePerformanceCounter = QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER*)&countFreq); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOn( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + if (havePerformanceCounter) + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tm->start); + else + tm->start.low = timeGetTime(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmLap,tmCount; + + if (havePerformanceCounter) { + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tmLap); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tmLap,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); + } + else { + tmLap.low = timeGetTime(); + return (tmLap.low - tm->start.low) * 1000L; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Stop the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOff( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + if (havePerformanceCounter) + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tm->end); + else + tm->end.low = timeGetTime(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time in microseconds between start and end timings. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + if (havePerformanceCounter) { + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); + } + else + return (tm->end.low - tm->start.low) * 1000L; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1000 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer from the OS +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ return timeGetTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_event.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_event.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da62b1f712 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_event.asm @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler +;* Environment: IBM PC (MS DOS) +;* +;* Description: Assembly language support routines for the event module. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + ideal + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +ifdef flatmodel + +header _event ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _event + + cextern _EVT_biosPtr,DPTR + + cpublic _EVT_dataStart + +ifdef USE_NASM +%define KB_HEAD WORD esi+01Ah ; Keyboard buffer head in BIOS data area +%define KB_TAIL WORD esi+01Ch ; Keyboard buffer tail in BIOS data area +%define KB_START WORD esi+080h ; Start of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +%define KB_END WORD esi+082h ; End of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +else +KB_HEAD EQU WORD esi+01Ah ; Keyboard buffer head in BIOS data area +KB_TAIL EQU WORD esi+01Ch ; Keyboard buffer tail in BIOS data area +KB_START EQU WORD esi+080h ; Start of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +KB_END EQU WORD esi+082h ; End of keyboard buffer in BIOS data area +endif + + cpublic _EVT_dataEnd + +enddataseg _event + +begcodeseg _event ; Start of code segment + + cpublic _EVT_codeStart + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_getKeyCode(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the key code for the next available key by extracting it from +; the BIOS keyboard buffer. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_getKeyCode + + enter_c + + mov esi,[_EVT_biosPtr] + xor ebx,ebx + xor eax,eax + mov bx,[KB_HEAD] + cmp bx,[KB_TAIL] + jz @@Done + xor eax,eax + mov ax,[esi+ebx] ; EAX := character from keyboard buffer + inc _bx + inc _bx + cmp bx,[KB_END] ; Hit the end of the keyboard buffer? + jl @@1 + mov bx,[KB_START] +@@1: mov [KB_HEAD],bx ; Update keyboard buffer head pointer + +@@Done: leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _EVT_disableInt(void); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Return processor interrupt status and disable interrupts. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_disableInt + + pushf ; Put flag word on stack + cli ; Disable interrupts! + pop eax ; deposit flag word in return register + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _EVT_restoreInt(int ps); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Restore processor interrupt status. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _EVT_restoreInt + + ARG ps:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp ; Set up stack frame + push [DWORD ps] + popf ; Restore processor status (and interrupts) + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int EVT_rdinx(int port,int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads an indexed register value from an I/O port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart EVT_rdinx + + ARG port:UINT, index:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov edx,[port] + mov al,[BYTE index] + out dx,al + inc dx + in al,dx + movzx eax,al + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void EVT_wrinx(int port,int index,int value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Writes an indexed register value to an I/O port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart EVT_wrinx + + ARG port:UINT, index:UINT, value:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + mov edx,[port] + mov al,[BYTE index] + mov ah,[BYTE value] + out dx,ax + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + + cpublic _EVT_codeEnd + +endcodeseg _event + +endif + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_lztimer.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_lztimer.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..068eea65d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_lztimer.asm @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: NASM or TASM Assembler +;* Environment: smx 32 bit intel CPU +;* +;* Description: SMX does not support 486's, so this module is not necessary. +;* +;* All registers and all flags are preserved by all routines, except +;* interrupts which are always turned on +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" + +header _lztimer + +begdataseg _lztimer + +enddataseg _lztimer + +begcodeseg _lztimer ; Start of code segment + +cprocstart LZ_disable + cli + ret +cprocend + +cprocstart LZ_enable + sti + ret +cprocend + +endcodeseg _lztimer + + END diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pm.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pm.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c7cb21864 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pm.asm @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* SMX. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pm ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _pm + + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + +intel_id db "GenuineIntel" ; Intel vendor ID + +enddataseg _pm + +begcodeseg _pm ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_segread(PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the current value of all segment registers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_segread + + ARG sregs:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov ax,es + _les _si,[sregs] + mov [_ES _si],ax + mov [_ES _si+2],cs + mov [_ES _si+4],ss + mov [_ES _si+6],ds + mov [_ES _si+8],fs + mov [_ES _si+10],gs + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +; Create a table of the 256 different interrupt calls that we can jump +; into + +ifdef USE_NASM + +%assign intno 0 + +intTable: +%rep 256 + db 0CDh + db intno +%assign intno intno + 1 + ret + nop +%endrep + +else + +intno = 0 + +intTable: + REPT 256 + db 0CDh + db intno +intno = intno + 1 + ret + nop + ENDM + +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_genInt - Generate the appropriate interrupt +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocnear _PM_genInt + + push _ax ; Save _ax + push _bx ; Save _bx + mov ebx,[UINT esp+12] ; EBX := interrupt number + mov _ax,offset intTable ; Point to interrupt generation table + shl _bx,2 ; _BX := index into table + add _ax,_bx ; _AX := pointer to interrupt code + xchg eax,[esp+4] ; Restore eax, and set for int + pop _bx ; restore _bx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_int386x(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out,PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Issues a software interrupt in protected mode. This routine has been +; written to allow user programs to load CS and DS with different values +; other than the default. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_int386x + + ARG intno:UINT, inptr:DPTR, outptr:DPTR, sregs:DPTR + + LOCAL flags:UINT, sv_ds:UINT, sv_esi:ULONG = LocalSize + + enter_c + push ds + push es ; Save segment registers + push fs + push gs + + _lds _si,[sregs] ; DS:_SI -> Load segment registers + mov es,[_si] + mov bx,[_si+6] + mov [sv_ds],_bx ; Save value of user DS on stack + mov fs,[_si+8] + mov gs,[_si+10] + + _lds _si,[inptr] ; Load CPU registers + mov eax,[_si] + mov ebx,[_si+4] + mov ecx,[_si+8] + mov edx,[_si+12] + mov edi,[_si+20] + mov esi,[_si+16] + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push _bp ; Some interrupts trash this! + clc ; Generate the interrupt + push [UINT intno] + mov ds,[WORD sv_ds] ; Set value of user's DS selector + call _PM_genInt + pop _bp ; Pop intno from stack (flags unchanged) + pop _bp ; Restore value of stack frame pointer + pop ds ; Restore value of DS + + pushf ; Save flags for later + pop [UINT flags] + push esi ; Save ESI for later + pop [DWORD sv_esi] + push ds ; Save DS for later + pop [UINT sv_ds] + + _lds _si,[outptr] ; Save CPU registers + mov [_si],eax + mov [_si+4],ebx + mov [_si+8],ecx + mov [_si+12],edx + push [DWORD sv_esi] + pop [DWORD _si+16] + mov [_si+20],edi + + mov _bx,[flags] ; Return flags + and ebx,1h ; Isolate carry flag + mov [_si+24],ebx ; Save carry flag status + + _lds _si,[sregs] ; Save segment registers + mov [_si],es + mov _bx,[sv_ds] + mov [_si+6],bx ; Get returned DS from stack + mov [_si+8],fs + mov [_si+10],gs + + pop gs ; Restore segment registers + pop fs + pop es + pop ds + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_saveDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Save the value of DS into a section of the code segment, so that we can +; quickly load this value at a later date in the PM_loadDS() routine from +; inside interrupt handlers etc. The method to do this is different +; depending on the DOS extender being used. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_saveDS + + mov [_PM_savedDS],ds ; Store away in data segment + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_loadDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Routine to load the DS register with the default value for the current +; DOS extender. Only the DS register is loaded, not the ES register, so +; if you wish to call C code, you will need to also load the ES register +; in 32 bit protected mode. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstartdll16 PM_loadDS + + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] ; We can access the proper DS through CS + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankA(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankA + + ARG bank:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + push ebx + mov _bx,0 + mov _ax,4F05h + mov _dx,[bank] + int 10h + pop ebx + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankAB(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankAB + + ARG bank:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + push ebx + mov _bx,0 + mov _ax,4F05h + mov _dx,[bank] + int 10h + mov _bx,1 + mov _ax,4F05h + mov _dx,[bank] + int 10h + pop ebx + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setCRTStart + + ARG x:UINT, y:UINT, waitVRT:UINT + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + push ebx + mov _bx,[waitVRT] + mov _cx,[x] + mov _dx,[y] + mov _ax,4F07h + int 10h + pop ebx + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int _PM_inp(int port) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Reads a byte from the specified port +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_inp + + ARG port:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + xor _ax,_ax + mov _dx,[port] + in al,dx + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_outp(int port,int value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Write a byte to the specified port. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_outp + + ARG port:UINT, value:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + mov _dx,[port] + mov _ax,[value] + out dx,al + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _PM_readCMOS(int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_readCMOS + + ARG index:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + mov ah,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + sti + mov al,ah ; Return value in AL + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_writeCMOS + + ARG index:UINT, value:UCHAR + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + mov al,[value] + out 71h,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + sti + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_getPDB - Return the Page Table Directory Base address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_getPDB + + mov eax,cr3 + and eax,0FFFFF000h + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_flushTLB - Flush the Translation Lookaside buffer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_flushTLB + + wbinvd ; Flush the CPU cache + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pm + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pmsmx.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pmsmx.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8352ce30c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_pmsmx.asm @@ -0,0 +1,933 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* SMX interrupt handling. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pmsmx ; Set up memory model + +; Define the size of our local stacks. For real mode code they cant be +; that big, but for 32 bit protected mode code we can make them nice and +; large so that complex C functions can be used. + +MOUSE_STACK EQU 4096 +TIMER_STACK EQU 4096 +KEY_STACK EQU 1024 +INT10_STACK EQU 1024 + +ifdef USE_NASM + +; Macro to load DS and ES registers with correct value. + +%imacro LOAD_DS 0 + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] +%endmacro + +; Note that interrupts we disable interrupts during the following stack +; %imacro for correct operation, but we do not enable them again. Normally +; these %imacros are used within interrupt handlers so interrupts should +; already be off. We turn them back on explicitly later if the user code +; needs them to be back on. + +; Macro to switch to a new local stack. + +%imacro NEWSTK 1 + cli + mov [seg_%1],ss + mov [ptr_%1],_sp + mov [TempSeg],ds + mov ss,[TempSeg] + mov _sp,offset %1 +%endmacro + +; %imacro to switch back to the old stack. + +%imacro RESTSTK 1 + cli + mov ss,[seg_%1] + mov _sp,[ptr_%1] +%endmacro + +; %imacro to swap the current stack with the one saved away. + +%imacro SWAPSTK 1 + cli + mov ax,ss + xchg ax,[seg_%1] + mov ss,ax + xchg _sp,[ptr_%1] +%endmacro + +else + +; Macro to load DS and ES registers with correct value. + +MACRO LOAD_DS + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] +ENDM + +; Note that interrupts we disable interrupts during the following stack +; macro for correct operation, but we do not enable them again. Normally +; these macros are used within interrupt handlers so interrupts should +; already be off. We turn them back on explicitly later if the user code +; needs them to be back on. + +; Macro to switch to a new local stack. + +MACRO NEWSTK stkname + cli + mov [seg_&stkname&],ss + mov [ptr_&stkname&],_sp + mov [TempSeg],ds + mov ss,[TempSeg] + mov _sp,offset stkname +ENDM + +; Macro to switch back to the old stack. + +MACRO RESTSTK stkname + cli + mov ss,[seg_&stkname&] + mov _sp,[ptr_&stkname&] +ENDM + +; Macro to swap the current stack with the one saved away. + +MACRO SWAPSTK stkname + cli + mov ax,ss + xchg ax,[seg_&stkname&] + mov ss,ax + xchg _sp,[ptr_&stkname&] +ENDM + +endif + +begdataseg _pmsmx + + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + cextern _PM_critHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_breakHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_timerHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_rtcHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_keyHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_key15Handler,CPTR + cextern _PM_mouseHandler,CPTR + cextern _PM_int10Handler,CPTR + + cextern _PM_ctrlCPtr,DPTR + cextern _PM_ctrlBPtr,DPTR + cextern _PM_critPtr,DPTR + + cextern _PM_prevTimer,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevRTC,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevKey,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevKey15,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevBreak,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevCtrlC,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevCritical,FCPTR + cextern _PM_prevRealTimer,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealRTC,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealKey,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealKey15,ULONG + cextern _PM_prevRealInt10,ULONG + +cpublic _PM_pmsmxDataStart + +; Allocate space for all of the local stacks that we need. These stacks +; are not very large, but should be large enough for most purposes +; (generally you want to handle these interrupts quickly, simply storing +; the information for later and then returning). If you need bigger +; stacks then change the appropriate value in here. + + ALIGN 4 + dclb MOUSE_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +MsStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_MsStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_MsStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb INT10_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +Int10Stack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_Int10Stack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_Int10Stack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb TIMER_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +TmStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_TmStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_TmStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + + ALIGN 4 + dclb TIMER_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +RtcStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_RtcStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_RtcStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment +RtcInside dw 0 ; Are we still handling current interrupt + + ALIGN 4 + dclb KEY_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +KyStack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_KyStack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_KyStack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment +KyInside dw 0 ; Are we still handling current interrupt + + ALIGN 4 + dclb KEY_STACK ; Space for local stack (small) +Ky15Stack: ; Stack starts at end! +ptr_Ky15Stack DUINT 0 ; Place to store old stack offset +seg_Ky15Stack dw 0 ; Place to store old stack segment + +TempSeg dw 0 ; Place to store stack segment + +cpublic _PM_pmsmxDataEnd + +enddataseg _pmsmx + +begcodeseg _pmsmx ; Start of code segment + +cpublic _PM_pmsmxCodeStart + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_mouseISR - Mouse interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Interrupt subroutine called by the mouse driver upon interrupts, to +; dispatch control to high level C based subroutines. Interrupts are on +; when we call the user code. +; +; It is _extremely_ important to save the state of the extended registers +; as these may well be trashed by the routines called from here and not +; restored correctly by the mouse interface module. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. For mouse handlers this is not a +; problem, as the mouse driver arbitrates calls to the user mouse +; handler for us. +; +; Entry: AX - Condition mask giving reason for call +; BX - Mouse button state +; CX - Horizontal cursor coordinate +; DX - Vertical cursor coordinate +; SI - Horizontal mickey value +; DI - Vertical mickey value +; +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_mouseISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + NEWSTK MsStack ; Switch to local stack + +; Call the installed high level C code routine + + clrhi dx ; Clear out high order values + clrhi cx + clrhi bx + clrhi ax + sgnhi si + sgnhi di + + push _di + push _si + push _dx + push _cx + push _bx + push _ax + sti ; Enable interrupts + call [CPTR _PM_mouseHandler] + _add sp,12,24 + + RESTSTK MsStack ; Restore previous stack + + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + ret ; We are done!! + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_timerISR - Timer interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the timer interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible, since a timer overrun will simply hang the +; system. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_timerISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + + NEWSTK TmStack ; Switch to local stack + call [CPTR _PM_timerHandler] + RESTSTK TmStack ; Restore previous stack + + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_chainPrevTimer - Chain to previous timer interrupt and return +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Chains to the previous timer interrupt routine and returns control +; back to the high level interrupt handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_chainPrevTimer + +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealTimer] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax + ret +else + SWAPSTK TmStack ; Swap back to previous stack + pushf ; Save state of interrupt flag + pushf ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevTimer] +else + call [_PM_prevTimer] +endif + popf ; Restore state of interrupt flag + SWAPSTK TmStack ; Swap back to C stack again + ret +endif + +cprocend + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_rtcISR - Real time clock interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the timer interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. Make sure your C code executes as +; quickly as possible, since a timer overrun will simply hang the +; system. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_rtcISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + +; Clear priority interrupt controller and re-enable interrupts so we +; dont lock things up for long. + + mov al,20h + out 0A0h,al + out 020h,al + +; Clear real-time clock timeout + + in al,70h ; Read CMOS index register + push _ax ; and save for later + IODELAYN 3 + mov al,0Ch + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + +; Call the C interrupt handler function + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + cmp [BYTE RtcInside],1 ; Check for mutual exclusion + je @@Exit + mov [BYTE RtcInside],1 + sti ; Re-enable interrupts + NEWSTK RtcStack ; Switch to local stack + call [CPTR _PM_rtcHandler] + RESTSTK RtcStack ; Restore previous stack + mov [BYTE RtcInside],0 + +@@Exit: pop _ax + out 70h,al ; Restore CMOS index register + popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_keyISR - keyboard interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the keyboard interrupt, to dispatch control +; to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all registers +; in this routine, and switch to a local stack. Interrupts are *off* +; when we call the user code. +; +; NOTE: This routine switches to a local stack before calling any C code, +; and hence is _not_ re-entrant. However we ensure within this routine +; mutual exclusion to the keyboard handling routine. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_keyISR + + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + pushad ; Save _all_ extended registers + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + + cmp [BYTE KyInside],1 ; Check for mutual exclusion + je @@Reissued + + mov [BYTE KyInside],1 + NEWSTK KyStack ; Switch to local stack + call [CPTR _PM_keyHandler] ; Call C code + RESTSTK KyStack ; Restore previous stack + mov [BYTE KyInside],0 + +@@Exit: popad ; Restore all extended registers + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +; When the BIOS keyboard handler needs to change the SHIFT status lights +; on the keyboard, in the process of doing this the keyboard controller +; re-issues another interrupt, while the current handler is still executing. +; If we recieve another interrupt while still handling the current one, +; then simply chain directly to the previous handler. +; +; Note that for most DOS extenders, the real mode interrupt handler that we +; install takes care of this for us. + +@@Reissued: +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax +else + pushf +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey] +else + call [_PM_prevKey] +endif +endif + jmp @@Exit + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_chainPrevkey - Chain to previous key interrupt and return +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Chains to the previous key interrupt routine and returns control +; back to the high level interrupt handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_chainPrevKey + +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax + ret +else + +; YIKES! For some strange reason, when execution returns from the +; previous keyboard handler, interrupts are re-enabled!! Since we expect +; interrupts to remain off during the duration of our handler, this can +; cause havoc. However our stack macros always turn off interrupts, so they +; will be off when we exit this routine. Obviously there is a tiny weeny +; window when interrupts will be enabled, but there is nothing we can +; do about this. + + SWAPSTK KyStack ; Swap back to previous stack + pushf ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey] +else + call [_PM_prevKey] +endif + SWAPSTK KyStack ; Swap back to C stack again + ret +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_key15ISR - Int 15h keyboard interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; This routine gets called if we have been called to handle the Int 15h +; keyboard interrupt callout from real mode. +; +; Entry: AX - Hardware scan code to process +; Exit: AX - Hardware scan code to process (0 to ignore) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_key15ISR + + push ds + push es + LOAD_DS + cmp ah,4Fh + jnz @@NotOurs ; Quit if not keyboard callout + + pushad + cld ; Clear direction flag + xor ah,ah ; AX := scan code + NEWSTK Ky15Stack ; Switch to local stack + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_key15Handler] ; Call C code + _add sp,2,4 + RESTSTK Ky15Stack ; Restore previous stack + test ax,ax + jz @@1 + stc ; Set carry to process as normal + jmp @@2 +@@1: clc ; Clear carry to ignore scan code +@@2: popad + jmp @@Exit ; We are done + +@@NotOurs: +ifdef TNT + push eax + push ebx + push ecx + pushfd ; Push flags on stack to simulate interrupt + mov ax,250Eh ; Call real mode procedure function + mov ebx,[_PM_prevRealKey15] + mov ecx,1 ; Copy real mode flags to real mode stack + int 21h ; Call the real mode code + popfd + pop ecx + pop ebx + pop eax +else + pushf +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_prevKey15] +else + call [_PM_prevKey15] +endif +endif +@@Exit: pop es + pop ds + retf 4 + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_breakISR - Control Break interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the Ctrl-Break interrupt. We simply set +; the Ctrl-Break flag to a 1 and leave (note that this is accessed through +; a far pointer, as it may well be located in conventional memory). +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_breakISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] + mov [UINT _ES _bx],1 + +; Run alternate break handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_breakHandler],0 + je @@Exit + + pushad + mov _ax,1 + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_breakHandler] ; Call C code + pop _ax + popad + +@@Exit: pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_ctrlBreakHit(int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the Ctrl-Break flag and possibly clears it. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_ctrlBreakHit + + ARG clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlBPtr] + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + mov _ax,[_ES _bx] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@Done + mov [UINT _ES _bx],0 + +@@Done: pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_ctrlCISR - Control Break interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Hardware interrupt handler for the Ctrl-C interrupt. We simply set +; the Ctrl-C flag to a 1 and leave (note that this is accessed through +; a far pointer, as it may well be located in conventional memory). +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_ctrlCISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] + mov [UINT _ES _bx],1 + +; Run alternate break handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_breakHandler],0 + je @@Exit + + pushad + mov _ax,0 + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_breakHandler] ; Call C code + pop _ax + popad + +@@Exit: pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + iretd + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_ctrlCHit(int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the Ctrl-C flag and possibly clears it. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_ctrlCHit + + ARG clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es + mov ebx,[_PM_ctrlCPtr] + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + mov _ax,[_ES _bx] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@Done + mov [UINT _ES _bx],0 + +@@Done: + pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PM_criticalISR - Control Error handler interrupt subroutine dispatcher +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Interrupt handler for the MSDOS Critical Error interrupt, to dispatch +; control to high level C based subroutines. We save the state of all +; registers in this routine, and switch to a local stack. We also pass +; the values of the AX and DI registers to the as pointers, so that the +; values can be modified before returning to MSDOS. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_criticalISR + + sti + push ds ; Save value of DS + push es + push _bx ; Save register values changed + cld ; Clear direction flag + + LOAD_DS ; Load DS register + mov ebx,[_PM_critPtr] + mov [_ES _bx],ax + mov [_ES _bx+2],di + +; Run alternate critical handler code if installed + + cmp [CPTR _PM_critHandler],0 + je @@NoAltHandler + + pushad + push _di + push _ax + call [CPTR _PM_critHandler] ; Call C code + _add sp,4,8 + popad + + pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +@@NoAltHandler: + mov ax,3 ; Tell MSDOS to fail the operation + pop _bx + pop es + pop ds + iret ; Return from interrupt + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_criticalError(int *axVal,int *diVal,int clearFlag) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the current state of the critical error flags, and the values that +; MSDOS passed in the AX and DI registers to our handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_criticalError + + ARG axVal:DPTR, diVal:DPTR, clearFlag:UINT + + enter_c + pushf ; Save interrupt status + push es + mov ebx,[_PM_critPtr] + cli ; No interrupts thanks! + xor _ax,_ax + xor _di,_di + mov ax,[_ES _bx] + mov di,[_ES _bx+2] + test [BYTE clearFlag],1 + jz @@NoClear + mov [ULONG _ES _bx],0 +@@NoClear: + _les _bx,[axVal] + mov [_ES _bx],_ax + _les _bx,[diVal] + mov [_ES _bx],_di + pop es + popf ; Restore interrupt status + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_setMouseHandler + + ARG mouseMask:UINT + + enter_c + push es + + mov ax,0Ch ; AX := Function 12 - install interrupt sub + mov _cx,[mouseMask] ; CX := mouse mask + mov _dx,offset _PM_mouseISR + push cs + pop es ; ES:_DX -> mouse handler + int 33h ; Call mouse driver + + pop es + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_mousePMCB(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Mouse realmode callback routine. Upon entry to this routine, we recieve +; the following from the DPMI server: +; +; Entry: DS:_SI -> Real mode stack at time of call +; ES:_DI -> Real mode register data structure +; SS:_SP -> Locked protected mode stack to use +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_mousePMCB + + pushad + mov eax,[es:_di+1Ch] ; Load register values from real mode + mov ebx,[es:_di+10h] + mov ecx,[es:_di+18h] + mov edx,[es:_di+14h] + mov esi,[es:_di+04h] + mov edi,[es:_di] + call _PM_mouseISR ; Call the mouse handler + popad + + mov ax,[ds:_si] + mov [es:_di+2Ah],ax ; Plug in return IP address + mov ax,[ds:_si+2] + mov [es:_di+2Ch],ax ; Plug in return CS value + add [WORD es:_di+2Eh],4 ; Remove return address from stack + iret ; Go back to real mode! + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_int10PMCB(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int10 realmode callback routine. Upon entry to this routine, we recieve +; the following from the DPMI server: +; +; Entry: DS:ESI -> Real mode stack at time of call +; ES:EDI -> Real mode register data structure +; SS:ESP -> Locked protected mode stack to use +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar _PM_int10PMCB + + pushad + push ds + push es + push fs + + pushfd + pop eax + mov [es:edi+20h],ax ; Save return flag status + mov ax,[ds:esi] + mov [es:edi+2Ah],ax ; Plug in return IP address + mov ax,[ds:esi+2] + mov [es:edi+2Ch],ax ; Plug in return CS value + add [WORD es:edi+2Eh],4 ; Remove return address from stack + +; Call the install int10 handler in protected mode. This function gets called +; with DS set to the current data selector, and ES:EDI pointing the the +; real mode DPMI register structure at the time of the interrupt. The +; handle must be written in assembler to be able to extract the real mode +; register values from the structure + + push es + pop fs ; FS:EDI -> real mode registers + LOAD_DS + NEWSTK Int10Stack ; Switch to local stack + + call [_PM_int10Handler] + + RESTSTK Int10Stack ; Restore previous stack + pop fs + pop es + pop ds + popad + iret ; Go back to real mode! + +cprocend + +cpublic _PM_pmsmxCodeEnd + +endcodeseg _pmsmx + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_vflat.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_vflat.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34985a9d8b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/_vflat.asm @@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Based on original code Copyright 1994 Otto Chrons +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or later +;* Environment: IBM PC 32 bit protected mode +;* +;* Description: Low level page fault handler for virtual linear framebuffers. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + JUMPS + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _vflat ; Set up memory model + +VFLAT_START EQU 0F0000000h +VFLAT_END EQU 0F03FFFFFh +PAGE_PRESENT EQU 1 +PAGE_NOTPRESENT EQU 0 +PAGE_READ EQU 0 +PAGE_WRITE EQU 2 + +ifdef DOS4GW + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; DOS4G/W flat linear framebuffer emulation. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +begdataseg _vflat + +; Near pointers to the page directory base and our page tables. All of +; this memory is always located in the first Mb of DOS memory. + +PDBR dd 0 ; Page directory base register (CR3) +accessPageAddr dd 0 +accessPageTable dd 0 + +; CauseWay page directory & 1st page table linear addresses. + +CauseWayDIRLinear dd 0 +CauseWay1stLinear dd 0 + +; Place to store a copy of the original Page Table Directory before we +; intialised our virtual buffer code. + +pageDirectory: resd 1024 ; Saved page table directory + +ValidCS dw 0 ; Valid CS for page faults +Ring0CS dw 0 ; Our ring 0 code selector +LastPage dd 0 ; Last page we mapped in +BankFuncBuf: resb 101 ; Place to store bank switch code +BankFuncPtr dd offset BankFuncBuf + +INT14Gate: +INT14Offset dd 0 ; eip of original vector +INT14Selector dw 0 ; cs of original vector + + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + cextern VF_haveCauseWay,BOOL + +enddataseg _vflat + +begcodeseg _vflat ; Start of code segment + + cextern VF_malloc,FPTR + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PF_handler64k - Page fault handler for 64k banks +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; The handler below is a 32 bit ring 0 page fault handler. It receives +; control immediately after any page fault or after an IRQ6 (hardware +; interrupt). This provides the fastest possible handling of page faults +; since it jump directly here. If this is a page fault, the number +; immediately on the stack will be an error code, at offset 4 will be +; the eip of the faulting instruction, at offset 8 will be the cs of the +; faulting instruction. If it is a hardware interrupt, it will not have +; the error code and the eflags will be at offset 8. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar PF_handler64k + +; Check if this is a processor exeception or a page fault + + push eax + mov ax,[cs:ValidCS] ; Use CS override to access data + cmp [ss:esp+12],ax ; Is this a page fault? + jne @@ToOldHandler ; Nope, jump to the previous handler + +; Get address of page fault and check if within our handlers range + + mov eax,cr2 ; EBX has page fault linear address + cmp eax,VFLAT_START ; Is the fault less than ours? + jb @@ToOldHandler ; Yep, go to previous handler + cmp eax,VFLAT_END ; Is the fault more than ours? + jae @@ToOldHandler ; Yep, go to previous handler + +; This is our page fault, so we need to handle it + + pushad + push ds + push es + mov ebx,eax ; EBX := page fault address + and ebx,invert 0FFFFh ; Mask to 64k bank boundary + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS]; Load segment registers + mov es,[cs:_PM_savedDS] + +; Map in the page table for our virtual framebuffer area for modification + + mov edi,[PDBR] ; EDI points to page directory + mov edx,ebx ; EDX = linear address + shr edx,22 ; EDX = offset to page directory + mov edx,[edx*4+edi] ; EDX = physical page table address + mov eax,edx + mov edx,[accessPageTable] + or eax,7 + mov [edx],eax + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + +; Mark all pages valid for the new page fault area + + mov esi,ebx ; ESI := linear address for page + shr esi,10 + and esi,0FFFh ; Offset into page table + add esi,[accessPageAddr] +ifdef USE_NASM +%assign off 0 +%rep 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0000000001h ; Enable pages +%assign off off+4 +%endrep +else +off = 0 +REPT 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0000000001h ; Enable pages +off = off+4 +ENDM +endif + +; Mark all pages invalid for the previously mapped area + + xchg esi,[LastPage] ; Save last page for next page fault + test esi,esi + jz @@DoneMapping ; Dont update if first time round +ifdef USE_NASM +%assign off 0 +%rep 16 + or [DWORD esi+off],0FFFFFFFEh ; Disable pages +%assign off off+4 +%endrep +else +off = 0 +REPT 16 + and [DWORD esi+off],0FFFFFFFEh ; Disable pages +off = off+4 +ENDM +endif + +@@DoneMapping: + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + +; Now program the new SuperVGA starting bank address + + mov eax,ebx ; EAX := page fault address + shr eax,16 + and eax,0FFh ; Mask to 0-255 + call [BankFuncPtr] ; Call the bank switch function + + pop es + pop ds + popad + pop eax + add esp,4 ; Pop the error code from stack + iretd ; Return to faulting instruction + +@@ToOldHandler: + pop eax +ifdef USE_NASM + jmp far dword [cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +else + jmp [FWORD cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; PF_handler4k - Page fault handler for 4k banks +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; The handler below is a 32 bit ring 0 page fault handler. It receives +; control immediately after any page fault or after an IRQ6 (hardware +; interrupt). This provides the fastest possible handling of page faults +; since it jump directly here. If this is a page fault, the number +; immediately on the stack will be an error code, at offset 4 will be +; the eip of the faulting instruction, at offset 8 will be the cs of the +; faulting instruction. If it is a hardware interrupt, it will not have +; the error code and the eflags will be at offset 8. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocfar PF_handler4k + +; Fill in when we have tested all the 64Kb code + +ifdef USE_NASM + jmp far dword [cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +else + jmp [FWORD cs:INT14Gate]; Chain to previous handler +endif + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void InstallFaultHandler(void *baseAddr,int bankSize) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Installes the page fault handler directly int the interrupt descriptor +; table for maximum performance. This of course requires ring 0 access, +; but none of this stuff will run without ring 0! +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InstallFaultHandler + + ARG baseAddr:ULONG, bankSize:UINT + + enter_c + + mov [DWORD LastPage],0 ; No pages have been mapped + mov ax,cs + mov [ValidCS],ax ; Save CS value for page faults + +; Put address of our page fault handler into the IDT directly + + sub esp,6 ; Allocate space on stack +ifdef USE_NASM + sidt [ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +else + sidt [FWORD ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +endif + pop ax ; add esp,2 + pop eax ; Absolute address of IDT + add eax,14*8 ; Point to Int #14 + +; Note that Interrupt gates do not have the high and low word of the +; offset in adjacent words in memory, there are 4 bytes separating them. + + mov ecx,[eax] ; Get cs and low 16 bits of offset + mov edx,[eax+6] ; Get high 16 bits of offset in dx + shl edx,16 + mov dx,cx ; edx has offset + mov [INT14Offset],edx ; Save offset + shr ecx,16 + mov [INT14Selector],cx ; Save original cs + mov [eax+2],cs ; Install new cs + mov edx,offset PF_handler64k + cmp [UINT bankSize],4 + jne @@1 + mov edx,offset PF_handler4k +@@1: mov [eax],dx ; Install low word of offset + shr edx,16 + mov [eax+6],dx ; Install high word of offset + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void RemoveFaultHandler(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Closes down the virtual framebuffer services and restores the previous +; page fault handler. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart RemoveFaultHandler + + enter_c + +; Remove page fault handler from IDT + + sub esp,6 ; Allocate space on stack +ifdef USE_NASM + sidt [ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +else + sidt [FWORD ss:esp] ; Store pointer to IDT +endif + + pop ax ; add esp,2 + pop eax ; Absolute address of IDT + add eax,14*8 ; Point to Int #14 + mov cx,[INT14Selector] + mov [eax+2],cx ; Restore original CS + mov edx,[INT14Offset] + mov [eax],dx ; Install low word of offset + shr edx,16 + mov [eax+6],dx ; Install high word of offset + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void InstallBankFunc(int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Installs the bank switch function by relocating it into our data segment +; and making it into a callable function. We do it this way to make the +; code identical to the way that the VflatD devices work under Windows. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InstallBankFunc + + ARG codeLen:UINT, bankFunc:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov esi,[bankFunc] ; Copy the code into buffer + mov edi,offset BankFuncBuf + mov ecx,[codeLen] + rep movsb + mov [BYTE edi],0C3h ; Terminate the function with a near ret + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int InitPaging(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Initializes paging system. If paging is not enabled, builds a page table +; directory and page tables for physical memory +; +; Exit: 0 - Successful +; -1 - Couldn't initialize paging mechanism +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart InitPaging + + push ebx + push ecx + push edx + push esi + push edi + +; Are we running under CauseWay? + + mov ax,0FFF9h + int 31h + jc @@NotCauseway + cmp ecx,"CAUS" + jnz @@NotCauseway + cmp edx,"EWAY" + jnz @@NotCauseway + + mov [BOOL VF_haveCauseWay],1 + mov [CauseWayDIRLinear],esi + mov [CauseWay1stLinear],edi + +; Check for DPMI + + mov ax,0ff00h + push es + int 31h + pop es + shr edi,2 + and edi,3 + cmp edi,2 + jz @@ErrExit ; Not supported under DPMI + + mov eax,[CauseWayDIRLinear] + jmp @@CopyCR3 + +@@NotCauseway: + mov ax,cs + test ax,3 ; Which ring are we running + jnz @@ErrExit ; Needs zero ring to access + ; page tables (CR3) + mov eax,cr0 ; Load CR0 + test eax,80000000h ; Is paging enabled? + jz @@ErrExit ; No, we must have paging! + + mov eax,cr3 ; Load directory address + and eax,0FFFFF000h + +@@CopyCR3: + mov [PDBR],eax ; Save it + mov esi,eax + mov edi,offset pageDirectory + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep movsd ; Copy the original page table directory + cmp [DWORD accessPageAddr],0; Check if we have allocated page + jne @@HaveRealMem ; table already (we cant free it) + + mov eax,0100h ; DPMI DOS allocate + mov ebx,8192/16 + int 31h ; Allocate 8192 bytes + and eax,0FFFFh + shl eax,4 ; EAX points to newly allocated memory + add eax,4095 + and eax,0FFFFF000h ; Page align + mov [accessPageAddr],eax + +@@HaveRealMem: + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] ; EAX -> page table in 1st Mb + shr eax,12 + and eax,3FFh ; Page table offset + shl eax,2 + cmp [BOOL VF_haveCauseWay],0 + jz @@NotCW0 + mov ebx,[CauseWay1stLinear] + jmp @@Put1st + +@@NotCW0: + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov ebx,[ebx] + and ebx,0FFFFF000h ; Page table for 1st megabyte + +@@Put1st: + add eax,ebx + mov [accessPageTable],eax + sub eax,eax ; No error + jmp @@Exit + +@@ErrExit: + mov eax,-1 + +@@Exit: pop edi + pop esi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void ClosePaging(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Closes the paging system +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart ClosePaging + + push eax + push ecx + push edx + push esi + push edi + + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] + call AccessPage ; Restore AccessPage mapping + mov edi,[PDBR] + mov esi,offset pageDirectory + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep movsd ; Restore the original page table directory + +@@Exit: pop edi + pop esi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop eax + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; long AccessPage(long phys) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Maps a known page to given physical memory +; Entry: EAX - Physical memory +; Exit: EAX - Linear memory address of mapped phys mem +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic AccessPage + + push edx + mov edx,[accessPageTable] + or eax,7 + mov [edx],eax + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + mov eax,[accessPageAddr] + pop edx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; long GetPhysicalAddress(long linear) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Returns the physical address of linear address +; Entry: EAX - Linear address to convert +; Exit: EAX - Physical address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic GetPhysicalAddress + + push ebx + push edx + mov edx,eax + shr edx,22 ; EDX is the directory offset + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov edx,[edx*4+ebx] ; Load page table address + push eax + mov eax,edx + call AccessPage ; Access the page table + mov edx,eax + pop eax + shr eax,12 + and eax,03FFh ; EAX offset into page table + mov eax,[edx+eax*4] ; Load physical address + and eax,0FFFFF000h + pop edx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void CreatePageTable(long pageDEntry) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Creates a page table for specific address (4MB) +; Entry: EAX - Page directory entry (top 10-bits of address) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstatic CreatePageTable + + push ebx + push ecx + push edx + push edi + mov ebx,eax ; Save address + mov eax,8192 + push eax + call VF_malloc ; Allocate page table directory + add esp,4 + add eax,0FFFh + and eax,0FFFFF000h ; Page align (4KB) + mov edi,eax ; Save page table linear address + sub eax,eax ; Fill with zero + mov ecx,1024 + cld + rep stosd ; Clear page table + sub edi,4096 + mov eax,edi + call GetPhysicalAddress + mov edx,[PDBR] + or eax,7 ; Present/write/user bit + mov [edx+ebx*4],eax ; Save physical address into page directory + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + pop edi + pop edx + pop ecx + pop ebx + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void MapPhysical2Linear(ulong pAddr, ulong lAddr, int pages, int flags); +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Maps physical memory into linear memory +; Entry: pAddr - Physical address +; lAddr - Linear address +; pages - Number of 4K pages to map +; flags - Page flags +; bit 0 = present +; bit 1 = Read(0)/Write(1) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart MapPhysical2Linear + + ARG pAddr:ULONG, lAddr:ULONG, pages:UINT, pflags:UINT + + enter_c + + and [ULONG pAddr],0FFFFF000h; Page boundary + and [ULONG lAddr],0FFFFF000h; Page boundary + mov ecx,[pflags] + and ecx,11b ; Just two bits + or ecx,100b ; Supervisor bit + mov [pflags],ecx + + mov edx,[lAddr] + shr edx,22 ; EDX = Directory + mov esi,[PDBR] + mov edi,[pages] ; EDI page count + mov ebx,[lAddr] + +@@CreateLoop: + mov ecx,[esi+edx*4] ; Load page table address + test ecx,1 ; Is it present? + jnz @@TableOK + mov eax,edx + call CreatePageTable ; Create a page table +@@TableOK: + mov eax,ebx + shr eax,12 + and eax,3FFh + sub eax,1024 + neg eax ; EAX = page count in this table + inc edx ; Next table + mov ebx,0 ; Next time we'll map 1K pages + sub edi,eax ; Subtract mapped pages from page count + jns @@CreateLoop ; Create more tables if necessary + + mov ecx,[pages] ; ECX = Page count + mov esi,[lAddr] + shr esi,12 ; Offset part isn't needed + mov edi,[pAddr] +@@MappingLoop: + mov eax,esi + shr eax,10 ; EAX = offset to page directory + mov ebx,[PDBR] + mov eax,[eax*4+ebx] ; EAX = page table address + call AccessPage + mov ebx,esi + and ebx,3FFh ; EBX = offset to page table + mov edx,edi + add edi,4096 ; Next physical address + inc esi ; Next linear page + or edx,[pflags] ; Update flags... + mov [eax+ebx*4],edx ; Store page table entry + loop @@MappingLoop + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Update page table cache + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _vflat + +endif + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5447e574ec --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development. +* +* Description: SMX specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External timing function */ + +void __ZTimerInit(void); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for DOS because we don't have thread priorities. +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for DOS because we don't have thread priorities. +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) (void)(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + ulong resolution; + + __ZTimerInit(); + ULZTimerResolution(&resolution); + freq->low = (ulong)(10000000000.0 / resolution); + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + (t)->low = ULZReadTime() * 10000L; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc13bbbe42 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development +* +* Description: 32-bit SMX implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "smx/ps2mouse.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +ibool _VARAPI _EVT_useEvents = true; /* True to use event handling */ +ibool _VARAPI _EVT_installed = 0; /* Event handers installed? */ +uchar _VARAPI *_EVT_biosPtr = NULL; /* Pointer to the BIOS data area */ +static ibool haveMouse = false; /* True if we have a mouse */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler functions */ + +void EVTAPI _EVT_pollJoystick(void); +uint EVTAPI _EVT_disableInt(void); +uint EVTAPI _EVT_restoreInt(uint flags); +void EVTAPI _EVT_codeStart(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_codeEnd(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeStart(void); +void EVTAPI _EVT_cCodeEnd(void); +int EVTAPI _EVT_getKeyCode(void); +int EVTAPI EVT_rdinx(int port,int index); +void EVTAPI EVT_wrinx(int port,int index,int value); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for DOS, because we are fully interrupt driven. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_pumpMessages() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + return (ulong)PM_getLong(_EVT_biosPtr+0x6C) * 55UL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Include generic raw scancode keyboard module. +****************************************************************************/ +#include "common/keyboard.c" + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Determines if we have a mouse attached and functioning. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool detectMouse(void) +{ + return(ps2Query()); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +what - Event code +message - Event message +x,y - Mouse position at time of event +but_stat - Mouse button status at time of event + +REMARKS: +Adds a new mouse event to the event queue. This routine is called from within +the mouse interrupt subroutine, so it must be efficient. + +NOTE: Interrupts MUST be OFF while this routine is called to ensure we have + mutually exclusive access to our internal data structures for + interrupt driven systems (like under DOS). +****************************************************************************/ +static void addMouseEvent( + uint what, + uint message, + int x, + int y, + int mickeyX, + int mickeyY, + uint but_stat) +{ + event_t evt; + + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) { + /* Save information in event record. */ + evt.when = _EVT_getTicks(); + evt.what = what; + evt.message = message; + evt.modifiers = but_stat; + evt.where_x = x; /* Save mouse event position */ + evt.where_y = y; + evt.relative_x = mickeyX; + evt.relative_y = mickeyY; + evt.modifiers |= EVT.keyModifiers; + addEvent(&evt); /* Add to tail of event queue */ + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mask - Event mask +butstate - Button state +x - Mouse x coordinate +y - Mouse y coordinate + +REMARKS: +Mouse event handling routine. This gets called when a mouse event occurs, +and we call the addMouseEvent() routine to add the appropriate mouse event +to the event queue. + +Note: Interrupts are ON when this routine is called by the mouse driver code. +//AM: NOTE: This function has not actually been ported from DOS yet and should not +//AM: be installed until it is. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EVTAPI mouseISR( + uint mask, + uint butstate, + int x, + int y, + int mickeyX, + int mickeyY) +{ + RMREGS regs; + uint ps; + + if (mask & 1) { + /* Save the current mouse coordinates */ + EVT.mx = x; EVT.my = y; + + /* If the last event was a movement event, then modify the last + * event rather than post a new one, so that the queue will not + * become saturated. Before we modify the data structures, we + * MUST ensure that interrupts are off. + */ + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + if (EVT.oldMove != -1) { + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_x = x; /* Modify existing one */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_y = y; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_x += mickeyX; + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_y += mickeyY; + } + else { + EVT.oldMove = EVT.freeHead; /* Save id of this move event */ + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEMOVE,0,x,y,mickeyX,mickeyY,butstate); + } + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + if (mask & 0x2A) { + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEDOWN,mask >> 1,x,y,0,0,butstate); + EVT.oldMove = -1; + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + if (mask & 0x54) { + ps = _EVT_disableInt(); + addMouseEvent(EVT_MOUSEUP,mask >> 2,x,y,0,0,butstate); + EVT.oldMove = -1; + _EVT_restoreInt(ps); + } + EVT.oldKey = -1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Keyboard interrupt handler function. + +NOTE: Interrupts are OFF when this routine is called by the keyboard ISR, + and we leave them OFF the entire time. This has been modified to work + in conjunction with smx keyboard handler. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EVTAPI keyboardISR(void) +{ + PM_chainPrevKey(); + processRawScanCode(PM_inpb(0x60)); + PM_outpb(0x20,0x20); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int i; + + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + _EVT_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + EVT_resume(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_resume(void) +{ + static int locked = 0; + int stat; + uchar mods; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + if (_EVT_useEvents) { + /* Initialise the event queue and enable our interrupt handlers */ + initEventQueue(); + PM_setKeyHandler(keyboardISR); + if ((haveMouse = detectMouse()) != 0) + PM_setMouseHandler(0xFFFF,mouseISR); + + /* Read the keyboard modifier flags from the BIOS to get the + * correct initialisation state. The only state we care about is + * the correct toggle state flags such as SCROLLLOCK, NUMLOCK and + * CAPSLOCK. + */ + EVT.keyModifiers = 0; + mods = PM_getByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17); + if (mods & 0x10) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_SCROLLLOCK; + if (mods & 0x20) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_NUMLOCK; + if (mods & 0x40) + EVT.keyModifiers |= EVT_CAPSLOCK; + + /* Lock all of the code and data used by our protected mode interrupt + * handling routines, so that it will continue to work correctly + * under real mode. + */ + if (!locked) { + /* It is difficult to ensure that we lock our global data, so we + * do this by taking the address of a variable locking all data + * 2Kb on either side. This should properly cover the global data + * used by the module (the other alternative is to declare the + * variables in assembler, in which case we know it will be + * correct). + */ + stat = !PM_lockDataPages(&EVT,sizeof(EVT),&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockDataPages(&_EVT_biosPtr,sizeof(_EVT_biosPtr),&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_EVT_cCodeStart,(int)_EVT_cCodeEnd-(int)_EVT_cCodeStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_EVT_codeStart,(int)_EVT_codeEnd-(int)_EVT_codeStart,&lh); + if (stat) { + PM_fatalError("Page locking services failed - interrupt handling not safe!"); + exit(1); + } + locked = 1; + } + + _EVT_installed = true; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + if (haveMouse) { + ps2MouseStop(); + ps2MouseStart( 0, xRes, 0, yRes, -1, -1, -1); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_setMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + if (haveMouse) + ps2MouseMove(*x, *y); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_suspend(void) +{ + uchar mods; + + if (_EVT_installed) { + PM_restoreKeyHandler(); + if (haveMouse) + PM_restoreMouseHandler(); + + /* Set the keyboard modifier flags in the BIOS to our values */ + EVT_allowLEDS(true); + mods = PM_getByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17) & ~0x70; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_SCROLLLOCK) + mods |= 0x10; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_NUMLOCK) + mods |= 0x20; + if (EVT.keyModifiers & EVT_CAPSLOCK) + mods |= 0x40; + PM_setByte(_EVT_biosPtr+0x17,mods); + + /* Flag that we are no longer installed */ + _EVT_installed = false; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_exit(void) +{ + EVT_suspend(); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ff8daa2a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development. +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6c95d688c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32 bit SMX embedded systems development. +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "ztimerc.h" +#include "event.h" +#include "mtrr.h" +#include "pm_help.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <dos.h> +#include <conio.h> +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#include <unistd.h> +#include <sys/nearptr.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#else +#include <direct.h> +#endif +#ifdef __BORLANDC__ +#pragma warn -par +#endif + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +typedef struct { + int oldMode; + int old50Lines; + } DOS_stateBuf; + +#define MAX_RM_BLOCKS 10 + +static struct { + void *p; + uint tag; + } rmBlocks[MAX_RM_BLOCKS]; + +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL; /* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; +ushort _VARAPI _PM_savedDS = 0; +static ulong PDB = 0,*pPDB = NULL; +static uint VXD_version = -1; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +ulong _ASMAPI _PM_getPDB(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_VxDCall(VXD_regs *regs,uint off,uint sel); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +External function to call the PMHELP helper VxD. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_VxDCall( + VXD_regs *regs) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +BCD coded version number of the VxD, or 0 if not loaded (ie: 0x202 - 2.2) + +REMARKS: +This function gets the version number for the VxD that we have connected to. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PMHELP_getVersion(void) +{ + return VXD_version = 0; +} + +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + MTRR_init(); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ +#ifndef REALMODE + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +#else + return PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED; +#endif +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return false; } + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_SMX; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void MGLOutput(char *); + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + MGLOutput(msg); +// No support for fprintf() under smx currently! +// fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +static void ExitVBEBuf(void) +{ + if (VESABuf_ptr) + PM_freeRealSeg(VESABuf_ptr); + VESABuf_ptr = 0; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf(uint *len,uint *rseg,uint *roff) +{ + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + atexit(ExitVBEBuf); + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int386(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return PM_int386x(intno,in,out,&sregs); +} + +/* Routines to set and get the real mode interrupt vectors, by making + * direct real mode calls to DOS and bypassing the DOS extenders API. + * This is the safest way to handle this, as some servers try to be + * smart about changing real mode vectors. + */ + +void PMAPI _PM_getRMvect(int intno, long *realisr) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.h.ah = 0x35; + regs.h.al = intno; + PM_int86x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + *realisr = ((long)sregs.es << 16) | regs.x.bx; +} + +void PMAPI _PM_setRMvect(int intno, long realisr) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.h.ah = 0x25; + regs.h.al = intno; + sregs.ds = (int)(realisr >> 16); + regs.x.dx = (int)(realisr & 0xFFFF); + PM_int86x(0x21, ®s, ®s, &sregs); +} + +void PMAPI _PM_addRealModeBlock(void *mem,uint tag) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_RM_BLOCKS; i++) { + if (rmBlocks[i].p == NULL) { + rmBlocks[i].p = mem; + rmBlocks[i].tag = tag; + return; + } + } + PM_fatalError("To many real mode memory block allocations!"); +} + +uint PMAPI _PM_findRealModeBlock(void *mem) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_RM_BLOCKS; i++) { + if (rmBlocks[i].p == mem) + return rmBlocks[i].tag; + } + PM_fatalError("Could not find prior real mode memory block allocation!"); + return 0; +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return 'C'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return "c:\\"; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + char *env; + + if ((env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH")) != NULL) + return env; + return "c:\\nucleus"; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ return "SMX"; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ return "SMX"; } + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + int hit; + event_t evt; + + hit = EVT_peekNext(&evt,EVT_KEYDOWN | EVT_KEYREPEAT); + EVT_flush(~(EVT_KEYDOWN | EVT_KEYREPEAT)); + return hit; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + event_t evt; + + EVT_halt(&evt,EVT_KEYDOWN); + return EVT_asciiCode(evt.message); +} + +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole(PM_HWND hwndUser,int device,int xRes,int yRes,int bpp,ibool fullScreen) +{ + /* Not used for SMX */ + (void)hwndUser; + (void)device; + (void)xRes; + (void)yRes; + (void)bpp; + (void)fullScreen; + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + return sizeof(DOS_stateBuf); +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + RMREGS regs; + DOS_stateBuf *sb = stateBuf; + + /* Save the old video mode state */ + regs.h.ah = 0x0F; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + sb->oldMode = regs.h.al & 0x7F; + sb->old50Lines = false; + if (sb->oldMode == 0x3) { + regs.x.ax = 0x1130; + regs.x.bx = 0; + regs.x.dx = 0; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + sb->old50Lines = (regs.h.dl == 42 || regs.h.dl == 49); + } + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback(int (_ASMAPIP saveState)(int flags)) +{ + /* Not used for SMX */ + (void)saveState; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + RMREGS regs; + const DOS_stateBuf *sb = stateBuf; + + /* Retore 50 line mode if set */ + if (sb->old50Lines) { + regs.x.ax = 0x1112; + regs.x.bx = 0; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + } + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Not used for SMX */ + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x50,x); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x51,y); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x4A,width); + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x4C,width*2); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x84,height-1); + if (height > 25) { + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x60,0x0607); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x85,0x08); + } + else { + PM_setWord(_biosPtr+0x60,0x0D0E); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x85,0x016); + } +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *ptr) +{ + PM_free(ptr); +} + +#define GetRMVect(intno,isr) *(isr) = ((ulong*)rmZeroPtr)[intno] +#define SetRMVect(intno,isr) ((ulong*)rmZeroPtr)[intno] = (isr) + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + static int firstTime = true; + static uchar *rmZeroPtr; + long Current10,Current6D,Current42; + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + + /* Create a zero memory mapping for us to use */ + if (firstTime) { + rmZeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0x7FFF,true); + firstTime = false; + } + + /* Remap the secondary BIOS to 0xC0000 physical */ + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000L || BIOSLen > 32768) { + /* SMX cannot virtually remap the BIOS, so we can only work if all + * the secondary controllers are identical, and we then use the + * BIOS on the first controller for all the remaining controllers. + * + * For OS'es that do virtual memory, and remapping of 0xC0000 + * physical (perhaps a copy on write mapping) should be all that + * is needed. + */ + return false; + } + + /* Save current handlers of int 10h and 6Dh */ + GetRMVect(0x10,&Current10); + GetRMVect(0x6D,&Current6D); + + /* POST the secondary BIOS */ + GetRMVect(0x42,&Current42); + SetRMVect(0x10,Current42); /* Restore int 10h to STD-BIOS */ + regs.x.ax = axVal; + PM_callRealMode(0xC000,0x0003,®s,&sregs); + + /* Restore current handlers */ + SetRMVect(0x10,Current10); + SetRMVect(0x6D,Current6D); + + /* Second the primary BIOS mappin 1:1 for 0xC0000 physical */ + if (BIOSPhysAddr != 0xC0000L) { + /* SMX does not support this */ + (void)mappedBIOS; + } + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + ulong microseconds = milliseconds * 1000L; + LZTimerObject tm; + + LZTimerOnExt(&tm); + while (LZTimerLapExt(&tm) < microseconds) + ; + LZTimerOffExt(&tm); +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + (void)hModule; +} + +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int level) +{ + return level; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to convert the find data to the generic interface. +****************************************************************************/ +static void convertFindData( + PM_findData *findData, + struct find_t *blk) +{ + ulong dwSize = findData->dwSize; + + memset(findData,0,findData->dwSize); + findData->dwSize = dwSize; + if (blk->attrib & _A_RDONLY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (blk->attrib & _A_SUBDIR) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_DIRECTORY; + if (blk->attrib & _A_ARCH) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (blk->attrib & _A_HIDDEN) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (blk->attrib & _A_SYSTEM) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + findData->sizeLo = blk->size; + strncpy(findData->name,blk->name,PM_MAX_PATH); + findData->name[PM_MAX_PATH-1] = 0; +} + +#define FIND_MASK (_A_RDONLY | _A_ARCH | _A_SUBDIR | _A_HIDDEN | _A_SYSTEM) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + struct find_t *blk; + + if ((blk = PM_malloc(sizeof(*blk))) == NULL) + return PM_FILE_INVALID; + if (_dos_findfirst((char*)filename,FIND_MASK,blk) == 0) { + convertFindData(findData,blk); + return blk; + } + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + struct find_t *blk = handle; + + if (_dos_findnext(blk) == 0) { + convertFindData(findData,blk); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + PM_free(handle); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + RMREGS regs; + regs.h.dl = (uchar)(drive - 'A' + 1); + regs.h.ah = 0x36; // Get disk information service + PM_int86(0x21,®s,®s); + return regs.x.ax != 0xFFFF; // AX = 0xFFFF if disk is invalid +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + uint oldDrive,maxDrives; + _dos_getdrive(&oldDrive); + _dos_setdrive(drive,&maxDrives); + getcwd(dir,len); + _dos_setdrive(oldDrive,&maxDrives); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ +#if defined(TNT) && defined(_MSC_VER) + DWORD attr = 0; + + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM; + SetFileAttributes((LPSTR)filename, attr); +#else + uint attr = 0; + + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + attr |= _A_RDONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + attr |= _A_ARCH; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + attr |= _A_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + attr |= _A_SYSTEM; + _dos_setfileattr(filename,attr); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ +#ifdef __GNUC__ + return mkdir(filename,S_IRUSR) == 0; +#else +//AM: return mkdir(filename) == 0; + return(false); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ +//AM: return rmdir(filename) == 0; + return(false); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of locked, physically contiguous memory. The memory +may be required to be below the 16Meg boundary. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + void *p; + uint r_seg,r_off; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + /* Under DOS the only way to know the physical memory address is to + * allocate the memory below the 1Meg boundary as real mode memory. + * We also allocate 4095 bytes more memory than we need, so we can + * properly page align the start of the memory block for DMA operations. + */ + if (size > 4096) + return NULL; + if ((p = PM_allocRealSeg((size + 0xFFF) & ~0xFFF,&r_seg,&r_off)) == NULL) + return NULL; + *physAddr = ((r_seg << 4) + r_off + 0xFFF) & ~0xFFF; + PM_lockDataPages(p,size*2,&lh); + return p; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem(void *p,uint size,ibool contiguous) +{ + (void)size; + PM_freeRealSeg(p); +} + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Generic DPMI routines common to 16/32 bit code */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +ulong PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(ulong physAddr,ulong limit) +{ + PMREGS r; + ulong physOfs; + + if (physAddr < 0x100000L) { + /* We can't map memory below 1Mb, but the linear address are already + * mapped 1:1 for this memory anyway so we just return the base address. + */ + return physAddr; + } + + /* Round the physical address to a 4Kb boundary and the limit to a + * 4Kb-1 boundary before passing the values to DPMI as some extenders + * will fail the calls unless this is the case. If we round the + * physical address, then we also add an extra offset into the address + * that we return. + */ + physOfs = physAddr & 4095; + physAddr = physAddr & ~4095; + limit = ((limit+physOfs+1+4095) & ~4095)-1; + + r.x.ax = 0x800; /* DPMI map physical to linear */ + r.x.bx = physAddr >> 16; + r.x.cx = physAddr & 0xFFFF; + r.x.si = limit >> 16; + r.x.di = limit & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; + return ((ulong)r.x.bx << 16) + r.x.cx + physOfs; +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorBase(ushort sel,ulong linAddr) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 7; /* DPMI set selector base address */ + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = linAddr >> 16; + r.x.dx = linAddr & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +ulong PMAPI DPMI_getSelectorBase(ushort sel) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 6; /* DPMI get selector base address */ + r.x.bx = sel; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return ((ulong)r.x.cx << 16) + r.x.dx; +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorLimit(ushort sel,ulong limit) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 8; /* DPMI set selector limit */ + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = limit >> 16; + r.x.dx = limit & 0xFFFF; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +uint PMAPI DPMI_createSelector(ulong base,ulong limit) +{ + uint sel; + PMREGS r; + + /* Allocate 1 descriptor */ + r.x.ax = 0; + r.x.cx = 1; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) return 0; + sel = r.x.ax; + + /* Set the descriptor access rights (for a 32 bit page granular + * segment, ring 0). + */ + r.x.ax = 9; + r.x.bx = sel; + r.x.cx = 0x4093; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + + /* Map physical memory and create selector */ + if ((base = DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit)) == 0xFFFFFFFFUL) + return 0; + if (!DPMI_setSelectorBase(sel,base)) + return 0; + if (!DPMI_setSelectorLimit(sel,limit)) + return 0; + return sel; +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_freeSelector(uint sel) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 1; + r.x.bx = sel; + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_lockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x600; /* DPMI Lock Linear Region */ + r.x.bx = (linear >> 16); /* Linear address in BX:CX */ + r.x.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF); + r.x.si = (len >> 16); /* Length in SI:DI */ + r.x.di = (len & 0xFFFF); + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return (!r.x.cflag); +} + +int PMAPI DPMI_unlockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x601; /* DPMI Unlock Linear Region */ + r.x.bx = (linear >> 16); /* Linear address in BX:CX */ + r.x.cx = (linear & 0xFFFF); + r.x.si = (len >> 16); /* Length in SI:DI */ + r.x.di = (len & 0xFFFF); + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + return (!r.x.cflag); +} + +void * PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + ulong linAddr; + ulong DSBaseAddr; + + /* Get the base address for the default DS selector */ + PM_segread(&sregs); + DSBaseAddr = DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds); + if ((base < 0x100000) && (DSBaseAddr == 0)) { + /* DS is zero based, so we can directly access the first 1Mb of + * system memory (like under DOS4GW). + */ + return (void*)base; + } + + /* Map the memory to a linear address using DPMI function 0x800 */ + if ((linAddr = DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit)) == 0) { + if (base >= 0x100000) + return NULL; + /* If the linear address mapping fails but we are trying to + * map an area in the first 1Mb of system memory, then we must + * be running under a Windows or OS/2 DOS box. Under these + * environments we can use the segment wrap around as a fallback + * measure, as this does work properly. + */ + linAddr = base; + } + + /* Now expand the default DS selector to 4Gb so we can access it */ + if (!DPMI_setSelectorLimit(sregs.ds,0xFFFFFFFFUL)) + return NULL; + + /* Finally enable caching for the page tables that we just mapped in, + * since DOS4GW and PMODE/W create the page table entries without + * caching enabled which hurts the performance of the linear framebuffer + * as it disables write combining on Pentium Pro and above processors. + * + * For those processors cache disabling is better handled through the + * MTRR registers anyway (we can write combine a region but disable + * caching) so that MMIO register regions do not screw up. + */ + if (isCached) { + if ((PDB = _PM_getPDB()) != 0 && DSBaseAddr == 0) { + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong pageTable,*pPageTable; + if (!pPDB) { + if (PDB >= 0x100000) + pPDB = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(PDB,0xFFF); + else + pPDB = (ulong*)PDB; + } + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linAddr >> 22) & 0x3FF; + startPage = (linAddr >> 12) & 0x3FF; + endPDB = ((linAddr+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FF; + endPage = ((linAddr+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FF; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFF; + if (pageTable >= 0x100000) + pPageTable = (ulong*)DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF); + else + pPageTable = (ulong*)pageTable; + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FF; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) + pPageTable[iPage] &= ~0x18; + } + } + } + } + + /* Now return the base address of the memory into the default DS */ + return (void*)(linAddr - DSBaseAddr); +} + +/* Some DOS extender implementations do not directly support calling a + * real mode procedure from protected mode. However we can simulate what + * we need temporarily hooking the INT 6Ah vector with a small real mode + * stub that will call our real mode code for us. + */ + +static uchar int6AHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* __PMODE_callReal variable */ + 0xFB, /* sti */ + 0x2E,0xFF,0x1E,0x00,0x00, /* call [cs:__PMODE_callReal] */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; +static uchar *crPtr = NULL; /* Pointer to of int 6A handler */ +static uint crRSeg,crROff; /* Real mode seg:offset of handler */ + +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode(uint seg,uint off, RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + uchar *p; + uint oldSeg,oldOff; + + if (!crPtr) { + /* Allocate and copy the memory block only once */ + crPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(int6AHandler), &crRSeg, &crROff); + memcpy(crPtr,int6AHandler,sizeof(int6AHandler)); + } + PM_setWord(crPtr,off); /* Plug in address to call */ + PM_setWord(crPtr+2,seg); + p = PM_mapRealPointer(0,0x6A * 4); + oldOff = PM_getWord(p); /* Save old handler address */ + oldSeg = PM_getWord(p+2); + PM_setWord(p,crROff+4); /* Hook 6A handler */ + PM_setWord(p+2,crRSeg); + PM_int86x(0x6A, in, in, sregs); /* Call real mode code */ + PM_setWord(p,oldOff); /* Restore old handler */ + PM_setWord(p+2,oldSeg); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0x400,0xFFFF,true); } + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); } + +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr(ulong base,ulong limit,ibool isCached) +{ return DPMI_mapPhysicalAddr(base,limit,isCached); } + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + /* Mapping cannot be free */ +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + (void)p; + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ + (void)limit; + return (void*)base; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ + static uchar *zeroPtr = NULL; + + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ + PMREGS r; + void *p; + + r.x.ax = 0x100; /* DPMI allocate DOS memory */ + r.x.bx = (size + 0xF) >> 4; /* number of paragraphs */ + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); + if (r.x.cflag) + return NULL; /* DPMI call failed */ + *r_seg = r.x.ax; /* Real mode segment */ + *r_off = 0; + p = PM_mapRealPointer(*r_seg,*r_off); + _PM_addRealModeBlock(p,r.x.dx); + return p; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ + PMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x101; /* DPMI free DOS memory */ + r.x.dx = _PM_findRealModeBlock(mem);/* DX := selector from 0x100 */ + PM_int386(0x31, &r, &r); +} + +static DPMI_handler_t DPMI_int10 = NULL; + +void PMAPI DPMI_setInt10Handler(DPMI_handler_t handler) +{ + DPMI_int10 = handler; +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + PMREGS r; + PMSREGS sr; + + if (intno == 0x10 && DPMI_int10) { + if (DPMI_int10(regs)) + return; + } + PM_segread(&sr); + r.x.ax = 0x300; /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + r.h.bl = intno; + r.h.bh = 0; + r.x.cx = 0; + sr.es = sr.ds; + r.e.edi = (uint)regs; + PM_int386x(0x31, &r, &r, &sr); /* Issue the interrupt */ +} + +#define IN(reg) rmregs.reg = in->e.reg +#define OUT(reg) out->e.reg = rmregs.reg + +int PMAPI PM_int86(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + +// These real mode ints may cause crashes. +//AM: DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int86x(int intno, RMREGS *in, RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + DPMI_regs rmregs; + + memset(&rmregs, 0, sizeof(rmregs)); + IN(eax); IN(ebx); IN(ecx); IN(edx); IN(esi); IN(edi); + rmregs.es = sregs->es; + rmregs.ds = sregs->ds; + +//AM: DPMI_int86(intno,&rmregs); /* DPMI issue real interrupt */ + + OUT(eax); OUT(ebx); OUT(ecx); OUT(edx); OUT(esi); OUT(edi); + sregs->es = rmregs.es; + sregs->cs = rmregs.cs; + sregs->ss = rmregs.ss; + sregs->ds = rmregs.ds; + out->x.cflag = rmregs.flags & 0x1; + return out->x.ax; +} + +#pragma pack(1) + +typedef struct { + uint LargestBlockAvail; + uint MaxUnlockedPage; + uint LargestLockablePage; + uint LinAddrSpace; + uint NumFreePagesAvail; + uint NumPhysicalPagesFree; + uint TotalPhysicalPages; + uint FreeLinAddrSpace; + uint SizeOfPageFile; + uint res[3]; + } MemInfo; + +#pragma pack() + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ + PMREGS r; + PMSREGS sr; + MemInfo memInfo; + + PM_segread(&sr); + r.x.ax = 0x500; /* DPMI get free memory info */ + sr.es = sr.ds; + r.e.edi = (uint)&memInfo; + PM_int386x(0x31, &r, &r, &sr); /* Issue the interrupt */ + *physical = memInfo.NumPhysicalPagesFree * 4096; + *total = memInfo.LargestBlockAvail; + if (*total < *physical) + *physical = *total; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + return false; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pmsmx.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pmsmx.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2596c76a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/pmsmx.c @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <dos.h> +#include "smx/ps2mouse.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +static int globalDataStart; + +PM_criticalHandler _VARAPI _PM_critHandler = NULL; +PM_breakHandler _VARAPI _PM_breakHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_timerHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_keyHandler = NULL; +PM_key15Handler _VARAPI _PM_key15Handler = NULL; +PM_mouseHandler _VARAPI _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; +PM_intHandler _VARAPI _PM_int10Handler = NULL; +int _VARAPI _PM_mouseMask; + +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_ctrlCPtr; /* Location of Ctrl-C flag */ +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_ctrlBPtr; /* Location of Ctrl-Break flag */ +uchar * _VARAPI _PM_critPtr; /* Location of Critical error Bf*/ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevTimer = PMNULL; /* Previous timer handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevRTC = PMNULL; /* Previous RTC handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevKey = PMNULL; /* Previous key handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevKey15 = PMNULL; /* Previous key15 handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevBreak = PMNULL; /* Previous break handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevCtrlC = PMNULL; /* Previous CtrlC handler */ +PMFARPTR _VARAPI _PM_prevCritical = PMNULL; /* Previous critical handler */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealTimer; /* Previous real mode timer */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealRTC; /* Previous real mode RTC */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealKey; /* Previous real mode key */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealKey15; /* Previous real mode key15 */ +long _VARAPI _PM_prevRealInt10; /* Previous real mode int 10h */ +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegA; /* CMOS register A contents */ +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegB; /* CMOS register B contents */ +static uchar _PM_oldRTCPIC2; /* Mask value for RTC IRQ8 */ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Globals for locking interrupt handlers in _pmsmx.asm */ + +extern int _ASMAPI _PM_pmsmxDataStart; +extern int _ASMAPI _PM_pmsmxDataEnd; +void _ASMAPI _PM_pmsmxCodeStart(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_pmsmxCodeEnd(void); + +/* Protected mode interrupt handlers, also called by PM callbacks below */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_timerISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_rtcISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_keyISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_key15ISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_breakISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_ctrlCISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_criticalISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_mouseISR(void); +void _ASMAPI _PM_int10PMCB(void); + +/* Protected mode DPMI callback handlers */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_mousePMCB(void); + +/* Routine to install a mouse handler function */ + +void _ASMAPI _PM_setMouseHandler(int mask); + +/* Routine to allocate DPMI real mode callback routines */ + +void _ASMAPI _DPMI_allocateCallback(void (_ASMAPI *pmcode)(),void *rmregs,long *RMCB); +void _ASMAPI _DPMI_freeCallback(long RMCB); + +/* DPMI helper functions in PMLITE.C */ + +ulong PMAPI DPMI_mapPhysicalToLinear(ulong physAddr,ulong limit); +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorBase(ushort sel,ulong linAddr); +ulong PMAPI DPMI_getSelectorBase(ushort sel); +int PMAPI DPMI_setSelectorLimit(ushort sel,ulong limit); +uint PMAPI DPMI_createSelector(ulong base,ulong limit); +void PMAPI DPMI_freeSelector(uint sel); +int PMAPI DPMI_lockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len); +int PMAPI DPMI_unlockLinearPages(ulong linear,ulong len); + +/* Functions to read and write CMOS registers */ + +uchar PMAPI _PM_readCMOS(int index); +void PMAPI _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value); + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Generic routines common to all environments */ +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void PMAPI PM_resetMouseDriver(int hardReset) +{ + ps2MouseReset(); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(int frequency) +{ + static short convert[] = { + 8192, + 4096, + 2048, + 1024, + 512, + 256, + 128, + 64, + 32, + 16, + 8, + 4, + 2, + -1, + }; + int i; + + /* First clear any pending RTC timeout if not cleared */ + _PM_readCMOS(0x0C); + if (frequency == 0) { + /* Disable RTC timout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F); + } + else { + /* Convert frequency value to RTC clock indexes */ + for (i = 0; convert[i] != -1; i++) { + if (convert[i] == frequency) + break; + } + + /* Set RTC timout value and enable timeout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,(_PM_oldCMOSRegA & 0xF0) | (i+3)); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,(_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F) | 0x40); + } +} + +static void PMAPI lockPMHandlers(void) +{ + static int locked = 0; + int stat = 0; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + /* Lock all of the code and data used by our protected mode interrupt + * handling routines, so that it will continue to work correctly + * under real mode. + */ + if (!locked) { + PM_saveDS(); + stat = !PM_lockDataPages(&globalDataStart-2048,4096,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockDataPages(&_PM_pmsmxDataStart,(int)&_PM_pmsmxDataEnd - (int)&_PM_pmsmxDataStart,&lh); + stat |= !PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)_PM_pmsmxCodeStart,(int)_PM_pmsmxCodeEnd-(int)_PM_pmsmxCodeStart,&lh); + if (stat) { + printf("Page locking services failed - interrupt handling not safe!\n"); + exit(1); + } + locked = 1; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_getPMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR *isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x204; + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); + isr->sel = regs.x.cx; + isr->off = regs.e.edx; +} + +void PMAPI PM_setPMvect(int intno, PM_intHandler isr) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PMREGS regs; + + PM_saveDS(); + regs.x.ax = 0x205; /* Set protected mode vector */ + regs.h.bl = intno; + PM_segread(&sregs); + regs.x.cx = sregs.cs; + regs.e.edx = (uint)isr; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restorePMvect(int intno, PMFARPTR isr) +{ + PMREGS regs; + + regs.x.ax = 0x205; + regs.h.bl = intno; + regs.x.cx = isr.sel; + regs.e.edx = isr.off; + PM_int386(0x31,®s,®s); +} + +static long prevRealBreak; /* Previous real mode break handler */ +static long prevRealCtrlC; /* Previous real mode CtrlC handler */ +static long prevRealCritical; /* Prev real mode critical handler */ + +int PMAPI PM_setMouseHandler(int mask, PM_mouseHandler mh) +{ + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + + _PM_mouseHandler = mh; + return 0; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreMouseHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_mouseHandler) + _PM_mouseHandler = NULL; +} + +static void getISR(int intno, PMFARPTR *pmisr, long *realisr) +{ + PM_getPMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +static void restoreISR(int intno, PMFARPTR pmisr, long realisr) +{ + PM_restorePMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +static void setISR(int intno, void (* PMAPI pmisr)()) +{ + lockPMHandlers(); /* Ensure our handlers are locked */ + PM_setPMvect(intno,pmisr); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setTimerHandler(PM_intHandler th) +{ + getISR(PM_IRQ0, &_PM_prevTimer, &_PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = th; + setISR(PM_IRQ0, _PM_timerISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreTimerHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_timerHandler) { + restoreISR(PM_IRQ0, _PM_prevTimer, _PM_prevRealTimer); + _PM_timerHandler = NULL; + } +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(PM_intHandler th,int frequency) +{ + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + getISR(0x70, &_PM_prevRTC, &_PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = th; + setISR(0x70, _PM_rtcISR); + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC2 */ + _PM_oldRTCPIC2 = PM_inpb(0xA1); + PM_outpb(0xA1,_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & 0xFE); + return true; +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_rtcHandler) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + PM_outpb(0xA1,(PM_inpb(0xA1) & 0xFE) | (_PM_oldRTCPIC2 & ~0xFE)); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + restoreISR(0x70, _PM_prevRTC, _PM_prevRealRTC); + _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKeyHandler(PM_intHandler kh) +{ + getISR(PM_IRQ1, &_PM_prevKey, &_PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = kh; + setISR(PM_IRQ1, _PM_keyISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKeyHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_keyHandler) { + restoreISR(PM_IRQ1, _PM_prevKey, _PM_prevRealKey); + _PM_keyHandler = NULL; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setKey15Handler(PM_key15Handler kh) +{ + getISR(0x15, &_PM_prevKey15, &_PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = kh; + setISR(0x15, _PM_key15ISR); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreKey15Handler(void) +{ + if (_PM_key15Handler) { + restoreISR(0x15, _PM_prevKey15, _PM_prevRealKey15); + _PM_key15Handler = NULL; + } +} + +/* Real mode Ctrl-C and Ctrl-Break handler. This handler simply sets a + * flag in the real mode code segment and exit. We save the location + * of this flag in real mode memory so that both the real mode and + * protected mode code will be modifying the same flags. + */ + +static uchar ctrlHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ctrlBFlag */ + 0x66,0x2E,0xC7,0x06,0x00,0x00, + 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* mov [cs:ctrlBFlag],1 */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; + +void PMAPI PM_installAltBreakHandler(PM_breakHandler bh) +{ + uint rseg,roff; + + getISR(0x1B, &_PM_prevBreak, &prevRealBreak); + getISR(0x23, &_PM_prevCtrlC, &prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_breakHandler = bh; + setISR(0x1B, _PM_breakISR); + setISR(0x23, _PM_ctrlCISR); + + /* Hook the real mode vectors for these handlers, as these are not + * normally reflected by the DPMI server up to protected mode + */ + _PM_ctrlBPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(ctrlHandler)*2, &rseg, &roff); + memcpy(_PM_ctrlBPtr,ctrlHandler,sizeof(ctrlHandler)); + memcpy(_PM_ctrlBPtr+sizeof(ctrlHandler),ctrlHandler,sizeof(ctrlHandler)); + _PM_ctrlCPtr = _PM_ctrlBPtr + sizeof(ctrlHandler); + _PM_setRMvect(0x1B,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+4)); + _PM_setRMvect(0x23,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+sizeof(ctrlHandler)+4)); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installBreakHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltBreakHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreBreakHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevBreak.sel) { + restoreISR(0x1B, _PM_prevBreak, prevRealBreak); + restoreISR(0x23, _PM_prevCtrlC, prevRealCtrlC); + _PM_prevBreak.sel = 0; + _PM_breakHandler = NULL; + PM_freeRealSeg(_PM_ctrlBPtr); + } +} + +/* Real mode Critical Error handler. This handler simply saves the AX and + * DI values in the real mode code segment and exits. We save the location + * of this flag in real mode memory so that both the real mode and + * protected mode code will be modifying the same flags. + */ + +static uchar criticalHandler[] = { + 0x00,0x00, /* axCode */ + 0x00,0x00, /* diCode */ + 0x2E,0xA3,0x00,0x00, /* mov [cs:axCode],ax */ + 0x2E,0x89,0x3E,0x02,0x00, /* mov [cs:diCode],di */ + 0xB8,0x03,0x00, /* mov ax,3 */ + 0xCF, /* iretf */ + }; + +void PMAPI PM_installAltCriticalHandler(PM_criticalHandler ch) +{ + uint rseg,roff; + + getISR(0x24, &_PM_prevCritical, &prevRealCritical); + _PM_critHandler = ch; + setISR(0x24, _PM_criticalISR); + + /* Hook the real mode vector, as this is not normally reflected by the + * DPMI server up to protected mode. + */ + _PM_critPtr = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(criticalHandler)*2, &rseg, &roff); + memcpy(_PM_critPtr,criticalHandler,sizeof(criticalHandler)); + _PM_setRMvect(0x24,((long)rseg << 16) | (roff+4)); +} + +void PMAPI PM_installCriticalHandler(void) +{ + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(NULL); +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreCriticalHandler(void) +{ + if (_PM_prevCritical.sel) { + restoreISR(0x24, _PM_prevCritical, prevRealCritical); + PM_freeRealSeg(_PM_critPtr); + _PM_prevCritical.sel = 0; + _PM_critHandler = NULL; + } +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_lockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds),len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_unlockLinearPages((uint)p + DPMI_getSelectorBase(sregs.ds),len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); +//AM: causes minor glitch with +//AM: older versions pmEasy which don't allow DPMI 06 on +//AM: Code selector 0x0C -- assume base is 0 which it should be. + return DPMI_lockLinearPages((uint)p,len); +} + +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + PMSREGS sregs; + PM_segread(&sregs); + return DPMI_unlockLinearPages((uint)p,len); +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..01e180bdca --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/smx/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit SMX embedded systems development +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* LZTimer not supported for smx (as needed for i486 processors), only +* ULZTimer is supported at this time. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global smx variables -----------------------*/ + +extern ulong _cdecl etime; /* elapsed time */ +extern ulong _cdecl xticks_per_second(void); + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External assembler functions */ + +void _ASMAPI LZ_disable(void); +void _ASMAPI LZ_enable(void); + + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ +} + +ulong reterr(void) +{ + PM_fatalError("Zen Timer not supported for smx."); + return(0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) PM_fatalError("Zen Timer not supported for smx.") + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerLap(tm) reterr() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) PM_fatalError("Zen Timer not supported for smx.") + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerCount(tm) reterr() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as seconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION (ulong)(1000000/xticks_per_second()) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the smx timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + ulong ticks; + LZ_disable(); /* Turn of interrupts */ + ticks = etime; + LZ_enable(); /* Turn on interrupts again */ + return ticks; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ + if (finish < start) + finish += xticks_per_second() * 3600 *24; /* Number of ticks in 24 hours */ + return finish - start; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2833a72f44 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: Module to implement OS specific services to measure the +* CPU frequency. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Increase the thread priority to maximum, if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +static int SetMaxThreadPriority(void) +{ + // TODO: If you have thread priorities, increase it to maximum for the + // thread for timing the CPU frequency. + return oldPriority; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original thread priority. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreThreadPriority( + int priority) +{ + // TODO: Restore the original thread priority on exit. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + // TODO: Return the frequency of the counter in here. You should try to + // normalise this value to be around 100,000 ticks per second. + freq->low = 0; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. + +TODO: Implement this to read the counter. It should be done as a macro + for accuracy. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + (t)->low = 0; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8e805d060f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: **** implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under non-DOS systems */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement this for your OS! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the application message queue into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + // TODO: The purpose of this function is to read all keyboard and mouse + // events from the OS specific event queue, translate them and post + // them into the SciTech event queue. + // + // NOTE: There are a couple of important things that this function must + // take care of: + // + // 1. Support for KEYDOWN, KEYREPEAT and KEYUP is required. + // + // 2. Support for reading hardware scan code as well as ASCII + // translated values is required. Games use the scan codes rather + // than ASCII values. Scan codes go into the high order byte of the + // keyboard message field. + // + // 3. Support for at least reading mouse motion data (mickeys) from the + // mouse is required. Using the mickey values, we can then translate + // to mouse cursor coordinates scaled to the range of the current + // graphics display mode. Mouse values are scaled based on the + // global 'rangeX' and 'rangeY'. + // + // 4. Support for a timestamp for the events is required, which is + // defined as the number of milliseconds since some event (usually + // system startup). This is the timestamp when the event occurred + // (ie: at interrupt time) not when it was stuff into the SciTech + // event queue. + // + // 5. Support for mouse double click events. If the OS has a native + // mechanism to determine this, it should be used. Otherwise the + // time stamp information will be used by the generic event code + // to generate double click events. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + /* Initialise the event queue */ + _mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + // TODO: Do any OS specific initialisation here + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + // TODO: Do any OS specific cleanup in here +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81a20aaf15 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: BeOS +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +// TODO: This is where you include OS specific headers for the event handling +// library. You may leave this empty if you have no OS specific headers +// to include. diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51656b05e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +// TODO: Include any OS specific headers here! + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +// TODO: If you support access to the BIOS, the following VESABuf globals +// keep track of a single VESA transfer buffer. If you don't support +// access to the BIOS, remove these variables. + +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL; /* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + // TODO: Do any initialisation in here. This includes getting IOPL + // access for the process calling PM_init. This will get called + // more than once. + + // TODO: If you support the supplied MTRR register stuff (you need to + // be at ring 0 for this!), you should initialise it in here. + +/* MTRR_init(); */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the operating system type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ + // TODO: Change this to return the define for your OS from drvlib/os.h + return _OS_MYOS; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the runtime type identifier (always PM_386 for protected mode) +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a file directory separator to the end of the filename. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_backslash( + char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '/') { + s[pos] = '/'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a user defined PM_fatalError cleanup function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Report a fatal error condition and halt the program. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_fatalError( + const char *msg) +{ + // TODO: If you are running in a GUI environment without a console, + // this needs to be changed to bring up a fatal error message + // box and terminate the program. + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + fprintf(stderr,"%s\n", msg); + exit(1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Exit handler to kill the VESA transfer buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +static void ExitVBEBuf(void) +{ + // TODO: If you do not have BIOS access, remove this function. + if (VESABuf_ptr) + PM_freeRealSeg(VESABuf_ptr); + VESABuf_ptr = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate the real mode VESA transfer buffer for communicating with the BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + // TODO: If you do not have BIOS access, simply delete the guts of + // this function and return NULL. + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + /* Allocate a global buffer for communicating with the VESA VBE */ + if ((VESABuf_ptr = PM_allocRealSeg(VESABuf_len, &VESABuf_rseg, &VESABuf_roff)) == NULL) + return NULL; + atexit(ExitVBEBuf); + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Check if a key has been pressed. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + // TODO: This function checks if a key is available to be read. This + // should be implemented, but is mostly used by the test programs + // these days. + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Wait for and return the next keypress. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + // TODO: This returns the ASCII code of the key pressed. This + // should be implemented, but is mostly used by the test programs + // these days. + return 0xD; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Open a fullscreen console mode for output. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_openConsole(void) +{ + // TODO: Opens up a fullscreen console for graphics output. If your + // console does not have graphics/text modes, this can be left + // empty. The main purpose of this is to disable console switching + // when in graphics modes if you can switch away from fullscreen + // consoles (if you want to allow switching, this can be done + // elsewhere with a full save/restore state of the graphics mode). + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the size of the state buffer used to save the console state. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + // TODO: Returns the size of the console state buffer used to save the + // state of the console before going into graphics mode. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + return 1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of the console into the state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState( + void *stateBuf, + int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Saves the state of the console into the state buffer. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + // We will always restore 80x25 text mode after being in graphics + // mode, so if restoring text mode is all you need to do this can + // be left empty. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the state of the console from the state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState( + const void *stateBuf, + int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Restore the state of the console from the state buffer. This is + // used to restore the console back to normal when we are done. + // We will always restore 80x25 text mode after being in graphics + // mode, so if restoring text mode is all you need to do this can + // be left empty. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Close the console and return to non-fullscreen console mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole( + int console_id) +{ + // TODO: Close the console when we are done, going back to text mode. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the location of the OS console cursor. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + // TODO: Set the OS console cursor location to the new value. This is + // generally used for new OS ports (used mostly for DOS). +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the width of the OS console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + // TODO: Set the OS console screen width. This is generally unused for + // new OS ports. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock handler (used for software stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler( + PM_intHandler ih, + int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Install a real time clock interrupt handler. Normally this + // will not be supported from most OS'es in user land, so an + // alternative mechanism is needed to enable software stereo. + // Hence leave this unimplemented unless you have a high priority + // mechanism to call the 32-bit callback when the real time clock + // interrupt fires. + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + // TODO: Set the real time clock interrupt frequency. Used for stereo + // LC shutter glasses when doing software stereo. Usually sets + // the frequency to around 2048 Hz. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original real time clock handler. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + // TODO: Restores the real time clock handler. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the current operating system path or working directory. +****************************************************************************/ +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the drive letter for the boot drive. +****************************************************************************/ +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + // TODO: Return the boot drive letter for the OS. Normally this is 'c' + // for DOS based OS'es and '/' for Unices. + return '/'; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the VBE/AF driver files (legacy and not used). +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + return PM_getNucleusConfigPath(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + // TODO: Change this to the default path to Nucleus driver files. The + // following is the default for Unices. + char *env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH"); + return env ? env : "/usr/lib/nucleus"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus configuration files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a unique identifier for the machine if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + // TODO: Return a unique ID for the machine. If a unique ID is not + // available, return the machine name. + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the name of the machine on the network. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + // TODO: Return the network machine name for the machine. + static char buf[128]; + gethostname(buf, 128); + return buf; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + // TODO: This returns a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. If you + // do not support BIOS access, you can simply return NULL here. + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF,true); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + 0x400); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to 0xA0000 physical VGA graphics framebuffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + static void *bankPtr; + if (!bankPtr) + bankPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); + return bankPtr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a physical address to a linear address in the callers process. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + // TODO: This function maps a physical memory address to a linear + // address in the address space of the calling process. + + // NOTE: This function *must* be able to handle any phsyical base + // address, and hence you will have to handle rounding of + // the physical base address to a page boundary (ie: 4Kb on + // x86 CPU's) to be able to properly map in the memory + // region. + + // NOTE: If possible the isCached bit should be used to ensure that + // the PCD (Page Cache Disable) and PWT (Page Write Through) + // bits are set to disable caching for a memory mapping used + // for MMIO register access. We also disable caching using + // the MTRR registers for Pentium Pro and later chipsets so if + // MTRR support is enabled for your OS then you can safely ignore + // the isCached flag and always enable caching in the page + // tables. + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a physical address mapping allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + // TODO: This function will free a physical memory mapping previously + // allocated with PM_mapPhysicalAddr() if at all possible. If + // you can't free physical memory mappings, simply do nothing. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + // TODO: Put the process to sleep for milliseconds +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of (unnamed) shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + // TODO: This is used to allocate memory that is shared between process + // that all access the common Nucleus drivers via a common display + // driver DLL. If your OS does not support shared memory (or if + // the display driver does not need to allocate shared memory + // for each process address space), this should just call PM_malloc. + return PM_malloc(size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared( + void *ptr) +{ + // TODO: Free the shared memory block. This will be called in the context + // of the original calling process that allocated the shared + // memory with PM_mallocShared. Simply call PM_free if you do not + // need this. + PM_free(ptr); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a linear memory address to the calling process address space. The +address will have been allocated in another process using the +PM_mapPhysicalAddr function. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + // TODO: This function is used to map a physical memory mapping + // previously allocated with PM_mapPhysicalAddr into the + // address space of the calling process. If the memory mapping + // allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr is global to all processes, + // simply return the pointer. + + // NOTE: This function must also handle rounding to page boundaries, + // since this function is used to map in shared memory buffers + // allocated with PM_mapPhysicalAddr(). Hence if you aligned + // the physical address above, then you also need to do it here. + return base; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a real mode pointer to a protected mode pointer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + // TODO: This function maps a real mode memory pointer into the + // calling processes address space as a 32-bit near pointer. If + // you do not support BIOS access, simply return NULL here. + if (!zeroPtr) + zeroPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0,0xFFFFF); + return (void*)(zeroPtr + MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of real mode memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + // TODO: This function allocates a block of real mode memory for the + // calling process used to communicate with real mode BIOS + // functions. If you do not support BIOS access, simply return + // NULL here. + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of real mode memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ + // TODO: Frees a previously allocated real mode memory block. If you + // do not support BIOS access, this function should be empty. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt (parameters in DPMI compatible structure) +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + // TODO: This function calls the real mode BIOS using the passed in + // register structure. If you do not support real mode BIOS + // access, this function should be empty. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + // TODO: This function calls the real mode BIOS using the passed in + // register structure. If you do not support real mode BIOS + // access, this function should return 0. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // TODO: This function calls the real mode BIOS using the passed in + // register structure. If you do not support real mode BIOS + // access, this function should return 0. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a real mode far function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + // TODO: This function calls a real mode far function with a far call. + // If you do not support BIOS access, this function should be + // empty. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the amount of available memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + // TODO: Report the amount of available memory, both the amount of + // physical memory left and the amount of virtual memory left. + // If the OS does not provide these services, report 0's. + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of locked, physical memory for DMA operations. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + // TODO: Allocate a block of locked, physical memory of the specified + // size. This is used for bus master operations. If this is not + // supported by the OS, return NULL and bus mastering will not + // be used. + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + // TODO: Free a memory block allocated with PM_allocLockedMem. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankA( + int bank) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + // TODO: This does a bank switch function by calling the real mode + // VESA BIOS. If you do not support BIOS access, this function should + // be empty. + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0000; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB( + int bank) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + // TODO: This does a bank switch function by calling the real mode + // VESA BIOS. If you do not support BIOS access, this function should + // be empty. + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0000; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0001; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display start address. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart( + int x, + int y, + int waitVRT) +{ + RMREGS regs; + + // TODO: This changes the display start address by calling the real mode + // VESA BIOS. If you do not support BIOS access, this function + // should be empty. + regs.x.ax = 0x4F07; + regs.x.bx = waitVRT; + regs.x.cx = x; + regs.x.dx = y; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enable write combining for the memory region. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong length, + uint type) +{ + // TODO: This function should enable Pentium Pro and Pentium II MTRR + // write combining for the passed in physical memory base address + // and length. Normally this is done via calls to an OS specific + // device driver as this can only be done at ring 0. + // + // NOTE: This is a *very* important function to implement! If you do + // not implement, graphics performance on the latest Intel chips + // will be severly impaired. For sample code that can be used + // directly in a ring 0 device driver, see the MSDOS implementation + // which includes assembler code to do this directly (if the + // program is running at ring 0). + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Execute the POST on the secondary BIOS for a controller. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS) +{ + // TODO: This function is used to run the BIOS POST code on a secondary + // controller to initialise it for use. This is not necessary + // for multi-controller operation, but it will make it a lot + // more convenicent for end users (otherwise they have to boot + // the system once with the secondary controller as primary, and + // then boot with both controllers installed). + // + // Even if you don't support full BIOS access, it would be + // adviseable to be able to POST the secondary controllers in the + // system using this function as a minimum requirement. Some + // graphics hardware has registers that contain values that only + // the BIOS knows about, which makes bring up a card from cold + // reset difficult if the BIOS has not POST'ed it. + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Load an OS specific shared library or DLL. If the OS does not support +shared libraries, simply return NULL. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + // TODO: This function should load a native shared library from disk + // given the path to the library. + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the address of a named procedure from a shared library. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + // TODO: This function should return the address of a named procedure + // from a native shared library. + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unload a shared library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + // TODO: This function free a previously loaded native shared library. + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enable requested I/O privledge level (usually only to set to a value of +3, and then restore it back again). If the OS is protected this function +must be implemented in order to enable I/O port access for ring 3 +applications. The function should return the IOPL level active before +the switch occurred so it can be properly restored. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int level) +{ + // TODO: This function should enable IOPL for the task (if IOPL is + // not always enabled for the app through some other means). + return level; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should start a directory enumeration search + // given the filename (with wildcards). The data should be + // converted and returned in the findData standard form. + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the next file in directory enumeration + // search given the search criteria defined in the call to + // PM_findFirstFile. The data should be converted and returned + // in the findData standard form. + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + // TODO: This function should close the find process. This may do + // nothing for some OS'es. + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + if (drive == 3) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + (void)drive; + getcwd(dir,len); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + // TODO: Set the file attributes for a file + (void)filename; + (void)attrib; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return mkdir(filename) == 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return rmdir(filename) == 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..579ef2c95c --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + baseAddr = baseAddr; + bankSize = bankSize; + codeLen = codeLen; + bankFunc = bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9bad6c0975 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/stub/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: *** TODO: ADD YOUR OS ENVIRONMENT NAME HERE *** +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ + // TODO: Do any specific internal initialisation in here +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOn( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Start the Zen Timer counting. This should be a macro if + // possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Compute the lap time between the current time and when the + // timer was started. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Stop the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOff( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Stop the timer counting. Should be a macro if possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time in microseconds between start and end timings. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + // TODO: Compute the elapsed time and return it. Always microseconds. + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer from the OS +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + // TODO: Read the long period timer from the OS. The resolution of this + // timer should be around 1/20 of a second for timing long + // periods if possible. +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altbrk.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altbrk.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d899b7a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altbrk.c @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* control C/break interrupt handler. Note that this +* alternate version does not work with all extenders. +* +* Functions tested: PM_installAltBreakHandler() +* PM_restoreBreakHandler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile int breakHit = false; +volatile int ctrlCHit = false; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +void PMAPI breakHandler(uint bHit) +{ + if (bHit) + breakHit = true; + else + ctrlCHit = true; +} + +int main(void) +{ + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + PM_installAltBreakHandler(breakHandler); + printf("Control C/Break interrupt handler installed\n"); + while (1) { + if (ctrlCHit) { + printf("Code termimated with Ctrl-C.\n"); + break; + } + if (breakHit) { + printf("Code termimated with Ctrl-Break.\n"); + break; + } + if (PM_kbhit() && PM_getch() == 0x1B) { + printf("No break code detected!\n"); + break; + } + printf("Hit Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Break to exit!\n"); + } + + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altcrit.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altcrit.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5390f68a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/altcrit.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* critical error handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_installCriticalHandler() +* PM_criticalError() +* PM_restoreCriticalHandler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile uint criticalError = false; +volatile uint axValue; +volatile uint diValue; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +uint PMAPI criticalHandler(uint axVal,uint diVal) +{ + criticalError = true; + axValue = axVal; + diValue = diVal; + return 3; /* Tell MS-DOS to fail the operation */ +} + +int main(void) +{ + FILE *f; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + PM_installAltCriticalHandler(criticalHandler); + printf("Critical Error handler installed - trying to read from A: drive...\n"); + f = fopen("a:\bog.bog","rb"); + if (f) fclose(f); + if (criticalError) { + printf("Critical error occured on INT 21h function %02X!\n", + axValue >> 8); + } + else + printf("Critical error was not caught!\n"); + PM_restoreCriticalHandler(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/biosptr.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/biosptr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43668487af --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/biosptr.c @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to manipulate the +* BIOS data area from protected mode using the PM +* library. Compile and link with the appropriate command +* line for your DOS extender. +* +* Functions tested: PM_getBIOSSelector() +* PM_getLong() +* PM_getByte() +* PM_getWord() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +/* Macros to obtain values from the BIOS data area */ + +#define TICKS() PM_getLong(bios+0x6C) +#define KB_STAT PM_getByte(bios+0x17) +#define KB_HEAD PM_getWord(bios+0x1A) +#define KB_TAIL PM_getWord(bios+0x1C) + +/* Macros for working with the keyboard buffer */ + +#define KB_HIT() (KB_HEAD != KB_TAIL) +#define CTRL() (KB_STAT & 4) +#define SHIFT() (KB_STAT & 2) +#define ESC 0x1B + +/* Selector for BIOS data area */ + +uchar *bios; + +int main(void) +{ + int c,done = 0; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + bios = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + printf("Hit any key to test, Ctrl-Shift-Esc to quit\n"); + while (!done) { + if (KB_HIT()) { + c = PM_getch(); + if (c == 0) PM_getch(); + printf("TIME=%-8lX ST=%02X CHAR=%02X ", TICKS(), KB_STAT, c); + printf("\n"); + if ((c == ESC) && SHIFT() && CTRL())/* Ctrl-Shift-Esc */ + break; + } + } + + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/block.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/block.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e948872956 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/block.c @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Test program for the PM_blockUntilTimeout function. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +#define DELAY_MSECS 1100 +#define LOOPS 5 + +/*-------------------------- Implementation -------------------------------*/ + +/* The following routine takes a long count in microseconds and outputs + * a string representing the count in seconds. It could be modified to + * return a pointer to a static string representing the count rather + * than printing it out. + */ + +void ReportTime(ulong count) +{ + ulong secs; + + secs = count / 1000000L; + count = count - secs * 1000000L; + printf("Time taken: %lu.%06lu seconds\n",secs,count); +} + +int main(void) +{ + int i; + + printf("Detecting processor information ..."); + fflush(stdout); + printf("\n\n%s\n", CPU_getProcessorName()); + ZTimerInit(); + LZTimerOn(); + for (i = 0; i < LOOPS; i++) { + PM_blockUntilTimeout(DELAY_MSECS); + ReportTime(LZTimerLap()); + } + LZTimerOff(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/brk.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/brk.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3561fee921 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/brk.c @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* control C/break interrupt handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_installBreakHandler() +* PM_ctrlCHit() +* PM_ctrlBreakHit() +* PM_restoreBreakHandler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +int main(void) +{ + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + PM_installBreakHandler(); + printf("Control C/Break interrupt handler installed\n"); + while (1) { + if (PM_ctrlCHit(1)) { + printf("Code termimated with Ctrl-C.\n"); + break; + } + if (PM_ctrlBreakHit(1)) { + printf("Code termimated with Ctrl-Break.\n"); + break; + } + if (PM_kbhit() && PM_getch() == 0x1B) { + printf("No break code detected!\n"); + break; + } + printf("Hit Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Break to exit!\n"); + } + + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/callreal.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/callreal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3897ce9999 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/callreal.c @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to call a real mode +* procedure. We simply copy a terribly simple assembly +* language routine into a real mode block that we allocate, +* and then attempt to call the routine and verify that it +* was successful. +* +* Functions tested: PM_allocRealSeg() +* PM_freeRealSeg() +* PM_callRealMode() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +/* Block of real mode code we will eventually call */ + +static unsigned char realModeCode[] = { + 0x93, /* xchg ax,bx */ + 0x87, 0xCA, /* xchg cx,dx */ + 0xCB /* retf */ + }; + +int main(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + uchar *p; + unsigned r_seg,r_off; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Allocate a the block of real mode memory */ + if ((p = PM_allocRealSeg(sizeof(realModeCode), &r_seg, &r_off)) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to allocate real mode memory!\n"); + exit(1); + } + + /* Copy the real mode code */ + memcpy(p,realModeCode,sizeof(realModeCode)); + + /* Now call the real mode code */ + regs.x.ax = 1; + regs.x.bx = 2; + regs.x.cx = 3; + regs.x.dx = 4; + regs.x.si = 5; + regs.x.di = 6; + sregs.es = 7; + sregs.ds = 8; + PM_callRealMode(r_seg,r_off,®s,&sregs); + if (regs.x.ax != 2 || regs.x.bx != 1 || regs.x.cx != 4 || regs.x.dx != 3 + || regs.x.si != 5 || regs.x.di != 6 || sregs.es != 7 + || sregs.ds != 8) { + printf("Real mode call failed!\n"); + printf("\n"); + printf("ax = %04X, bx = %04X, cx = %04X, dx = %04X\n", + regs.x.ax,regs.x.bx,regs.x.cx,regs.x.dx); + printf("si = %04X, di = %04X, es = %04X, ds = %04X\n", + regs.x.si,regs.x.di,sregs.es,sregs.ds); + } + else + printf("Real mode call succeeded!\n"); + + /* Free the memory we allocated */ + PM_freeRealSeg(p); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/checks.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/checks.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81737e17d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/checks.c @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Main module for building checked builds of products with +* assertions and trace code. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "scitech.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define STRICT +#include <windows.h> +#endif + +#ifdef CHECKED + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +#define LOGFILE "\\scitech.log" + +void (*_CHK_fail)(int fatal,const char *msg,const char *cond,const char *file,int line) = _CHK_defaultFail; + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Handles fatal error and warning conditions for checked builds. + +HEADER: +scitech.h + +REMARKS: +This function is called whenever an inline check or warning fails in any +of the SciTech runtime libraries. Warning conditions simply cause the +condition to be logged to the log file and send to the system debugger +under Window. Fatal error conditions do all of the above, and then +terminate the program with a fatal error conditions. + +This handler may be overriden by the user code if necessary to replace it +with a different handler (the MGL for instance overrides this and replaces +it with a handler that does an MGL_exit() before terminating the application +so that it will clean up correctly. +****************************************************************************/ +void _CHK_defaultFail( + int fatal, + const char *msg, + const char *cond, + const char *file, + int line) +{ + char buf[256]; + FILE *log = fopen(LOGFILE, "at+"); + + sprintf(buf,msg,cond,file,line); + if (log) { + fputs(buf,log); + fflush(log); + fclose(log); +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + OutputDebugStr(buf); +#endif + } + if (fatal) { +#ifdef __WINDOWS__ + MessageBox(NULL, buf,"Fatal Error!",MB_ICONEXCLAMATION); +#else + fputs(buf,stderr); +#endif + exit(-1); + } +} + +#endif /* CHECKED */ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/cpu.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/cpu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34abb2418d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/cpu.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Test program for the CPU detection code. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "ztimer.h" +#include "pmapi.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +int main(void) +{ + printf("Detecting processor information ..."); + fflush(stdout); + printf("\n\n%s\n", CPU_getProcessorName()); + if (CPU_haveRDTSC()) + printf("\nProcessor supports Read Time Stamp Counter performance timer.\n"); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/critical.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/critical.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21ec9946f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/critical.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* critical error handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_installAltCriticalHandler() +* PM_restoreCriticalHandler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +int main(void) +{ + FILE *f; + int axcode,dicode; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + PM_installCriticalHandler(); + printf("Critical Error handler installed - trying to read from A: drive...\n"); + f = fopen("a:\bog.bog","rb"); + if (f) fclose(f); + if (PM_criticalError(&axcode,&dicode,1)) { + printf("Critical error occured on INT 21h function %02X!\n", + axcode >> 8); + } + else printf("Critical error was not caught!\n"); + PM_restoreCriticalHandler(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/getch.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/getch.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c70f7ee3c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/getch.c @@ -0,0 +1,501 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Test program to test out the cross platform event handling +* library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "event.h" + +/* Translation table for key codes */ + +typedef struct { + int code; + char *name; + } KeyEntry; + +KeyEntry ASCIICodes[] = { + {ASCII_ctrlA ,"ASCII_ctrlA"}, + {ASCII_ctrlB ,"ASCII_ctrlB"}, + {ASCII_ctrlC ,"ASCII_ctrlC"}, + {ASCII_ctrlD ,"ASCII_ctrlD"}, + {ASCII_ctrlE ,"ASCII_ctrlE"}, + {ASCII_ctrlF ,"ASCII_ctrlF"}, + {ASCII_ctrlG ,"ASCII_ctrlG"}, + {ASCII_backspace ,"ASCII_backspace"}, + {ASCII_ctrlH ,"ASCII_ctrlH"}, + {ASCII_tab ,"ASCII_tab"}, + {ASCII_ctrlI ,"ASCII_ctrlI"}, + {ASCII_ctrlJ ,"ASCII_ctrlJ"}, + {ASCII_ctrlK ,"ASCII_ctrlK"}, + {ASCII_ctrlL ,"ASCII_ctrlL"}, + {ASCII_enter ,"ASCII_enter"}, + {ASCII_ctrlM ,"ASCII_ctrlM"}, + {ASCII_ctrlN ,"ASCII_ctrlN"}, + {ASCII_ctrlO ,"ASCII_ctrlO"}, + {ASCII_ctrlP ,"ASCII_ctrlP"}, + {ASCII_ctrlQ ,"ASCII_ctrlQ"}, + {ASCII_ctrlR ,"ASCII_ctrlR"}, + {ASCII_ctrlS ,"ASCII_ctrlS"}, + {ASCII_ctrlT ,"ASCII_ctrlT"}, + {ASCII_ctrlU ,"ASCII_ctrlU"}, + {ASCII_ctrlV ,"ASCII_ctrlV"}, + {ASCII_ctrlW ,"ASCII_ctrlW"}, + {ASCII_ctrlX ,"ASCII_ctrlX"}, + {ASCII_ctrlY ,"ASCII_ctrlY"}, + {ASCII_ctrlZ ,"ASCII_ctrlZ"}, + {ASCII_esc ,"ASCII_esc"}, + {ASCII_space ,"ASCII_space"}, + {ASCII_exclamation ,"ASCII_exclamation"}, + {ASCII_quote ,"ASCII_quote"}, + {ASCII_pound ,"ASCII_pound"}, + {ASCII_dollar ,"ASCII_dollar"}, + {ASCII_percent ,"ASCII_percent"}, + {ASCII_ampersand ,"ASCII_ampersand"}, + {ASCII_apostrophe ,"ASCII_apostrophe"}, + {ASCII_leftBrace ,"ASCII_leftBrace"}, + {ASCII_rightBrace ,"ASCII_rightBrace"}, + {ASCII_times ,"ASCII_times"}, + {ASCII_plus ,"ASCII_plus"}, + {ASCII_comma ,"ASCII_comma"}, + {ASCII_minus ,"ASCII_minus"}, + {ASCII_period ,"ASCII_period"}, + {ASCII_divide ,"ASCII_divide"}, + {ASCII_0 ,"ASCII_0"}, + {ASCII_1 ,"ASCII_1"}, + {ASCII_2 ,"ASCII_2"}, + {ASCII_3 ,"ASCII_3"}, + {ASCII_4 ,"ASCII_4"}, + {ASCII_5 ,"ASCII_5"}, + {ASCII_6 ,"ASCII_6"}, + {ASCII_7 ,"ASCII_7"}, + {ASCII_8 ,"ASCII_8"}, + {ASCII_9 ,"ASCII_9"}, + {ASCII_colon ,"ASCII_colon"}, + {ASCII_semicolon ,"ASCII_semicolon"}, + {ASCII_lessThan ,"ASCII_lessThan"}, + {ASCII_equals ,"ASCII_equals"}, + {ASCII_greaterThan ,"ASCII_greaterThan"}, + {ASCII_question ,"ASCII_question"}, + {ASCII_at ,"ASCII_at"}, + {ASCII_A ,"ASCII_A"}, + {ASCII_B ,"ASCII_B"}, + {ASCII_C ,"ASCII_C"}, + {ASCII_D ,"ASCII_D"}, + {ASCII_E ,"ASCII_E"}, + {ASCII_F ,"ASCII_F"}, + {ASCII_G ,"ASCII_G"}, + {ASCII_H ,"ASCII_H"}, + {ASCII_I ,"ASCII_I"}, + {ASCII_J ,"ASCII_J"}, + {ASCII_K ,"ASCII_K"}, + {ASCII_L ,"ASCII_L"}, + {ASCII_M ,"ASCII_M"}, + {ASCII_N ,"ASCII_N"}, + {ASCII_O ,"ASCII_O"}, + {ASCII_P ,"ASCII_P"}, + {ASCII_Q ,"ASCII_Q"}, + {ASCII_R ,"ASCII_R"}, + {ASCII_S ,"ASCII_S"}, + {ASCII_T ,"ASCII_T"}, + {ASCII_U ,"ASCII_U"}, + {ASCII_V ,"ASCII_V"}, + {ASCII_W ,"ASCII_W"}, + {ASCII_X ,"ASCII_X"}, + {ASCII_Y ,"ASCII_Y"}, + {ASCII_Z ,"ASCII_Z"}, + {ASCII_leftSquareBrace ,"ASCII_leftSquareBrace"}, + {ASCII_backSlash ,"ASCII_backSlash"}, + {ASCII_rightSquareBrace ,"ASCII_rightSquareBrace"}, + {ASCII_caret ,"ASCII_caret"}, + {ASCII_underscore ,"ASCII_underscore"}, + {ASCII_leftApostrophe ,"ASCII_leftApostrophe"}, + {ASCII_a ,"ASCII_a"}, + {ASCII_b ,"ASCII_b"}, + {ASCII_c ,"ASCII_c"}, + {ASCII_d ,"ASCII_d"}, + {ASCII_e ,"ASCII_e"}, + {ASCII_f ,"ASCII_f"}, + {ASCII_g ,"ASCII_g"}, + {ASCII_h ,"ASCII_h"}, + {ASCII_i ,"ASCII_i"}, + {ASCII_j ,"ASCII_j"}, + {ASCII_k ,"ASCII_k"}, + {ASCII_l ,"ASCII_l"}, + {ASCII_m ,"ASCII_m"}, + {ASCII_n ,"ASCII_n"}, + {ASCII_o ,"ASCII_o"}, + {ASCII_p ,"ASCII_p"}, + {ASCII_q ,"ASCII_q"}, + {ASCII_r ,"ASCII_r"}, + {ASCII_s ,"ASCII_s"}, + {ASCII_t ,"ASCII_t"}, + {ASCII_u ,"ASCII_u"}, + {ASCII_v ,"ASCII_v"}, + {ASCII_w ,"ASCII_w"}, + {ASCII_x ,"ASCII_x"}, + {ASCII_y ,"ASCII_y"}, + {ASCII_z ,"ASCII_z"}, + {ASCII_leftCurlyBrace ,"ASCII_leftCurlyBrace"}, + {ASCII_verticalBar ,"ASCII_verticalBar"}, + {ASCII_rightCurlyBrace ,"ASCII_rightCurlyBrace"}, + {ASCII_tilde ,"ASCII_tilde"}, + {0 ,"ASCII_unknown"}, + }; + +KeyEntry ScanCodes[] = { + {KB_padEnter ,"KB_padEnter"}, + {KB_padMinus ,"KB_padMinus"}, + {KB_padPlus ,"KB_padPlus"}, + {KB_padTimes ,"KB_padTimes"}, + {KB_padDivide ,"KB_padDivide"}, + {KB_padLeft ,"KB_padLeft"}, + {KB_padRight ,"KB_padRight"}, + {KB_padUp ,"KB_padUp"}, + {KB_padDown ,"KB_padDown"}, + {KB_padInsert ,"KB_padInsert"}, + {KB_padDelete ,"KB_padDelete"}, + {KB_padHome ,"KB_padHome"}, + {KB_padEnd ,"KB_padEnd"}, + {KB_padPageUp ,"KB_padPageUp"}, + {KB_padPageDown ,"KB_padPageDown"}, + {KB_padCenter ,"KB_padCenter"}, + {KB_F1 ,"KB_F1"}, + {KB_F2 ,"KB_F2"}, + {KB_F3 ,"KB_F3"}, + {KB_F4 ,"KB_F4"}, + {KB_F5 ,"KB_F5"}, + {KB_F6 ,"KB_F6"}, + {KB_F7 ,"KB_F7"}, + {KB_F8 ,"KB_F8"}, + {KB_F9 ,"KB_F9"}, + {KB_F10 ,"KB_F10"}, + {KB_F11 ,"KB_F11"}, + {KB_F12 ,"KB_F12"}, + {KB_left ,"KB_left"}, + {KB_right ,"KB_right"}, + {KB_up ,"KB_up"}, + {KB_down ,"KB_down"}, + {KB_insert ,"KB_insert"}, + {KB_delete ,"KB_delete"}, + {KB_home ,"KB_home"}, + {KB_end ,"KB_end"}, + {KB_pageUp ,"KB_pageUp"}, + {KB_pageDown ,"KB_pageDown"}, + {KB_capsLock ,"KB_capsLock"}, + {KB_numLock ,"KB_numLock"}, + {KB_scrollLock ,"KB_scrollLock"}, + {KB_leftShift ,"KB_leftShift"}, + {KB_rightShift ,"KB_rightShift"}, + {KB_leftCtrl ,"KB_leftCtrl"}, + {KB_rightCtrl ,"KB_rightCtrl"}, + {KB_leftAlt ,"KB_leftAlt"}, + {KB_rightAlt ,"KB_rightAlt"}, + {KB_leftWindows ,"KB_leftWindows"}, + {KB_rightWindows ,"KB_rightWindows"}, + {KB_menu ,"KB_menu"}, + {KB_sysReq ,"KB_sysReq"}, + {KB_esc ,"KB_esc"}, + {KB_1 ,"KB_1"}, + {KB_2 ,"KB_2"}, + {KB_3 ,"KB_3"}, + {KB_4 ,"KB_4"}, + {KB_5 ,"KB_5"}, + {KB_6 ,"KB_6"}, + {KB_7 ,"KB_7"}, + {KB_8 ,"KB_8"}, + {KB_9 ,"KB_9"}, + {KB_0 ,"KB_0"}, + {KB_minus ,"KB_minus"}, + {KB_equals ,"KB_equals"}, + {KB_backSlash ,"KB_backSlash"}, + {KB_backspace ,"KB_backspace"}, + {KB_tab ,"KB_tab"}, + {KB_Q ,"KB_Q"}, + {KB_W ,"KB_W"}, + {KB_E ,"KB_E"}, + {KB_R ,"KB_R"}, + {KB_T ,"KB_T"}, + {KB_Y ,"KB_Y"}, + {KB_U ,"KB_U"}, + {KB_I ,"KB_I"}, + {KB_O ,"KB_O"}, + {KB_P ,"KB_P"}, + {KB_leftSquareBrace ,"KB_leftSquareBrace"}, + {KB_rightSquareBrace ,"KB_rightSquareBrace"}, + {KB_enter ,"KB_enter"}, + {KB_A ,"KB_A"}, + {KB_S ,"KB_S"}, + {KB_D ,"KB_D"}, + {KB_F ,"KB_F"}, + {KB_G ,"KB_G"}, + {KB_H ,"KB_H"}, + {KB_J ,"KB_J"}, + {KB_K ,"KB_K"}, + {KB_L ,"KB_L"}, + {KB_semicolon ,"KB_semicolon"}, + {KB_apostrophe ,"KB_apostrophe"}, + {KB_Z ,"KB_Z"}, + {KB_X ,"KB_X"}, + {KB_C ,"KB_C"}, + {KB_V ,"KB_V"}, + {KB_B ,"KB_B"}, + {KB_N ,"KB_N"}, + {KB_M ,"KB_M"}, + {KB_comma ,"KB_comma"}, + {KB_period ,"KB_period"}, + {KB_divide ,"KB_divide"}, + {KB_space ,"KB_space"}, + {KB_tilde ,"KB_tilde"}, + {0 ,"KB_unknown"}, + }; + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +x - X coordinate of the mouse cursor position (screen coordinates) +y - Y coordinate of the mouse cursor position (screen coordinates) + +REMARKS: +This gets called periodically to move the mouse. It will get called when +the mouse may not have actually moved, so check if it has before redrawing +it. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI moveMouse( + int x, + int y) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +code - Code to translate +keys - Table of translation key values to look up + +REMARKS: +Simple function to look up the printable name for the keyboard code. +****************************************************************************/ +KeyEntry *FindKey( + int code, + KeyEntry *keys) +{ + KeyEntry *key; + + for (key = keys; key->code != 0; key++) { + if (key->code == code) + break; + } + return key; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +evt - Event to display modifiers for + +REMARKS: +Function to display shift modifiers flags +****************************************************************************/ +void DisplayModifiers( + event_t *evt) +{ + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_LEFTBUT) + printf(", LBUT"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_RIGHTBUT) + printf(", RBUT"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_MIDDLEBUT) + printf(", MBUT"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_SHIFTKEY) { + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_LEFTSHIFT) + printf(", LSHIFT"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_RIGHTSHIFT) + printf(", RSHIFT"); + } + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_CTRLSTATE) { + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_LEFTCTRL) + printf(", LCTRL"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_RIGHTCTRL) + printf(", RCTRL"); + } + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_ALTSTATE) { + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_LEFTALT) + printf(", LALT"); + if (evt->modifiers & EVT_RIGHTALT) + printf(", RALT"); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +msg - Message to display for type of event +evt - Event to display + +REMARKS: +Function to display the status of the keyboard event to the screen. +****************************************************************************/ +void DisplayKey( + char *msg, + event_t *evt) +{ + KeyEntry *ascii,*scan; + char ch = EVT_asciiCode(evt->message); + + ascii = FindKey(ch,ASCIICodes); + scan = FindKey(EVT_scanCode(evt->message),ScanCodes); + printf("%s: 0x%04X -> %s, %s, '%c'", + msg, (int)evt->message & 0xFFFF, scan->name, ascii->name, isprint(ch) ? ch : ' '); + DisplayModifiers(evt); + printf("\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +msg - Message to display for type of event +evt - Event to display + +REMARKS: +Function to display the status of the mouse event to the screen. +****************************************************************************/ +void DisplayMouse( + char *msg, + event_t *evt) +{ + printf("%s: ", msg); + if (evt->message & EVT_LEFTBMASK) + printf("LEFT "); + if (evt->message & EVT_RIGHTBMASK) + printf("RIGHT "); + if (evt->message & EVT_MIDDLEBMASK) + printf("MIDDLE "); + printf("abs(%d,%d), rel(%d,%d)", evt->where_x, evt->where_y, evt->relative_x, evt->relative_y); + DisplayModifiers(evt); + if (evt->message & EVT_DBLCLICK) + printf(", DBLCLICK"); + printf("\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +msg - Message to display for type of event +evt - Event to display + +REMARKS: +Function to display the status of the joystick event to the screen. +****************************************************************************/ +void DisplayJoy( + char *msg, + event_t *evt) +{ + printf("%s: Joy1(%4d,%4d,%c%c), Joy2(%4d,%4d,%c%c)\n", msg, + evt->where_x,evt->where_y, + (evt->message & EVT_JOY1_BUTTONA) ? 'A' : 'a', + (evt->message & EVT_JOY1_BUTTONB) ? 'B' : 'b', + evt->relative_x,evt->relative_y, + (evt->message & EVT_JOY2_BUTTONA) ? 'A' : 'a', + (evt->message & EVT_JOY2_BUTTONB) ? 'B' : 'b'); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Joystick calibration routine +****************************************************************************/ +void CalibrateJoy(void) +{ + event_t evt; + if(EVT_joyIsPresent()){ + printf("Joystick Calibration\nMove the joystick to the upper left corner and press any button.\n"); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_joySetUpperLeft(); + printf("Move the joystick to the lower right corner and press any button.\n"); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_joySetLowerRight(); + printf("Move the joystick to center position and press any button.\n"); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_halt(&evt, EVT_JOYCLICK); + EVT_joySetCenter(); + printf("Joystick calibrated\n"); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Main program entry point +****************************************************************************/ +int main(void) +{ + event_t evt; + ibool done = false; + PM_HWND hwndConsole; + + hwndConsole = PM_openConsole(0,0,0,0,0,true); + EVT_init(&moveMouse); + EVT_setMouseRange(1024,768); + CalibrateJoy(); + do { + EVT_pollJoystick(); + if (EVT_getNext(&evt,EVT_EVERYEVT)) { + switch (evt.what) { + case EVT_KEYDOWN: + DisplayKey("EVT_KEYDOWN ", &evt); + if (EVT_scanCode(evt.message) == KB_esc) + done = true; + break; + case EVT_KEYREPEAT: + DisplayKey("EVT_KEYREPEAT", &evt); + break; + case EVT_KEYUP: + DisplayKey("EVT_KEYUP ", &evt); + break; + case EVT_MOUSEDOWN: + DisplayMouse("EVT_MOUSEDOWN", &evt); + break; + case EVT_MOUSEAUTO: + DisplayMouse("EVT_MOUSEAUTO", &evt); + break; + case EVT_MOUSEUP: + DisplayMouse("EVT_MOUSEUP ", &evt); + break; + case EVT_MOUSEMOVE: + DisplayMouse("EVT_MOUSEMOVE", &evt); + break; + case EVT_JOYCLICK: + DisplayJoy("EVT_JOYCLICK ", &evt); + break; + case EVT_JOYMOVE: + DisplayJoy("EVT_JOYMOVE ", &evt); + break; + } + } + } while (!done); + EVT_exit(); + PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/isvesa.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/isvesa.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c02452bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/isvesa.c @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to allocate real mode +* memory and to call real mode interrupt handlers such as +* the VESA VBE BIOS from protected mode. Compile and link +* with the appropriate command line for your DOS extender. +* +* Functions tested: PM_getVESABuf() +* PM_mapRealPointer() +* PM_int86x() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +/* SuperVGA information block */ + +#pragma pack(1) + +typedef struct { + char VESASignature[4]; /* 'VESA' 4 byte signature */ + short VESAVersion; /* VBE version number */ + ulong OEMStringPtr; /* Far pointer to OEM string */ + ulong Capabilities; /* Capabilities of video card */ + ulong VideoModePtr; /* Far pointer to supported modes */ + short TotalMemory; /* Number of 64kb memory blocks */ + char reserved[236]; /* Pad to 256 byte block size */ + } VgaInfoBlock; + +#pragma pack() + +int main(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + RMSREGS sregs; + VgaInfoBlock vgaInfo; + ushort *mode; + uint vgLen; + uchar *vgPtr; + unsigned r_vgseg,r_vgoff; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Allocate a 256 byte block of real memory for communicating with + * the VESA BIOS. + */ + if ((vgPtr = PM_getVESABuf(&vgLen,&r_vgseg,&r_vgoff)) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to allocate VESA memory buffer!\n"); + exit(1); + } + + /* Call the VESA VBE to see if it is out there */ + regs.x.ax = 0x4F00; + regs.x.di = r_vgoff; + sregs.es = r_vgseg; + memcpy(vgPtr,"VBE2",4); + PM_int86x(0x10, ®s, ®s, &sregs); + memcpy(&vgaInfo,vgPtr,sizeof(VgaInfoBlock)); + if (regs.x.ax == 0x4F && strncmp(vgaInfo.VESASignature,"VESA",4) == 0) { + printf("VESA VBE version %d.%d BIOS detected\n\n", + vgaInfo.VESAVersion >> 8, vgaInfo.VESAVersion & 0xF); + printf("Available video modes:\n"); + mode = PM_mapRealPointer(vgaInfo.VideoModePtr >> 16, vgaInfo.VideoModePtr & 0xFFFF); + while (*mode != 0xFFFF) { + printf(" %04hXh (%08X)\n", *mode, (int)mode); + mode++; + } + } + else + printf("VESA VBE not found\n"); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf89f79fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key.c @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* keyboard interrupt handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_setKeyHandler() +* PM_chainPrevKey() +* PM_restoreKeyHandler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile long count = 0; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +void PMAPI keyHandler(void) +{ + count++; + PM_chainPrevKey(); /* Chain to previous handler */ +} + +int main(void) +{ + int ch; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Install our timer handler and lock handler pages in memory. It is + * difficult to get the size of a function in C, but we know our + * function is well less than 100 bytes (and an entire 4k page will + * need to be locked by the server anyway). + */ + PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)keyHandler,100,&lh); + PM_lockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_installBreakHandler(); /* We *DONT* want Ctrl-Breaks! */ + PM_setKeyHandler(keyHandler); + printf("Keyboard interrupt handler installed - Type some characters and\n"); + printf("hit ESC to exit\n"); + while ((ch = PM_getch()) != 0x1B) { + printf("%c", ch); + fflush(stdout); + } + + PM_restoreKeyHandler(); + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + PM_unlockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_unlockCodePages((__codePtr)keyHandler,100,&lh); + printf("\n\nKeyboard handler was called %ld times\n", count); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key15.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key15.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c0d27a174 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/key15.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* keyboard Int 15h interrupt handler. This is an alternate +* way to intercept scancodes from the keyboard by hooking +* the Int 15h keyboard intercept callout. +* +* Functions tested: PM_setKey15Handler() +* PM_restoreKey15Handler() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile long count = 0; +volatile short lastScanCode = 0; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +short PMAPI keyHandler(short scanCode) +{ + count++; + lastScanCode = scanCode; + return scanCode; /* Let BIOS process as normal */ +} + +int main(void) +{ + int ch; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Install our timer handler and lock handler pages in memory. It is + * difficult to get the size of a function in C, but we know our + * function is well less than 100 bytes (and an entire 4k page will + * need to be locked by the server anyway). + */ + PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)keyHandler,100,&lh); + PM_lockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_installBreakHandler(); /* We *DONT* want Ctrl-Break's! */ + PM_setKey15Handler(keyHandler); + printf("Keyboard interrupt handler installed - Type some characters and\n"); + printf("hit ESC to exit\n"); + while ((ch = PM_getch()) != 0x1B) { + printf("%c", ch); + fflush(stdout); + } + + PM_restoreKey15Handler(); + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + PM_unlockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_unlockCodePages((__codePtr)keyHandler,100,&lh); + printf("\n\nKeyboard handler was called %ld times\n", count); + printf("Last scan code %04X\n", lastScanCode); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/memtest.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/memtest.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..221bfb1a02 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/memtest.c @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to determine just how much memory can be +* allocated with the compiler in use. Compile and link +* with the appropriate command line for your DOS extender. +* +* Functions tested: PM_malloc() +* PM_availableMemory() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +#ifdef __16BIT__ +#define MAXALLOC 64 +#else +#define MAXALLOC 2000 +#endif + +int main(void) +{ + int i; + ulong allocs; + ulong physical,total; + char *p,*pa[MAXALLOC]; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + printf("Memory available at start:\n"); + PM_availableMemory(&physical,&total); + printf(" Physical memory: %ld Kb\n", physical / 1024); + printf(" Total (including virtual): %ld Kb\n", total / 1024); + printf("\n"); + for (allocs = i = 0; i < MAXALLOC; i++) { + if ((pa[i] = PM_malloc(10*1024)) != 0) { /* in 10k blocks */ + p = pa[allocs]; + memset(p, 0, 10*1024); /* touch every byte */ + *p = 'x'; /* do something, anything with */ + p[1023] = 'y'; /* the allocated memory */ + allocs++; + printf("Allocated %lu bytes\r", 10*(allocs << 10)); + } + else break; + if (PM_kbhit() && (PM_getch() == 0x1B)) + break; + } + + printf("\n\nAllocated total of %lu bytes\n", 10 * (allocs << 10)); + + printf("\nMemory available at end:\n"); + PM_availableMemory(&physical,&total); + printf(" Physical memory: %ld Kb\n", physical / 1024); + printf(" Total (including virtual): %ld Kb\n", total / 1024); + + for (i = allocs-1; i >= 0; i--) + PM_free(pa[i]); + + printf("\nMemory available after freeing all blocks (note that under protected mode\n"); + printf("this will most likely not be correct after freeing blocks):\n\n"); + PM_availableMemory(&physical,&total); + printf(" Physical memory: %ld Kb\n", physical / 1024); + printf(" Total (including virtual): %ld Kb\n", total / 1024); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/mouse.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/mouse.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b426517c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/mouse.c @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install an assembly +* language mouse interrupt handler. We use assembly language +* as it must be a far function and should swap to a local +* 32 bit stack if it is going to call any C based code (which +* we do in this example). +* +* Functions tested: PM_installMouseHandler() +* PM_int86() +* +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile long count = 0; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +void PMAPI mouseHandler( + uint mask, + uint butstate, + int x, + int y, + int mickeyX, + int mickeyY) +{ + mask = mask; /* We dont use any of the parameters */ + butstate = butstate; + x = x; + y = y; + mickeyX = mickeyX; + mickeyY = mickeyY; + count++; +} + +int main(void) +{ + RMREGS regs; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + regs.x.ax = 33; /* Mouse function 33 - Software reset */ + PM_int86(0x33,®s,®s); + if (regs.x.bx == 0) { + printf("No mouse installed.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + /* Install our mouse handler and lock handler pages in memory. It is + * difficult to get the size of a function in C, but we know our + * function is well less than 100 bytes (and an entire 4k page will + * need to be locked by the server anyway). + */ + PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)mouseHandler,100,&lh); + PM_lockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + if (!PM_setMouseHandler(0xFFFF, mouseHandler)) { + printf("Unable to install mouse handler!\n"); + exit(1); + } + printf("Mouse handler installed - Hit any key to exit\n"); + PM_getch(); + + PM_restoreMouseHandler(); + PM_unlockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_unlockCodePages((__codePtr)mouseHandler,100,&lh); + printf("Mouse handler was called %ld times\n", count); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/restore.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/restore.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b808052c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/restore.c @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux/QNX +* +* Description: Program to restore the console state state from a previously +* saved state if the program crashed while the console +* was in graphics mode. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +void setVideoMode(int mode) +{ + RMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = mode; + PM_int86(0x10, &r, &r); +} + +int main(void) +{ + PM_HWND hwndConsole; + ulong stateSize; + void *stateBuf; + FILE *f; + + /* Write the saved console state buffer to disk */ + if ((f = fopen("/etc/pmsave.dat","rb")) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to open /etc/pmsave.dat for reading!\n"); + return -1; + } + fread(&stateSize,1,sizeof(stateSize),f); + if (stateSize != PM_getConsoleStateSize()) { + printf("Size mismatch in /etc/pmsave.dat!\n"); + return -1; + } + if ((stateBuf = PM_malloc(stateSize)) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to allocate console state buffer!\n"); + return -1; + } + fread(stateBuf,1,stateSize,f); + fclose(f); + + /* Open the console */ + hwndConsole = PM_openConsole(0,0,0,0,0,true); + + /* Forcibly set 80x25 text mode using the BIOS */ + setVideoMode(0x3); + + /* Restore the previous console state */ + PM_restoreConsoleState(stateBuf,0); + PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + PM_free(stateBuf); + printf("Console state successfully restored from /etc/pmsave.dat\n"); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/rtc.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07c6eaafd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* Real Time Clock interrupt handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_setRealTimeClockHandler() +* PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile long count = 0; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +void PMAPI RTCHandler(void) +{ + count++; +} + +int main(void) +{ + long oldCount; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Install our timer handler and lock handler pages in memory. It is + * difficult to get the size of a function in C, but we know our + * function is well less than 100 bytes (and an entire 4k page will + * need to be locked by the server anyway). + */ + PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)RTCHandler,100,&lh); + PM_lockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_installBreakHandler(); /* We *DONT* want Ctrl-Breaks! */ + PM_setRealTimeClockHandler(RTCHandler,128); + printf("RealTimeClock interrupt handler installed - Hit ESC to exit\n"); + oldCount = count; + while (1) { + if (PM_kbhit() && (PM_getch() == 0x1B)) + break; + if (count != oldCount) { + printf("Tick, Tock: %ld\n", count); + oldCount = count; + } + } + + PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(); + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + PM_unlockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_unlockCodePages((__codePtr)RTCHandler,100,&lh); + printf("RealTimeClock handler was called %ld times\n", count); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/save.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/save.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be96968f62 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/save.c @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Linux/QNX +* +* Description: Program to save the console state state so that it can +* be later restored if the program crashed while the console +* was in graphics mode. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +int main(void) +{ + PM_HWND hwndConsole; + ulong stateSize; + void *stateBuf; + FILE *f; + + /* Allocate a buffer to save console state and save the state */ + hwndConsole = PM_openConsole(0,0,0,0,0,true); + stateSize = PM_getConsoleStateSize(); + if ((stateBuf = PM_malloc(stateSize)) == NULL) { + PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + printf("Unable to allocate console state buffer!\n"); + return -1; + } + PM_saveConsoleState(stateBuf,0); + + /* Restore the console state on exit */ + PM_restoreConsoleState(stateBuf,0); + PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + + /* Write the saved console state buffer to disk */ + if ((f = fopen("/etc/pmsave.dat","wb")) == NULL) + printf("Unable to open /etc/pmsave/dat for writing!\n"); + else { + fwrite(&stateSize,1,sizeof(stateSize),f); + fwrite(stateBuf,1,stateSize,f); + fclose(f); + printf("Console state successfully saved to /etc/pmsave.dat\n"); + } + PM_free(stateBuf); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/showpci.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/showpci.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8222b86024 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/showpci.c @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to test the PCI library functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "pcilib.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +/*------------------------- Global Variables ------------------------------*/ + +static int NumPCI = -1; +static PCIDeviceInfo *PCI; +static int *BridgeIndex; +static int *DeviceIndex; +static int NumBridges; +static PCIDeviceInfo *AGPBridge = NULL; +static int NumDevices; + +/*-------------------------- Implementation -------------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enumerates the PCI bus and dumps the PCI configuration information to the +log file. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EnumeratePCI(void) +{ + int i,index; + PCIDeviceInfo *info; + + printf("Displaying enumeration of PCI bus (%d devices, %d display devices)\n", + NumPCI, NumDevices); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) + printf(" Display device %d is PCI device %d\n",index,DeviceIndex[index]); + printf("\n"); + printf("Bus Slot Fnc DeviceID SubSystem Rev Class IRQ Int Cmd\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) { + printf("%2d %2d %2d %04X:%04X %04X:%04X %02X %02X:%02X %02X %02X %04X ", + PCI[i].slot.p.Bus, + PCI[i].slot.p.Device, + PCI[i].slot.p.Function, + PCI[i].VendorID, + PCI[i].DeviceID, + PCI[i].u.type0.SubSystemVendorID, + PCI[i].u.type0.SubSystemID, + PCI[i].RevID, + PCI[i].BaseClass, + PCI[i].SubClass, + PCI[i].u.type0.InterruptLine, + PCI[i].u.type0.InterruptPin, + PCI[i].Command); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + if (DeviceIndex[index] == i) + break; + } + if (index < NumDevices) + printf("<- %d\n", index); + else + printf("\n"); + } + printf("\n"); + printf("DeviceID Stat Ifc Cch Lat Hdr BIST\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) { + printf("%04X:%04X %04X %02X %02X %02X %02X %02X ", + PCI[i].VendorID, + PCI[i].DeviceID, + PCI[i].Status, + PCI[i].Interface, + PCI[i].CacheLineSize, + PCI[i].LatencyTimer, + PCI[i].HeaderType, + PCI[i].BIST); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + if (DeviceIndex[index] == i) + break; + } + if (index < NumDevices) + printf("<- %d\n", index); + else + printf("\n"); + } + printf("\n"); + printf("DeviceID Base10h Base14h Base18h Base1Ch Base20h Base24h ROMBase\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) { + printf("%04X:%04X %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX ", + PCI[i].VendorID, + PCI[i].DeviceID, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress18, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress1C, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress20, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress24, + PCI[i].u.type0.ROMBaseAddress); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + if (DeviceIndex[index] == i) + break; + } + if (index < NumDevices) + printf("<- %d\n", index); + else + printf("\n"); + } + printf("\n"); + printf("DeviceID BAR10Len BAR14Len BAR18Len BAR1CLen BAR20Len BAR24Len ROMLen\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) { + printf("%04X:%04X %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX ", + PCI[i].VendorID, + PCI[i].DeviceID, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10Len, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14Len, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress18Len, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress1CLen, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress20Len, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress24Len, + PCI[i].u.type0.ROMBaseAddressLen); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + if (DeviceIndex[index] == i) + break; + } + if (index < NumDevices) + printf("<- %d\n", index); + else + printf("\n"); + } + printf("\n"); + printf("Displaying enumeration of %d bridge devices\n",NumBridges); + printf("\n"); + printf("DeviceID P# S# B# IOB IOL MemBase MemLimit PreBase PreLimit Ctrl\n"); + for (i = 0; i < NumBridges; i++) { + info = (PCIDeviceInfo*)&PCI[BridgeIndex[i]]; + printf("%04X:%04X %02X %02X %02X %04X %04X %08X %08X %08X %08X %04X\n", + info->VendorID, + info->DeviceID, + info->u.type1.PrimaryBusNumber, + info->u.type1.SecondayBusNumber, + info->u.type1.SubordinateBusNumber, + ((u16)info->u.type1.IOBase << 8) & 0xF000, + info->u.type1.IOLimit ? + ((u16)info->u.type1.IOLimit << 8) | 0xFFF : 0, + ((u32)info->u.type1.MemoryBase << 16) & 0xFFF00000, + info->u.type1.MemoryLimit ? + ((u32)info->u.type1.MemoryLimit << 16) | 0xFFFFF : 0, + ((u32)info->u.type1.PrefetchableMemoryBase << 16) & 0xFFF00000, + info->u.type1.PrefetchableMemoryLimit ? + ((u32)info->u.type1.PrefetchableMemoryLimit << 16) | 0xFFFFF : 0, + info->u.type1.BridgeControl); + } + printf("\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +Number of display devices found. + +REMARKS: +This function enumerates the number of available display devices on the +PCI bus, and returns the number found. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCI_enumerateDevices(void) +{ + int i,j; + PCIDeviceInfo *info; + + // If this is the first time we have been called, enumerate all + // devices on the PCI bus. + if (NumPCI == -1) { + if ((NumPCI = PCI_getNumDevices()) == 0) + return -1; + PCI = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(PCI[0])); + BridgeIndex = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(BridgeIndex[0])); + DeviceIndex = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(DeviceIndex[0])); + if (!PCI || !BridgeIndex || !DeviceIndex) + return -1; + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) + PCI[i].dwSize = sizeof(PCI[i]); + if (PCI_enumerate(PCI) == 0) + return -1; + + // Build a list of all PCI bridge devices + for (i = 0,NumBridges = 0,BridgeIndex[0] = -1; i < NumPCI; i++) { + if (PCI[i].BaseClass == PCI_BRIDGE_CLASS) + BridgeIndex[NumBridges++] = i; + } + + // Now build a list of all display class devices + for (i = 0,NumDevices = 1,DeviceIndex[0] = -1; i < NumPCI; i++) { + if (PCI_IS_DISPLAY_CLASS(&PCI[i])) { + if ((PCI[i].Command & 0x3) == 0x3) + DeviceIndex[0] = i; + else + DeviceIndex[NumDevices++] = i; + if (PCI[i].slot.p.Bus != 0) { + // This device is on a different bus than the primary + // PCI bus, so it is probably an AGP device. Find the + // AGP bus device that controls that bus so we can + // control it. + for (j = 0; j < NumBridges; j++) { + info = (PCIDeviceInfo*)&PCI[BridgeIndex[j]]; + if (info->u.type1.SecondayBusNumber == PCI[i].slot.p.Bus) { + AGPBridge = info; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + // Enumerate all PCI and bridge devices to standard output + EnumeratePCI(); + } + return NumDevices; +} + +int main(void) +{ + // Enumerate all PCI devices + PM_init(); + if (PCI_enumerateDevices() < 1) { + printf("No PCI display devices found!\n"); + return -1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/tick.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/tick.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee1014fb9f --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/tick.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to install a C based +* timer interrupt handler. +* +* Functions tested: PM_setTimerHandler() +* PM_chainPrevTimer(); +* PM_restoreTimerHandler() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +volatile long count = 0; + +#pragma off (check_stack) /* No stack checking under Watcom */ + +void PMAPI timerHandler(void) +{ + PM_chainPrevTimer(); /* Chain to previous handler */ + count++; +} + +int main(void) +{ + long oldCount; + PM_lockHandle lh; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + /* Install our timer handler and lock handler pages in memory. It is + * difficult to get the size of a function in C, but we know our + * function is well less than 100 bytes (and an entire 4k page will + * need to be locked by the server anyway). + */ + PM_lockCodePages((__codePtr)timerHandler,100,&lh); + PM_lockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_installBreakHandler(); /* We *DONT* want Ctrl-Breaks! */ + PM_setTimerHandler(timerHandler); + printf("Timer interrupt handler installed - Hit ESC to exit\n"); + oldCount = count; + while (1) { + if (PM_kbhit() && (PM_getch() == 0x1B)) + break; + if (count != oldCount) { + printf("Tick, Tock: %ld\n", count); + oldCount = count; + } + } + + PM_restoreTimerHandler(); + PM_restoreBreakHandler(); + PM_unlockDataPages((void*)&count,sizeof(count),&lh); + PM_unlockCodePages((__codePtr)timerHandler,100,&lh); + printf("Timer handler was called %ld times\n", count); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timerc.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timerc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55e95a85d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timerc.c @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Test program for the Zen Timer Library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "ztimer.h" + +#define DELAY_SECS 10 + +/*-------------------------- Implementation -------------------------------*/ + +/* The following routine takes a long count in microseconds and outputs + * a string representing the count in seconds. It could be modified to + * return a pointer to a static string representing the count rather + * than printing it out. + */ + +void ReportTime(ulong count) +{ + ulong secs; + + secs = count / 1000000L; + count = count - secs * 1000000L; + printf("Time taken: %lu.%06lu seconds\n",secs,count); +} + +int i,j; /* NON register variables! */ + +int main(void) +{ +#ifdef LONG_TEST + ulong start,finish; +#endif + + printf("Processor type: %d %ld MHz\n", CPU_getProcessorType(), CPU_getProcessorSpeed(true)); + + ZTimerInit(); + + /* Test the long period Zen Timer (we don't check for overflow coz + * it would take tooooo long!) + */ + + LZTimerOn(); + for (j = 0; j < 10; j++) + for (i = 0; i < 20000; i++) + i = i; + LZTimerOff(); + ReportTime(LZTimerCount()); + + /* Test the ultra long period Zen Timer */ +#ifdef LONG_TEST + start = ULZReadTime(); + delay(DELAY_SECS * 1000); + finish = ULZReadTime(); + printf("Delay of %d secs took %d 1/10ths of a second\n", + DELAY_SECS,ULZElapsedTime(start,finish)); +#endif + + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timercpp.cpp b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timercpp.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1258a4bb10 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/timercpp.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: C++ 3.0 +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Test program for the Zen Timer Library C++ interface. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <iostream.h> +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "ztimer.h" + +/*-------------------------- Implementation -------------------------------*/ + +int i,j,k; /* NON register variables! */ + +void dummy() {} + +int main(void) +{ + LZTimer ltimer; + ULZTimer ultimer; + + ZTimerInit(); + + /* Test the long period Zen Timer (we don't check for overflow coz + * it would take tooooo long!) + */ + + cout << endl; + ultimer.restart(); + ltimer.start(); + for (j = 0; j < 10; j++) + for (i = 0; i < 20000; i++) + dummy(); + ltimer.stop(); + ultimer.stop(); + cout << "LCount: " << ltimer.count() << endl; + cout << "Time: " << ltimer << " secs\n"; + cout << "ULCount: " << ultimer.count() << endl; + cout << "ULTime: " << ultimer << " secs\n"; + + cout << endl << "Timing ... \n"; + ultimer.restart(); + ltimer.restart(); + for (j = 0; j < 200; j++) + for (i = 0; i < 20000; i++) + dummy(); + ltimer.stop(); + ultimer.stop(); + cout << "LCount: " << ltimer.count() << endl; + cout << "Time: " << ltimer << " secs\n"; + cout << "ULCount: " << ultimer.count() << endl; + cout << "ULTime: " << ultimer << " secs\n"; + + /* Test the lap function of the long period Zen Timer */ + + cout << endl << "Timing ... \n"; + ultimer.restart(); + ltimer.restart(); + for (j = 0; j < 20; j++) { + for (k = 0; k < 10; k++) + for (i = 0; i < 20000; i++) + dummy(); + cout << "lap: " << ltimer.lap() << endl; + } + ltimer.stop(); + ultimer.stop(); + cout << "LCount: " << ltimer.count() << endl; + cout << "Time: " << ltimer << " secs\n"; + cout << "ULCount: " << ultimer.count() << endl; + cout << "ULTime: " << ultimer << " secs\n"; + +#ifdef LONG_TEST + /* Test the ultra long period Zen Timer */ + + ultimer.start(); + delay(DELAY_SECS * 1000); + ultimer.stop(); + cout << "Delay of " << DELAY_SECS << " secs took " << ultimer.count() + << " 1/10ths of a second\n"; + cout << "Time: " << ultimer << " secs\n"; +#endif + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/uswc.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/uswc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0892e25f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/uswc.c @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Simple test program to test the write combine functions. +* +* Note that this program should never be used in a production +* environment, because write combining needs to be handled +* with more intimate knowledge of the display hardware than +* you can obtain by simply examining the PCI configuration +* space. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "pcilib.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +/*------------------------- Global Variables ------------------------------*/ + +static int NumPCI = -1; +static PCIDeviceInfo *PCI; +static int *BridgeIndex; +static int *DeviceIndex; +static int NumBridges; +static PCIDeviceInfo *AGPBridge = NULL; +static int NumDevices; + +/*-------------------------- Implementation -------------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +RETURNS: +Number of display devices found. + +REMARKS: +This function enumerates the number of available display devices on the +PCI bus, and returns the number found. +****************************************************************************/ +static int PCI_enumerateDevices(void) +{ + int i,j; + PCIDeviceInfo *info; + + // If this is the first time we have been called, enumerate all + // devices on the PCI bus. + if (NumPCI == -1) { + if ((NumPCI = PCI_getNumDevices()) == 0) + return -1; + PCI = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(PCI[0])); + BridgeIndex = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(BridgeIndex[0])); + DeviceIndex = malloc(NumPCI * sizeof(DeviceIndex[0])); + if (!PCI || !BridgeIndex || !DeviceIndex) + return -1; + for (i = 0; i < NumPCI; i++) + PCI[i].dwSize = sizeof(PCI[i]); + if (PCI_enumerate(PCI) == 0) + return -1; + + // Build a list of all PCI bridge devices + for (i = 0,NumBridges = 0,BridgeIndex[0] = -1; i < NumPCI; i++) { + if (PCI[i].BaseClass == PCI_BRIDGE_CLASS) + BridgeIndex[NumBridges++] = i; + } + + // Now build a list of all display class devices + for (i = 0,NumDevices = 1,DeviceIndex[0] = -1; i < NumPCI; i++) { + if (PCI_IS_DISPLAY_CLASS(&PCI[i])) { + if ((PCI[i].Command & 0x3) == 0x3) + DeviceIndex[0] = i; + else + DeviceIndex[NumDevices++] = i; + if (PCI[i].slot.p.Bus != 0) { + // This device is on a different bus than the primary + // PCI bus, so it is probably an AGP device. Find the + // AGP bus device that controls that bus so we can + // control it. + for (j = 0; j < NumBridges; j++) { + info = (PCIDeviceInfo*)&PCI[BridgeIndex[j]]; + if (info->u.type1.SecondayBusNumber == PCI[i].slot.p.Bus) { + AGPBridge = info; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + } + return NumDevices; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enumerates useful information about attached display devices. +****************************************************************************/ +static void ShowDisplayDevices(void) +{ + int i,index; + + printf("Displaying enumeration of %d PCI display devices\n", NumDevices); + printf("\n"); + printf("DeviceID SubSystem Base10h (length ) Base14h (length )\n"); + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + i = DeviceIndex[index]; + printf("%04X:%04X %04X:%04X %08lX (%6ld KB) %08lX (%6ld KB)\n", + PCI[i].VendorID, + PCI[i].DeviceID, + PCI[i].u.type0.SubSystemVendorID, + PCI[i].u.type0.SubSystemID, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10Len / 1024, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14Len / 1024); + } + printf("\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Dumps the value for a write combine region to the display. +****************************************************************************/ +static char *DecodeWCType( + uint type) +{ + static char *names[] = { + "UNCACHABLE", + "WRCOMB", + "UNKNOWN", + "UNKNOWN", + "WRTHROUGH", + "WRPROT", + "WRBACK", + }; + if (type <= PM_MTRR_MAX) + return names[type]; + return "UNKNOWN"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Dumps the value for a write combine region to the display. +****************************************************************************/ +static void PMAPI EnumWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong length, + uint type) +{ + printf("%08lX %-10ld %s\n", base, length / 1024, DecodeWCType(type)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +err - Error to log + +REMARKS: +Function to log an error message if the MTRR write combining attempt failed. +****************************************************************************/ +static void LogMTRRError( + int err) +{ + if (err == PM_MTRR_ERR_OK) + return; + switch (err) { + case PM_MTRR_NOT_SUPPORTED: + printf("Failed: MTRR is not supported by host CPU\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_PARAMS: + printf("Failed: Invalid parameters passed to PM_enableWriteCombined!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_NOT_4KB_ALIGNED: + printf("Failed: Address is not 4Kb aligned!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_BELOW_1MB: + printf("Failed: Addresses below 1Mb cannot be write combined!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_NOT_ALIGNED: + printf("Failed: Address is not correctly aligned for processor!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_OVERLAP: + printf("Failed: Address overlaps an existing region!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_TYPE_MISMATCH: + printf("Failed: Adress is contained with existing region, but type is different!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_NONE_FREE: + printf("Failed: Out of MTRR registers!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_NOWRCOMB: + printf("Failed: This processor does not support write combining!\n"); + break; + case PM_MTRR_ERR_NO_OS_SUPPORT: + printf("Failed: MTRR is not supported by host OS\n"); + break; + default: + printf("Failed: UNKNOWN ERROR!\n"); + break; + } + exit(-1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Shows all write combine regions. +****************************************************************************/ +static void ShowWriteCombine(void) +{ + printf("Base Length(KB) Type\n"); + LogMTRRError(PM_enumWriteCombine(EnumWriteCombine)); + printf("\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Dumps the value for a write combine region to the display. +****************************************************************************/ +static void EnableWriteCombine(void) +{ + int i,index; + + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + i = DeviceIndex[index]; + if (PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10 & 0x8) { + LogMTRRError(PM_enableWriteCombine( + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10 & 0xFFFFFFF0, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10Len, + PM_MTRR_WRCOMB)); + } + if (PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14 & 0x8) { + LogMTRRError(PM_enableWriteCombine( + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14 & 0xFFFFFFF0, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14Len, + PM_MTRR_WRCOMB)); + } + } + printf("\n"); + ShowDisplayDevices(); + ShowWriteCombine(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Dumps the value for a write combine region to the display. +****************************************************************************/ +static void DisableWriteCombine(void) +{ + int i,index; + + for (index = 0; index < NumDevices; index++) { + i = DeviceIndex[index]; + if (PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10 & 0x8) { + LogMTRRError(PM_enableWriteCombine( + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10 & 0xFFFFFFF0, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress10Len, + PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE)); + } + if (PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14 & 0x8) { + LogMTRRError(PM_enableWriteCombine( + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14 & 0xFFFFFFF0, + PCI[i].u.type0.BaseAddress14Len, + PM_MTRR_UNCACHABLE)); + } + } + printf("\n"); + ShowDisplayDevices(); + ShowWriteCombine(); +} + +int main(int argc,char *argv[]) +{ + PM_init(); + if (PCI_enumerateDevices() < 1) { + printf("No PCI display devices found!\n"); + return -1; + } + if (argc < 2) { + printf("usage: uswc [-show -on -off]\n\n"); + ShowDisplayDevices(); + return -1; + } + if (stricmp(argv[1],"-show") == 0) + ShowWriteCombine(); + else if (stricmp(argv[1],"-on") == 0) + EnableWriteCombine(); + else if (stricmp(argv[1],"-off") == 0) + DisableWriteCombine(); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/vftest.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/vftest.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..633a76d2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/vftest.c @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Filename: $Workfile$ +* Version: $Revision: 1.1 $ +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to test the VFlat virtual framebuffer functions. +* +* Functions tested: VF_available() +* VF_init() +* VF_exit() +* +* $Date: 2002/10/02 15:35:21 $ $Author: hfrieden $ +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +uchar code[] = { + 0xC3, /* ret */ + }; + +int main(void) +{ + void *vfBuffer; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + if (!VF_available()) { + printf("Virtual Linear Framebuffer not available.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + vfBuffer = VF_init(0xA0000,64,sizeof(code),code); + if (!vfBuffer) { + printf("Failure to initialise Virtual Linear Framebuffer!\n"); + exit(1); + } + VF_exit(); + printf("Virtual Linear Framebuffer set up successfully!\n"); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/video.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/video.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f6f67f67e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/tests/video.c @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: any +* +* Description: Test program to check the ability to generate real mode +* interrupts and to be able to obtain direct access to the +* video memory from protected mode. Compile and link with +* the appropriate command line for your DOS extender. +* +* Functions tested: PM_getBIOSSelector() +* PM_mapPhysicalAddr() +* PM_int86() +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include "pmapi.h" + +uchar *bios; /* Pointer to BIOS data area */ +uchar *videoPtr; /* Pointer to VGA framebuffer */ +void *stateBuf; /* Console state save buffer */ + +/* Routine to return the current video mode number */ + +int getVideoMode(void) +{ + return PM_getByte(bios+0x49); +} + +/* Routine to set a specified video mode */ + +void setVideoMode(int mode) +{ + RMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = mode; + PM_int86(0x10, &r, &r); +} + +/* Routine to clear a rectangular region on the display by calling the + * video BIOS. + */ + +void clearScreen(int startx, int starty, int endx, int endy, unsigned char attr) +{ + RMREGS r; + + r.x.ax = 0x0600; + r.h.bh = attr; + r.h.cl = startx; + r.h.ch = starty; + r.h.dl = endx; + r.h.dh = endy; + PM_int86(0x10, &r, &r); +} + +/* Routine to fill a rectangular region on the display using direct + * video writes. + */ + +#define SCREEN(x,y) (videoPtr + ((y) * 160) + ((x) << 1)) + +void fill(int startx, int starty, int endx, int endy, unsigned char c, + unsigned char attr) +{ + unsigned char *v; + int x,y; + + for (y = starty; y <= endy; y++) { + v = SCREEN(startx,y); + for (x = startx; x <= endx; x++) { + *v++ = c; + *v++ = attr; + } + } +} + +/* Routine to display a single character using direct video writes */ + +void writeChar(int x, int y, unsigned char c, unsigned char attr) +{ + unsigned char *v = SCREEN(x,y); + *v++ = c; + *v = attr; +} + +/* Routine to draw a border around a rectangular area using direct video + * writes. + */ + +static unsigned char border_chars[] = { + 186, 205, 201, 187, 200, 188 /* double box chars */ + }; + +void border(int startx, int starty, int endx, int endy, unsigned char attr) +{ + unsigned char *v; + unsigned char *b; + int i; + + b = border_chars; + + for (i = starty+1; i < endy; i++) { + writeChar(startx, i, *b, attr); + writeChar(endx, i, *b, attr); + } + b++; + for (i = startx+1, v = SCREEN(startx+1, starty); i < endx; i++) { + *v++ = *b; + *v++ = attr; + } + for (i = startx+1, v = SCREEN(startx+1, endy); i < endx; i++) { + *v++ = *b; + *v++ = attr; + } + b++; + writeChar(startx, starty, *b++, attr); + writeChar(endx, starty, *b++, attr); + writeChar(startx, endy, *b++, attr); + writeChar(endx, endy, *b++, attr); +} + +int main(void) +{ + int orgMode; + PM_HWND hwndConsole; + + printf("Program running in "); + switch (PM_getModeType()) { + case PM_realMode: + printf("real mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_286: + printf("16 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + case PM_386: + printf("32 bit protected mode.\n\n"); + break; + } + + hwndConsole = PM_openConsole(0,0,0,0,0,true); + printf("Hit any key to start 80x25 text mode and perform some direct video output.\n"); + PM_getch(); + + /* Allocate a buffer to save console state and save the state */ + if ((stateBuf = PM_malloc(PM_getConsoleStateSize())) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to allocate console state buffer!\n"); + exit(1); + } + PM_saveConsoleState(stateBuf,0); + bios = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + orgMode = getVideoMode(); + setVideoMode(0x3); + if ((videoPtr = PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xB8000,0xFFFF,true)) == NULL) { + printf("Unable to obtain pointer to framebuffer!\n"); + exit(1); + } + + /* Draw some text on the screen */ + fill(0, 0, 79, 24, 176, 0x1E); + border(0, 0, 79, 24, 0x1F); + PM_getch(); + clearScreen(0, 0, 79, 24, 0x7); + + /* Restore the console state on exit */ + PM_restoreConsoleState(stateBuf,0); + PM_free(stateBuf); + PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + + /* Display useful status information */ + printf("\n"); + printf("Original Video Mode = %02X\n", orgMode); + printf("BIOS Pointer = %08X\n", (int)bios); + printf("Video Memory = %08X\n", (int)videoPtr); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3460b72456 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 VDD +* +* Description: VDD specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VDD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VDD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) (void)(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + freq->low = 100000; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + ULONG count; \ + count = VDHQuerySysValue(0, VDHGSV_MSECSBOOT); \ + (t)->low = count * 100; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/fileio.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/fileio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dbbaf37dfa --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/fileio.c @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 VDD +* +* Description: C library compatible I/O functions for use within a VDD. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "vddfile.h" + +/*------------------------ Main Code Implementation -----------------------*/ + +#define EOF -1 + +/* NB: none of the file VDHs are available during the DOS session */ +/* initialzation context! */ + +/* Macros for Open/Close APIs to allow using this module in both VDDs and */ +/* normal OS/2 applications. Unfortunately VDHRead/Write/Seek don't map to */ +/* their Dos* counterparts so cleanly. */ +#ifdef __OS2_VDD__ +#define _OS2Open VDHOpen +#define _OS2Close VDHClose +#else +#define _OS2Open DosOpen +#define _OS2Close DosClose +#endif + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C fopen function. +****************************************************************************/ +FILE * fopen( + const char *filename, + const char *mode) +{ + FILE *f = PM_malloc(sizeof(FILE)); + long oldpos; + ULONG rc, ulAction; + ULONG omode, oflags; + + if (f != NULL) { + f->offset = 0; + f->text = (mode[1] == 't' || mode[2] == 't'); + f->writemode = (mode[0] == 'w') || (mode[0] == 'a'); + f->unputc = EOF; + f->endp = f->buf + sizeof(f->buf); + f->curp = f->startp = f->buf; + + if (mode[0] == 'r') { + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + omode = VDHOPEN_ACCESS_READONLY | VDHOPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE; + oflags = VDHOPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | VDHOPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; + #else + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE; + oflags = OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; + #endif + } + else if (mode[0] == 'w') { + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + omode = VDHOPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY | VDHOPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; + oflags = VDHOPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS | VDHOPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; + #else + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY | OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; + oflags = OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; + #endif + } + else { + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + omode = VDHOPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | VDHOPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; + oflags = VDHOPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | VDHOPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; + #else + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; + oflags = OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; + #endif + } + rc = _OS2Open((PSZ)filename, (PHFILE)&f->handle, &ulAction, 0, VDHOPEN_FILE_NORMAL, oflags, omode, NULL); + if (rc != 0) { + PM_free(f); + return NULL; + } + + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + f->filesize = VDHSeek((HFILE)f->handle, 0, VDHSK_END_OF_FILE); + #else + rc = DosSetFilePtr((HFILE)f->handle, 0, FILE_END, &f->filesize); + #endif + + if (mode[0] == 'a') + fseek(f,0,2); + } + return f; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C fread function. Note that unlike Windows VxDs, +OS/2 VDDs are not limited to 64K reads or writes. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fread( + void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + char *buf = ptr; + int bytes,readbytes,totalbytes = 0; + + /* First copy any data already read into our buffer */ + if ((bytes = (f->curp - f->startp)) > 0) { + memcpy(buf,f->curp,bytes); + f->startp = f->curp = f->buf; + buf += bytes; + totalbytes += bytes; + bytes = (size * n) - bytes; + } + else + bytes = size * n; + if (bytes) { + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + readbytes = VDHRead((HFILE)f->handle, buf, bytes); + #else + DosRead((HFILE)f->handle, buf, bytes, &readbytes); + #endif + totalbytes += readbytes; + f->offset += readbytes; + } + return totalbytes / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C fwrite function. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fwrite( + void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + char *buf = ptr; + int bytes,writtenbytes,totalbytes = 0; + + /* Flush anything already in the buffer */ + if (!f->writemode) + return 0; + fflush(f); + bytes = size * n; + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + writtenbytes = VDHWrite((HFILE)f->handle, buf, bytes); + #else + DosWrite((HFILE)f->handle, buf, bytes, &writtenbytes); + #endif + totalbytes += writtenbytes; + f->offset += writtenbytes; + if (f->offset > f->filesize) + f->filesize = f->offset; + return totalbytes / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fflush function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fflush( + FILE *f) +{ + ULONG bytes; + + /* First copy any data already written into our buffer */ + if (f->writemode && (bytes = (f->curp - f->startp)) > 0) { + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + bytes = VDHWrite((HFILE)f->handle, f->startp, bytes); + #else + DosWrite((HFILE)f->handle, f->startp, bytes, &bytes); + #endif + f->offset += bytes; + if (f->offset > f->filesize) + f->filesize = f->offset; + f->startp = f->curp = f->buf; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C fseek function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fseek( + FILE *f, + long int offset, + int whence) +{ + fflush(f); + + if (whence == 0) + f->offset = offset; + else if (whence == 1) + f->offset += offset; + else if (whence == 2) + f->offset = f->filesize + offset; + + #ifdef __OS2_VDD__ + VDHSeek((HFILE)f->handle, f->offset, VDHSK_ABSOLUTE); + #else + DosSetFilePtr((HFILE)f->handle, f->offset, FILE_BEGIN, NULL); + #endif + + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C ftell function. +****************************************************************************/ +long ftell( + FILE *f) +{ + long offset; + + offset = (f->curp - f->startp); + offset += f->offset; + return offset; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VDD implementation of the ANSI C feof function. +****************************************************************************/ +int feof( + FILE *f) +{ + return (f->offset == f->filesize); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read a single character from the input file buffer, including translation +of the character in text transation modes. +****************************************************************************/ +static int __getc( + FILE *f) +{ + int c; + + if (f->unputc != EOF) { + c = f->unputc; + f->unputc = EOF; + } + else { + if (f->startp == f->curp) { + int bytes = fread(f->buf,1,sizeof(f->buf),f); + if (bytes == 0) + return EOF; + f->curp = f->startp + bytes; + } + c = *f->startp++; + if (f->text && c == '\r') { + int nc = __getc(f); + if (nc != '\n') + f->unputc = nc; + } + } + return c; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Write a single character from to input buffer, including translation of the +character in text transation modes. +****************************************************************************/ +static int __putc(int c,FILE *f) +{ + int count = 1; + if (f->text && c == '\n') { + __putc('\r',f); + count = 2; + } + if (f->curp == f->endp) + fflush(f); + *f->curp++ = c; + return count; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fgets function. +****************************************************************************/ +char *fgets( + char *s, + int n, + FILE *f) +{ + int c = 0; + char *cs; + + cs = s; + while (--n > 0 && (c = __getc(f)) != EOF) { + *cs++ = c; + if (c == '\n') + break; + } + if (c == EOF && cs == s) + return NULL; + *cs = '\0'; + return s; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fputs function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fputs( + const char *s, + FILE *f) +{ + int r = 0; + int c; + + while ((c = *s++) != 0) + r = __putc(c, f); + return r; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fclose function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fclose( + FILE *f) +{ + fflush(f); + _OS2Close((HFILE)f->handle); + PM_free(f); + return 0; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03286bdc2e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 VDD +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32177f810d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1050 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 VDD +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" + +#define TRACE(a) + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define MAX_MEMORY_SHARED 100 +#define MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS 100 + +// TODO: I think the global and linear members will be the same, but not sure yet. +typedef struct { + void *linear; + ulong global; + ulong length; + int npages; + } memshared; + +typedef struct { + ulong physical; + ulong linear; + ulong length; + int npages; + ibool isCached; + } mmapping; + +static int numMappings = 0; +static memshared shared[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS] = {0}; +static mmapping maps[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS]; +ibool _PM_haveBIOS = TRUE; +char _PM_cntPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; /* there just isn't any */ +uchar *_PM_rmBufAddr = NULL; +ushort _VARAPI PM_savedDS = 0; /* why can't I use the underscore prefix? */ + +HVDHSEM hevFarCallRet = NULL; +HVDHSEM hevIRet = NULL; +HHOOK hhookUserReturnHook = NULL; +HHOOK hhookUserIRetHook = NULL; + +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Functions to read and write CMOS registers */ + +ulong PMAPI _PM_getPDB(void); +uchar PMAPI _PM_readCMOS(int index); +void PMAPI _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value); + +VOID HOOKENTRY UserReturnHook(PVOID pRefData, PCRF pcrf); +VOID HOOKENTRY UserIRetHook(PVOID pRefData, PCRF pcrf); + +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + MTRR_init(); + + // Initialize VDD-specific data + // Note: PM_init must be (obviously) called in VDM task context! + VDHCreateSem(&hevFarCallRet, VDH_EVENTSEM); + VDHCreateSem(&hevIRet, VDH_EVENTSEM); + hhookUserReturnHook = VDHAllocHook(VDH_RETURN_HOOK, (PFNARM)UserReturnHook, 0); + hhookUserIRetHook = VDHAllocHook(VDH_RETURN_HOOK, (PFNARM)UserIRetHook, 0); + + if ((hevIRet == NULL) || (hevFarCallRet == NULL) || + (hhookUserReturnHook == NULL) || (hhookUserIRetHook == NULL)) { + // something failed, we can't go on + // TODO: take some action here! + } +} + +/* Do some cleaning up */ +void PMAPI PM_exit(void) +{ + /* Note: Hooks allocated during or after VDM creation are deallocated automatically */ + if (hevIRet != NULL) + VDHDestroySem(hevIRet); + + if (hevFarCallRet != NULL) + VDHDestroySem(hevFarCallRet); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return _PM_haveBIOS; } + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return /*_OS_OS2VDD*/ _OS_OS2; } //FIX!! + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); +// Fatal_Error_Handler(msg,0); TODO: implement somehow! +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +len - Place to store the length of the buffer +rseg - Place to store the real mode segment of the buffer +roff - Place to store the real mode offset of the buffer + +REMARKS: +This function returns the address and length of the global VESA transfer +buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + if (_PM_rmBufAddr) { + *len = 0; //VESA_BUF_SIZE; + *rseg = (ulong)(_PM_rmBufAddr) >> 4; + *roff = (ulong)(_PM_rmBufAddr) & 0xF; + return _PM_rmBufAddr; + } + return NULL; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int386(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ + return 0; +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath(char *path,int maxLen) +{ + strncpy(path, _PM_cntPath, maxLen); + path[maxLen - 1] = 0; + return path; +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + ulong boot = 3; + boot = VDHQuerySysValue(0, VDHGSV_BOOTDRV); + return (char)('a' + boot - 1); +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + static char path[CCHMAXPATH]; + strcpy(path,"x:\\"); + path[0] = PM_getBootDrive(); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[CCHMAXPATH]; + strcpy(path,"x:\\os2\\drivers"); + path[0] = PM_getBootDrive(); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"nucleus"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ return PM_getMachineName(); } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + return "Unknown"; +} + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ return 1; } + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ return 0; } + +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole(PM_HWND hwndUser,int device,int xRes,int yRes,int bpp,ibool fullScreen) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ + return NULL; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState(void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback(int (_ASMAPIP saveState)(int flags)) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState(const void *stateBuf,PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole(PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VDDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSCursorLocation(int x,int y) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x50,x); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x51,y); +} + +void PMAPI PM_setOSScreenWidth(int width,int height) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x4A,width); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x84,height-1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of shared memory. For OS/2 VDD we allocate shared memory +as locked, global memory that is accessible from any memory context +(including interrupt time context), which allows us to load our important +data structure and code such that we can access it directly from a ring +0 interrupt context. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared(long size) +{ + ULONG nPages = (size + 0xFFF) >> 12; + int i; + + /* First find a free slot in our shared memory table */ + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].linear == 0) + break; + } + if (i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED) { + shared[i].linear = VDHAllocPages(NULL, nPages, VDHAP_SYSTEM | VDHAP_FIXED); + shared[i].npages = nPages; + shared[i].global = (ULONG)shared[i].linear; + return (void*)shared[i].global; + } + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *p) +{ + int i; + + /* Find a shared memory block in our table and free it */ + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].global == (ulong)p) { + VDHFreePages(shared[i].linear); + shared[i].linear = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess(void *base,ulong limit) +{ return (void*)base; } + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + // TODO: Figure out how to do this + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ return (void*)0x400; } + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); } + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - Physical base address of the memory to maps in +limit - Limit of physical memory to region to maps in + +RETURNS: +Linear address of the newly mapped memory. + +REMARKS: +Maps a physical memory range to a linear memory range. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong MapPhysicalToLinear( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + int *npages) +{ + ulong linear,length = limit+1; + int i,ppage,flags; +#if 0 + ppage = base >> 12; + *npages = (length + (base & 0xFFF) + 4095) >> 12; + flags = PR_FIXED | PR_STATIC; + if (base == 0xA0000) { + /* We require the linear address to be aligned to a 64Kb boundary + * for mapping the banked framebuffer (so we can do efficient + * carry checking for bank changes in the assembler code). The only + * way to ensure this is to force the linear address to be aligned + * to a 4Mb boundary. + */ + flags |= PR_4MEG; + } + if ((linear = (ulong)PageReserve(PR_SYSTEM,*npages,flags)) == (ulong)-1) + return 0; + if (!PageCommitPhys(linear >> 12,*npages,ppage,PC_INCR | PC_USER | PC_WRITEABLE)) + return 0; +#endif + return linear + (base & 0xFFF); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - Physical base address of the memory to map in +limit - Limit of physical memory to region to map in +isCached - True if the memory should be cached, false if not + +RETURNS: +Linear address of the newly mapped memory. + +REMARKS: +This function maps physical memory to linear memory, which can then be used +to create a selector or used directly from 32-bit protected mode programs. +This is better than DPMI 0x800, since it allows you to maps physical +memory below 1Mb, which gets this memory out of the way of the Windows VxD's +sticky paws. + +NOTE: If the memory is not expected to be cached, this function will + directly re-program the PCD (Page Cache Disable) bit in the + page tables. There does not appear to be a mechanism in the VMM + to control this bit via the regular interface. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + ulong linear,length = limit+1; + int i,npages; + ulong PDB,*pPDB; + + /* Search table of existing mappings to see if we have already mapped + * a region of memory that will serve this purpose. + */ + for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) { + if (maps[i].physical == base && maps[i].length == length && maps[i].isCached == isCached) + return (void*)maps[i].linear; + } + if (numMappings == MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS) + return NULL; + + /* We did not find any previously mapped memory region, so map it in. + * Note that we do not use MapPhysToLinear, since this function appears + * to have problems mapping memory in the 1Mb physical address space. + * Hence we use PageReserve and PageCommitPhys. + */ + if ((linear = MapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit,&npages)) == 0) + return NULL; + maps[numMappings].physical = base; + maps[numMappings].length = length; + maps[numMappings].linear = linear; + maps[numMappings].npages = npages; + maps[numMappings].isCached = isCached; + numMappings++; + +#if 0 + /* Finally disable caching where necessary */ + if (!isCached && (PDB = _PM_getPDB()) != 0) { + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong pageTable,*pPageTable; + + if (PDB >= 0x100000) + pPDB = (ulong*)MapPhysicalToLinear(PDB,0xFFF,&npages); + else + pPDB = (ulong*)PDB; + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linear >> 22) & 0x3FF; + startPage = (linear >> 12) & 0x3FF; + endPDB = ((linear+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FF; + endPage = ((linear+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FF; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFF; + if (pageTable >= 0x100000) + pPageTable = (ulong*)MapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF,&npages); + else + pPageTable = (ulong*)pageTable; + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FF; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) + pPageTable[iPage] |= 0x10; + PageFree((ulong)pPageTable,PR_STATIC); + } + PageFree((ulong)pPDB,PR_STATIC); + } + } +#endif + return (void*)linear; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr(void *ptr,ulong limit) +{ + /* We never free the mappings */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + /* We never sleep in a VDD */ +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr(void *p) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the physical address of a linear + // address. + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +void PMAPI _PM_freeMemoryMappings(void) +{ + int i; +// for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) +// PageFree(maps[i].linear,PR_STATIC); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer(uint r_seg,uint r_off) +{ return (void*)MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off); } + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg(uint size,uint *r_seg,uint *r_off) +{ return NULL; } + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg(void *mem) +{ } + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86(int intno, DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + /* Unsed in VDDs */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Load the V86 registers in the client state, and save the original state +before loading the registers. +****************************************************************************/ +static void LoadV86Registers( + PCRF saveRegs, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + PCRF pcrf; // current client register frame + + // get pointer to registers + pcrf = (PCRF)VDHQuerySysValue(CURRENT_VDM, VDHLSV_PCRF); + + // Note: We could do VDHPushRegs instead but this should be safer as it + // doesn't rely on the VDM session having enough free stack space. + *saveRegs = *pcrf; // save all registers + + pcrf->crf_eax = in->e.eax; // load new values + pcrf->crf_ebx = in->e.ebx; + pcrf->crf_ecx = in->e.ecx; + pcrf->crf_edx = in->e.edx; + pcrf->crf_esi = in->e.esi; + pcrf->crf_edi = in->e.edi; + pcrf->crf_es = sregs->es; + pcrf->crf_ds = sregs->ds; + +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the V86 registers from the client state and restore the original state. +****************************************************************************/ +static void ReadV86Registers( + PCRF saveRegs, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + PCRF pcrf; // current client register frame + + // get pointer to registers + pcrf = (PCRF)VDHQuerySysValue(CURRENT_VDM, VDHLSV_PCRF); + + // read new register values + out->e.eax = pcrf->crf_eax; + out->e.ebx = pcrf->crf_ebx; + out->e.ecx = pcrf->crf_ecx; + out->e.edx = pcrf->crf_edx; + out->e.esi = pcrf->crf_esi; + out->e.edi = pcrf->crf_edi; + sregs->es = pcrf->crf_es; + sregs->ds = pcrf->crf_ds; + + // restore original client registers + *pcrf = *saveRegs; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: Used for far calls into V86 code +****************************************************************************/ +VOID HOOKENTRY UserReturnHook( + PVOID pRefData, + PCRF pcrf ) +{ + VDHPostEventSem(hevFarCallRet); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: Used for calling BIOS interrupts +****************************************************************************/ +VOID HOOKENTRY UserIRetHook( + PVOID pRefData, + PCRF pcrf ) +{ + VDHPostEventSem(hevIRet); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a V86 real mode function with the specified register values +loaded before the call. The call returns with a far ret. +Must be called from within a DOS session context! +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *regs, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CRF saveRegs; + FPFN fnAddress; + ULONG rc; + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_callRealMode()\n"); + LoadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs),regs,sregs); + + // set up return hook for call + rc = VDHArmReturnHook(hhookUserReturnHook, VDHARH_CSEIP_HOOK); + + VDHResetEventSem(hevFarCallRet); + + // the address is a 16:32 pointer + OFFSETOF32(fnAddress) = off; + SEGMENTOF32(fnAddress) = seg; + rc = VDHPushFarCall(fnAddress); + VDHYield(0); + + // wait until the V86 call returns - our return hook posts the semaphore + rc = VDHWaitEventSem(hevFarCallRet, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); + + ReadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs),regs,sregs); + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_callRealMode()\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +Must be called from within a DOS session context! +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + RMSREGS sregs = {0}; + CRF saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + ULONG rc; + + memset(SSToDS(&sregs), 0, sizeof(sregs)); + +#if 0 // do we need this?? + /* Disable pass-up to our VDD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } +#endif + + LoadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs), in, SSToDS(&sregs)); + + VDHResetEventSem(hevIRet); + rc = VDHPushInt(intno); + + // set up return hook for interrupt + rc = VDHArmReturnHook(hhookUserIRetHook, VDHARH_NORMAL_IRET); + + VDHYield(0); + + // wait until the V86 IRETs - our return hook posts the semaphore + rc = VDHWaitEventSem(hevIRet, 5000); //SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); + + ReadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs), out, SSToDS(&sregs)); + +#if 0 + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VDD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; +#endif + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86()\n"); + return out->x.ax; + +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CRF saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + ULONG rc; + +#if 0 + /* Disable pass-up to our VxD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86x()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } +#endif + LoadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs), in, sregs); + + VDHResetEventSem(hevIRet); + rc = VDHPushInt(intno); + + // set up return hook for interrupt + rc = VDHArmReturnHook(hhookUserIRetHook, VDHARH_NORMAL_IRET); + + VDHYield(0); + + // wait until the V86 IRETs - our return hook posts the semaphore + rc = VDHWaitEventSem(hevIRet, 5000); //SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); + + ReadV86Registers(SSToDS(&saveRegs), out, sregs); + +#if 0 + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VxD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; +#endif + + TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86x()\n"); + return out->x.ax; +} + +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory(ulong *physical,ulong *total) +{ *physical = *total = 0; } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + ULONG flags = VDHAP_SYSTEM; + ULONG nPages = (size + 0xFFF) >> 12; + + flags |= (physAddr != NULL) ? VDHAP_PHYSICAL : VDHAP_FIXED; + + return VDHAllocPages(physAddr, nPages, VDHAP_SYSTEM | VDHAP_PHYSICAL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Frees a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + if (p) + VDHFreePages((PVOID)p); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + ULONG lockHandle; + + // TODO: the lock handle is essential for the unlock operation!! + lockHandle = VDHLockMem(p, len, 0, (PVOID)VDHLM_NO_ADDR, NULL); + + if (lockHandle != NULL) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + // TODO: implement - use a table of lock handles? + // VDHUnlockPages(lockHandle); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_lockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_unlockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VDD +****************************************************************************/ +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VDD +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VDD +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should start a directory enumeration search + // given the filename (with wildcards). The data should be + // converted and returned in the findData standard form. + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the next file in directory enumeration + // search given the search criteria defined in the call to + // PM_findFirstFile. The data should be converted and returned + // in the findData standard form. + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + // TODO: This function should close the find process. This may do + // nothing for some OS'es. + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + // Not applicable in a VDD + (void)drive; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + // Not applicable in a VDD + (void)drive; + (void)dir; + (void)len; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + (void)attrib; + PM_fatalError("PM_setFileAttr not implemented!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_getFileAttr not implemented!"); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_mkdir not implemented!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_rmdir not implemented!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_getFileTime not implemented!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this ? + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_setFileTime not implemented!"); + return false; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10c63e3405 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..631f6558ee --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vdd/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit OS/2 VDD +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ulong frequency = 1193180; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __ZTimerInit() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) VTD_Get_Real_Time(&tm->start.high,&tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger lap,count; + VTD_Get_Real_Time(&lap.high,&lap.low); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&lap,&count); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&count,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) VTD_Get_Real_Time(&tm->end.high,&tm->end.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1000 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the BIOS timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + return VDHQuerySysValue(0, VDHGSV_MSECSBOOT); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/_pm.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/_pm.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64a7cecb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/_pm.asm @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific to +;* Windows VxDs. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pm ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _pm + + cextern _PM_savedDS,USHORT + +enddataseg _pm + +P586 + +begcodeseg _pm ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_segread(PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the current value of all segment registers +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_segread + + ARG sregs:DPTR + + enter_c + + mov ax,es + _les _si,[sregs] + mov [_ES _si],ax + mov [_ES _si+2],cs + mov [_ES _si+4],ss + mov [_ES _si+6],ds + mov [_ES _si+8],fs + mov [_ES _si+10],gs + + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_int386x(int intno, PMREGS *in, PMREGS *out,PMSREGS *sregs) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Issues a software interrupt in protected mode. This routine has been +; written to allow user programs to load CS and DS with different values +; other than the default. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_int386x + +; Not used for VxDs + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_saveDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Save the value of DS into a section of the code segment, so that we can +; quickly load this value at a later date in the PM_loadDS() routine from +; inside interrupt handlers etc. The method to do this is different +; depending on the DOS extender being used. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_saveDS + + mov [_PM_savedDS],ds ; Store away in data segment + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_loadDS(void) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Routine to load the DS register with the default value for the current +; DOS extender. Only the DS register is loaded, not the ES register, so +; if you wish to call C code, you will need to also load the ES register +; in 32 bit protected mode. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_loadDS + + mov ds,[cs:_PM_savedDS] ; We can access the proper DS through CS + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankA(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankA + +; Not used for VxDs + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setBankAB(int bank) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setBankAB + +; Not used for VxDs + + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void PM_setCRTStart(int x,int y,int waitVRT) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_setCRTStart + +; Not used for VxDs + + ret + +cprocend + +; Macro to delay briefly to ensure that enough time has elapsed between +; successive I/O accesses so that the device being accessed can respond +; to both accesses even on a very fast PC. + +ifdef USE_NASM +%macro DELAY 0 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +%endmacro +%macro IODELAYN 1 +%rep %1 + DELAY +%endrep +%endmacro +else +macro DELAY + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 + jmp short $+2 +endm +macro IODELAYN N + rept N + DELAY + endm +endm +endif + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; uchar _PM_readCMOS(int index) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_readCMOS + + ARG index:UINT + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + in al,71h + mov ah,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + mov al,ah ; Return value in AL + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; void _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Read the value of a specific CMOS register. We do this with both +; normal interrupts and NMI disabled. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_writeCMOS + + ARG index:UINT, value:UCHAR + + push _bp + mov _bp,_sp + pushfd + mov al,[BYTE index] + or al,80h ; Add disable NMI flag + cli + out 70h,al + IODELAYN 5 + mov al,[value] + out 71h,al + xor al,al + IODELAYN 5 + out 70h,al ; Re-enable NMI + popfd + pop _bp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; double _ftol(double f) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Calls to __ftol are generated by the Borland C++ compiler for code +; that needs to convert a floating point type to an integral type. +; +; Input: floating point number on the top of the '87. +; +; Output: a (signed or unsigned) long in EAX +; All other registers preserved. +;----------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _ftol + + LOCAL temp1:WORD, temp2:QWORD = LocalSize + + push ebp + mov ebp,esp + sub esp,LocalSize + + fstcw [temp1] ; save the control word + fwait + mov al,[BYTE temp1+1] + or [BYTE temp1+1],0Ch ; set rounding control to chop + fldcw [temp1] + fistp [temp2] ; convert to 64-bit integer + mov [BYTE temp1+1],al + fldcw [temp1] ; restore the control word + mov eax,[DWORD temp2] ; return LS 32 bits + mov edx,[DWORD temp2+4] ; MS 32 bits + + mov esp,ebp + pop ebp + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; _PM_getPDB - Return the Page Table Directory Base address +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_getPDB + + mov eax,cr3 + and eax,0FFFFF000h + ret + +cprocend + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Flush the Translation Lookaside buffer +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart PM_flushTLB + + wbinvd ; Flush the CPU cache + mov eax,cr3 + mov cr3,eax ; Flush the TLB + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pm + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3c7eaaeaac --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: VxD specific code for the CPU detection module. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VxD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define SetMaxThreadPriority() 0 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Do nothing for VxD's +****************************************************************************/ +#define RestoreThreadPriority(i) (void)(i) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + freq->low = 1193180; + freq->high = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + CPU_largeInteger count; \ + VTD_Get_Real_Time(&count.high,&count.low); \ + (t)->low = count.low; \ + (t)->high = count.high; \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/fileio.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/fileio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2ff585839 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/fileio.c @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: C library compatible I/O functions for use within a VxD. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "vxdfile.h" + +/*------------------------ Main Code Implementation -----------------------*/ + +#define EOF -1 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fopen function. +****************************************************************************/ +FILE * fopen( + const char *filename, + const char *mode) +{ + FILE *f = PM_malloc(sizeof(FILE)); + long oldpos; + + if (f) { + f->offset = 0; + f->text = (mode[1] == 't' || mode[2] == 't'); + f->writemode = (mode[0] == 'w') || (mode[0] == 'a'); + if (initComplete) { + WORD omode,error; + BYTE action; + + if (mode[0] == 'r') { + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_OPEN | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_FAIL; + } + else if (mode[0] == 'w') { + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_TRUNCATE | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_CREATE; + } + else { + omode = OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_COMPATIBLE; + action = ACTION_IFEXISTS_OPEN | ACTION_IFNOTEXISTS_CREATE; + } + f->handle = (int)R0_OpenCreateFile(false,(char*)filename,omode,ATTR_NORMAL,action,0,&error,&action); + if (f->handle == 0) { + PM_free(f); + return NULL; + } + f->filesize = R0_GetFileSize((HANDLE)f->handle,&error); + if (mode[0] == 'a') + fseek(f,0,2); + } + else { + int oflag,pmode; + + if (mode[0] == 'r') { + pmode = _S_IREAD; + oflag = _O_RDONLY; + } + else if (mode[0] == 'w') { + pmode = _S_IWRITE; + oflag = _O_WRONLY | _O_CREAT | _O_TRUNC; + } + else { + pmode = _S_IWRITE; + oflag = _O_RDWR | _O_CREAT | _O_APPEND; + } + if (f->text) + oflag |= _O_TEXT; + else + oflag |= _O_BINARY; + if ((f->handle = i_open(filename,oflag,pmode)) == -1) { + PM_free(f); + return NULL; + } + oldpos = i_lseek(f->handle,0,1); + f->filesize = i_lseek(f->handle,0,2); + i_lseek(f->handle,oldpos,0); + } + } + return f; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fread function. Note that the VxD file I/O +functions are layered on DOS, so can only read up to 64K at a time. Since +we are expected to handle much larger chunks than this, we handle larger +blocks automatically in here. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fread( + void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + char *buf = ptr; + WORD error; + int bytes = size * n; + int readbytes,totalbytes = 0; + + while (bytes > 0x10000) { + if (initComplete) { + readbytes = R0_ReadFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf,0x8000,f->offset,&error); + readbytes += R0_ReadFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf+0x8000,0x8000,f->offset+0x8000,&error); + } + else { + readbytes = i_read(f->handle,buf,0x8000); + readbytes += i_read(f->handle,buf+0x8000,0x8000); + } + totalbytes += readbytes; + f->offset += readbytes; + buf += 0x10000; + bytes -= 0x10000; + } + if (bytes) { + if (initComplete) + readbytes = R0_ReadFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf,bytes,f->offset,&error); + else + readbytes = i_read(f->handle,buf,bytes); + totalbytes += readbytes; + f->offset += readbytes; + } + return totalbytes / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fwrite function. Note that the VxD file I/O +functions are layered on DOS, so can only read up to 64K at a time. Since +we are expected to handle much larger chunks than this, we handle larger +blocks automatically in here. +****************************************************************************/ +size_t fwrite( + const void *ptr, + size_t size, + size_t n, + FILE *f) +{ + const char *buf = ptr; + WORD error; + int bytes = size * n; + int writtenbytes,totalbytes = 0; + + if (!f->writemode) + return 0; + while (bytes > 0x10000) { + if (initComplete) { + writtenbytes = R0_WriteFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf,0x8000,f->offset,&error); + writtenbytes += R0_WriteFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf+0x8000,0x8000,f->offset+0x8000,&error); + } + else { + writtenbytes = i_write(f->handle,buf,0x8000); + writtenbytes += i_write(f->handle,buf+0x8000,0x8000); + } + totalbytes += writtenbytes; + f->offset += writtenbytes; + buf += 0x10000; + bytes -= 0x10000; + } + if (initComplete) + writtenbytes = R0_WriteFile(false,(HANDLE)f->handle,buf,bytes,f->offset,&error); + else + writtenbytes = i_write(f->handle,buf,bytes); + totalbytes += writtenbytes; + f->offset += writtenbytes; + if (f->offset > f->filesize) + f->filesize = f->offset; + return totalbytes / size; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fflush function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fflush( + FILE *f) +{ + // Nothing to do since we are not doing buffered file I/O + (void)f; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fseek function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fseek( + FILE *f, + long int offset, + int whence) +{ + if (whence == 0) + f->offset = offset; + else if (whence == 1) + f->offset += offset; + else if (whence == 2) + f->offset = f->filesize + offset; + if (!initComplete) + i_lseek(f->handle,f->offset,0); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C ftell function. +****************************************************************************/ +long ftell( + FILE *f) +{ + return f->offset; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C feof function. +****************************************************************************/ +int feof( + FILE *f) +{ + return (f->offset == f->filesize); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fgets function. +****************************************************************************/ +char *fgets( + char *s, + int n, + FILE *f) +{ + int len; + char *cs; + + // Read the entire buffer into memory (our functions are unbuffered!) + if ((len = fread(s,1,n,f)) == 0) + return NULL; + + // Search for '\n' or end of string + if (n > len) + n = len; + cs = s; + while (--n > 0) { + if (*cs == '\n') + break; + cs++; + } + *cs = '\0'; + return s; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +NT driver implementation of the ANSI C fputs function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fputs( + const char *s, + FILE *f) +{ + return fwrite(s,1,strlen(s),f); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +VxD implementation of the ANSI C fclose function. +****************************************************************************/ +int fclose( + FILE *f) +{ + WORD error; + + if (initComplete) + R0_CloseFile((HANDLE)f->handle,&error); + else + i_close(f->handle); + PM_free(f); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7efc0f9f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d00df9065 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1360 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "sdd/sddhelp.h" +#include "mtrr.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +#define MAX_MEMORY_SHARED 100 +#define MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS 100 + +typedef struct { + void *linear; + ulong global; + ulong length; + int npages; + } memshared; + +typedef struct { + ulong physical; + ulong linear; + ulong length; + int npages; + ibool isCached; + } mmapping; + +static int numMappings = 0; +static memshared shared[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS] = {0}; +static mmapping maps[MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS]; +extern ibool _PM_haveBIOS; +char _PM_cntPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; +char _PM_nucleusPath[PM_MAX_PATH] = ""; +uchar *_PM_rmBufAddr = NULL; +ushort _VARAPI _PM_savedDS = 0; +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegA; +static uchar _PM_oldCMOSRegB; +PM_intHandler _PM_rtcHandler = NULL; +IRQHANDLE RTCIRQHandle = 0; +VPICD_HWInt_THUNK RTCInt_Thunk; + +static char *szWindowsKey = "Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion"; +static char *szSystemRoot = "SystemRoot"; +static char *szMachineNameKey = "System\\CurrentControlSet\\control\\ComputerName\\ComputerName"; +static char *szMachineName = "ComputerName"; +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Functions to read and write CMOS registers */ + +ulong PMAPI _PM_getPDB(void); +uchar PMAPI _PM_readCMOS(int index); +void PMAPI _PM_writeCMOS(int index,uchar value); + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_malloc override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * VXD_malloc( + size_t size) +{ + return PM_mallocShared(size); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_calloc override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * VXD_calloc( + size_t nelem, + size_t size) +{ + void *p = PM_mallocShared(nelem * size); + if (p) + memset(p,0,nelem * size); + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_realloc override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void * VXD_realloc( + void *ptr, + size_t size) +{ + void *p = PM_mallocShared(size); + if (p) { + memcpy(p,ptr,size); + PM_freeShared(ptr); + } + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +PM_free override function for Nucleus drivers loaded in VxD's. +****************************************************************************/ +void VXD_free( + void *p) +{ + PM_freeShared(p); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + /* Override the default memory allocators for all Nucleus drivers + * loaded in SDDHELP/PMHELP. We do this so that we can ensure all memory + * dynamically allocated by Nucleus drivers and internal C runtime + * library functions are shared memory blocks that all processes + * connecting to SDDHELP can see. + */ + PM_useLocalMalloc(VXD_malloc,VXD_calloc,VXD_realloc,VXD_free); + + /* Initialiase the MTRR module */ + MTRR_init(); +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ return _PM_haveBIOS; } + +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ return _OS_WIN32VXD; } + +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ return PM_386; } + +void PMAPI PM_backslash(char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +void PMAPI PM_fatalError(const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + Fatal_Error_Handler(msg,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +len - Place to store the length of the buffer +rseg - Place to store the real mode segment of the buffer +roff - Place to store the real mode offset of the buffer + +REMARKS: +This function returns the address and length of the global VESA transfer +buffer that is used for communicating with the VESA BIOS functions from +Win16 and Win32 programs under Windows. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + /* If the VxD is dynamically loaded we will not have a real mode + * transfer buffer to return, so we fail the call. + */ + if (_PM_rmBufAddr) { + *len = VESA_BUF_SIZE; + *rseg = (ulong)(_PM_rmBufAddr) >> 4; + *roff = (ulong)(_PM_rmBufAddr) & 0xF; + return _PM_rmBufAddr; + } + return NULL; +} + +int PMAPI PM_int386( + int intno, + PMREGS *in, + PMREGS *out) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ + return 0; +} + +void PMAPI _PM_getRMvect( + int intno, + long *realisr) +{ + WORD seg; + DWORD off; + + Get_V86_Int_Vector(intno,&seg,&off); + *realisr = ((long)seg << 16) | (off & 0xFFFF); +} + +void PMAPI _PM_setRMvect( + int intno, + long realisr) +{ + Set_V86_Int_Vector(intno,realisr >> 16,realisr & 0xFFFF); +} + +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + strncpy(path,_PM_cntPath,maxLen); + path[maxLen-1] = 0; + return path; +} + +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ return 'c'; } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ return "c:\\"; } + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szKey - Key to query (can contain version number formatting) +szValue - Value to get information for +value - Place to store the registry key data read +size - Size of the string buffer to read into + +RETURNS: +true if the key was found, false if not. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool REG_queryString( + char *szKey, + char *szValue, + char *value, + ulong size) +{ + HKEY hKey; + ulong type; + ibool status = false; + + memset(value,0,sizeof(value)); + if (RegOpenKey(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,szKey,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { + if (RegQueryValueEx(hKey,(PCHAR)szValue,(ulong*)NULL,(ulong*)&type,value,(ulong*)&size) == ERROR_SUCCESS) + status = true; + RegCloseKey(hKey); + } + return status; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + + if (strlen(_PM_nucleusPath) > 0) { + strcpy(path,_PM_nucleusPath); + PM_backslash(path); + return path; + } + if (!REG_queryString(szWindowsKey,szSystemRoot,path,sizeof(path))) + strcpy(path,"c:\\windows"); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"system\\nucleus"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ return PM_getMachineName(); } + +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char name[256]; + if (REG_queryString(szMachineNameKey,szMachineName,name,sizeof(name))) + return name; + return "Unknown"; +} + +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ return 1; } + +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ return 0; } + +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hwndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ + return NULL; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ + return 1; +} + +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState( + void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback( + int (_ASMAPIP saveState)( + int flags)) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState( + const void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole( + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Unused in VxDs */ +} + +void PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x50,x); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x51,y); +} + +void PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + uchar *_biosPtr = PM_getBIOSPointer(); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x4A,width); + PM_setByte(_biosPtr+0x84,height-1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of shared memory. For Win9x we allocate shared memory +as locked, global memory that is accessible from any memory context +(including interrupt time context), which allows us to load our important +data structure and code such that we can access it directly from a ring +0 interrupt context. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + MEMHANDLE hMem; + DWORD pgNum,nPages = (size + 0xFFF) >> 12; + int i; + + /* First find a free slot in our shared memory table */ + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].linear == 0) + break; + } + if (i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED) { + PageAllocate(nPages,PG_SYS,0,0,0,0,NULL,0,&hMem,&shared[i].linear); + shared[i].npages = nPages; + pgNum = (ulong)shared[i].linear >> 12; + shared[i].global = LinPageLock(pgNum,nPages,PAGEMAPGLOBAL); + return (void*)shared[i].global; + } + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared(void *p) +{ + int i; + + /* Find a shared memory block in our table and free it */ + for (i = 0; i < MAX_MEMORY_SHARED; i++) { + if (shared[i].global == (ulong)p) { + LinPageUnLock(shared[i].global >> 12,shared[i].npages,PAGEMAPGLOBAL); + PageFree((ulong)shared[i].linear,0); + shared[i].linear = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Maps a shared memory block into process address space. Does nothing since +the memory blocks are already globally7 mapped into all processes. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + return (void*)base; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + // TODO: Figure out how to do this + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ return (void*)0x400; } + +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000,0xFFFF,true); } + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - Physical base address of the memory to maps in +limit - Limit of physical memory to region to maps in + +RETURNS: +Linear address of the newly mapped memory. + +REMARKS: +Maps a physical memory range to a linear memory range. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _PM_mapPhysicalToLinear( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + int *npages) +{ + ulong linear,length = limit+1; + int i,ppage,flags; + + if (base < 0x100000) { + /* Windows 9x is zero based for the first meg of memory */ + return base; + } + ppage = base >> 12; + *npages = (length + (base & 0xFFF) + 4095) >> 12; + flags = PR_FIXED | PR_STATIC; + if (base == 0xA0000) { + /* We require the linear address to be aligned to a 64Kb boundary + * for mapping the banked framebuffer (so we can do efficient + * carry checking for bank changes in the assembler code). The only + * way to ensure this is to force the linear address to be aligned + * to a 4Mb boundary. + */ + flags |= PR_4MEG; + } + if ((linear = (ulong)PageReserve(PR_SYSTEM,*npages,flags)) == (ulong)-1) + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + if (!PageCommitPhys(linear >> 12,*npages,ppage,PC_INCR | PC_USER | PC_WRITEABLE)) + return 0xFFFFFFFF; + return linear + (base & 0xFFF); +} + +// Page table flags + +#define PAGE_FLAGS_PRESENT 0x00000001 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_WRITEABLE 0x00000002 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_USER 0x00000004 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH 0x00000008 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE 0x00000010 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_ACCESSED 0x00000020 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_DIRTY 0x00000040 +#define PAGE_FLAGS_4MB 0x00000080 + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - Physical base address of the memory to maps in +limit - Limit of physical memory to region to maps in +isCached - True if the memory should be cached, false if not + +RETURNS: +Linear address of the newly mapped memory. + +REMARKS: +This function maps physical memory to linear memory, which can then be used +to create a selector or used directly from 32-bit protected mode programs. +This is better than DPMI 0x800, since it allows you to maps physical +memory below 1Mb, which gets this memory out of the way of the Windows VDD's +sticky paws. + +NOTE: If the memory is not expected to be cached, this function will + directly re-program the PCD (Page Cache Disable) bit in the + page tables. There does not appear to be a mechanism in the VMM + to control this bit via the regular interface. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + ulong linear,length = limit+1; + int i,npages; + ulong PDB,*pPDB; + + /* Search table of existing mappings to see if we have already mapped + * a region of memory that will serve this purpose. + */ + for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) { + if (maps[i].physical == base && maps[i].length == length && maps[i].isCached == isCached) + return (void*)maps[i].linear; + } + if (numMappings == MAX_MEMORY_MAPPINGS) + return NULL; + + /* We did not find any previously mapped memory region, so maps it in. + * Note that we do not use MapPhysToLinear, since this function appears + * to have problems mapping memory in the 1Mb physical address space. + * Hence we use PageReserve and PageCommitPhys. + */ + if ((linear = _PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(base,limit,&npages)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) + return NULL; + maps[numMappings].physical = base; + maps[numMappings].length = length; + maps[numMappings].linear = linear; + maps[numMappings].npages = npages; + maps[numMappings].isCached = isCached; + numMappings++; + + /* Finally disable caching where necessary */ + if (!isCached && (PDB = _PM_getPDB()) != 0) { + int startPDB,endPDB,iPDB,startPage,endPage,start,end,iPage; + ulong pageTable,*pPageTable; + pPDB = (ulong*)_PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(PDB,0xFFF,&npages); + if (pPDB) { + startPDB = (linear >> 22) & 0x3FF; + startPage = (linear >> 12) & 0x3FF; + endPDB = ((linear+limit) >> 22) & 0x3FF; + endPage = ((linear+limit) >> 12) & 0x3FF; + for (iPDB = startPDB; iPDB <= endPDB; iPDB++) { + // Set the bits in the page directory entry - required as per + // Pentium 4 manual. This also takes care of the 4MB page entries + pPDB[iPDB] = pPDB[iPDB] |= (PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE); + if (!(pPDB[iPDB] & PAGE_FLAGS_4MB)) { + // If we are dealing with 4KB pages then we need to iterate + // through each of the page table entries + pageTable = pPDB[iPDB] & ~0xFFF; + pPageTable = (ulong*)_PM_mapPhysicalToLinear(pageTable,0xFFF,&npages); + start = (iPDB == startPDB) ? startPage : 0; + end = (iPDB == endPDB) ? endPage : 0x3FF; + for (iPage = start; iPage <= end; iPage++) + pPageTable[iPage] |= (PAGE_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | PAGE_FLAGS_CACHE_DISABLE); + PageFree((ulong)pPageTable,PR_STATIC); + } + } + PageFree((ulong)pPDB,PR_STATIC); + PM_flushTLB(); + } + } + return (void*)linear; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + /* We never free the mappings */ +} + +void PMAPI PM_sleep(ulong milliseconds) +{ + /* We never sleep in a VxD */ +} + +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + case 2: return 0x3E8; + case 3: return 0x2E8; + } + return 0; +} + +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr( + void *p) +{ + DWORD pte; + + // Touch the memory before calling CopyPageTable. For some reason + // we need to do this on Windows 9x, otherwise the memory may not + // be paged in correctly. Of course if the passed in pointer is + // invalid, this function will fault, but we shouldn't be passed bogus + // pointers anyway ;-) + pte = *((ulong*)p); + + // Return assembled address value only if VMM service succeeds + if (CopyPageTable(((DWORD)p) >> 12, 1, (PVOID*)&pte, 0)) + return (pte & ~0xFFF) | (((DWORD)p) & 0xFFF); + + // Return failure to the caller! + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + int i; + ulong linear = (ulong)p & ~0xFFF; + + for (i = (length + 0xFFF) >> 12; i > 0; i--) { + if ((*physAddress++ = PM_getPhysicalAddr((void*)linear)) == 0xFFFFFFFF) + return false; + linear += 4096; + } + return true; +} + +void PMAPI _PM_freeMemoryMappings(void) +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < numMappings; i++) + PageFree(maps[i].linear,PR_STATIC); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + return (void*)MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off); +} + +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ +} + +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + /* Unsed in VxD's */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Load the V86 registers in the client state, and save the original state +before loading the registers. +****************************************************************************/ +static void LoadV86Registers( + CLIENT_STRUCT *saveRegs, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CLIENT_STRUCT newRegs; + + Save_Client_State(saveRegs); + newRegs = *saveRegs; + newRegs.CRS.Client_EAX = in->e.eax; + newRegs.CRS.Client_EBX = in->e.ebx; + newRegs.CRS.Client_ECX = in->e.ecx; + newRegs.CRS.Client_EDX = in->e.edx; + newRegs.CRS.Client_ESI = in->e.esi; + newRegs.CRS.Client_EDI = in->e.edi; + newRegs.CRS.Client_ES = sregs->es; + newRegs.CRS.Client_DS = sregs->ds; + Restore_Client_State(&newRegs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the V86 registers from the client state and restore the original state. +****************************************************************************/ +static void ReadV86Registers( + CLIENT_STRUCT *saveRegs, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CLIENT_STRUCT newRegs; + + Save_Client_State(&newRegs); + out->e.eax = newRegs.CRS.Client_EAX; + out->e.ebx = newRegs.CRS.Client_EBX; + out->e.ecx = newRegs.CRS.Client_ECX; + out->e.edx = newRegs.CRS.Client_EDX; + out->e.esi = newRegs.CRS.Client_ESI; + out->e.edi = newRegs.CRS.Client_EDI; + sregs->es = newRegs.CRS.Client_ES; + sregs->ds = newRegs.CRS.Client_DS; + Restore_Client_State(saveRegs); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a V86 real mode function with the specified register values +loaded before the call. The call returns with a far ret. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *regs, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + + /* Bail if we do not have BIOS access (ie: the VxD was dynamically + * loaded, and not statically loaded. + */ + if (!_PM_haveBIOS) + return; + + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_callRealMode()\n"); + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,regs,sregs); + Simulate_Far_Call(seg, off); + Resume_Exec(); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,regs,sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_callRealMode()\n"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + RMSREGS sregs = {0}; + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + + /* Bail if we do not have BIOS access (ie: the VxD was dynamically + * loaded, and not statically loaded. + */ + if (!_PM_haveBIOS) { + *out = *in; + return out->x.ax; + } + + /* Disable pass-up to our VxD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,in,&sregs); + Exec_Int(intno); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,out,&sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VxD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; + + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86()\n"); + return out->x.ax; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a V86 real mode interrupt with the specified register values +loaded before the interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + CLIENT_STRUCT saveRegs; + ushort oldDisable; + + /* Bail if we do not have BIOS access (ie: the VxD was dynamically + * loaded, and not statically loaded. + */ + if (!_PM_haveBIOS) { + *out = *in; + return out->x.ax; + } + + /* Disable pass-up to our VxD handler so we directly call BIOS */ + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Entering PM_int86x()\n"); + if (disableTSRFlag) { + oldDisable = *disableTSRFlag; + *disableTSRFlag = 0; + } + Begin_Nest_V86_Exec(); + LoadV86Registers(&saveRegs,in,sregs); + Exec_Int(intno); + ReadV86Registers(&saveRegs,out,sregs); + End_Nest_Exec(); + + /* Re-enable pass-up to our VxD handler if previously enabled */ + if (disableTSRFlag) + *disableTSRFlag = oldDisable; + + _TRACE("SDDHELP: Exiting PM_int86x()\n"); + return out->x.ax; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Returns available memory. Not possible under Windows. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + MEMHANDLE hMem; + DWORD nPages = (size + 0xFFF) >> 12; + DWORD flags = PAGEFIXED | PAGEUSEALIGN | (contiguous ? PAGECONTIG : 0); + DWORD maxPhys = below16M ? 0x00FFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF; + void *p; + + // TODO: This may need to be modified if the memory needs to be globally + // accessible. Check how we implemented PM_mallocShared() as we + // may need to do something similar in here. + PageAllocate(nPages,PG_SYS,0,0,0,maxPhys,physAddr,flags,&hMem,&p); + + // TODO: We may need to modify the memory blocks to disable caching via + // the page tables (PCD|PWT) since DMA memory blocks *cannot* be + // cached! + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Frees a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + if (p) + PageFree((ulong)p,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + MEMHANDLE hMem; + void *p; + + // TODO: This will need to be modified if the memory needs to be globally + // accessible. Check how we implemented PM_mallocShared() as we + // may need to do something similar in here. + PageAllocate(1,PG_SYS,0,0,0,0,0,PAGEFIXED,&hMem,&p); + return p; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + if (p) + PageFree((ulong)p,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD pgNum = (ulong)p >> 12; + DWORD nPages = (len + (ulong)p - (pgNum << 12) + 0xFFF) >> 12; + return LinPageLock(pgNum,nPages,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages( + void *p, + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD pgNum = (ulong)p >> 12; + DWORD nPages = (len + (ulong)p - (pgNum << 12) + 0xFFF) >> 12; + return LinPageUnLock(pgNum,nPages,0); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_lockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages( + void (*p)(), + uint len, + PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + return PM_unlockDataPages((void*)p,len,lh); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + static short convert[] = { + 8192, + 4096, + 2048, + 1024, + 512, + 256, + 128, + 64, + 32, + 16, + 8, + 4, + 2, + -1, + }; + int i; + + /* First clear any pending RTC timeout if not cleared */ + _PM_readCMOS(0x0C); + if (frequency == 0) { + /* Disable RTC timout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F); + } + else { + /* Convert frequency value to RTC clock indexes */ + for (i = 0; convert[i] != -1; i++) { + if (convert[i] == frequency) + break; + } + + /* Set RTC timout value and enable timeout */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,0x20 | (i+3)); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,(_PM_oldCMOSRegB & 0x0F) | 0x40); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Real time clock interrupt handler, which calls the user registered C code. +****************************************************************************/ +static BOOL __stdcall RTCInt_Handler( + VMHANDLE hVM, + IRQHANDLE hIRQ) +{ + static char inside = 0; + + /* Clear priority interrupt controller and re-enable interrupts so we + * dont lock things up for long. + */ + VPICD_Phys_EOI(hIRQ); + + /* Clear real-time clock timeout */ + _PM_readCMOS(0x0C); + + /* Now call the C based interrupt handler (but check for mutual + * exclusion since we may still be servicing an old interrupt when a + * new one comes along; if that happens we ignore the old one). + */ + if (!inside) { + inside = 1; + enable(); + _PM_rtcHandler(); + inside = 0; + } + return TRUE; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock handler (used for software stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler( + PM_intHandler ih, + int frequency) +{ + struct VPICD_IRQ_Descriptor IRQdesc; + + /* Save the old CMOS real time clock values */ + _PM_oldCMOSRegA = _PM_readCMOS(0x0A); + _PM_oldCMOSRegB = _PM_readCMOS(0x0B); + + /* Set the real time clock interrupt handler */ + CHECK(ih != NULL); + _PM_rtcHandler = ih; + IRQdesc.VID_IRQ_Number = 0x8; + IRQdesc.VID_Options = 0; + IRQdesc.VID_Hw_Int_Proc = (DWORD)VPICD_Thunk_HWInt(RTCInt_Handler, &RTCInt_Thunk); + IRQdesc.VID_EOI_Proc = 0; + IRQdesc.VID_Virt_Int_Proc = 0; + IRQdesc.VID_Mask_Change_Proc= 0; + IRQdesc.VID_IRET_Proc = 0; + IRQdesc.VID_IRET_Time_Out = 500; + if ((RTCIRQHandle = VPICD_Virtualize_IRQ(&IRQdesc)) == 0) + return false; + + /* Program the real time clock default frequency */ + PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency(frequency); + + /* Unmask IRQ8 in the PIC */ + VPICD_Physically_Unmask(RTCIRQHandle); + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original real time clock handler. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + if (RTCIRQHandle) { + /* Restore CMOS registers and mask RTC clock */ + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0A,_PM_oldCMOSRegA); + _PM_writeCMOS(0x0B,_PM_oldCMOSRegB); + + /* Restore the interrupt vector */ + VPICD_Set_Auto_Masking(RTCIRQHandle); + VPICD_Force_Default_Behavior(RTCIRQHandle); + RTCIRQHandle = 0; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + (void)szDLLName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + (void)hModule; + (void)szProcName; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +OS specific shared libraries not supported inside a VxD +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + (void)hModule; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should start a directory enumeration search + // given the filename (with wildcards). The data should be + // converted and returned in the findData standard form. + (void)filename; + (void)findData; + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + // TODO: This function should find the next file in directory enumeration + // search given the search criteria defined in the call to + // PM_findFirstFile. The data should be converted and returned + // in the findData standard form. + (void)handle; + (void)findData; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + // TODO: This function should close the find process. This may do + // nothing for some OS'es. + (void)handle; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + // Not supported in a VxD + (void)drive; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + // Not supported in a VxD + (void)drive; + (void)dir; + (void)len; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +base - The starting physical base address of the region +size - The size in bytes of the region +type - Type to place into the MTRR register + +RETURNS: +Error code describing the result. + +REMARKS: +Function to enable write combining for the specified region of memory. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong size, + uint type) +{ + return MTRR_enableWriteCombine(base,size,type); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + // TODO: Implement this + (void)filename; + (void)attrib; + PM_fatalError("PM_setFileAttr not implemented yet!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_getFileAttr not implemented yet!"); + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_mkdir not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + // TODO: Implement this + (void)filename; + PM_fatalError("PM_rmdir not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_getFileTime not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + // TODO: Implement this! + (void)filename; + (void)gmTime; + (void)time; + PM_fatalError("PM_setFileTime not implemented yet!"); + return false; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..901ce1cf03 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init(ulong baseAddr,int bankSize,int codeLen,void *bankFunc) +{ + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76df48c38b --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/vxd/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: 32-bit Windows VxD +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ulong frequency = 1193180; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __ZTimerInit() + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOn(tm) VTD_Get_Real_Time(&tm->start.high,&tm->start.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger lap,count; + VTD_Get_Real_Time(&lap.high,&lap.low); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&lap,&count); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&count,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +#define __LZTimerOff(tm) VTD_Get_Real_Time(&tm->end.high,&tm->end.low) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the assembler Zen Timer functions to do the timing. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1000 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer value from the BIOS timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ + CPU_largeInteger count; + VTD_Get_Real_Time(&count.high,&count.low); + return (count.low * 1000.0 / frequency); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/_pmwin32.asm b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/_pmwin32.asm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c242b5724 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/_pmwin32.asm @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +;**************************************************************************** +;* +;* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +;* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +;* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +;* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +;* +;* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +;* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +;* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +;* rights and limitations under the License. +;* +;* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +;* +;* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +;* All Rights Reserved. +;* +;* ======================================================================== +;* +;* Language: 80386 Assembler, TASM 4.0 or NASM +;* Environment: Win32 +;* +;* Description: Low level assembly support for the PM library specific +;* to Windows. +;* +;**************************************************************************** + + IDEAL + +include "scitech.mac" ; Memory model macros + +header _pmwin32 ; Set up memory model + +begdataseg _pmwin32 + + cglobal _PM_ioentry + cglobal _PM_gdt +_PM_ioentry dd 0 ; Offset to call gate +_PM_gdt dw 0 ; Selector to call gate + +enddataseg _pmwin32 + +begcodeseg _pmwin32 ; Start of code segment + +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; int PM_setIOPL(int iopl) +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +; Change the IOPL level for the 32-bit task. Returns the previous level +; so it can be restored for the task correctly. +;---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +cprocstart _PM_setIOPLViaCallGate + + ARG iopl:UINT + + enter_c + pushfd ; Save the old EFLAGS for later + mov ecx,[iopl] ; ECX := IOPL level + xor ebx,ebx ; Change IOPL level function code +ifdef USE_NASM + call far dword [_PM_ioentry] +else + call [FWORD _PM_ioentry] +endif + pop eax + and eax,0011000000000000b + shr eax,12 + leave_c + ret + +cprocend + +endcodeseg _pmwin32 + + END ; End of module diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/cpuinfo.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/cpuinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5978b9f76e --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/cpuinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: Module to implement OS specific services to measure the +* CPU frequency. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ibool havePerformanceCounter; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Increase the thread priority to maximum, if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +static int SetMaxThreadPriority(void) +{ + int oldPriority; + HANDLE hThread = GetCurrentThread(); + + oldPriority = GetThreadPriority(hThread); + if (oldPriority != THREAD_PRIORITY_ERROR_RETURN) + SetThreadPriority(hThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL); + return oldPriority; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original thread priority. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreThreadPriority( + int oldPriority) +{ + HANDLE hThread = GetCurrentThread(); + + if (oldPriority != THREAD_PRIORITY_ERROR_RETURN) + SetThreadPriority(hThread, oldPriority); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the counter and return the frequency of the counter. +****************************************************************************/ +static void GetCounterFrequency( + CPU_largeInteger *freq) +{ + if (!QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER*)freq)) { + havePerformanceCounter = false; + freq->low = 100000; + freq->high = 0; + } + else + havePerformanceCounter = true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the counter and return the counter value. +****************************************************************************/ +#define GetCounter(t) \ +{ \ + if (havePerformanceCounter) \ + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)t); \ + else { \ + (t)->low = timeGetTime() * 100; \ + (t)->high = 0; \ + } \ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ddraw.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ddraw.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf89401fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ddraw.c @@ -0,0 +1,583 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: Win32 implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "event.h" +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "win32/oshdr.h" +#include "nucleus/graphics.h" + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +/* Publicly accessible variables */ + +int _PM_deskX,_PM_deskY;/* Desktop dimentions */ +HWND _PM_hwndConsole; /* Window handle for console */ +#ifdef __INTEL__ +uint _PM_cw_default; /* Default FPU control word */ +#endif + +/* Private internal variables */ + +static HINSTANCE hInstApp = NULL;/* Application instance handle */ +static HWND hwndUser = NULL;/* User window handle */ +static HINSTANCE hInstDD = NULL; /* Handle to DirectDraw DLL */ +static LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD = NULL; /* DirectDraw object */ +static LONG oldWndStyle; /* Info about old user window */ +static LONG oldExWndStyle; /* Info about old user window */ +static int oldWinPosX; /* Old window position X coordinate */ +static int oldWinPosY; /* Old window pisition Y coordinate */ +static int oldWinSizeX; /* Old window size X */ +static int oldWinSizeY; /* Old window size Y */ +static WNDPROC oldWinProc = NULL; +static PM_saveState_cb suspendApp = NULL; +static ibool waitActive = false; +static ibool isFullScreen = false; +static ibool backInGDI = false; + +/* Internal strings */ + +static char *szWinClassName = "SciTechDirectDrawWindow"; +static char *szAutoPlayKey = "Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Policies\\Explorer"; +static char *szAutoPlayValue = "NoDriveTypeAutoRun"; + +/* Dynalinks to DirectDraw functions */ + +static HRESULT (WINAPI *pDirectDrawCreate)(GUID FAR *lpGUID, LPDIRECTDRAW FAR *lplpDD, IUnknown FAR *pUnkOuter); + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Temporarily disables AutoPlay operation while we are running in fullscreen +graphics modes. +****************************************************************************/ +static void DisableAutoPlay(void) +{ + DWORD dwAutoPlay,dwSize = sizeof(dwAutoPlay); + HKEY hKey; + + if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,szAutoPlayKey,0,KEY_EXECUTE | KEY_WRITE,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { + RegQueryValueEx(hKey,szAutoPlayValue,NULL,NULL,(void*)&dwAutoPlay,&dwSize); + dwAutoPlay |= AUTOPLAY_DRIVE_CDROM; + RegSetValueEx(hKey,szAutoPlayValue,0,REG_DWORD,(void*)&dwAutoPlay,dwSize); + RegCloseKey(hKey); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Re-enables AutoPlay operation when we return to regular GDI mode. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreAutoPlay(void) +{ + DWORD dwAutoPlay,dwSize = sizeof(dwAutoPlay); + HKEY hKey; + + if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,szAutoPlayKey,0,KEY_EXECUTE | KEY_WRITE,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { + RegQueryValueEx(hKey,szAutoPlayValue,NULL,NULL,(void*)&dwAutoPlay,&dwSize); + dwAutoPlay &= ~AUTOPLAY_DRIVE_CDROM; + RegSetValueEx(hKey,szAutoPlayValue,0,REG_DWORD,(void*)&dwAutoPlay,dwSize); + RegCloseKey(hKey); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Suspends the application by switching back to the GDI desktop, allowing +normal application code to be processed, and then waiting for the +application activate command to bring us back to fullscreen mode with our +window minimised. +****************************************************************************/ +static void LeaveFullScreen(void) +{ + int retCode = PM_SUSPEND_APP; + + if (backInGDI) + return; + if (suspendApp) + retCode = suspendApp(PM_DEACTIVATE); + RestoreAutoPlay(); + backInGDI = true; + + /* Now process messages normally until we are re-activated */ + waitActive = true; + if (retCode != PM_NO_SUSPEND_APP) { + while (waitActive) { + _EVT_pumpMessages(); + Sleep(200); + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Reactivate all the surfaces for DirectDraw and set the system back up for +fullscreen rendering. +****************************************************************************/ +static void RestoreFullScreen(void) +{ + static ibool firstTime = true; + + if (firstTime) { + /* Clear the message queue while waiting for the surfaces to be + * restored. + */ + firstTime = false; + while (1) { + /* Continue looping until out application has been restored + * and we have reset the display mode. + */ + _EVT_pumpMessages(); + if (GetActiveWindow() == _PM_hwndConsole) { + if (suspendApp) + suspendApp(PM_REACTIVATE); + DisableAutoPlay(); + backInGDI = false; + waitActive = false; + firstTime = true; + return; + } + Sleep(200); + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function suspends the application by switching back to the GDI desktop, +allowing normal application code to be processed and then waiting for the +application activate command to bring us back to fullscreen mode with our +window minimised. + +This version only gets called if we have not captured the screen switch in +our activate message loops and will occur if the DirectDraw drivers lose a +surface for some reason while rendering. This should not normally happen, +but it is included just to be sure (it can happen on WinNT/2000 if the user +hits the Ctrl-Alt-Del key combination). Note that this code will always +spin loop, and we cannot disable the spin looping from this version (ie: +if the user hits Ctrl-Alt-Del under WinNT/2000 the application main loop +will cease to be executed until the user switches back to the application). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_doSuspendApp(void) +{ + static ibool firstTime = true; + + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_doSuspendApp != PM_doSuspendApp) { + _PM_imports.PM_doSuspendApp(); + return; + } + + if (firstTime) { + if (suspendApp) + suspendApp(PM_DEACTIVATE); + RestoreAutoPlay(); + firstTime = false; + backInGDI = true; + } + RestoreFullScreen(); + firstTime = true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Main Window proc for the full screen DirectDraw Window that we create while +running in full screen mode. Here we capture all mouse and keyboard events +for the window and plug them into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +static LONG CALLBACK PM_winProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT msg, + WPARAM wParam, + LONG lParam) +{ + switch (msg) { + case WM_SYSCHAR: + /* Stop Alt-Space from pausing our application */ + return 0; + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: + if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_REPEAT) { + if (msg == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) + return 0; + break; + } + /* Fall through for keydown events */ + case WM_KEYUP: + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + if (msg == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || msg == WM_SYSKEYUP) { + if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) && wParam == VK_RETURN) + break; + /* We ignore the remainder of the system keys to stop the + * system menu from being activated from the keyboard and pausing + * our app while fullscreen (ie: pressing the Alt key). + */ + return 0; + } + break; + case WM_SYSCOMMAND: + switch (wParam & ~0x0F) { + case SC_SCREENSAVE: + case SC_MONITORPOWER: + /* Ignore screensaver requests in fullscreen modes */ + return 0; + } + break; + case WM_SIZE: + if (waitActive && backInGDI && (wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)) { + /* Start the re-activation process */ + PostMessage(hwnd,WM_DO_SUSPEND_APP,WM_PM_RESTORE_FULLSCREEN,0); + } + else if (!waitActive && isFullScreen && !backInGDI && (wParam == SIZE_MINIMIZED)) { + /* Start the de-activation process */ + PostMessage(hwnd,WM_DO_SUSPEND_APP,WM_PM_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN,0); + } + break; + case WM_DO_SUSPEND_APP: + switch (wParam) { + case WM_PM_RESTORE_FULLSCREEN: + RestoreFullScreen(); + break; + case WM_PM_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN: + LeaveFullScreen(); + break; + } + return 0; + } + if (oldWinProc) + return oldWinProc(hwnd,msg,wParam,lParam); + return DefWindowProc(hwnd,msg,wParam,lParam); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +hwnd - User window to convert +width - Window of the fullscreen window +height - Height of the fullscreen window + +RETURNS: +Handle to converted fullscreen Window. + +REMARKS: +This function takes the original user window handle and modifies the size, +position and attributes for the window to convert it into a fullscreen +window that we can use. +****************************************************************************/ +static PM_HWND _PM_convertUserWindow( + HWND hwnd, + int width, + int height) +{ + RECT window; + + GetWindowRect(hwnd,&window); + oldWinPosX = window.left; + oldWinPosY = window.top; + oldWinSizeX = window.right - window.left; + oldWinSizeY = window.bottom - window.top; + oldWndStyle = SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_STYLE,WS_POPUP | WS_SYSMENU); + oldExWndStyle = SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE,WS_EX_APPWINDOW); + ShowWindow(hwnd,SW_SHOW); + MoveWindow(hwnd,0,0,width,height,TRUE); + SetWindowPos(hwnd,HWND_TOPMOST,0,0,0,0,SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); + oldWinProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_WNDPROC, (LPARAM)PM_winProc); + return hwnd; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +hwnd - User window to restore + +REMARKS: +This function restores the original attributes of the user window and put's +it back into it's original state before it was converted to a fullscreen +window. +****************************************************************************/ +static void _PM_restoreUserWindow( + HWND hwnd) +{ + SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_WNDPROC, (LPARAM)oldWinProc); + SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE,oldExWndStyle); + SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_STYLE,oldWndStyle); + SetWindowPos(hwnd,HWND_NOTOPMOST,0,0,0,0,SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); + ShowWindow(hwnd,SW_SHOW); + MoveWindow(hwnd,oldWinPosX,oldWinPosY,oldWinSizeX,oldWinSizeY,TRUE); + oldWinProc = NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +device - Index of the device to load DirectDraw for (0 for primary) + +REMARKS: +Attempts to dynamically load the DirectDraw DLL's and create the DirectDraw +objects that we need. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_loadDirectDraw( + int device) +{ + HDC hdc; + int bits; + + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_loadDirectDraw != PM_loadDirectDraw) + return _PM_imports.PM_loadDirectDraw(device); + + // TODO: Handle multi-monitor!! + if (device != 0) + return NULL; + + /* Load the DirectDraw DLL if not presently loaded */ + GET_DEFAULT_CW(); + if (!hInstDD) { + hdc = GetDC(NULL); + bits = GetDeviceCaps(hdc,BITSPIXEL); + ReleaseDC(NULL,hdc); + if (bits < 8) + return NULL; + if ((hInstDD = LoadLibrary("ddraw.dll")) == NULL) + return NULL; + pDirectDrawCreate = (void*)GetProcAddress(hInstDD,"DirectDrawCreate"); + if (!pDirectDrawCreate) + return NULL; + } + + /* Create the DirectDraw object */ + if (!lpDD && pDirectDrawCreate(NULL, &lpDD, NULL) != DD_OK) { + lpDD = NULL; + return NULL; + } + RESET_DEFAULT_CW(); + return lpDD; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +device - Index of the device to unload DirectDraw for (0 for primary) + +REMARKS: +Frees any DirectDraw objects for the device. We never actually explicitly +unload the ddraw.dll library, since unloading and reloading it is +unnecessary since we only want to unload it when the application exits and +that happens automatically. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_unloadDirectDraw( + int device) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_unloadDirectDraw != PM_unloadDirectDraw) { + _PM_imports.PM_unloadDirectDraw(device); + return; + } + if (lpDD) { + IDirectDraw_Release(lpDD); + lpDD = NULL; + } + (void)device; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Open a console for output to the screen, creating the main event handling +window if necessary. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_openConsole( + PM_HWND hWndUser, + int device, + int xRes, + int yRes, + int bpp, + ibool fullScreen) +{ + WNDCLASS cls; + static ibool classRegistered = false; + + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + GA_getSystemPMImports(); + if (_PM_imports.PM_openConsole != PM_openConsole) { + if (fullScreen) { + _PM_deskX = xRes; + _PM_deskY = yRes; + } + return _PM_imports.PM_openConsole(hWndUser,device,xRes,yRes,bpp,fullScreen); + } + + /* Create the fullscreen window if necessary */ + hwndUser = hWndUser; + if (fullScreen) { + if (!classRegistered) { + /* Create a Window class for the fullscreen window in here, since + * we need to register one that will do all our event handling for + * us. + */ + hInstApp = GetModuleHandle(NULL); + cls.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL,IDC_ARROW); + cls.hIcon = LoadIcon(hInstApp,MAKEINTRESOURCE(1)); + cls.lpszMenuName = NULL; + cls.lpszClassName = szWinClassName; + cls.hbrBackground = GetStockObject(BLACK_BRUSH); + cls.hInstance = hInstApp; + cls.style = CS_DBLCLKS; + cls.lpfnWndProc = PM_winProc; + cls.cbWndExtra = 0; + cls.cbClsExtra = 0; + if (!RegisterClass(&cls)) + return NULL; + classRegistered = true; + } + _PM_deskX = xRes; + _PM_deskY = yRes; + if (!hwndUser) { + char windowTitle[80]; + if (LoadString(hInstApp,1,windowTitle,sizeof(windowTitle)) == 0) + strcpy(windowTitle,"MGL Fullscreen Application"); + _PM_hwndConsole = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_APPWINDOW,szWinClassName, + windowTitle,WS_POPUP | WS_SYSMENU,0,0,xRes,yRes, + NULL,NULL,hInstApp,NULL); + } + else { + _PM_hwndConsole = _PM_convertUserWindow(hwndUser,xRes,yRes); + } + ShowCursor(false); + isFullScreen = true; + } + else { + _PM_hwndConsole = hwndUser; + isFullScreen = false; + } + SetFocus(_PM_hwndConsole); + SetForegroundWindow(_PM_hwndConsole); + DisableAutoPlay(); + (void)bpp; + return _PM_hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the size of the console state buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getConsoleStateSize(void) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_getConsoleStateSize != PM_getConsoleStateSize) + return _PM_imports.PM_getConsoleStateSize(); + + /* Not used in Windows */ + return 1; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Save the state of the console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_saveConsoleState( + void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_saveConsoleState != PM_saveConsoleState) { + _PM_imports.PM_saveConsoleState(stateBuf,hwndConsole); + return; + } + + /* Not used in Windows */ + (void)stateBuf; + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the suspend application callback for the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setSuspendAppCallback( + PM_saveState_cb saveState) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_setSuspendAppCallback != PM_setSuspendAppCallback) { + _PM_imports.PM_setSuspendAppCallback(saveState); + return; + } + suspendApp = saveState; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the console state. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreConsoleState( + const void *stateBuf, + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_restoreConsoleState != PM_restoreConsoleState) { + _PM_imports.PM_restoreConsoleState(stateBuf,hwndConsole); + return; + } + + /* Not used in Windows */ + (void)stateBuf; + (void)hwndConsole; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Close the fullscreen console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_closeConsole( + PM_HWND hwndConsole) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_closeConsole != PM_closeConsole) { + _PM_imports.PM_closeConsole(hwndConsole); + return; + } + ShowCursor(true); + RestoreAutoPlay(); + if (hwndUser) + _PM_restoreUserWindow(hwndConsole); + else + DestroyWindow(hwndConsole); + hwndUser = NULL; + _PM_hwndConsole = NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the DirectDraw window handle used by the application. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_HWND PMAPI PM_getDirectDrawWindow(void) +{ + /* Call system DLL version if found */ + if (_PM_imports.PM_getDirectDrawWindow != PM_getDirectDrawWindow) + return _PM_imports.PM_getDirectDrawWindow(); + return _PM_hwndConsole; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c14377dcda --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Multi-platform Graphics Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: Win32 implementation for the SciTech cross platform +* event library. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0}; /* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under Win32 */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) (void)(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ return timeGetTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the message queue from Win32 into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +{ + MSG msg; + MSG charMsg; + event_t evt; + + // TODO: Add support for DirectInput! We can't support relative mouse + // movement motion counters without DirectInput ;-(. + while (PeekMessage(&msg,NULL,0,0,PM_REMOVE)) { + memset(&evt,0,sizeof(evt)); + switch (msg.message) { + case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK | EVT_DBLCLICK; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + break; + case WM_LBUTTONUP: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN | EVT_DBLCLICK; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_RBUTTONUP: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + break; + case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN | EVT_DBLCLICK; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + break; + case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + break; + case WM_MBUTTONUP: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + break; + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: + if (HIWORD(msg.lParam) & KF_REPEAT) { + evt.what = EVT_KEYREPEAT; + } + else { + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + } + break; + case WM_KEYUP: + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + break; + } + + /* Convert mouse event modifier flags */ + if (evt.what & EVT_MOUSEEVT) { + if (_PM_deskX) { + evt.where_x = ((long)msg.pt.x * rangeX) / _PM_deskX; + evt.where_y = ((long)msg.pt.y * rangeY) / _PM_deskY; + } + else { + ScreenToClient(_PM_hwndConsole, &msg.pt); + evt.where_x = msg.pt.x; + evt.where_y = msg.pt.y; + } + if (evt.what == EVT_MOUSEMOVE) { + /* Save the current mouse position */ + EVT.mx = evt.where_x; + EVT.my = evt.where_y; + if (EVT.oldMove != -1) { + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_x = evt.where_x;/* Modify existing one */ + EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].where_y = evt.where_y; +// EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_x += mickeyX; // TODO! +// EVT.evtq[EVT.oldMove].relative_y += mickeyY; // TODO! + evt.what = 0; + } + else { + EVT.oldMove = EVT.freeHead; /* Save id of this move event */ +// evt.relative_x = mickeyX; // TODO! +// evt.relative_y = mickeyY; // TODO! + } + } + else + EVT.oldMove = -1; + if (msg.wParam & MK_LBUTTON) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_LEFTBUT; + if (msg.wParam & MK_RBUTTON) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + if (msg.wParam & MK_MBUTTON) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_MIDDLEBUT; + if (msg.wParam & MK_SHIFT) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_SHIFTKEY; + if (msg.wParam & MK_CONTROL) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + } + + /* Convert keyboard codes */ + TranslateMessage(&msg); + if (evt.what & EVT_KEYEVT) { + int scanCode = (msg.lParam >> 16) & 0xFF; + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYUP) { + /* Get message for keyup code from table of cached down values */ + evt.message = keyUpMsg[scanCode]; + keyUpMsg[scanCode] = 0; + } + else { + if (PeekMessage(&charMsg,NULL,WM_CHAR,WM_CHAR,PM_REMOVE)) + evt.message = charMsg.wParam; + if (PeekMessage(&charMsg,NULL,WM_SYSCHAR,WM_SYSCHAR,PM_REMOVE)) + evt.message = charMsg.wParam; + evt.message |= ((msg.lParam >> 8) & 0xFF00); + keyUpMsg[scanCode] = (ushort)evt.message; + } + if (evt.what == EVT_KEYREPEAT) + evt.message |= (msg.lParam << 16); + if (HIWORD(msg.lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_ALTSTATE; + if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000U) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_SHIFTKEY; + if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000U) + evt.modifiers |= EVT_CTRLSTATE; + EVT.oldMove = -1; + } + + if (evt.what != 0) { + /* Add time stamp and add the event to the queue */ + evt.when = msg.time; + if (EVT.count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + DispatchMessage(&msg); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort( + int signal) +{ + (void)signal; + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_init( + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + /* Initialise the event queue */ + EVT.mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Modifes the mouse coordinates as necessary if scaling to OS coordinates, +and sets the OS mouse cursor position. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_setMousePos( + int *x, + int *y) +{ + /* Scale coordinates up to desktop coordinates first */ + int scaledX = (*x * _PM_deskX) / rangeX; + int scaledY = (*y * _PM_deskY) / rangeY; + + /* Scale coordinates back to screen coordinates again */ + *x = (scaledX * rangeX) / _PM_deskX; + *y = (scaledY * rangeY) / _PM_deskY; + SetCursorPos(scaledX,scaledY); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Win32 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for Win32 +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the mask indicating what joystick axes are attached. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function is used to detect the attached joysticks, and determine +what axes are present and functioning. This function will re-detect any +attached joysticks when it is called, so if the user forgot to attach +the joystick when the application started, you can call this function to +re-detect any newly attached joysticks. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +int EVTAPI EVT_joyIsPresent(void) +{ + // TODO: Implement joystick code based on DirectX! + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Polls the joystick for position and button information. + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This routine is used to poll analogue joysticks for button and position +information. It should be called once for each main loop of the user +application, just before processing all pending events via EVT_getNext. +All information polled from the joystick will be posted to the event +queue for later retrieval. + +Note: Most analogue joysticks will provide readings that change even + though the joystick has not moved. Hence if you call this routine + you will likely get an EVT_JOYMOVE event every time through your + event loop. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_getNext, EVT_peekNext, EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, +EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_pollJoystick(void) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick upper left position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the upper left +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetUpperLeft(void) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick lower right position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the lower right +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetCenter, EVT_joyIsPresent +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetLowerRight(void) +{ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Calibrates the joystick center position + +HEADER: +event.h + +REMARKS: +This function can be used to zero in on better joystick calibration factors, +which may work better than the default simplistic calibration (which assumes +the joystick is centered when the event library is initialised). +To use this function, ask the user to hold the stick in the center +position and then have them press a key or button. and then call this +function. This function will then read the joystick and update the +calibration factors. + +Usually, assuming that the stick was centered when the event library was +initialized, you really only need to call EVT_joySetLowerRight since the +upper left position is usually always 0,0 on most joysticks. However, the +safest procedure is to call all three calibration functions. + +SEE ALSO: +EVT_joySetUpperLeft, EVT_joySetLowerRight, EVT_joySetCenter +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_joySetCenter(void) +{ +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ntservc.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ntservc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3324d33b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ntservc.c @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech Display Doctor +* +* Copyright (C) 1991-2001 SciTech Software, Inc. +* All rights reserved. +* +* ====================================================================== +* |REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF THIS HEADER IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED BY LAW| +* | | +* |This copyrighted computer code is a proprietary trade secret of | +* |SciTech Software, Inc., located at 505 Wall Street, Chico, CA 95928 | +* |USA (www.scitechsoft.com). ANY UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION, USE, | +* |VIEWING, COPYING, MODIFICATION OR DISSEMINATION OF THIS CODE IS | +* |STRICTLY PROHIBITED BY LAW. Unless you have current, express | +* |written authorization from SciTech to possess or use this code, you | +* |may be subject to civil and/or criminal penalties. | +* | | +* |If you received this code in error or you would like to report | +* |improper use, please immediately contact SciTech Software, Inc. at | +* |530-894-8400. | +* | | +* |REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF THIS HEADER IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED BY LAW| +* ====================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Windows NT, Windows 2K or Windows XP. +* +* Description: Main module to do the installation of the SDD and GLDirect +* device driver components under Windows NT/2K/XP. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "win32/oshdr.h" + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szDriverName - Actual name of the driver to install in the system +szServiceName - Name of the service to create +szLoadGroup - Load group for the driver (NULL for normal drivers) +dwServiceType - Service type to create + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function does all the work to install the driver into the system. +The driver is not however activated; for that you must use the Start_SddFilt +function. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_installService( + const char *szDriverName, + const char *szServiceName, + const char *szLoadGroup, + ulong dwServiceType) +{ + SC_HANDLE scmHandle; + SC_HANDLE driverHandle; + char szDriverPath[MAX_PATH]; + HKEY key; + char keyPath[MAX_PATH]; + ulong status; + + // Obtain a handle to the service control manager requesting all access + if ((scmHandle = OpenSCManager(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) + return GetLastError(); + + // Find the path to the driver in system directory + GetSystemDirectory(szDriverPath, sizeof(szDriverPath)); + strcat(szDriverPath, "\\drivers\\"); + strcat(szDriverPath, szDriverName); + + // Create the service with the Service Control Manager. + driverHandle = CreateService(scmHandle, + szServiceName, + szServiceName, + SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS, + dwServiceType, + SERVICE_BOOT_START, + SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL, + szDriverPath, + szLoadGroup, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL, + NULL); + + // Check to see if the driver could actually be installed. + if (!driverHandle) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Get a handle to the key for driver so that it can be altered in the + // next step. + strcpy(keyPath, "SYSTEM\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\"); + strcat(keyPath, szServiceName); + if ((status = RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,keyPath,0,KEY_ALL_ACCESS,&key)) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { + // A problem has occured. Delete the service so that it is not installed. + status = GetLastError(); + DeleteService(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Delete the ImagePath value in the newly created key so that the + // system looks for the driver in the normal location. + if ((status = RegDeleteValue(key, "ImagePath")) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { + // A problem has occurred. Delete the service so that it is not + // installed and will not try to start. + RegCloseKey(key); + DeleteService(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Clean up and exit + RegCloseKey(key); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return ERROR_SUCCESS; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szServiceName - Name of the service to start + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function is used to start the specified service and make it active. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_startService( + const char *szServiceName) +{ + SC_HANDLE scmHandle; + SC_HANDLE driverHandle; + SERVICE_STATUS serviceStatus; + ulong status; + + // Obtain a handle to the service control manager requesting all access + if ((scmHandle = OpenSCManager(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) + return GetLastError(); + + // Open the service with the Service Control Manager. + if ((driverHandle = OpenService(scmHandle,szServiceName,SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Start the service + if (!StartService(driverHandle,0,NULL)) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Query the service to make sure it is there + if (!QueryServiceStatus(driverHandle,&serviceStatus)) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return ERROR_SUCCESS; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szServiceName - Name of the service to stop + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function is used to stop the specified service and disable it. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_stopService( + const char *szServiceName) +{ + SC_HANDLE scmHandle; + SC_HANDLE driverHandle; + SERVICE_STATUS serviceStatus; + ulong status; + + // Obtain a handle to the service control manager requesting all access + if ((scmHandle = OpenSCManager(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) + return GetLastError(); + + // Open the service with the Service Control Manager. + if ((driverHandle = OpenService(scmHandle,szServiceName,SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Stop the service from running + if (!ControlService(driverHandle, SERVICE_CONTROL_STOP, &serviceStatus)) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return ERROR_SUCCESS; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +szServiceName - Name of the service to remove + +RETURNS: +True on success, false on failure. + +REMARKS: +This function is used to remove a service completely from the system. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_removeService( + const char *szServiceName) +{ + SC_HANDLE scmHandle; + SC_HANDLE driverHandle; + ulong status; + + // Obtain a handle to the service control manager requesting all access + if ((scmHandle = OpenSCManager(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) + return GetLastError(); + + // Open the service with the Service Control Manager. + if ((driverHandle = OpenService(scmHandle,szServiceName,SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS)) == NULL) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + + // Remove the service + if (!DeleteService(driverHandle)) { + status = GetLastError(); + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return status; + } + CloseServiceHandle(driverHandle); + CloseServiceHandle(scmHandle); + return ERROR_SUCCESS; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..018c936d8a --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define STRICT +#include <windows.h> +#include <mmsystem.h> +#include <float.h> +#define NONAMELESSUNION +#include "pm/ddraw.h" + +/* Macros to save and restore the default control word. Windows 9x has + * some bugs in it such that calls to load any DLL's which load 16-bit + * DLL's cause the floating point control word to get trashed. We fix + * this by saving and restoring the control word across problematic + * calls. + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL__) +#define GET_DEFAULT_CW() \ +{ \ + if (_PM_cw_default == 0) \ + _PM_cw_default = _control87(0,0); \ +} +#define RESET_DEFAULT_CW() \ + _control87(_PM_cw_default,0xFFFFFFFF) +#else +#define GET_DEFAULT_CW() +#define RESET_DEFAULT_CW() +#endif + +/* Custom window messages */ + +#define WM_DO_SUSPEND_APP WM_USER +#define WM_PM_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN 0 +#define WM_PM_RESTORE_FULLSCREEN 1 + +/* Macro for disabling AutoPlay on a use system */ + +#define AUTOPLAY_DRIVE_CDROM 0x20 + +/*--------------------------- Global Variables ----------------------------*/ + +#ifdef __INTEL__ +extern uint _PM_cw_default; /* Default FPU control word */ +#endif +extern int _PM_deskX,_PM_deskY; /* Desktop dimensions */ +extern HWND _PM_hwndConsole; /* Window handle for console */ + +/*-------------------------- Internal Functions ---------------------------*/ + +void _EVT_pumpMessages(void); + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/pm.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/pm.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d08da4c630 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/pm.c @@ -0,0 +1,1460 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: Implementation for the OS Portability Manager Library, which +* contains functions to implement OS specific services in a +* generic, cross platform API. Porting the OS Portability +* Manager library is the first step to porting any SciTech +* products to a new platform. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define STRICT +#include <windows.h> +#include <mmsystem.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <direct.h> +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "drvlib/os/os.h" +#include "pm_help.h" + +/*--------------------------- Global variables ----------------------------*/ + +ibool _PM_haveWinNT; /* True if we are running on NT */ +static uint VESABuf_len = 1024; /* Length of the VESABuf buffer */ +static void *VESABuf_ptr = NULL;/* Near pointer to VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_rseg; /* Real mode segment of VESABuf */ +static uint VESABuf_roff; /* Real mode offset of VESABuf */ +HANDLE _PM_hDevice = NULL; /* Handle to Win32 VxD */ +static ibool inited = false; /* Flags if we are initialised */ +static void (PMAPIP fatalErrorCleanup)(void) = NULL; + +static char *szMachineNameKey = "System\\CurrentControlSet\\control\\ComputerName\\ComputerName"; +static char *szMachineNameKeyNT = "System\\CurrentControlSet\\control\\ComputerName\\ActiveComputerName"; +static char *szMachineName = "ComputerName"; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* Macro to check for a valid, loaded version of PMHELP. We check this + * on demand when we need these services rather than when PM_init() is + * called because if we are running on DirectDraw we don't need PMHELP.VXD. + */ + +#define CHECK_FOR_PMHELP() \ +{ \ + if (_PM_hDevice == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) \ + if (_PM_haveWinNT) \ + PM_fatalError("Unable to connect to PMHELP.SYS or SDDHELP.SYS!"); \ + else \ + PM_fatalError("Unable to connect to PMHELP.VXD or SDDHELP.VXD!"); \ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the PM library and connect to our helper device driver. If we +cannot connect to our helper device driver, we bail out with an error +message. Our Windows 9x VxD is dynamically loadable, so it can be loaded +after the system has started. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_init(void) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + char cntPath[PM_MAX_PATH]; + char *env; + + /* Create a file handle for the static VxD if possible, otherwise + * dynamically load the PMHELP helper VxD. Note that if an old version + * of SDD is loaded, we use the PMHELP VxD instead. + */ + if (!inited) { + /* Determine if we are running under Windows NT or not and + * set the global OS type variable. + */ + _PM_haveWinNT = false; + if ((GetVersion() & 0x80000000UL) == 0) + _PM_haveWinNT = true; + ___drv_os_type = (_PM_haveWinNT) ? _OS_WINNT : _OS_WIN95; + + /* Now try to connect to SDDHELP.VXD or SDDHELP.SYS */ + _PM_hDevice = CreateFile(SDDHELP_MODULE_PATH, 0,0,0, CREATE_NEW, FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE, 0); + if (_PM_hDevice != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + if (!DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETVER32, NULL, 0, + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL) || outBuf[0] < PMHELP_VERSION) { + /* Old version of SDDHELP loaded, so use PMHELP instead */ + CloseHandle(_PM_hDevice); + _PM_hDevice = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + } + } + if (_PM_hDevice == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + /* First try to see if there is a currently loaded PMHELP driver. + * This is usually the case when we are running under Windows NT/2K. + */ + _PM_hDevice = CreateFile(PMHELP_MODULE_PATH, 0,0,0, CREATE_NEW, FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE, 0); + if (_PM_hDevice == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + /* The driver was not staticly loaded, so try creating a file handle + * to a dynamic version of the VxD if possible. Note that on WinNT/2K we + * cannot support dynamically loading the drivers. + */ + _PM_hDevice = CreateFile(PMHELP_VXD_PATH, 0,0,0, CREATE_NEW, FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE, 0); + } + } + if (_PM_hDevice != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + /* Call the driver to determine the version number */ + if (!DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETVER32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL) || outBuf[0] < PMHELP_VERSION) { + if (_PM_haveWinNT) + PM_fatalError("Older version of PMHELP.SYS found!"); + else + PM_fatalError("Older version of PMHELP.VXD found!"); + } + + /* Now set the current path inside the VxD so it knows what the + * current directory is for loading Nucleus drivers. + */ + inBuf[0] = (ulong)PM_getCurrentPath(cntPath,sizeof(cntPath)); + if (!DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_SETCNTPATH32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to set VxD current path!"); + + /* Now pass down the NUCLEUS_PATH environment variable to the device + * driver so it can use this value if it is found. + */ + if ((env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH")) != NULL) { + inBuf[0] = (ulong)env; + if (!DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_SETNUCLEUSPATH32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + PM_fatalError("Unable to set VxD Nucleus path!"); + } + + /* Enable IOPL for ring-3 code by default if driver is present */ + if (_PM_haveWinNT) + PM_setIOPL(3); + } + + /* Indicate that we have been initialised */ + inited = true; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +We do have BIOS access under Windows 9x, but not under Windows NT. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_setIOPL( + int iopl) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + static int cntIOPL = 0; + int oldIOPL = cntIOPL; + + /* Enable I/O by adjusting the I/O permissions map on Windows NT */ + if (_PM_haveWinNT) { + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (iopl == 3) + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_ENABLERING3IOPL, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf),outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL); + else + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_DISABLERING3IOPL, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf),outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL); + cntIOPL = iopl; + return oldIOPL; + } + + /* We always have IOPL on Windows 9x */ + return 3; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +We do have BIOS access under Windows 9x, but not under Windows NT. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_haveBIOSAccess(void) +{ + if (PM_getOSType() == _OS_WINNT) + return false; + else + return _PM_hDevice != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the operating system type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +long PMAPI PM_getOSType(void) +{ + if ((GetVersion() & 0x80000000UL) == 0) + return ___drv_os_type = _OS_WINNT; + else + return ___drv_os_type = _OS_WIN95; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the runtime type identifier. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getModeType(void) +{ + return PM_386; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a file directory separator to the end of the filename. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_backslash( + char *s) +{ + uint pos = strlen(s); + if (s[pos-1] != '\\') { + s[pos] = '\\'; + s[pos+1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Add a user defined PM_fatalError cleanup function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFatalErrorCleanup( + void (PMAPIP cleanup)(void)) +{ + fatalErrorCleanup = cleanup; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Report a fatal error condition and halt the program. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_fatalError( + const char *msg) +{ + if (fatalErrorCleanup) + fatalErrorCleanup(); + MessageBox(NULL,msg,"Fatal Error!", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION); + exit(1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate the real mode VESA transfer buffer for communicating with the BIOS. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getVESABuf( + uint *len, + uint *rseg, + uint *roff) +{ + DWORD outBuf[4]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + /* We require the helper VxD to be loaded staticly in order to support + * the VESA transfer buffer. We do not support dynamically allocating + * real mode memory buffers from Win32 programs (we need a 16-bit DLL + * for this, and Windows 9x becomes very unstable if you free the + * memory blocks out of order). + */ + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + if (!VESABuf_ptr) { + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETVESABUF32, NULL, 0, + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) { + if (!outBuf[0]) + return NULL; + VESABuf_ptr = (void*)outBuf[0]; + VESABuf_len = outBuf[1]; + VESABuf_rseg = outBuf[2]; + VESABuf_roff = outBuf[3]; + } + } + *len = VESABuf_len; + *rseg = VESABuf_rseg; + *roff = VESABuf_roff; + return VESABuf_ptr; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Check if a key has been pressed. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_kbhit(void) +{ + /* Not used in Windows */ + return true; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Wait for and return the next keypress. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getch(void) +{ + /* Not used in Windows */ + return 0xD; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the location of the OS console cursor. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSCursorLocation( + int x, + int y) +{ + /* Nothing to do for Windows */ + (void)x; + (void)y; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the width of the OS console. +****************************************************************************/ +void PM_setOSScreenWidth( + int width, + int height) +{ + /* Nothing to do for Windows */ + (void)width; + (void)height; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock handler (used for software stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockHandler( + PM_intHandler ih, + int frequency) +{ + /* We do not support this from Win32 programs. Rather the VxD handles + * this stuff it will take care of hooking the stereo flip functions at + * the VxD level. + */ + (void)ih; + (void)frequency; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Set the real time clock frequency (for stereo modes). +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setRealTimeClockFrequency( + int frequency) +{ + /* Not supported under Win32 */ + (void)frequency; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Restore the original real time clock handler. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_restoreRealTimeClockHandler(void) +{ + /* Not supported under Win32 */ +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the current operating system path or working directory. +****************************************************************************/ +char * PMAPI PM_getCurrentPath( + char *path, + int maxLen) +{ + return getcwd(path,maxLen); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Query a string from the registry (extended version). +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool REG_queryStringEx( + HKEY hKey, + const char *szValue, + char *value, + ulong size) +{ + DWORD type; + + if (RegQueryValueEx(hKey,(PCHAR)szValue,(PDWORD)NULL,(PDWORD)&type,(LPBYTE)value,(PDWORD)&size) == ERROR_SUCCESS) + return true; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Query a string from the registry. +****************************************************************************/ +static ibool REG_queryString( + const char *szKey, + const char *szValue, + char *value, + DWORD size) +{ + HKEY hKey; + ibool status = false; + + memset(value,0,sizeof(value)); + if (RegOpenKey(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,szKey,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS) { + status = REG_queryStringEx(hKey,szValue,value,size); + RegCloseKey(hKey); + } + return status; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the drive letter for the boot drive. +****************************************************************************/ +char PMAPI PM_getBootDrive(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + GetSystemDirectory(path,sizeof(path)); + return path[0]; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the VBE/AF driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getVBEAFPath(void) +{ + return "c:\\"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus driver files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + char *env; + + if ((env = getenv("NUCLEUS_PATH")) != NULL) + return env; + GetSystemDirectory(path,sizeof(path)); + strcat(path,"\\nucleus"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the path to the Nucleus configuration files. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getNucleusConfigPath(void) +{ + static char path[256]; + strcpy(path,PM_getNucleusPath()); + PM_backslash(path); + strcat(path,"config"); + return path; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a unique identifier for the machine if possible. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getUniqueID(void) +{ + return PM_getMachineName(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the name of the machine on the network. +****************************************************************************/ +const char * PMAPI PM_getMachineName(void) +{ + static char name[256]; + + if (REG_queryString(szMachineNameKey,szMachineName,name,sizeof(name))) + return name; + if (REG_queryString(szMachineNameKeyNT,szMachineName,name,sizeof(name))) + return name; + return "Unknown"; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to the real mode BIOS data area. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getBIOSPointer(void) +{ + if (_PM_haveWinNT) { + /* On Windows NT we have to map it physically directly */ + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0x400, 0x1000, true); + } + else { + /* For Windows 9x we can access this memory directly */ + return (void*)0x400; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return a pointer to 0xA0000 physical VGA graphics framebuffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getA0000Pointer(void) +{ + if (_PM_haveWinNT) { + /* On Windows NT we have to map it physically directly */ + return PM_mapPhysicalAddr(0xA0000, 0x0FFFF, false); + } + else { + /* Always use the 0xA0000 linear address so that we will use + * whatever page table mappings are set up for us (ie: for virtual + * bank switching. + */ + return (void*)0xA0000; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a physical address to a linear address in the callers process. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapPhysicalAddr( + ulong base, + ulong limit, + ibool isCached) +{ + DWORD inBuf[3]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = base; + inBuf[1] = limit; + inBuf[2] = isCached; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_MAPPHYS32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return (void*)outBuf[0]; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a physical address mapping allocated by PM_mapPhysicalAddr. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePhysicalAddr( + void *ptr, + ulong limit) +{ + /* We never free the mappings under Win32 (the VxD tracks them and + * reissues the same mappings until the system is rebooted). + */ + (void)ptr; + (void)limit; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddr( + void *p) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETPHYSICALADDR32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0xFFFFFFFFUL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Find the physical address of a linear memory address in current process. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getPhysicalAddrRange( + void *p, + ulong length, + ulong *physAddress) +{ + DWORD inBuf[3]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = (ulong)length; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)physAddress; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETPHYSICALADDRRANGE32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Sleep for the specified number of milliseconds. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_sleep( + ulong milliseconds) +{ + Sleep(milliseconds); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified COM port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getCOMPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3F8; + case 1: return 0x2F8; + case 2: return 0x3E8; + case 3: return 0x2E8; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the base I/O port for the specified LPT port. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_getLPTPort(int port) +{ + // TODO: Re-code this to determine real values using the Plug and Play + // manager for the OS. + switch (port) { + case 0: return 0x3BC; + case 1: return 0x378; + case 2: return 0x278; + } + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of shared memory. For Win9x we allocate shared memory +as locked, global memory that is accessible from any memory context +(including interrupt time context), which allows us to load our important +data structure and code such that we can access it directly from a ring +0 interrupt context. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mallocShared( + long size) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = size; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_MALLOCSHARED32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return (void*)outBuf[0]; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of shared memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeShared( + void *ptr) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = (ulong)ptr; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_FREESHARED32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a linear memory address to the calling process address space. The +address will have been allocated in another process using the +PM_mapPhysicalAddr function. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapToProcess( + void *base, + ulong limit) +{ + (void)base; + (void)limit; + return base; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Map a real mode pointer to a protected mode pointer. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_mapRealPointer( + uint r_seg, + uint r_off) +{ + return (void*)(MK_PHYS(r_seg,r_off)); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of real mode memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocRealSeg( + uint size, + uint *r_seg, + uint *r_off) +{ + /* We do not support dynamically allocating real mode memory buffers + * from Win32 programs (we need a 16-bit DLL for this, and Windows + * 9x becomes very unstable if you free the memory blocks out of order). + */ + (void)size; + (void)r_seg; + (void)r_off; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of real mode memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeRealSeg( + void *mem) +{ + /* Not supported in Windows */ + (void)mem; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt (parameters in DPMI compatible structure) +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI DPMI_int86( + int intno, + DPMI_regs *regs) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = intno; + inBuf[1] = (ulong)regs; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_DPMIINT8632, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + NULL, 0, &count, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out) +{ + DWORD inBuf[3]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = intno; + inBuf[1] = (ulong)in; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)out; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_INT8632, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Issue a real mode interrupt. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_int86x( + int intno, + RMREGS *in, + RMREGS *out, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + DWORD inBuf[4]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = intno; + inBuf[1] = (ulong)in; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)out; + inBuf[3] = (ulong)sregs; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_INT86X32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call a real mode far function. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_callRealMode( + uint seg, + uint off, + RMREGS *in, + RMSREGS *sregs) +{ + DWORD inBuf[4]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = seg; + inBuf[1] = off; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)in; + inBuf[3] = (ulong)sregs; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_CALLREALMODE32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + NULL, 0, &count, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Return the amount of available memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_availableMemory( + ulong *physical, + ulong *total) +{ + /* We don't support this under Win32 at the moment */ + *physical = *total = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocate a block of locked, physical memory for DMA operations. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocLockedMem( + uint size, + ulong *physAddr, + ibool contiguous, + ibool below16M) +{ + DWORD inBuf[4]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = size; + inBuf[1] = (ulong)physAddr; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)contiguous; + inBuf[3] = (ulong)below16M; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_ALLOCLOCKED32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return (void*)outBuf[0]; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a block of locked physical memory. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLockedMem( + void *p, + uint size, + ibool contiguous) +{ + DWORD inBuf[3]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = size; + inBuf[2] = contiguous; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_FREELOCKED32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + NULL, 0, &count, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Allocates a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_allocPage( + ibool locked) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = locked; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_ALLOCPAGE32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return (void*)outBuf[0]; + return NULL; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Free a page aligned and page sized block of memory +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freePage( + void *p) +{ + DWORD inBuf[1]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_FREEPAGE32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + NULL, 0, &count, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = len; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)lh; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_LOCKDATAPAGES32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockDataPages(void *p,uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = len; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)lh; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_UNLOCKDATAPAGES32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Lock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_lockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = len; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)lh; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_LOCKCODEPAGES32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unlock linear memory so it won't be paged. +****************************************************************************/ +int PMAPI PM_unlockCodePages(void (*p)(),uint len,PM_lockHandle *lh) +{ + DWORD inBuf[2]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + inBuf[0] = (ulong)p; + inBuf[1] = len; + inBuf[2] = (ulong)lh; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_UNLOCKCODEPAGES32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankA( + int bank) +{ + RMREGS regs; + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0000; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display banks. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setBankAB( + int bank) +{ + RMREGS regs; + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0000; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); + regs.x.ax = 0x4F05; + regs.x.bx = 0x0001; + regs.x.dx = bank; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Call the VBE/Core software interrupt to change display start address. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setCRTStart( + int x, + int y, + int waitVRT) +{ + RMREGS regs; + regs.x.ax = 0x4F07; + regs.x.bx = waitVRT; + regs.x.cx = x; + regs.x.dx = y; + PM_int86(0x10,®s,®s); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Enable write combining for the memory region. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_enableWriteCombine( + ulong base, + ulong length, + uint type) +{ + DWORD inBuf[3]; /* Buffer to send data to VxD */ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + if (!inited) + PM_init(); + inBuf[0] = base; + inBuf[1] = length; + inBuf[2] = type; + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_ENABLELFBCOMB32, inBuf, sizeof(inBuf), + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the page directory base register value +****************************************************************************/ +ulong PMAPI _PM_getPDB(void) +{ + DWORD outBuf[1]; /* Buffer to receive data from VxD */ + DWORD count; /* Count of bytes returned from VxD */ + + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + if (DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_GETPDB32, NULL, 0, + outBuf, sizeof(outBuf), &count, NULL)) + return outBuf[0]; + return 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Flush the translation lookaside buffer. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_flushTLB(void) +{ + CHECK_FOR_PMHELP(); + DeviceIoControl(_PM_hDevice, PMHELP_FLUSHTLB32, NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Execute the POST on the secondary BIOS for a controller. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_doBIOSPOST( + ushort axVal, + ulong BIOSPhysAddr, + void *mappedBIOS, + ulong BIOSLen) +{ + /* This is never done by Win32 programs, but rather done by the VxD + * when the system boots. + */ + (void)axVal; + (void)BIOSPhysAddr; + (void)mappedBIOS; + (void)BIOSLen; + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Load an OS specific shared library or DLL. If the OS does not support +shared libraries, simply return NULL. +****************************************************************************/ +PM_MODULE PMAPI PM_loadLibrary( + const char *szDLLName) +{ + return (PM_MODULE)LoadLibrary(szDLLName); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Get the address of a named procedure from a shared library. +****************************************************************************/ +void * PMAPI PM_getProcAddress( + PM_MODULE hModule, + const char *szProcName) +{ + return (void*)GetProcAddress((HINSTANCE)hModule,szProcName); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Unload a shared library. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_freeLibrary( + PM_MODULE hModule) +{ + FreeLibrary((HINSTANCE)hModule); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Internal function to convert the find data to the generic interface. +****************************************************************************/ +static void convertFindData( + PM_findData *findData, + WIN32_FIND_DATA *blk) +{ + ulong dwSize = findData->dwSize; + + memset(findData,0,findData->dwSize); + findData->dwSize = dwSize; + if (blk->dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (blk->dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_DIRECTORY; + if (blk->dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (blk->dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (blk->dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM) + findData->attrib |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + findData->sizeLo = blk->nFileSizeLow; + findData->sizeHi = blk->nFileSizeHigh; + strncpy(findData->name,blk->cFileName,PM_MAX_PATH); + findData->name[PM_MAX_PATH-1] = 0; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the first file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +void *PMAPI PM_findFirstFile( + const char *filename, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATA blk; + HANDLE hfile; + + if ((hfile = FindFirstFile(filename,&blk)) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + convertFindData(findData,&blk); + return (void*)hfile; + } + return PM_FILE_INVALID; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to find the next file matching a search criteria in a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_findNextFile( + void *handle, + PM_findData *findData) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATA blk; + + if (FindNextFile((HANDLE)handle,&blk)) { + convertFindData(findData,&blk); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to close the find process +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_findClose( + void *handle) +{ + FindClose((HANDLE)handle); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to determine if a drive is a valid drive or not. Under Unix this +function will return false for anything except a value of 3 (considered +the root drive, and equivalent to C: for non-Unix systems). The drive +numbering is: + + 1 - Drive A: + 2 - Drive B: + 3 - Drive C: + etc + +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_driveValid( + char drive) +{ + char buf[5]; + int type; + + sprintf(buf,"%c:\\", drive); + return ((type = GetDriveType(buf)) != 0 && type != 1); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the current working directory for the specififed drive. +Under Unix this will always return the current working directory regardless +of what the value of 'drive' is. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_getdcwd( + int drive, + char *dir, + int len) +{ + // NT stores the current directory for drive N in the magic environment + // variable =N: so we simply look for that environment variable. + char envname[4]; + + envname[0] = '='; + envname[1] = drive - 1 + 'A'; + envname[2] = ':'; + envname[3] = '\0'; + if (GetEnvironmentVariable(envname,dir,len) == 0) { + // The current directory or the drive has not been set yet, so + // simply set it to the root. + dir[0] = envname[1]; + dir[1] = ':'; + dir[2] = '\\'; + dir[3] = '\0'; + SetEnvironmentVariable(envname,dir); + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to change the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +void PMAPI PM_setFileAttr( + const char *filename, + uint attrib) +{ + DWORD attr = 0; + + if (attrib & PM_FILE_READONLY) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_ARCHIVE) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_HIDDEN) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + if (attrib & PM_FILE_SYSTEM) + attr |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM; + SetFileAttributes((LPSTR)filename, attr); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file attributes for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +uint PMAPI PM_getFileAttr( + const char *filename) +{ + DWORD attr = GetFileAttributes(filename); + uint attrib = 0; + + if (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) + attrib |= PM_FILE_READONLY; + if (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ARCHIVE) + attrib |= PM_FILE_ARCHIVE; + if (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN) + attrib |= PM_FILE_HIDDEN; + if (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_SYSTEM) + attrib |= PM_FILE_SYSTEM; + return attrib; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to create a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_mkdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return CreateDirectory(filename,NULL); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to remove a directory. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_rmdir( + const char *filename) +{ + return RemoveDirectory(filename); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to get the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_getFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + HFILE f; + OFSTRUCT of; + FILETIME utcTime,localTime; + SYSTEMTIME sysTime; + ibool status = false; + + of.cBytes = sizeof(of); + if ((f = OpenFile(filename,&of,OF_READ)) == HFILE_ERROR) + return false; + if (!GetFileTime((HANDLE)f,NULL,NULL,&utcTime)) + goto Exit; + if (!gmTime) { + if (!FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&utcTime,&localTime)) + goto Exit; + } + else + localTime = utcTime; + if (!FileTimeToSystemTime(&localTime,&sysTime)) + goto Exit; + time->year = sysTime.wYear; + time->mon = sysTime.wMonth-1; + time->day = sysTime.wYear; + time->hour = sysTime.wHour; + time->min = sysTime.wMinute; + time->sec = sysTime.wSecond; + status = true; + +Exit: + CloseHandle((HANDLE)f); + return status; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Function to set the file time and date for a specific file. +****************************************************************************/ +ibool PMAPI PM_setFileTime( + const char *filename, + ibool gmTime, + PM_time *time) +{ + HFILE f; + OFSTRUCT of; + FILETIME utcTime,localTime; + SYSTEMTIME sysTime; + ibool status = false; + + of.cBytes = sizeof(of); + if ((f = OpenFile(filename,&of,OF_WRITE)) == HFILE_ERROR) + return false; + sysTime.wYear = time->year; + sysTime.wMonth = time->mon+1; + sysTime.wYear = time->day; + sysTime.wHour = time->hour; + sysTime.wMinute = time->min; + sysTime.wSecond = time->sec; + if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&sysTime,&localTime)) + goto Exit; + if (!gmTime) { + if (!LocalFileTimeToFileTime(&localTime,&utcTime)) + goto Exit; + } + else + utcTime = localTime; + if (!SetFileTime((HANDLE)f,NULL,NULL,&utcTime)) + goto Exit; + status = true; + +Exit: + CloseHandle((HANDLE)f); + return status; +} + diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/vflat.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/vflat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..70491cdb80 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/vflat.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Dummy module; no virtual framebuffer for this OS +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "pmapi.h" + +ibool PMAPI VF_available(void) +{ + return false; +} + +void * PMAPI VF_init( + ulong baseAddr, + int bankSize, + int codeLen, + void *bankFunc) +{ + (void)baseAddr; + (void)bankSize; + (void)codeLen; + (void)bankFunc; + return NULL; +} + +void PMAPI VF_exit(void) +{ +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..318929a2c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/win32/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* Ultra Long Period Timer +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Win32 +* +* Description: OS specific implementation for the Zen Timer functions. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static CPU_largeInteger countFreq; +static ibool havePerformanceCounter; +static ulong start,finish; + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initialise the Zen Timer module internals. +****************************************************************************/ +void __ZTimerInit(void) +{ +#ifdef NO_ASSEMBLER + havePerformanceCounter = false; +#else + havePerformanceCounter = QueryPerformanceFrequency((LARGE_INTEGER*)&countFreq); +#endif +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Start the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOn( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + if (havePerformanceCounter) + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tm->start); + else + tm->start.low = timeGetTime(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the lap time since the timer was started. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerLap( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmLap,tmCount; + + if (havePerformanceCounter) { + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tmLap); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tmLap,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); + } + else { + tmLap.low = timeGetTime(); + return (tmLap.low - tm->start.low) * 1000L; + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Stop the Zen Timer counting. +****************************************************************************/ +static void __LZTimerOff( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + if (havePerformanceCounter) + QueryPerformanceCounter((LARGE_INTEGER*)&tm->end); + else + tm->end.low = timeGetTime(); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time in microseconds between start and end timings. +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __LZTimerCount( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + if (havePerformanceCounter) { + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,countFreq.low); + } + else + return (tm->end.low - tm->start.low) * 1000L; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Define the resolution of the long period timer as microseconds per timer tick. +****************************************************************************/ +#define ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION 1000 + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Read the Long Period timer from the OS +****************************************************************************/ +static ulong __ULZReadTime(void) +{ return timeGetTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Compute the elapsed time from the BIOS timer tick. Note that we check to see +whether a midnight boundary has passed, and if so adjust the finish time to +account for this. We cannot detect if more that one midnight boundary has +passed, so if this happens we will be generating erronous results. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong __ULZElapsedTime(ulong start,ulong finish) +{ return finish - start; } diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/event.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/event.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23b938023d --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/event.c @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Unix / X11 +* +* Description: X11 event queue implementation for the MGL. +* This can be used both for windowed and fullscreen (DGA) modes. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +/*---------------------------- Global Variables ---------------------------*/ + +static ushort keyUpMsg[256] = {0};/* Table of key up messages */ +static int rangeX,rangeY; /* Range of mouse coordinates */ + +static Display *_EVT_dpy; +static Window _EVT_win; + +typedef struct { + int keycode; + int scancode; +} xkeymap; + +xkeymap xkeymaps[] = { + { 9, KB_esc}, + {24, KB_Q}, + {25, KB_W}, + {26, KB_E}, + {27, KB_R}, + {28, KB_T}, + {29, KB_Y}, + {30, KB_U}, + {31, KB_I}, + {32, KB_O}, + {33, KB_P}, +}; + +/*---------------------------- Implementation -----------------------------*/ + +/* These are not used under non-DOS systems */ +#define _EVT_disableInt() 1 +#define _EVT_restoreInt(flags) + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +scanCode - Scan code to test + +REMARKS: +This macro determines if a specified key is currently down at the +time that the call is made. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_isKeyDown(scanCode) (keyUpMsg[scanCode] != 0) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This function is used to return the number of ticks since system +startup in milliseconds. This should be the same value that is placed into +the time stamp fields of events, and is used to implement auto mouse down +events. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong _EVT_getTicks(void) +{ + static unsigned starttime = 0; + struct timeval t; + + gettimeofday(&t, NULL); + if (starttime == 0) + starttime = t.tv_sec * 1000 + (t.tv_usec/1000); + return ((t.tv_sec * 1000 + (t.tv_usec/1000)) - starttime); +} + +static int getScancode(int keycode) +{ + return keycode-8; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Pumps all messages in the application message queue into our event queue. +****************************************************************************/ +#ifdef X11_CORE +static void _EVT_pumpX11Messages(void) +#else +static void _EVT_pumpMessages(void) +#endif +{ + // TODO: The purpose of this function is to read all keyboard and mouse + // events from the OS specific event queue, translate them and post + // them into the SciTech event queue. + event_t evt; + XEvent ev; + static int old_mx = 0, old_my = 0, buts = 0, c; + char buf[2]; + + while (XPending(_EVT_dpy) && XNextEvent(_EVT_dpy,&ev)) { + evt.when = _MGL_getTicks(); + + switch(ev.type){ + case KeyPress: + c = getScancode(ev.xkey.keycode); + evt.what = EVT_KEYDOWN; + evt.message = c << 8; + XLookupString(&ev.xkey, buf, 2, NULL, NULL); + evt.message |= buf[0]; + break; + case KeyRelease: + c = getScancode(ev.xkey.keycode); + evt.what = EVT_KEYUP; + evt.message = keyUpMsg[c]; + if(count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + keyUpMsg[c] = 0; + repeatKey[c] = 0; + break; + case ButtonPress: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEDOWN; + if(ev.xbutton.button == 1){ + buts |= EVT_LEFTBUT; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + }else if(ev.xbutton.button == 2){ + buts |= EVT_MIDDLEBUT; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + }else if(ev.xbutton.button == 3){ + buts |= EVT_RIGHTBUT; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + } + evt.modifiers = modifiers | buts; + + break; + case ButtonRelease: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEUP; + if(ev.xbutton.button == 1){ + buts &= ~EVT_LEFTBUT; + evt.message = EVT_LEFTBMASK; + }else if(ev.xbutton.button == 2){ + buts &= ~EVT_MIDDLEBUT; + evt.message = EVT_MIDDLEBMASK; + }else if(ev.xbutton.button == 3){ + buts &= ~EVT_RIGHTBUT; + evt.message = EVT_RIGHTBMASK; + } + evt.modifiers = modifiers | buts; + + break; + case MotionNotify: + evt.what = EVT_MOUSEMOVE; + evt.where_x = ev.xmotion.x; + evt.where_y = ev.xmotion.y; + evt.relative_x = evt.where_x - old_mx; + evt.relative_y = evt.where_y - old_my; + old_mx = evt.where_x; + old_my = evt.where_y; + break; + } + if (count < EVENTQSIZE) + addEvent(&evt); + } + +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +This macro/function is used to converts the scan codes reported by the +keyboard to our event libraries normalised format. We only have one scan +code for the 'A' key, and use shift modifiers to determine if it is a +Ctrl-F1, Alt-F1 etc. The raw scan codes from the keyboard work this way, +but the OS gives us 'cooked' scan codes, we have to translate them back +to the raw format. +****************************************************************************/ +#define _EVT_maskKeyCode(evt) + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Safely abort the event module upon catching a fatal error. +****************************************************************************/ +void _EVT_abort() +{ + EVT_exit(); + PM_fatalError("Unhandled exception!"); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +PARAMETERS: +mouseMove - Callback function to call wheneve the mouse needs to be moved + +REMARKS: +Initiliase the event handling module. Here we install our mouse handling ISR +to be called whenever any button's are pressed or released. We also build +the free list of events in the event queue. + +We use handler number 2 of the mouse libraries interrupt handlers for our +event handling routines. +****************************************************************************/ +#ifdef X11_CORE +void EVTAPI EVT_initX11( +#else +void EVTAPI EVT_init( +#endif + _EVT_mouseMoveHandler mouseMove) +{ + int result, i,j,k; + XDeviceInfoPtr list,slist; + + /* Initialise the event queue */ + _mouseMove = mouseMove; + initEventQueue(); + memset(keyUpMsg,0,sizeof(keyUpMsg)); + + + /* query server for input extensions */ + result =XQueryExtension(_EVT_dpy,"XInputExtension",&i,&j,&k); + if(!result) { + fprintf(stderr,"Your server doesn't support XInput Extensions\n"); + fprintf(stderr,"X11 Joystick disabled\n"); + } + list = XListInputDevices(_EVT_dpy,&result); + if (!list) { + fprintf(stderr,"No extended input devices found !!\n"); + fprintf(stderr,"X11 Joystick disabled\n"); + } + + + /* Catch program termination signals so we can clean up properly */ + signal(SIGABRT, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGFPE, _EVT_abort); + signal(SIGINT, _EVT_abort); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Changes the range of coordinates returned by the mouse functions to the +specified range of values. This is used when changing between graphics +modes set the range of mouse coordinates for the new display mode. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVTAPI EVT_setMouseRange( + int xRes, + int yRes) +{ + rangeX = xRes; + rangeY = yRes; +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS: +Initiailises the internal event handling modules. The EVT_suspend function +can be called to suspend event handling (such as when shelling out to DOS), +and this function can be used to resume it again later. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_resume(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Suspends all of our event handling operations. This is also used to +de-install the event handling code. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_suspend(void) +{ + // Do nothing for non DOS systems +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Exits the event module for program terminatation. +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_exit(void) +{ + /* Restore signal handlers */ + signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGFPE, SIG_DFL); + signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); + + // TODO: Do any OS specific cleanup in here +} + +/**************************************************************************** +REMARKS +Sets the current X11 display +****************************************************************************/ +void EVT_setX11Display(Display *dpy, Window win) +{ + _EVT_dpy = dpy; + _EVT_win = win; +} diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/oshdr.h b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/oshdr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45d7451be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/x11/oshdr.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: BeOS +* +* Description: Include file to include all OS specific header files. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <X11/Xlib.h> +#include <X11/keysym.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <signal.h> +#ifdef USE_OS_JOYSTICK +#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> +#include <X11/extensions/XInput.h> +#endif diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/z_samples.vpj b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/z_samples.vpj new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c6c80f054 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/z_samples.vpj @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +[SciTech]
+compiler=wc10-
+targetos=d32
+[COMPILER]
+version=5.0b
+MACRO=enable_current_compiler\n
+activeconfig=,getch.exe
+FILTERNAME=Source Files\n
+FILTERPATTERN=*.c;*.cpp;*.cxx;*.prg;*.pas;*.dpr;*.bas;*.java;*.sc;*.e;*.cob;*.html;*.rc\n
+FILTERASSOCIATEFILETYPES=0
+FILTERAPPCOMMAND=\n
+vcsproject=SCC:Perforce SCM://depot
+vcslocalpath=SCC:Perforce SCM:c:\
+compile=concur|capture|:Compile:&Compile,dmake %n.obj
+make=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Build:&Build,dmake %b
+rebuild=concur|capture|clear|saveall|:Rebuild:&Rebuild,dmake -u %b
+debug=concur|capture|savenone|nochangedir|:Debug:&Debug,wdn %b
+execute=hide|savenone|nochangedir|:Execute:E&xecute,
+user1=hide|nochangedir|:User 1:User 1,
+user2=hide|nochangedir|:User 2:User 2,
+usertool_build_all=concur|capture|clear|savenone|:Build All:Build All,dmake all
+usertool_rebuild_all=concur|capture|clear|savenone|:Rebuild All:Rebuild All,dmake -u all
+usertool_clean_directory=concur|capture|savenone|:Clean Directory:&Clean Directory,dmake cleanexe
+workingdir=.
+includedirs=%(SCITECH)\include;%(PRIVATE)\include
+reffile=
+[FILES]
+tests\altbrk.c
+tests\altcrit.c
+tests\biosptr.c
+tests\block.c
+tests\brk.c
+tests\callreal.c
+tests\checks.c
+tests\cpu.c
+tests\critical.c
+tests\getch.c
+tests\isvesa.c
+tests\key.c
+tests\key15.c
+tests\memtest.c
+tests\mouse.c
+tests\rtc.c
+tests\showpci.c
+tests\tick.c
+tests\timerc.c
+tests\timercpp.cpp
+tests\uswc.c
+tests\vftest.c
+tests\video.c
+[ASSOCIATION]
+[CONFIGURATIONS]
+config=,altbrk.exe
+config=,altcrit.exe
+config=,biosptr.exe
+config=,block.exe
+config=,brk.exe
+config=,callreal.exe
+config=,cpu.exe
+config=,critical.exe
+config=,getch.exe
+config=,isvesa.exe
+config=,key.exe
+config=,key15.exe
+config=,memtest.exe
+config=,mouse.exe
+config=,rtc.exe
+config=,showpci.exe
+config=,tick.exe
+config=,timerc.exe
+config=,timercpp.exe
+config=,uswc.exe
+config=,vftest.exe
+config=,video.exe
diff --git a/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ztimer.c b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ztimer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35081e9a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/board/MAI/bios_emulator/scitech/src/pm/ztimer.c @@ -0,0 +1,517 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +* +* SciTech OS Portability Manager Library +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* The contents of this file are subject to the SciTech MGL Public +* License Version 1.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file +* except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of +* the License at http://www.scitechsoft.com/mgl-license.txt +* +* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an +* "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or +* implied. See the License for the specific language governing +* rights and limitations under the License. +* +* The Original Code is Copyright (C) 1991-1998 SciTech Software, Inc. +* +* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is SciTech Software, Inc. +* All Rights Reserved. +* +* ======================================================================== +* +* Language: ANSI C +* Environment: Any +* +* Description: Module to implement high precision timing on each OS. +* +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "ztimer.h" +#include "pmapi.h" +#include "oshdr.h" + +/*---------------------------- Global variables ---------------------------*/ + +static LZTimerObject LZTimer; +static ulong start,finish; +#ifdef __INTEL__ +static long cpuSpeed = -1; +static ibool haveRDTSC = false; +#endif + +/*----------------------------- Implementation ----------------------------*/ + +/* External Intel assembler functions */ +#ifdef __INTEL__ +/* {secret} */ +void _ASMAPI _CPU_readTimeStamp(CPU_largeInteger *time); +/* {secret} */ +ulong _ASMAPI _CPU_diffTime64(CPU_largeInteger *t1,CPU_largeInteger *t2,CPU_largeInteger *t); +/* {secret} */ +ulong _ASMAPI _CPU_calcMicroSec(CPU_largeInteger *count,ulong freq); +#endif + +#if defined(__SMX32__) +#include "smx/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__RTTARGET__) +#include "rttarget/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__REALDOS__) +#include "dos/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__NT_DRIVER__) +#include "ntdrv/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__WIN32_VXD__) +#include "vxd/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__WINDOWS32__) +#include "win32/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__OS2_VDD__) +#include "vdd/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__OS2__) +#include "os2/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__LINUX__) +#include "linux/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__QNX__) +#include "qnx/ztimer.c" +#elif defined(__BEOS__) +#include "beos/ztimer.c" +#else +#error Timer library not ported to this platform yet! +#endif + +/*------------------------ Public interface routines ----------------------*/ + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Initializes the Zen Timer library (extended) + +PARAMETERS: +accurate - True of the speed should be measured accurately + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +This function initializes the Zen Timer library, and /must/ be called before +any of the remaining Zen Timer library functions are called. The accurate +parameter is used to determine whether highly accurate timing should be +used or not. If high accuracy is needed, more time is spent profiling the +actual speed of the CPU so that we can obtain highly accurate timing +results, but the time spent in the initialisation routine will be +significantly longer (on the order of 5 seconds). +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI ZTimerInitExt( + ibool accurate) +{ + if (cpuSpeed == -1) { + __ZTimerInit(); +#ifdef __INTEL__ + cpuSpeed = CPU_getProcessorSpeedInHZ(accurate); + haveRDTSC = CPU_haveRDTSC() && (cpuSpeed > 0); +#endif + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Initializes the Zen Timer library. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +This function initializes the Zen Timer library, and /must/ be called before +any of the remaining Zen Timer library functions are called. +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI ZTimerInit(void) +{ + ZTimerInitExt(false); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Starts the Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +tm - Timer object to start timing with + +REMARKS: +Starts the Long Period Zen Timer counting. Once you have started the timer, +you can stop it with LZTimerOff or you can latch the current count with +LZTimerLap. + +The Long Period Zen Timer uses a number of different high precision timing +mechanisms to obtain microsecond accurate timings results whenever possible. +The following different techniques are used depending on the operating +system, runtime environment and CPU on the target machine. If the target +system has a Pentium CPU installed which supports the Read Time Stamp +Counter instruction (RDTSC), the Zen Timer library will use this to +obtain the maximum timing precision available. + +Under 32-bit Windows, if the Pentium RDTSC instruction is not available, we +first try to use the Win32 QueryPerformanceCounter API, and if that is not +available we fall back on the timeGetTime API which is always supported. + +Under 32-bit DOS, if the Pentium RDTSC instruction is not available, we +then do all timing using the old style 8253 timer chip. The 8253 timer +routines provide highly accurate timings results in pure DOS mode, however +in a DOS box under Windows or other Operating Systems the virtualization +of the timer can produce inaccurate results. + +Note: Because the Long Period Zen Timer stores the results in a 32-bit + unsigned integer, you can only time periods of up to 2^32 microseconds, + or about 1hr 20mins. For timing longer periods use the Ultra Long + Period Zen Timer. + +SEE ALSO: +LZTimerOff, LZTimerLap, LZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI LZTimerOnExt( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (haveRDTSC) { + _CPU_readTimeStamp(&tm->start); + } + else +#endif + __LZTimerOn(tm); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Long Period Zen Timer and keeps it +running. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +tm - Timer object to do lap timing with + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in microseconds. + +REMARKS: +Returns the current count that has elapsed since the last call to +LZTimerOn in microseconds. The time continues to run after this function is +called so you can call this function repeatedly. + +SEE ALSO: +LZTimerOn, LZTimerOff, LZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI LZTimerLapExt( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + CPU_largeInteger tmLap,tmCount; + + if (haveRDTSC) { + _CPU_readTimeStamp(&tmLap); + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tmLap,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,cpuSpeed); + } + else +#endif + return __LZTimerLap(tm); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Stops the Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +tm - Timer object to stop timing with + +REMARKS: +Stops the Long Period Zen Timer counting and latches the count. Once you +have stopped the timer you can read the count with LZTimerCount. If you need +highly accurate timing, you should use the on and off functions rather than +the lap function since the lap function does not subtract the overhead of +the function calls from the timed count. + +SEE ALSO: +LZTimerOn, LZTimerLap, LZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI LZTimerOffExt( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + if (haveRDTSC) { + _CPU_readTimeStamp(&tm->end); + } + else +#endif + __LZTimerOff(tm); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Long Period Zen Timer. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +tm - Timer object to compute the elapsed time with. + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in microseconds. + +REMARKS: +Returns the current count that has elapsed between calls to +LZTimerOn and LZTimerOff in microseconds. + +SEE ALSO: +LZTimerOn, LZTimerOff, LZTimerLap +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI LZTimerCountExt( + LZTimerObject *tm) +{ +#ifdef __INTEL__ + CPU_largeInteger tmCount; + + if (haveRDTSC) { + _CPU_diffTime64(&tm->start,&tm->end,&tmCount); + return _CPU_calcMicroSec(&tmCount,cpuSpeed); + } + else +#endif + return __LZTimerCount(tm); +} + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Starts the Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +Obsolete function. You should use the LZTimerOnExt function instead +which allows for multiple timers running at the same time. +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI LZTimerOn(void) +{ LZTimerOnExt(&LZTimer); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Long Period Zen Timer and keeps it +running. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in microseconds. + +REMARKS: +Obsolete function. You should use the LZTimerLapExt function instead +which allows for multiple timers running at the same time. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI LZTimerLap(void) +{ return LZTimerLapExt(&LZTimer); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Stops the Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +Obsolete function. You should use the LZTimerOffExt function instead +which allows for multiple timers running at the same time. +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI LZTimerOff(void) +{ LZTimerOffExt(&LZTimer); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Long Period Zen Timer. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in microseconds. + +REMARKS: +Obsolete function. You should use the LZTimerCountExt function instead +which allows for multiple timers running at the same time. +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI LZTimerCount(void) +{ return LZTimerCountExt(&LZTimer); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Starts the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +Starts the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer counting. Once you have started the +timer, you can stop it with ULZTimerOff or you can latch the current count +with ULZTimerLap. + +The Ultra Long Period Zen Timer uses the available operating system services +to obtain accurate timings results with as much precision as the operating +system provides, but with enough granularity to time longer periods of +time than the Long Period Zen Timer. Note that the resolution of the timer +ticks is not constant between different platforms, and you should use the +ULZTimerResolution function to determine the number of seconds in a single +tick of the timer, and use this to convert the timer counts to seconds. + +Under 32-bit Windows, we use the timeGetTime function which provides a +resolution of 1 millisecond (0.001 of a second). Given that the timer +count is returned as an unsigned 32-bit integer, this we can time intervals +that are a maximum of 2^32 milliseconds in length (or about 1,200 hours or +50 days!). + +Under 32-bit DOS, we use the system timer tick which runs at 18.2 times per +second. Given that the timer count is returned as an unsigned 32-bit integer, +this we can time intervals that are a maximum of 2^32 * (1/18.2) in length +(or about 65,550 hours or 2731 days!). + +SEE ALSO: +ULZTimerOff, ULZTimerLap, ULZTimerCount, ULZElapsedTime, ULZReadTime +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI ULZTimerOn(void) +{ start = __ULZReadTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer and keeps it +running. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in resolution counts. + +REMARKS: +Returns the current count that has elapsed since the last call to +ULZTimerOn in microseconds. The time continues to run after this function is +called so you can call this function repeatedly. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZTimerOn, ULZTimerOff, ULZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI ULZTimerLap(void) +{ return (__ULZReadTime() - start); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Stops the Long Period Zen Timer counting. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +REMARKS: +Stops the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer counting and latches the count. Once +you have stopped the timer you can read the count with ULZTimerCount. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZTimerOn, ULZTimerLap, ULZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI ULZTimerOff(void) +{ finish = __ULZReadTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the current count for the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Count that has elapsed in resolution counts. + +REMARKS: +Returns the current count that has elapsed between calls to +ULZTimerOn and ULZTimerOff in resolution counts. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZTimerOn, ULZTimerOff, ULZTimerLap, ULZTimerResolution +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI ULZTimerCount(void) +{ return (finish - start); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Reads the current time from the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +RETURNS: +Current timer value in resolution counts. + +REMARKS: +Reads the current Ultra Long Period Zen Timer and returns it’s current +count. You can use the ULZElapsedTime function to find the elapsed time +between two timer count readings. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZElapsedTime, ULZTimerResolution +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI ULZReadTime(void) +{ return __ULZReadTime(); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Compute the elapsed time between two timer counts. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +start - Starting time for elapsed count +finish - Ending time for elapsed count + +RETURNS: +Elapsed timer in resolution counts. + +REMARKS: +Returns the elapsed time for the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer in units of the +timers resolution (1/18th of a second under DOS). This function correctly +computes the difference even if a midnight boundary has been crossed +during the timing period. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZReadTime, ULZTimerResolution +****************************************************************************/ +ulong ZAPI ULZElapsedTime( + ulong start, + ulong finish) +{ return __ULZElapsedTime(start,finish); } + +/**************************************************************************** +DESCRIPTION: +Returns the resolution of the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer. + +HEADER: +ztimer.h + +PARAMETERS: +resolution - Place to store the timer in microseconds per timer count. + +REMARKS: +Returns the resolution of the Ultra Long Period Zen Timer as a 32-bit +integer value measured in microseconds per timer count. + +SEE ALSO: +ULZReadTime, ULZElapsedTime, ULZTimerCount +****************************************************************************/ +void ZAPI ULZTimerResolution( + ulong *resolution) +{ *resolution = ULZTIMER_RESOLUTION; } + |
